Version in base suite: 11.5-1+deb10u1 Base version: postgresql-11_11.5-1+deb10u1 Target version: postgresql-11_11.6-0+deb10u1 Base file: /srv/ftp-master.debian.org/ftp/pool/main/p/postgresql-11/postgresql-11_11.5-1+deb10u1.dsc Target file: /srv/ftp-master.debian.org/policy/pool/main/p/postgresql-11/postgresql-11_11.6-0+deb10u1.dsc configure | 30 configure.in | 16 contrib/amcheck/verify_nbtree.c | 38 contrib/bloom/expected/bloom.out | 1 contrib/bloom/sql/bloom.sql | 1 contrib/intarray/_int_gist.c | 9 contrib/intarray/_int_tool.c | 2 contrib/intarray/_intbig_gist.c | 8 contrib/intarray/expected/_int.out | 98 contrib/intarray/sql/_int.sql | 20 contrib/postgres_fdw/connection.c | 16 debian/changelog | 6 doc/bug.template | 2 doc/src/sgml/bgworker.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/config.sgml | 35 doc/src/sgml/custom-scan.sgml | 5 doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml | 11 doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml | 12 doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml | 19 doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/fdwhandler.sgml | 8 doc/src/sgml/features.sgml | 381 doc/src/sgml/func.sgml | 243 doc/src/sgml/gist.sgml | 8 doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html | 5 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/archive-recovery-settings.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html | 18 doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html | 27 doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-insert.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-update.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-cancel-query.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-close.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect-u.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-connect.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-disconnect.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-error-message.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-exec.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-fetch.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-function.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-connections.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-notify.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-pkey.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-get-result.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-is-busy.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-open.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-send-query.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-client.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog-server.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-prog.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-spi.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/contrib.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/creating-cluster.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/cube.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-execution.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-path.html | 7 doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan-plan.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/custom-scan.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/database-roles.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-binary.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-bit.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-boolean.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-character.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-datetime.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-enum.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-geometric.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-json.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-money.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-net-types.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-numeric.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-oid.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pg-lsn.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-pseudo.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-textsearch.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-uuid.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype-xml.html | 19 doc/src/sgml/html/datatype.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-appendix.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-config-files.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-input-rules.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-invalid-input.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-keywords.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/datetime-units-history.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/dblink.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-alter.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-basics.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-constraints.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-default.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-depend.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-foreign-data.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-inherit.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-others.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-partitioning.html | 14 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-priv.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-rowsecurity.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-schemas.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl-system-columns.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ddl.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/default-roles.html | 39 doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html | 15 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/features.html | 7 doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html | 28 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html | 19 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html | 215 doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/git.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/history.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/index.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-languages.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-packages.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html | 14 doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html | 11 doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html | 7 doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/log-shipping-alternative.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-architecture.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-restrictions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-security.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-subscription.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-catalogs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-example.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-explanation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-output-plugin.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-sql.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-synchronous.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-walsender.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding-writer.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/logicaldecoding.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ltree.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/maintenance.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-config.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-createdb.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-dropdb.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-overview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-tablespaces.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/manage-ag-templatedbs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/managing-databases.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-locks.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-ps.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring-stats.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/monitoring.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/multibyte.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/multivariate-statistics-examples.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-caveats.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/mvcc.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/nls-programmer.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/nls-translator.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/nls.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/non-durability.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/notation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/oid2name.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/overview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pageinspect.html | 76 doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/passwordcheck.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/performance-tips.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/perm-functions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgarchivecleanup.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgbench.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgbuffercache.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgcrypto.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgfreespacemap.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgprewarm.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgrowlocks.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgstandby.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgstatstatements.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgstattuple.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgtestfsync.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgtesttiming.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgtrgm.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgupgrade.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgverifychecksums.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgvisibility.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pgwaldump.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/planner-optimizer.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-details.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats-security.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/planner-stats.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plhandler.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-builtins.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-data.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-event-triggers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-funcs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-global.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-triggers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-trusted.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl-under-the-hood.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plperl.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-control-structures.html | 26 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-cursors.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-declarations.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-development-tips.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-errors-and-messages.html | 8 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-expressions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-implementation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-overview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-porting.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-statements.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-structure.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-transactions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql-trigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpgsql.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-data.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-database.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-do.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-envar.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-funcs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-python23.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-sharing.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-subtransaction.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-transactions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-trigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython-util.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/plpython.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-config.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-data.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-dbaccess.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-error-handling.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-event-trigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-functions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-global.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-overview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-procnames.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-subtransactions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-transactions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl-trigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/pltcl.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/populate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-fdw.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/postgres-user.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/preface.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-target-settings.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-1.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-2.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-3.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-4.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-5.html | 12 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-6.html | 432 doc/src/sgml/html/release-11.html | 66 doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/release.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html | 18 doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html | 32 doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/source.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html | 31 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html | 10 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html | 22 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html | 14 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/standby-settings.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html | 6 doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html | 241 doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html | 4 doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html | 2 doc/src/sgml/install-windows.sgml | 14 doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml | 20 doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1 | 10 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1 | 10 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_standby.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verify_checksums.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7 | 16 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7 | 12 doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7 | 26 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7 | 12 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 | 8 doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7 | 10 doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7 | 6 doc/src/sgml/pageinspect.sgml | 56 doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml | 32 doc/src/sgml/postgres-fdw.sgml | 6 doc/src/sgml/problems.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml | 29 doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml | 10 doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml | 20 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml | 12 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml | 3 doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_restore.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/ref/refresh_materialized_view.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml | 4 doc/src/sgml/release-11.sgml | 1478 ++ doc/src/sgml/rules.sgml | 32 doc/src/sgml/runtime.sgml | 5 doc/src/sgml/sources.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/sslinfo.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/trigger.sgml | 2 doc/src/sgml/user-manag.sgml | 49 doc/src/sgml/xplang.sgml | 2 src/Makefile.global.in | 1 src/backend/access/common/reloptions.c | 7 src/backend/access/gin/ginpostinglist.c | 35 src/backend/access/gist/gistget.c | 32 src/backend/access/gist/gistscan.c | 22 src/backend/access/heap/heapam.c | 39 src/backend/access/heap/rewriteheap.c | 3 src/backend/access/rmgrdesc/nbtdesc.c | 4 src/backend/access/transam/xlog.c | 40 src/backend/access/transam/xlogreader.c | 2 src/backend/catalog/dependency.c | 9 src/backend/catalog/objectaddress.c | 28 src/backend/catalog/postgres.description | 2 src/backend/catalog/sql_features.txt | 6 src/backend/commands/alter.c | 12 src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c | 47 src/backend/commands/trigger.c | 14 src/backend/commands/vacuum.c | 19 src/backend/executor/execGrouping.c | 13 src/backend/executor/nodeModifyTable.c | 2 src/backend/jit/llvm/llvmjit_inline.cpp | 2 src/backend/libpq/auth.c | 26 src/backend/nodes/nodeFuncs.c | 105 src/backend/optimizer/plan/createplan.c | 9 src/backend/partitioning/partprune.c | 7 src/backend/po/de.po | 1814 +-- src/backend/po/es.po | 1850 +-- src/backend/po/fr.po | 5213 +++++----- src/backend/po/ja.po | 4259 ++++---- src/backend/po/ru.po | 889 - src/backend/po/sv.po | 957 - src/backend/po/tr.po | 2 src/backend/postmaster/autovacuum.c | 3 src/backend/postmaster/pgstat.c | 6 src/backend/postmaster/postmaster.c | 46 src/backend/replication/basebackup.c | 32 src/backend/replication/logical/decode.c | 13 src/backend/replication/logical/origin.c | 2 src/backend/replication/logical/relation.c | 5 src/backend/replication/logical/reorderbuffer.c | 8 src/backend/replication/logical/worker.c | 3 src/backend/replication/syncrep.c | 10 src/backend/replication/walsender.c | 51 src/backend/tsearch/spell.c | 28 src/backend/utils/adt/datetime.c | 6 src/backend/utils/adt/float.c | 44 src/backend/utils/adt/formatting.c | 3 src/backend/utils/adt/int8.c | 22 src/backend/utils/adt/jsonfuncs.c | 219 src/backend/utils/adt/rowtypes.c | 47 src/backend/utils/adt/selfuncs.c | 10 src/backend/utils/adt/timestamp.c | 2 src/backend/utils/adt/varbit.c | 167 src/backend/utils/adt/xml.c | 7 src/backend/utils/cache/partcache.c | 2 src/backend/utils/cache/relcache.c | 42 src/backend/utils/cache/typcache.c | 10 src/backend/utils/mb/mbutils.c | 62 src/backend/utils/misc/guc-file.c | 58 src/backend/utils/misc/guc-file.l | 58 src/backend/utils/misc/guc.c | 78 src/backend/utils/misc/postgresql.conf.sample | 9 src/backend/utils/mmgr/aset.c | 142 src/bin/initdb/po/cs.po | 528 - src/bin/initdb/po/es.po | 255 src/bin/initdb/po/fr.po | 401 src/bin/initdb/po/ru.po | 4 src/bin/pg_archivecleanup/nls.mk | 2 src/bin/pg_archivecleanup/po/es.po | 2 src/bin/pg_archivecleanup/po/ru.po | 2 src/bin/pg_basebackup/pg_basebackup.c | 24 src/bin/pg_basebackup/po/cs.po | 595 - src/bin/pg_basebackup/po/es.po | 172 src/bin/pg_basebackup/po/ru.po | 198 src/bin/pg_config/po/es.po | 2 src/bin/pg_config/po/ru.po | 2 src/bin/pg_controldata/po/es.po | 2 src/bin/pg_controldata/po/ru.po | 2 src/bin/pg_ctl/po/es.po | 2 src/bin/pg_ctl/po/ja.po | 4 src/bin/pg_ctl/po/ru.po | 2 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_backup_archiver.c | 7 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump.c | 33 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_dump_sort.c | 24 src/bin/pg_dump/pg_restore.c | 2 src/bin/pg_dump/po/cs.po | 1211 -- src/bin/pg_dump/po/de.po | 334 src/bin/pg_dump/po/es.po | 196 src/bin/pg_dump/po/ru.po | 48 src/bin/pg_dump/t/010_dump_connstr.pl | 2 src/bin/pg_resetwal/po/es.po | 2 src/bin/pg_resetwal/po/ru.po | 2 src/bin/pg_rewind/libpq_fetch.c | 37 src/bin/pg_rewind/nls.mk | 2 src/bin/pg_rewind/po/cs.po | 266 src/bin/pg_rewind/po/es.po | 86 src/bin/pg_rewind/po/ja.po | 266 src/bin/pg_rewind/po/ru.po | 98 src/bin/pg_test_fsync/nls.mk | 2 src/bin/pg_test_fsync/po/es.po | 2 src/bin/pg_test_timing/nls.mk | 2 src/bin/pg_test_timing/po/es.po | 2 src/bin/pg_upgrade/nls.mk | 2 src/bin/pg_upgrade/po/cs.po | 557 - src/bin/pg_upgrade/po/es.po | 2 src/bin/pg_upgrade/po/ja.po | 64 src/bin/pg_upgrade/test.sh | 15 src/bin/pg_upgrade/version.c | 60 src/bin/pg_verify_checksums/nls.mk | 2 src/bin/pg_verify_checksums/po/cs.po | 200 src/bin/pg_verify_checksums/po/es.po | 2 src/bin/pg_waldump/.gitignore | 23 src/bin/pg_waldump/pg_waldump.c | 15 src/bin/pg_waldump/po/es.po | 2 src/bin/pg_waldump/po/ru.po | 6 src/bin/pgbench/pgbench.c | 4 src/bin/psql/command.c | 12 src/bin/psql/common.c | 14 src/bin/psql/po/cs.po | 1564 +-- src/bin/psql/po/de.po | 4 src/bin/psql/po/es.po | 626 - src/bin/psql/po/ru.po | 198 src/bin/psql/startup.c | 9 src/bin/scripts/po/cs.po | 389 src/bin/scripts/po/de.po | 120 src/bin/scripts/po/es.po | 110 src/bin/scripts/po/fr.po | 275 src/bin/scripts/po/ru.po | 107 src/bin/scripts/po/sv.po | 193 src/bin/scripts/vacuumdb.c | 24 src/include/access/genam.h | 7 src/include/access/gist_private.h | 11 src/include/access/nbtxlog.h | 14 src/include/c.h | 24 src/include/catalog/pg_proc.dat | 2 src/include/nodes/nodeFuncs.h | 1 src/include/nodes/parsenodes.h | 2 src/include/pg_config.h.win32 | 8 src/include/port/atomics/generic-xlc.h | 39 src/include/storage/s_lock.h | 7 src/include/utils/rel.h | 1 src/include/utils/snapmgr.h | 1 src/include/utils/varbit.h | 5 src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/extern.h | 6 src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/po/es.po | 2 src/interfaces/ecpg/ecpglib/po/ru.po | 2 src/interfaces/ecpg/include/ecpglib.h | 6 src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/po/es.po | 2 src/interfaces/ecpg/preproc/po/ru.po | 2 src/interfaces/libpq/libpq-dist.rc | 8 src/interfaces/libpq/libpq.rc.in | 8 src/interfaces/libpq/po/cs.po | 487 src/interfaces/libpq/po/es.po | 75 src/interfaces/libpq/po/fr.po | 227 src/interfaces/libpq/po/ja.po | 133 src/interfaces/libpq/po/ru.po | 4 src/makefiles/Makefile.cygwin | 1 src/makefiles/Makefile.freebsd | 2 src/makefiles/Makefile.hpux | 5 src/makefiles/Makefile.linux | 2 src/makefiles/Makefile.netbsd | 2 src/makefiles/Makefile.openbsd | 2 src/makefiles/Makefile.solaris | 6 src/makefiles/Makefile.win32 | 1 src/pl/plperl/po/es.po | 2 src/pl/plperl/po/ru.po | 6 src/pl/plpgsql/src/expected/plpgsql_record.out | 29 src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_comp.c | 132 src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_exec.c | 79 src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_gram.c | 636 - src/pl/plpgsql/src/pl_gram.y | 22 src/pl/plpgsql/src/plpgsql.h | 13 src/pl/plpgsql/src/po/cs.po | 479 src/pl/plpgsql/src/po/de.po | 311 src/pl/plpgsql/src/po/es.po | 311 src/pl/plpgsql/src/po/fr.po | 495 src/pl/plpgsql/src/po/ru.po | 317 src/pl/plpgsql/src/po/sv.po | 315 src/pl/plpgsql/src/sql/plpgsql_record.sql | 16 src/pl/plpython/po/es.po | 2 src/pl/plpython/po/ru.po | 6 src/pl/tcl/po/es.po | 2 src/pl/tcl/po/ru.po | 6 src/port/win32setlocale.c | 4 src/port/win32ver.rc | 4 src/template/aix | 16 src/template/cygwin | 3 src/template/darwin | 3 src/template/freebsd | 3 src/template/hpux | 7 src/template/linux | 3 src/template/netbsd | 3 src/template/openbsd | 4 src/template/solaris | 9 src/template/win32 | 3 src/test/isolation/expected/eval-plan-qual-trigger.out | 2204 ++++ src/test/isolation/expected/insert-conflict-specconflict.out | 38 src/test/isolation/expected/plpgsql-toast.out | 15 src/test/isolation/expected/predicate-lock-hot-tuple.out | 20 src/test/isolation/expected/vacuum-concurrent-drop.out | 6 src/test/isolation/isolation_schedule | 2 src/test/isolation/isolationtester.c | 59 src/test/isolation/specs/eval-plan-qual-trigger.spec | 410 src/test/isolation/specs/plpgsql-toast.spec | 10 src/test/isolation/specs/predicate-lock-hot-tuple.spec | 37 src/test/kerberos/t/001_auth.pl | 4 src/test/ldap/t/001_auth.pl | 8 src/test/perl/TestLib.pm | 1 src/test/recovery/t/002_archiving.pl | 25 src/test/recovery/t/017_shm.pl | 20 src/test/regress/expected/bit.out | 132 src/test/regress/expected/collate.icu.utf8.out | 32 src/test/regress/expected/create_index.out | 9 src/test/regress/expected/create_table.out | 49 src/test/regress/expected/foreign_key.out | 21 src/test/regress/expected/inherit.out | 10 src/test/regress/expected/interval.out | 3 src/test/regress/expected/json.out | 29 src/test/regress/expected/jsonb.out | 29 src/test/regress/expected/partition_join.out | 2 src/test/regress/expected/partition_prune.out | 269 src/test/regress/expected/rangetypes.out | 2 src/test/regress/expected/rowsecurity.out | 34 src/test/regress/expected/temp.out | 9 src/test/regress/expected/timetz.out | 10 src/test/regress/expected/triggers.out | 70 src/test/regress/expected/tsdicts.out | 34 src/test/regress/expected/updatable_views.out | 28 src/test/regress/expected/vacuum.out | 16 src/test/regress/expected/window.out | 42 src/test/regress/expected/xml.out | 4 src/test/regress/expected/xml_1.out | 8 src/test/regress/expected/xml_2.out | 4 src/test/regress/regress.c | 215 src/test/regress/sql/bit.sql | 13 src/test/regress/sql/collate.icu.utf8.sql | 9 src/test/regress/sql/create_index.sql | 7 src/test/regress/sql/create_table.sql | 23 src/test/regress/sql/foreign_key.sql | 20 src/test/regress/sql/inherit.sql | 9 src/test/regress/sql/interval.sql | 3 src/test/regress/sql/json.sql | 6 src/test/regress/sql/jsonb.sql | 6 src/test/regress/sql/partition_join.sql | 2 src/test/regress/sql/partition_prune.sql | 27 src/test/regress/sql/rangetypes.sql | 2 src/test/regress/sql/rowsecurity.sql | 19 src/test/regress/sql/temp.sql | 9 src/test/regress/sql/timetz.sql | 5 src/test/regress/sql/triggers.sql | 35 src/test/regress/sql/tsdicts.sql | 37 src/test/regress/sql/vacuum.sql | 17 src/test/regress/sql/window.sql | 19 src/test/regress/sql/xml.sql | 4 src/test/ssl/t/001_ssltests.pl | 15 src/test/subscription/t/008_diff_schema.pl | 40 src/timezone/data/tzdata.zi | 100 src/timezone/known_abbrevs.txt | 1 src/tools/msvc/Project.pm | 3 src/tools/msvc/Solution.pm | 3 src/tools/msvc/vcregress.pl | 2 src/tools/pgindent/typedefs.list | 1 1692 files changed, 24989 insertions(+), 18071 deletions(-) diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/configure postgresql-11-11.6/configure --- postgresql-11-11.5/configure 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/configure 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ #! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. -# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for PostgreSQL 11.5. +# Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for PostgreSQL 11.6. # # Report bugs to . # @@ -582,8 +582,8 @@ # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='PostgreSQL' PACKAGE_TARNAME='postgresql' -PACKAGE_VERSION='11.5' -PACKAGE_STRING='PostgreSQL 11.5' +PACKAGE_VERSION='11.6' +PACKAGE_STRING='PostgreSQL 11.6' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org' PACKAGE_URL='' @@ -729,6 +729,7 @@ TAS GCC CPP +CFLAGS_SL BITCODE_CXXFLAGS BITCODE_CFLAGS CFLAGS_VECTOR @@ -1431,7 +1432,7 @@ # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF -\`configure' configures PostgreSQL 11.5 to adapt to many kinds of systems. +\`configure' configures PostgreSQL 11.6 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... @@ -1496,7 +1497,7 @@ if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in - short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of PostgreSQL 11.5:";; + short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of PostgreSQL 11.6:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF @@ -1658,7 +1659,7 @@ test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF -PostgreSQL configure 11.5 +PostgreSQL configure 11.6 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. @@ -2411,7 +2412,7 @@ This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. -It was created by PostgreSQL $as_me 11.5, which was +It was created by PostgreSQL $as_me 11.6, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ @@ -6368,7 +6369,6 @@ fi -CFLAGS_VECTOR=$CFLAGS_VECTOR # Determine flags used to emit bitcode for JIT inlining. Need to test @@ -6688,9 +6688,10 @@ BITCODE_CFLAGS="$BITCODE_CFLAGS $user_BITCODE_CFLAGS" BITCODE_CXXFLAGS="$BITCODE_CXXFLAGS $user_BITCODE_CXXFLAGS" -BITCODE_CFLAGS=$BITCODE_CFLAGS -BITCODE_CXXFLAGS=$BITCODE_CXXFLAGS + + +# The template file must set up CFLAGS_SL; we don't support user override # Check if the compiler still works with the final flag settings @@ -18237,6 +18238,10 @@ # On most platforms, if perl.h is there then libperl.so will be too, but at # this writing Debian packages them separately. There is no known reason to # waste cycles on separate probes for the Tcl or Python libraries, though. + # On some Red Hat platforms, the link attempt can fail if we don't use + # CFLAGS_SL while building the test program. + ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $CFLAGS_SL" pgac_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="$perl_embed_ldflags" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for libperl" >&5 @@ -18266,6 +18271,7 @@ rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext \ conftest$ac_exeext conftest.$ac_ext LIBS=$pgac_save_LIBS + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS CPPFLAGS=$ac_save_CPPFLAGS fi @@ -19487,7 +19493,7 @@ # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" -This file was extended by PostgreSQL $as_me 11.5, which was +This file was extended by PostgreSQL $as_me 11.6, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES @@ -19557,7 +19563,7 @@ cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ -PostgreSQL config.status 11.5 +PostgreSQL config.status 11.6 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/configure.in postgresql-11-11.6/configure.in --- postgresql-11-11.5/configure.in 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/configure.in 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ dnl m4_pattern_forbid(^PGAC_)dnl to catch undefined macros -AC_INIT([PostgreSQL], [11.5], [pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org]) +AC_INIT([PostgreSQL], [11.6], [pgsql-bugs@postgresql.org]) m4_if(m4_defn([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [2.69], [], [m4_fatal([Autoconf version 2.69 is required. Untested combinations of 'autoconf' and PostgreSQL versions are not @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ PGAC_PROG_CXX_CFLAGS_OPT([+Olibmerrno]) fi -AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_VECTOR, $CFLAGS_VECTOR) +AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_VECTOR) # Determine flags used to emit bitcode for JIT inlining. Need to test # for behaviour changing compiler flags, to keep compatibility with @@ -596,8 +596,11 @@ BITCODE_CFLAGS="$BITCODE_CFLAGS $user_BITCODE_CFLAGS" BITCODE_CXXFLAGS="$BITCODE_CXXFLAGS $user_BITCODE_CXXFLAGS" -AC_SUBST(BITCODE_CFLAGS, $BITCODE_CFLAGS) -AC_SUBST(BITCODE_CXXFLAGS, $BITCODE_CXXFLAGS) +AC_SUBST(BITCODE_CFLAGS) +AC_SUBST(BITCODE_CXXFLAGS) + +# The template file must set up CFLAGS_SL; we don't support user override +AC_SUBST(CFLAGS_SL) # Check if the compiler still works with the final flag settings # (note, we're not checking that for CXX, which is optional) @@ -2261,6 +2264,10 @@ # On most platforms, if perl.h is there then libperl.so will be too, but at # this writing Debian packages them separately. There is no known reason to # waste cycles on separate probes for the Tcl or Python libraries, though. + # On some Red Hat platforms, the link attempt can fail if we don't use + # CFLAGS_SL while building the test program. + ac_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS + CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $CFLAGS_SL" pgac_save_LIBS=$LIBS LIBS="$perl_embed_ldflags" AC_MSG_CHECKING([for libperl]) @@ -2272,6 +2279,7 @@ [AC_MSG_RESULT(no) AC_MSG_ERROR([libperl library is required for Perl])]) LIBS=$pgac_save_LIBS + CFLAGS=$ac_save_CFLAGS CPPFLAGS=$ac_save_CPPFLAGS fi diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/amcheck/verify_nbtree.c postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/amcheck/verify_nbtree.c --- postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/amcheck/verify_nbtree.c 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/amcheck/verify_nbtree.c 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ #include "lib/bloomfilter.h" #include "miscadmin.h" #include "storage/lmgr.h" +#include "storage/smgr.h" #include "utils/memutils.h" #include "utils/snapmgr.h" @@ -120,6 +121,7 @@ static void bt_index_check_internal(Oid indrelid, bool parentcheck, bool heapallindexed); static inline void btree_index_checkable(Relation rel); +static inline bool btree_index_mainfork_expected(Relation rel); static void bt_check_every_level(Relation rel, Relation heaprel, bool readonly, bool heapallindexed); static BtreeLevel bt_check_level_from_leftmost(BtreeCheckState *state, @@ -252,8 +254,18 @@ /* Relation suitable for checking as B-Tree? */ btree_index_checkable(indrel); - /* Check index, possibly against table it is an index on */ - bt_check_every_level(indrel, heaprel, parentcheck, heapallindexed); + if (btree_index_mainfork_expected(indrel)) + { + RelationOpenSmgr(indrel); + if (!smgrexists(indrel->rd_smgr, MAIN_FORKNUM)) + ereport(ERROR, + (errcode(ERRCODE_INDEX_CORRUPTED), + errmsg("index \"%s\" lacks a main relation fork", + RelationGetRelationName(indrel)))); + + /* Check index, possibly against table it is an index on */ + bt_check_every_level(indrel, heaprel, parentcheck, heapallindexed); + } /* * Release locks early. That's ok here because nothing in the called @@ -300,6 +312,28 @@ } /* + * Check if B-Tree index relation should have a file for its main relation + * fork. Verification uses this to skip unlogged indexes when in hot standby + * mode, where there is simply nothing to verify. + * + * NB: Caller should call btree_index_checkable() before calling here. + */ +static inline bool +btree_index_mainfork_expected(Relation rel) +{ + if (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED || + !RecoveryInProgress()) + return true; + + ereport(NOTICE, + (errcode(ERRCODE_READ_ONLY_SQL_TRANSACTION), + errmsg("cannot verify unlogged index \"%s\" during recovery, skipping", + RelationGetRelationName(rel)))); + + return false; +} + +/* * Main entry point for B-Tree SQL-callable functions. Walks the B-Tree in * logical order, verifying invariants as it goes. Optionally, verification * checks if the heap relation contains any tuples that are not represented in diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/bloom/expected/bloom.out postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/bloom/expected/bloom.out --- postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/bloom/expected/bloom.out 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/bloom/expected/bloom.out 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ ); INSERT INTO tst SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,2000) i; CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (col1 = 3); +ALTER INDEX bloomidx SET (length=80); SET enable_seqscan=on; SET enable_bitmapscan=off; SET enable_indexscan=off; diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/bloom/sql/bloom.sql postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/bloom/sql/bloom.sql --- postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/bloom/sql/bloom.sql 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/bloom/sql/bloom.sql 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ INSERT INTO tst SELECT i%10, substr(md5(i::text), 1, 1) FROM generate_series(1,2000) i; CREATE INDEX bloomidx ON tst USING bloom (i, t) WITH (col1 = 3); +ALTER INDEX bloomidx SET (length=80); SET enable_seqscan=on; SET enable_bitmapscan=off; diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/intarray/_int_gist.c postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/intarray/_int_gist.c --- postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/intarray/_int_gist.c 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/intarray/_int_gist.c 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -96,8 +96,13 @@ retval = inner_int_contains(query, (ArrayType *) DatumGetPointer(entry->key)); else - retval = inner_int_overlap((ArrayType *) DatumGetPointer(entry->key), - query); + { + /* + * Unfortunately, because empty arrays could be anywhere in + * the index, we must search the whole tree. + */ + retval = true; + } break; default: retval = false; diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/intarray/_int_tool.c postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/intarray/_int_tool.c --- postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/intarray/_int_tool.c 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/intarray/_int_tool.c 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ if (num <= 0) { Assert(num == 0); - ARR_NDIM(a) = 0; + a = construct_empty_array(INT4OID); return a; } diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/intarray/_intbig_gist.c postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/intarray/_intbig_gist.c --- postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/intarray/_intbig_gist.c 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/intarray/_intbig_gist.c 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -591,7 +591,13 @@ } } else - retval = _intbig_overlap((GISTTYPE *) DatumGetPointer(entry->key), query); + { + /* + * Unfortunately, because empty arrays could be anywhere in + * the index, we must search the whole tree. + */ + retval = true; + } break; default: retval = false; diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/intarray/expected/_int.out postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/intarray/expected/_int.out --- postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/intarray/expected/_int.out 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/intarray/expected/_int.out 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -431,6 +431,18 @@ 12 (1 row) +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a <@ '{73,23,20}'; + count +------- + 10 +(1 row) + +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a = '{73,23,20}'; + count +------- + 1 +(1 row) + SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '50&68'; count ------- @@ -449,6 +461,19 @@ 21 (1 row) +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '20 | !21'; + count +------- + 6566 +(1 row) + +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '!20 & !21'; + count +------- + 6343 +(1 row) + +SET enable_seqscan = off; -- not all of these would use index by default CREATE INDEX text_idx on test__int using gist ( a gist__int_ops ); SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a && '{23,50}'; count @@ -480,6 +505,18 @@ 12 (1 row) +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a <@ '{73,23,20}'; + count +------- + 10 +(1 row) + +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a = '{73,23,20}'; + count +------- + 1 +(1 row) + SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '50&68'; count ------- @@ -498,6 +535,18 @@ 21 (1 row) +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '20 | !21'; + count +------- + 6566 +(1 row) + +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '!20 & !21'; + count +------- + 6343 +(1 row) + DROP INDEX text_idx; CREATE INDEX text_idx on test__int using gist ( a gist__intbig_ops ); SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a && '{23,50}'; @@ -530,6 +579,18 @@ 12 (1 row) +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a <@ '{73,23,20}'; + count +------- + 10 +(1 row) + +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a = '{73,23,20}'; + count +------- + 1 +(1 row) + SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '50&68'; count ------- @@ -548,6 +609,18 @@ 21 (1 row) +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '20 | !21'; + count +------- + 6566 +(1 row) + +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '!20 & !21'; + count +------- + 6343 +(1 row) + DROP INDEX text_idx; CREATE INDEX text_idx on test__int using gin ( a gin__int_ops ); SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a && '{23,50}'; @@ -580,6 +653,18 @@ 12 (1 row) +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a <@ '{73,23,20}'; + count +------- + 10 +(1 row) + +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a = '{73,23,20}'; + count +------- + 1 +(1 row) + SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '50&68'; count ------- @@ -598,3 +683,16 @@ 21 (1 row) +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '20 | !21'; + count +------- + 6566 +(1 row) + +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '!20 & !21'; + count +------- + 6343 +(1 row) + +RESET enable_seqscan; diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/intarray/sql/_int.sql postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/intarray/sql/_int.sql --- postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/intarray/sql/_int.sql 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/intarray/sql/_int.sql 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -85,9 +85,15 @@ SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{23,50}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '23&50'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{20,23}'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a <@ '{73,23,20}'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a = '{73,23,20}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '50&68'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{20,23}' or a @> '{50,68}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '(20&23)|(50&68)'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '20 | !21'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '!20 & !21'; + +SET enable_seqscan = off; -- not all of these would use index by default CREATE INDEX text_idx on test__int using gist ( a gist__int_ops ); @@ -96,9 +102,13 @@ SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{23,50}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '23&50'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{20,23}'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a <@ '{73,23,20}'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a = '{73,23,20}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '50&68'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{20,23}' or a @> '{50,68}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '(20&23)|(50&68)'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '20 | !21'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '!20 & !21'; DROP INDEX text_idx; CREATE INDEX text_idx on test__int using gist ( a gist__intbig_ops ); @@ -108,9 +118,13 @@ SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{23,50}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '23&50'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{20,23}'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a <@ '{73,23,20}'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a = '{73,23,20}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '50&68'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{20,23}' or a @> '{50,68}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '(20&23)|(50&68)'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '20 | !21'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '!20 & !21'; DROP INDEX text_idx; CREATE INDEX text_idx on test__int using gin ( a gin__int_ops ); @@ -120,6 +134,12 @@ SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{23,50}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '23&50'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{20,23}'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a <@ '{73,23,20}'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a = '{73,23,20}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '50&68'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @> '{20,23}' or a @> '{50,68}'; SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '(20&23)|(50&68)'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '20 | !21'; +SELECT count(*) from test__int WHERE a @@ '!20 & !21'; + +RESET enable_seqscan; diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/postgres_fdw/connection.c postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/postgres_fdw/connection.c --- postgresql-11-11.5/contrib/postgres_fdw/connection.c 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/contrib/postgres_fdw/connection.c 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -719,17 +719,17 @@ case XACT_EVENT_PRE_PREPARE: /* - * We disallow remote transactions that modified anything, - * since it's not very reasonable to hold them open until - * the prepared transaction is committed. For the moment, - * throw error unconditionally; later we might allow - * read-only cases. Note that the error will cause us to - * come right back here with event == XACT_EVENT_ABORT, so - * we'll clean up the connection state at that point. + * We disallow any remote transactions, since it's not + * very reasonable to hold them open until the prepared + * transaction is committed. For the moment, throw error + * unconditionally; later we might allow read-only cases. + * Note that the error will cause us to come right back + * here with event == XACT_EVENT_ABORT, so we'll clean up + * the connection state at that point. */ ereport(ERROR, (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED), - errmsg("cannot prepare a transaction that modified remote tables"))); + errmsg("cannot PREPARE a transaction that has operated on postgres_fdw foreign tables"))); break; case XACT_EVENT_PARALLEL_COMMIT: case XACT_EVENT_COMMIT: diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/debian/changelog postgresql-11-11.6/debian/changelog --- postgresql-11-11.5/debian/changelog 2019-08-08 13:22:02.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/debian/changelog 2019-11-18 10:16:59.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ +postgresql-11 (11.6-0+deb10u1) buster; urgency=medium + + * New upstream version. + + -- Christoph Berg Mon, 18 Nov 2019 11:16:59 +0100 + postgresql-11 (11.5-1+deb10u1) buster-security; urgency=high * New upstream security release. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/bug.template postgresql-11-11.6/doc/bug.template --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/bug.template 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/bug.template 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Operating System (example: Linux 2.4.18) : - PostgreSQL version (example: PostgreSQL 11.5): PostgreSQL 11.5 + PostgreSQL version (example: PostgreSQL 11.6): PostgreSQL 11.6 Compiler used (example: gcc 3.3.5) : diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/bgworker.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/bgworker.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/bgworker.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/bgworker.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ There are considerable robustness and security risks in using background worker processes because, being written in the C language, they have unrestricted access to data. Administrators wishing to enable - modules that include background worker process should exercise extreme + modules that include background worker processes should exercise extreme caution. Only carefully audited modules should be permitted to run background worker processes. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/config.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -137,6 +137,8 @@ identifiers or numbers must be single-quoted. To embed a single quote in a parameter value, write either two quotes (preferred) or backslash-quote. + If the file contains multiple entries for the same parameter, + all but the last one are ignored. @@ -169,18 +171,29 @@ In addition to postgresql.conf, a PostgreSQL data directory contains a file postgresql.auto.confpostgresql.auto.conf, - which has the same format as postgresql.conf but should - never be edited manually. This file holds settings provided through - the command. This file is automatically - read whenever postgresql.conf is, and its settings take - effect in the same way. Settings in postgresql.auto.conf - override those in postgresql.conf. + which has the same format as postgresql.conf but + is intended to be edited automatically not manually. This file holds + settings provided through the command. + This file is read whenever postgresql.conf is, + and its settings take effect in the same way. Settings + in postgresql.auto.conf override those + in postgresql.conf. + + + + External tools may also + modify postgresql.auto.conf. It is not + recommended to do this while the server is running, since a + concurrent ALTER SYSTEM command could overwrite + such changes. Such tools might simply append new settings to the end, + or they might choose to remove duplicate settings and/or comments + (as ALTER SYSTEM will). The system view pg_file_settings - can be helpful for pre-testing changes to the configuration file, or for + can be helpful for pre-testing changes to the configuration files, or for diagnosing problems if a SIGHUP signal did not have the desired effects. @@ -6842,9 +6855,7 @@ each lock acquisition attempt. The limit applies both to explicit locking requests (such as LOCK TABLE, or SELECT FOR UPDATE without NOWAIT) and to implicitly-acquired - locks. If log_min_error_statement is set to - ERROR or lower, the statement that timed out will be - logged. A value of zero (the default) turns this off. + locks. A value of zero (the default) turns this off. @@ -6852,7 +6863,9 @@ while waiting for locks. Note that if statement_timeout is nonzero, it is rather pointless to set lock_timeout to the same or larger value, since the statement timeout would always - trigger first. + trigger first. If log_min_error_statement is set to + ERROR or lower, the statement that timed out will be + logged. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/custom-scan.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/custom-scan.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/custom-scan.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/custom-scan.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -83,10 +83,7 @@ by nodeToString, so that debugging routines that attempt to print the custom path will work as designed. methods must point to a (usually statically allocated) object implementing the required - custom path methods, of which there is currently only one. The - LibraryName and SymbolName fields must also - be initialized so that the dynamic loader can resolve them to locate the - method table. + custom path methods, of which there is currently only one. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/datatype.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -2163,17 +2163,17 @@ today date, timestamp - midnight today + midnight (00:00) today tomorrow date, timestamp - midnight tomorrow + midnight (00:00) tomorrow yesterday date, timestamp - midnight yesterday + midnight (00:00) yesterday allballs @@ -4228,6 +4228,11 @@ value is a full document or only a content fragment. + + Limits and compatibility notes for the xml data type + can be found in . + + Creating XML Values diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ddl.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -3336,13 +3336,13 @@ Before running the ATTACH PARTITION command, it is recommended to create a CHECK constraint on the table to - be attached describing the desired partition constraint. That way, + be attached matching the desired partition constraint. That way, the system will be able to skip the scan to validate the implicit - partition constraint. Without such a constraint, the table will be - scanned to validate the partition constraint while holding an - ACCESS EXCLUSIVE lock on the parent table. - One may then drop the constraint after ATTACH PARTITION - is finished, because it is no longer necessary. + partition constraint. Without the CHECK constraint, + the table will be scanned to validate the partition constraint while + holding an ACCESS EXCLUSIVE lock on the parent table. + It may be desired to drop the redundant CHECK constraint + after ATTACH PARTITION is finished. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ecpg.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -178,6 +178,19 @@ + If the connection target includes any options, + those consist of + keyword=value + specifications separated by ampersands (&). + The allowed key words are the same ones recognized + by libpq (see + ). Spaces are ignored before + any keyword or value, + though not within or after one. Note that there is no way to + write & within a value. + + + The connection-name is used to handle multiple connections in one program. It can be omitted if a program uses only one connection. The most recently opened @@ -191,7 +204,7 @@ secure schema usage pattern, begin each session by removing publicly-writable schemas from search_path. For example, - add options=-csearch_path= + add options=-c search_path= to options, or issue EXEC SQL SELECT pg_catalog.set_config('search_path', '', false); after connecting. This consideration is not specific to @@ -4970,7 +4983,7 @@ The fields sqlcaid, - sqlcabc, + sqlabc, sqlerrp, and the remaining elements of sqlerrd and sqlwarn currently contain no useful @@ -6458,7 +6471,7 @@ - connection_object + connection_name An optional identifier for the connection, so that it can be diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/extend.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ dynamically from one version to the next, you should provide update scripts that make the necessary changes to go from one version to the next. Update scripts have names following the pattern - extension--oldversion--newversion.sql + extension--old_version--target_version.sql (for example, foo--1.0--1.1.sql contains the commands to modify version 1.0 of extension foo into version 1.1). diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/fdwhandler.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/fdwhandler.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/fdwhandler.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/fdwhandler.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -810,9 +810,11 @@ row-by-row approach is necessary, but it can be inefficient. If it is possible for the foreign server to determine which rows should be modified without actually retrieving them, and if there are no local - triggers which would affect the operation, then it is possible to - arrange things so that the entire operation is performed on the remote - server. The interfaces described below make this possible. + structures which would affect the operation (row-level local triggers + or WITH CHECK OPTION constraints from parent views), + then it is possible to arrange things so that the entire operation is + performed on the remote server. The interfaces described below make + this possible. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/features.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/features.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/features.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/features.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ Language SQL. A revised version of the standard is released from time to time; the most recent update appearing in 2011. The 2011 version is referred to as ISO/IEC 9075:2011, or simply as SQL:2011. - The versions prior to that were SQL:2008, SQL:2003, SQL:1999, and SQL-92. Each version + The versions prior to that were SQL:2008, SQL:2006, SQL:2003, SQL:1999, + and SQL-92. Each version replaces the previous one, so claims of conformance to earlier versions have no official merit. PostgreSQL development aims for @@ -155,4 +156,382 @@ + + XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML + + + SQL/XML + limits and conformance + + + + Significant revisions to the XML-related specifications in ISO/IEC 9075-14 + (SQL/XML) were introduced with SQL:2006. + PostgreSQL's implementation of the XML data + type and related functions largely follows the earlier 2003 edition, + with some borrowing from later editions. In particular: + + + + Where the current standard provides a family of XML data types + to hold document or content in + untyped or XML Schema-typed variants, and a type + XML(SEQUENCE) to hold arbitrary pieces of XML content, + PostgreSQL provides the single + xml type, which can hold document or + content. There is no equivalent of the + standard's sequence type. + + + + + + PostgreSQL provides two functions + introduced in SQL:2006, but in variants that use the XPath 1.0 + language, rather than XML Query as specified for them in the + standard. + + + + + + + This section presents some of the resulting differences you may encounter. + + + + Queries are restricted to XPath 1.0 + + + The PostgreSQL-specific functions + xpath() and xpath_exists() + query XML documents using the XPath language. + PostgreSQL also provides XPath-only variants + of the standard functions XMLEXISTS and + XMLTABLE, which officially use + the XQuery language. For all of these functions, + PostgreSQL relies on the + libxml2 library, which provides only XPath 1.0. + + + + There is a strong connection between the XQuery language and XPath + versions 2.0 and later: any expression that is syntactically valid and + executes successfully in both produces the same result (with a minor + exception for expressions containing numeric character references or + predefined entity references, which XQuery replaces with the + corresponding character while XPath leaves them alone). But there is + no such connection between these languages and XPath 1.0; it was an + earlier language and differs in many respects. + + + + There are two categories of limitation to keep in mind: the restriction + from XQuery to XPath for the functions specified in the SQL standard, and + the restriction of XPath to version 1.0 for both the standard and the + PostgreSQL-specific functions. + + + + Restriction of XQuery to XPath + + + Features of XQuery beyond those of XPath include: + + + + + XQuery expressions can construct and return new XML nodes, in + addition to all possible XPath values. XPath can create and return + values of the atomic types (numbers, strings, and so on) but can + only return XML nodes that were already present in documents + supplied as input to the expression. + + + + + + XQuery has control constructs for iteration, sorting, and grouping. + + + + + + XQuery allows declaration and use of local functions. + + + + + + + Recent XPath versions begin to offer capabilities overlapping with + these (such as functional-style for-each and + sort, anonymous functions, and + parse-xml to create a node from a string), + but such features were not available before XPath 3.0. + + + + + Restriction of XPath to 1.0 + + + For developers familiar with XQuery and XPath 2.0 or later, XPath 1.0 + presents a number of differences to contend with: + + + + + The fundamental type of an XQuery/XPath expression, the + sequence, which can contain XML nodes, atomic values, + or both, does not exist in XPath 1.0. A 1.0 expression can only + produce a node-set (containing zero or more XML nodes), or a single + atomic value. + + + + + + Unlike an XQuery/XPath sequence, which can contain any desired + items in any desired order, an XPath 1.0 node-set has no + guaranteed order and, like any set, does not allow multiple + appearances of the same item. + + + The libxml2 library does seem to + always return node-sets to PostgreSQL + with their members in the same relative order they had in the + input document. Its documentation does not commit to this + behavior, and an XPath 1.0 expression cannot control it. + + + + + + + + While XQuery/XPath provides all of the types defined in XML Schema + and many operators and functions over those types, XPath 1.0 has only + node-sets and the three atomic types boolean, + double, and string. + + + + + + XPath 1.0 has no conditional operator. An XQuery/XPath expression + such as if ( hat ) then hat/@size else "no hat" + has no XPath 1.0 equivalent. + + + + + + XPath 1.0 has no ordering comparison operator for strings. Both + "cat" < "dog" and + "cat" > "dog" are false, because each is a + numeric comparison of two NaNs. In contrast, + = and != do compare the strings + as strings. + + + + + + XPath 1.0 blurs the distinction between + value comparisons and + general comparisons as XQuery/XPath define + them. Both sale/@hatsize = 7 and + sale/@customer = "alice" are existentially + quantified comparisons, true if there is + any sale with the given value for the + attribute, but sale/@taxable = false() is a + value comparison to the + effective boolean value of a whole node-set. + It is true only if no sale has + a taxable attribute at all. + + + + + + In the XQuery/XPath data model, a document + node can have either document form (i.e., exactly one + top-level element, with only comments and processing instructions + outside of it) or content form (with those constraints + relaxed). Its equivalent in XPath 1.0, the + root node, can only be in document form. + This is part of the reason an xml value passed as the + context item to any PostgreSQL + XPath-based function must be in document form. + + + + + + + The differences highlighted here are not all of them. In XQuery and + the 2.0 and later versions of XPath, there is an XPath 1.0 compatibility + mode, and the W3C lists of + function library changes + and + language changes + applied in that mode offer a more complete (but still not exhaustive) + account of the differences. The compatibility mode cannot make the + later languages exactly equivalent to XPath 1.0. + + + + + Mappings between SQL and XML data types and values + + + In SQL:2006 and later, both directions of conversion between standard SQL + data types and the XML Schema types are specified precisely. However, the + rules are expressed using the types and semantics of XQuery/XPath, and + have no direct application to the different data model of XPath 1.0. + + + + When PostgreSQL maps SQL data values to XML + (as in xmlelement), or XML to SQL (as in the output + columns of xmltable), except for a few cases + treated specially, PostgreSQL simply assumes + that the XML data type's XPath 1.0 string form will be valid as the + text-input form of the SQL datatype, and conversely. This rule has the + virtue of simplicity while producing, for many data types, results similar + to the mappings specified in the standard. In this release, + an explicit cast is needed if an xmltable column + expression produces a boolean or double value; see + . + + + + Where interoperability with other systems is a concern, for some data + types, it may be necessary to use data type formatting functions (such + as those in ) explicitly to + produce the standard mappings. + + + + + + + Incidental limits of the implementation + + + + This section concerns limits that are not inherent in the + libxml2 library, but apply to the current + implementation in PostgreSQL. + + + + + Cast needed for <function>xmltable</function> column + of boolean or double type + + + + An xmltable column expression evaluating to an XPath + boolean or number result will produce an unexpected XPath object + type error. The workaround is to rewrite the column expression to + be inside the XPath string function; + PostgreSQL will then assign the string value + successfully to an SQL output column of boolean or double type. + + + + + + Column path result or SQL result column of XML type + + + + In this release, a xmltable column expression + that evaluates to an XML node-set can be assigned to an SQL result + column of XML type, producing a concatenation of: for most types of + node in the node-set, a text node containing the XPath 1.0 + string-value of the node, but for an element node, + a copy of the node itself. Such a node-set may be assigned to an SQL + column of non-XML type only if the node-set has a single node, with the + string-value of most node types replaced with an empty string, the + string-value of an element node replaced with a concatenation of only its + direct text-node children (excluding those of descendants), and the + string-value of a text or attribute node being as defined in XPath 1.0. + An XPath string value assigned to a result column of XML type must be + parsable as XML. + + + + It is best not to develop code that relies on these behaviors, which have + little resemblance to the spec, and are changed in + PostgreSQL 12. + + + + + Only <literal>BY VALUE</literal> passing mechanism is supported + + + The SQL standard defines two passing mechanisms + that apply when passing an XML argument from SQL to an XML function or + receiving a result: BY REF, in which a particular XML + value retains its node identity, and BY VALUE, in which + the content of the XML is passed but node identity is not preserved. A + mechanism can be specified before a list of parameters, as the default + mechanism for all of them, or after any parameter, to override the + default. + + + + To illustrate the difference, if + x is an XML value, these two queries in + an SQL:2006 environment would produce true and false, respectively: + + +SELECT XMLQUERY('$a is $b' PASSING BY REF x AS a, x AS b NULL ON EMPTY); +SELECT XMLQUERY('$a is $b' PASSING BY VALUE x AS a, x AS b NULL ON EMPTY); + + + + + In this release, PostgreSQL will accept + BY REF in an + XMLEXISTS or XMLTABLE + construct, but will ignore it. The xml data type holds + a character-string serialized representation, so there is no node + identity to preserve, and passing is always effectively BY + VALUE. + + + + + Cannot pass named parameters to queries + + + The XPath-based functions support passing one parameter to serve as the + XPath expression's context item, but do not support passing additional + values to be available to the expression as named parameters. + + + + + No <type>XML(SEQUENCE)</type> type + + + The PostgreSQL xml data type + can only hold a value in DOCUMENT + or CONTENT form. An XQuery/XPath expression + context item must be a single XML node or atomic value, but XPath 1.0 + further restricts it to be only an XML node, and has no node type + allowing CONTENT. The upshot is that a + well-formed DOCUMENT is the only form of XML value + that PostgreSQL can supply as an XPath + context item. + + + + + diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/func.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -2786,7 +2786,7 @@ - tcvn_to_utf8 + windows_1258_to_utf8 WIN1258 UTF8 @@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@ - utf8_to_tcvn + utf8_to_windows_1258 UTF8 WIN1258 @@ -10045,16 +10045,25 @@ + XML Functions + + XML Functions + + The functions and function-like expressions described in this - section operate on values of type xml. Check xml. See for information about the xml type. The function-like expressions xmlparse and xmlserialize for converting to and from - type xml are not repeated here. Use of most of these - functions requires the installation to have been built + type xml are documented there, not in this section. + + + + Use of most of these functions + requires PostgreSQL to have been built with configure --with-libxml. @@ -10249,8 +10258,8 @@ encoding, depending on the setting of the configuration parameter . The particular behavior for individual data types is expected to evolve in order to align the - SQL and PostgreSQL data types with the XML Schema specification, - at which point a more precise description will appear. + PostgreSQL mappings with those specified in SQL:2006 and later, + as discussed in . @@ -10492,10 +10501,13 @@ - The function xmlexists returns true if the - XPath expression in the first argument returns any nodes, and - false otherwise. (If either argument is null, the result is - null.) + The function xmlexists evaluates an XPath 1.0 + expression (the first argument), with the passed XML value as its context + item. The function returns false if the result of that evaluation + yields an empty node-set, true if it yields any other value. The + function returns null if any argument is null. A nonnull value + passed as the context item must be an XML document, not a content + fragment or any non-XML value. @@ -10511,14 +10523,14 @@ - The BY REF clauses have no effect in - PostgreSQL, but are allowed for SQL conformance and compatibility - with other implementations. Per SQL standard, the - first BY REF is required, the second is - optional. Also note that the SQL standard specifies - the xmlexists construct to take an XQuery - expression as first argument, but PostgreSQL currently only - supports XPath, which is a subset of XQuery. + The BY REF clauses + are accepted in PostgreSQL, but are ignored, + as discussed in . + In the SQL standard, the xmlexists function + evaluates an expression in the XML Query language, + but PostgreSQL allows only an XPath 1.0 + expression, as discussed in + . @@ -10624,12 +10636,12 @@ - The function xpath evaluates the XPath + The function xpath evaluates the XPath 1.0 expression xpath (a text value) against the XML value xml. It returns an array of XML values - corresponding to the node set produced by the XPath expression. - If the XPath expression returns a scalar value rather than a node set, + corresponding to the node-set produced by the XPath expression. + If the XPath expression returns a scalar value rather than a node-set, a single-element array is returned. @@ -10691,9 +10703,10 @@ The function xpath_exists is a specialized form of the xpath function. Instead of returning the - individual XML values that satisfy the XPath, this function returns a - Boolean indicating whether the query was satisfied or not. This - function is equivalent to the standard XMLEXISTS predicate, + individual XML values that satisfy the XPath 1.0 expression, this function + returns a Boolean indicating whether the query was satisfied or not + (specifically, whether it produced any value other than an empty node-set). + This function is equivalent to the XMLEXISTS predicate, except that it also offers support for a namespace mapping argument. @@ -10734,8 +10747,8 @@ The xmltable function produces a table based - on the given XML value, an XPath filter to extract rows, and an - optional set of column definitions. + on the given XML value, an XPath filter to extract rows, and a + set of column definitions. @@ -10746,30 +10759,34 @@ - The required row_expression argument is an XPath - expression that is evaluated against the supplied XML document to - obtain an ordered sequence of XML nodes. This sequence is what - xmltable transforms into output rows. + The required row_expression argument is + an XPath 1.0 expression that is evaluated, passing the + document_expression as its context item, to + obtain a set of XML nodes. These nodes are what + xmltable transforms into output rows. No rows + will be produced if the document_expression + is null, nor if the row_expression produces + an empty node-set or any value other than a node-set. - document_expression provides the XML document to - operate on. - The BY REF clauses have no effect in PostgreSQL, - but are allowed for SQL conformance and compatibility with other - implementations. - The argument must be a well-formed XML document; fragments/forests - are not accepted. + document_expression provides the context + item for the row_expression. It must be a + well-formed XML document; fragments/forests are not accepted. + The BY REF clause + is accepted but ignored, as discussed in + . + In the SQL standard, the xmltable function + evaluates expressions in the XML Query language, + but PostgreSQL allows only XPath 1.0 + expressions, as discussed in + . The mandatory COLUMNS clause specifies the list of columns in the output table. - If the COLUMNS clause is omitted, the rows in the result - set contain a single column of type xml containing the - data matched by row_expression. - If COLUMNS is specified, each entry describes a - single column. + Each entry describes a single column. See the syntax summary above for the format. The column name and type are required; the path, default and nullability clauses are optional. @@ -10777,48 +10794,57 @@ A column marked FOR ORDINALITY will be populated - with row numbers matching the order in which the - output rows appeared in the original input XML document. + with row numbers, starting with 1, in the order of nodes retrieved from + the row_expression's result node-set. At most one column may be marked FOR ORDINALITY. + + + XPath 1.0 does not specify an order for nodes in a node-set, so code + that relies on a particular order of the results will be + implementation-dependent. Details can be found in + . + + + - The column_expression for a column is an XPath expression - that is evaluated for each row, relative to the result of the - row_expression, to find the value of the column. - If no column_expression is given, then the column name - is used as an implicit path. + The column_expression for a column is an + XPath 1.0 expression that is evaluated for each row, with the current + node from the row_expression result as its + context item, to find the value of the column. If + no column_expression is given, then the + column name is used as an implicit path. - If a column's XPath expression returns multiple elements, an error - is raised. - If the expression matches an empty tag, the result is an - empty string (not NULL). - Any xsi:nil attributes are ignored. + If a column's XPath expression returns a non-XML value (limited to + string, boolean, or double in XPath 1.0) and the column has a + PostgreSQL type other than xml, the column will be set + as if by assigning the value's string representation to the PostgreSQL + type. In this release, an XPath boolean or double result must be explicitly + cast to string (that is, the XPath 1.0 string function + wrapped around the original column expression); + PostgreSQL can then successfully assign the + string to an SQL result column of boolean or double type. + These conversion rules differ from those of the SQL + standard, as discussed in . - The text body of the XML matched by the column_expression - is used as the column value. Multiple text() nodes - within an element are concatenated in order. Any child elements, - processing instructions, and comments are ignored, but the text contents - of child elements are concatenated to the result. - Note that the whitespace-only text() node between two non-text - elements is preserved, and that leading whitespace on a text() - node is not flattened. + In this release, SQL result columns of xml type, or + column XPath expressions evaluating to an XML type, regardless of the + output column SQL type, are handled as described in + ; the behavior + changes significantly in PostgreSQL 12. - If the path expression does not match for a given row but - default_expression is specified, the value resulting - from evaluating that expression is used. - If no DEFAULT clause is given for the column, - the field will be set to NULL. - It is possible for a default_expression to reference - the value of output columns that appear prior to it in the column list, - so the default of one column may be based on the value of another - column. + If the path expression returns an empty node-set + (typically, when it does not match) + for a given row, the column will be set to NULL, unless + a default_expression is specified; then the + value resulting from evaluating that expression is used. @@ -10830,20 +10856,14 @@ - Unlike regular PostgreSQL functions, column_expression - and default_expression are not evaluated to a simple - value before calling the function. - column_expression is normally evaluated - exactly once per input row, and default_expression - is evaluated each time a default is needed for a field. - If the expression qualifies as stable or immutable the repeat + A default_expression, rather than being + evaluated immediately when xmltable is called, + is evaluated each time a default is needed for the column. + If the expression qualifies as stable or immutable, the repeat evaluation may be skipped. - Effectively xmltable behaves more like a subquery than a - function call. This means that you can usefully use volatile functions like - nextval in default_expression, and - column_expression may depend on other parts of the - XML document. + nextval in + default_expression. @@ -11913,7 +11933,7 @@ [{"f1":1},2,null,3] - jsonb_set(target jsonb, path text[], new_value jsonb, create_missing boolean) + jsonb_set(target jsonb, path text[], new_value jsonb , create_missing boolean) jsonb @@ -11921,10 +11941,10 @@ with the section designated by path replaced by new_value, or with new_value added if - create_missing is true ( default is + create_missing is true (default is true) and the item designated by path does not exist. - As with the path orientated operators, negative integers that + As with the path oriented operators, negative integers that appear in path count from the end of JSON arrays. @@ -11938,7 +11958,7 @@ - jsonb_insert(target jsonb, path text[], new_value jsonb, insert_after boolean) + jsonb_insert(target jsonb, path text[], new_value jsonb , insert_after boolean) jsonb @@ -11953,7 +11973,7 @@ designated by path is in JSONB object, new_value will be inserted only if target does not exist. As with the path - orientated operators, negative integers that appear in + oriented operators, negative integers that appear in path count from the end of JSON arrays. @@ -12713,14 +12733,14 @@ @> contains - ARRAY[1,4,3] @> ARRAY[3,1] + ARRAY[1,4,3] @> ARRAY[3,1,3] t <@ is contained by - ARRAY[2,7] <@ ARRAY[1,7,4,2,6] + ARRAY[2,2,7] <@ ARRAY[1,7,4,2,6] t @@ -12763,8 +12783,10 @@ - Array comparisons compare the array contents element-by-element, - using the default B-tree comparison function for the element data type. + The array ordering operators (<, + >=, etc) compare the array contents + element-by-element, using the default B-tree comparison function for + the element data type, and sort based on the first difference. In multidimensional arrays the elements are visited in row-major order (last subscript varies most rapidly). If the contents of two arrays are equal but the dimensionality is @@ -12776,6 +12798,15 @@ + The array containment operators (<@ + and @>) consider one array to be contained in + another one if each of its elements appears in the other one. + Duplicates are not treated specially, thus ARRAY[1] + and ARRAY[1,1] are each considered to contain the + other. + + + See for more details about array operator behavior. See for more details about which operators support indexed operations. @@ -13513,7 +13544,7 @@ No input arrays concatenated into array of one higher dimension (inputs must all have same dimensionality, - and cannot be empty or NULL) + and cannot be empty or null) @@ -13537,7 +13568,7 @@ otherwise the same as the argument data type Yes - the average (arithmetic mean) of all input values + the average (arithmetic mean) of all non-null input values @@ -13665,7 +13696,7 @@ json No - aggregates values as a JSON array + aggregates values, including nulls, as a JSON array @@ -13682,7 +13713,7 @@ jsonb No - aggregates values as a JSON array + aggregates values, including nulls, as a JSON array @@ -13699,7 +13730,8 @@ json No - aggregates name/value pairs as a JSON object + aggregates name/value pairs as a JSON object; values can be + null, but not names @@ -13716,7 +13748,8 @@ jsonb No - aggregates name/value pairs as a JSON object + aggregates name/value pairs as a JSON object; values can be + null, but not names @@ -13732,7 +13765,7 @@ Yes maximum value of expression across all input + class="parameter">expression across all non-null input values @@ -13750,7 +13783,7 @@ Yes minimum value of expression across all input + class="parameter">expression across all non-null input values @@ -13772,7 +13805,7 @@ same as argument types No - input values concatenated into a string, separated by delimiter + non-null input values concatenated into a string, separated by delimiter @@ -13795,7 +13828,8 @@ argument data type Yes - sum of expression across all input values + sum of expression + across all non-null input values @@ -13812,7 +13846,8 @@ xml No - concatenation of XML values (see also ) + concatenation of non-null XML values + (see also ) diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/gist.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/gist.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/gist.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/gist.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -696,8 +696,8 @@ /* * Choose where to put the index entries and update unionL and unionR - * accordingly. Append the entries to either v_spl_left or - * v_spl_right, and care about the counters. + * accordingly. Append the entries to either v->spl_left or + * v->spl_right, and care about the counters. */ if (my_choice_is_left(unionL, curl, unionR, curr)) @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ my_fetch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS) { GISTENTRY *entry = (GISTENTRY *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0); - input_data_type *in = DatumGetP(entry->key); + input_data_type *in = DatumGetPointer(entry->key); fetched_data_type *fetched_data; GISTENTRY *retval; @@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ * Convert 'fetched_data' into the a Datum of the original datatype. */ - /* fill *retval from fetch_data. */ + /* fill *retval from fetched_data. */ gistentryinit(*retval, PointerGetDatum(converted_datum), entry->rel, entry->page, entry->offset, FALSE); diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml 2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/high-availability.sgml 2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000 @@ -237,7 +237,8 @@ - For servers that are not regularly connected, like laptops or + For servers that are not regularly connected or have slow + communication links, like laptops or remote servers, keeping data consistent among servers is a challenge. Using asynchronous multimaster replication, each server works independently, and periodically communicates with @@ -256,9 +257,8 @@ In synchronous multimaster replication, each server can accept write requests, and modified data is transmitted from the original server to every other server before each transaction - commits. Heavy write activity can cause excessive locking, - leading to poor performance. In fact, write performance is - often worse than that of a single server. Read requests can + commits. Heavy write activity can cause excessive locking and + commit delays, leading to poor performance. Read requests can be sent to any server. Some implementations use shared disk to reduce the communication overhead. Synchronous multimaster replication is best for mostly read workloads, though its big diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html 2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/acronyms.html 2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Appendix K. Acronyms
Appendix K. Acronyms
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

Appendix K. Acronyms

+Appendix K. Acronyms

Appendix K. Acronyms
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next

Appendix K. Acronyms

This is a list of acronyms commonly used in the PostgreSQL documentation and in discussions about PostgreSQL. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Pluggable Authentication Modules

PGSQL

- PostgreSQL + PostgreSQL

PGXS

PostgreSQL Extension System

PID

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html 2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/admin.html 2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -Part III. Server Administration

Part III. Server Administration
Prev   Home Next

Part III. Server Administration

+Part III. Server Administration

Part III. Server Administration
Prev   Home Next

Part III. Server Administration

This part covers topics that are of interest to a PostgreSQL database administrator. This includes installation of the software, set up and configuration of the diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html 2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/adminpack.html 2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.1. adminpack

F.1. adminpack
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.1. adminpack

+F.1. adminpack

F.1. adminpack
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.1. adminpack

adminpack provides a number of support functions which pgAdmin and other administration and management tools can use to provide additional functionality, such as remote management diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html 2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/amcheck.html 2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -F.2. amcheck

F.2. amcheck
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.2. amcheck

F.2.1. Functions
F.2.2. Optional heapallindexed verification
F.2.3. Using amcheck effectively
F.2.4. Repairing corruption

+F.2. amcheck

F.2. amcheck
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next

F.2. amcheck

F.2.1. Functions
F.2.2. Optional heapallindexed verification
F.2.3. Using amcheck effectively
F.2.4. Repairing corruption

The amcheck module provides functions that allow you to verify the logical consistency of the structure of relations. If the structure appears to be valid, no error is raised. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-clusterdb.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -clusterdb

clusterdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

clusterdb

clusterdb — cluster a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

clusterdb [connection-option...] [ --verbose | -v ] +clusterdb

clusterdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

clusterdb

clusterdb — cluster a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

clusterdb [connection-option...] [ --verbose | -v ] [ --table | -t table diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createdb.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -createdb

createdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createdb

createdb — create a new PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

createdb [connection-option...] [option...] [dbname +createdb

createdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createdb

createdb — create a new PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

createdb [connection-option...] [option...] [dbname [description]]

Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-createuser.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -createuser

createuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createuser

createuser — define a new PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

createuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

+createuser

createuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

createuser

createuser — define a new PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

createuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

createuser creates a new PostgreSQL user (or more precisely, a role). Only superusers and users with CREATEROLE privilege can create diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropdb.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dropdb

dropdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropdb

dropdb — remove a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

dropdb [connection-option...] [option...] dbname

Description

+dropdb

dropdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropdb

dropdb — remove a PostgreSQL database

Synopsis

dropdb [connection-option...] [option...] dbname

Description

dropdb destroys an existing PostgreSQL database. The user who executes this command must be a database diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-dropuser.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -dropuser

dropuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropuser

dropuser — remove a PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

dropuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

+dropuser

dropuser
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

dropuser

dropuser — remove a PostgreSQL user account

Synopsis

dropuser [connection-option...] [option...] [username]

Description

dropuser removes an existing PostgreSQL user. Only superusers and users with the CREATEROLE privilege can diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-ecpg.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -ecpg

ecpg
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

ecpg

ecpg — embedded SQL C preprocessor

Synopsis

ecpg [option...] file...

Description

+ecpg

ecpg
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

ecpg

ecpg — embedded SQL C preprocessor

Synopsis

ecpg [option...] file...

Description

ecpg is the embedded SQL preprocessor for C programs. It converts C programs with embedded SQL statements to normal C code by replacing the SQL invocations with special diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html 2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-initdb.html 2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -initdb

initdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

initdb

initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

initdb [option...] [ --pgdata | -D ] directory

+initdb
initdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

initdb

initdb — create a new PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

initdb [option...] [ --pgdata | -D ] directory

Description

initdb creates a new diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html 2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-ctl.html 2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_ctl

pg_ctl
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_ctl

pg_ctl — initialize, start, stop, or control a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_ctl init[db] [-D datadir] [-s] [-o initdb-options]

pg_ctl start [-D datadir] [-l filename] [-W] [-t seconds] [-s] [-o options] [-p path] [-c]

pg_ctl stop [-D datadir] [-m +pg_ctl

pg_ctl
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_ctl

pg_ctl — initialize, start, stop, or control a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_ctl init[db] [-D datadir] [-s] [-o initdb-options]

pg_ctl start [-D datadir] [-l filename] [-W] [-t seconds] [-s] [-o options] [-p path] [-c]

pg_ctl stop [-D datadir] [-m s[mart] | f[ast] | i[mmediate] ] [-W] [-t seconds] [-s]

pg_ctl restart [-D datadir] [-m s[mart] | f[ast] | i[mmediate] diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-dumpall.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_dumpall

pg_dumpall
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dumpall

pg_dumpall — extract a PostgreSQL database cluster into a script file

Synopsis

pg_dumpall [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

+pg_dumpall

pg_dumpall
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dumpall

pg_dumpall — extract a PostgreSQL database cluster into a script file

Synopsis

pg_dumpall [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

pg_dumpall is a utility for writing out (“dumping”) all PostgreSQL databases of a cluster into one script file. The script file contains @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ allowed to add roles and create databases.

The SQL script will be written to the standard output. Use the - [-f|file] option or shell operators to redirect it into a file. + -f/--file option or shell operators to + redirect it into a file.

pg_dumpall needs to connect several times to the PostgreSQL server (once per diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pg-isready.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_isready

pg_isready
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_isready

pg_isready — check the connection status of a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_isready [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

+pg_isready

pg_isready
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_isready

pg_isready — check the connection status of a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_isready [connection-option...] [option...]

Description

pg_isready is a utility for checking the connection status of a PostgreSQL database server. The exit status specifies the result of the connection check. diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgbasebackup.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_basebackup

pg_basebackup
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_basebackup

pg_basebackup — take a base backup of a PostgreSQL cluster

Synopsis

pg_basebackup [option...]

+pg_basebackup
pg_basebackup
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_basebackup

pg_basebackup — take a base backup of a PostgreSQL cluster

Synopsis

pg_basebackup [option...]

Description

pg_basebackup is used to take base backups of diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgconfig.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_config

pg_config
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_config

pg_config — retrieve information about the installed version of PostgreSQL

Synopsis

pg_config [option...]

Description

+pg_config

pg_config
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_config

pg_config — retrieve information about the installed version of PostgreSQL

Synopsis

pg_config [option...]

Description

The pg_config utility prints configuration parameters of the currently installed version of PostgreSQL. It is intended, for example, to be used by software packages that want to interface diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html 2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgcontroldata.html 2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_controldata

pg_controldata
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_controldata

pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_controldata [option] [[ --pgdata | -D ] datadir]

Description

+pg_controldata

pg_controldata
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_controldata

pg_controldata — display control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_controldata [option] [[ --pgdata | -D ] datadir]

Description

pg_controldata prints information initialized during initdb, such as the catalog version. It also shows information about write-ahead logging and checkpoint diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgdump.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_dump

pg_dump
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dump

pg_dump — +pg_dump

pg_dump
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_dump

pg_dump — extract a PostgreSQL database into a script file or other archive file

Synopsis

pg_dump [connection-option...] [option...] [dbname]

Description diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgreceivewal.html 2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_receivewal
pg_receivewal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_receivewal

pg_receivewal — stream write-ahead logs from a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_receivewal [option...]

+pg_receivewal
pg_receivewal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_receivewal

pg_receivewal — stream write-ahead logs from a PostgreSQL server

Synopsis

pg_receivewal [option...]

Description

pg_receivewal is used to stream the write-ahead log diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrecvlogical.html 2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_recvlogical

pg_recvlogical
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_recvlogical

pg_recvlogical — control PostgreSQL logical decoding streams

Synopsis

pg_recvlogical [option...]

Description

+pg_recvlogical

pg_recvlogical
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_recvlogical

pg_recvlogical — control PostgreSQL logical decoding streams

Synopsis

pg_recvlogical [option...]

Description

pg_recvlogical controls logical decoding replication slots and streams data from such replication slots.

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html 2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgresetwal.html 2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_resetwal

pg_resetwal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_resetwal

pg_resetwal — reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_resetwal [ --force | -f ] [ --dry-run | -n ] [option...] [ --pgdata | -D ] datadir

Description

+pg_resetwal

pg_resetwal
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_resetwal

pg_resetwal — reset the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluster

Synopsis

pg_resetwal [ --force | -f ] [ --dry-run | -n ] [option...] [ --pgdata | -D ] datadir

Description

pg_resetwal clears the write-ahead log (WAL) and optionally resets some other control information stored in the pg_control file. This function is sometimes needed diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html 2019-08-05 21:28:43.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrestore.html 2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_restore

pg_restore
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_restore

pg_restore — +pg_restore

pg_restore
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

pg_restore

pg_restore — restore a PostgreSQL database from an archive file created by pg_dump

Synopsis

pg_restore [connection-option...] [option...] [filename]

Description

@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ errors at the end of the restoration.

-f filename
--file=filename

Specify output file for generated script, or for the listing - when used with -l. Default is the standard - output. + when used with -l. Use - + for the standard output, which is also the default.

-F format
--format=format

Specify format of the archive. It is not necessary to specify the format, since pg_restore will diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html 2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-pgrewind.html 2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -pg_rewind

pg_rewind
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_rewind

pg_rewind — synchronize a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from it

Synopsis

pg_rewind [option...] { -D | --target-pgdata } directory { --source-pgdata=directory | --source-server=connstr }

Description

+pg_rewind

pg_rewind
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

pg_rewind

pg_rewind — synchronize a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from it

Synopsis

pg_rewind [option...] { -D | --target-pgdata } directory { --source-pgdata=directory | --source-server=connstr }

Description

pg_rewind is a tool for synchronizing a PostgreSQL cluster with another copy of the same cluster, after the clusters' timelines have diverged. A typical scenario is to bring an old master server back online diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html 2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postgres.html 2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -postgres

postgres
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

postgres

postgres — PostgreSQL database server

Synopsis

postgres [option...]

Description

+postgres

postgres
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

postgres

postgres — PostgreSQL database server

Synopsis

postgres [option...]

Description

postgres is the PostgreSQL database server. In order for a client application to access a database it connects (over a diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html 2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-postmaster.html 2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -postmaster

postmaster
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

postmaster

postmaster — PostgreSQL database server

Synopsis

postmaster [option...]

Description

+postmaster

postmaster
Prev UpPostgreSQL Server ApplicationsHome Next

postmaster

postmaster — PostgreSQL database server

Synopsis

postmaster [option...]

Description

postmaster is a deprecated alias of postgres.

See Also

postgres diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html --- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html 2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000 +++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-psql.html 2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -psql

psql
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

psql

psql — +psql

psql
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next

psql

psql — PostgreSQL interactive terminal

Synopsis

psql [option...] [dbname [username]]

Description

@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ the string =>. For example: 

 $ psql testdb
-psql (11.5)
+psql (11.6)
 Type "help" for help.
 
 testdb=>
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-reindexdb.html	2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-reindexdb
reindexdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next
reindexdb
reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database
Synopsis
reindexdb [connection-option...] [option...]  
+reindexdb
reindexdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next
reindexdb
reindexdb — reindex a PostgreSQL database
Synopsis
reindexdb [connection-option...] [option...]  
     [
        --schema  |   -S  
      schema
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/app-vacuumdb.html	2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-vacuumdb
vacuumdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next
vacuumdb
vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database
Synopsis
vacuumdb [connection-option...] [option...]  
+vacuumdb
vacuumdb
Prev UpPostgreSQL Client ApplicationsHome Next
vacuumdb
vacuumdb — garbage-collect and analyze a PostgreSQL database
Synopsis
vacuumdb [connection-option...] [option...]  
     [
        --table  |   -t  
      table
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/appendixes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Part VIII. Appendixes
Part VIII. Appendixes
Prev   Home Next
Part VIII. Appendixes
Table of Contents
A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
B. Date/Time Support
B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
B.3. Date/Time Key Words
B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
B.5. History of Units
C. SQL Key Words
D. SQL Conformance
D.1. Supported Features
D.2. Unsupported Features
E. Release Notes
E.1. Release 11.5
E.2. Release 11.4
E.3. Release 11.3
E.4. Release 11.2
E.5. Release 11.1
E.6. Release 11
E.7. Prior Releases
F. Additional Supplied Modules
F.1. adminpack
F.2. amcheck
F.3. auth_delay
F.4. auto_explain
F.5. bloom
F.6. btree_gin
F.7. btree_gist
F.8. citext
F.9. cube
F.10. dblink
F.11. dict_int
F.12. dict_xsyn
F.13. earthdistance
F.14. file_fdw
F.15. fuzzystrmatch
F.16. hstore
F.17. intagg
F.18. intarray
F.19. isn
F.20. lo
F.21. ltree
F.22. pageinspect
F.23. passwordcheck
F.24. pg_buffercache
F.25. pgcrypto
F.26. pg_freespacemap
F.27. pg_prewarm
F.28. pgrowlocks
F.29. pg_stat_statements
F.30. pgstattuple
F.31. pg_trgm
F.32. pg_visibility
F.33. postgres_fdw
F.34. seg
F.35. sepgsql
F.36. spi
F.37. sslinfo
F.38. tablefunc
F.39. tcn
F.40. test_decoding
F.41. tsm_system_rows
F.42. tsm_system_time
F.43. unaccent
F.44. uuid-ossp
F.45. xml2
G. Additional Supplied Programs
G.1. Client Applications
G.2. Server Applications
H. External Projects
H.1. Client Interfaces
H.2. Administration Tools
H.3. Procedural Languages
H.4. Extensions
I. The Source Code Repository
I.1. Getting The Source via Git
J. Documentation
J.1. DocBook
J.2. Tool Sets
J.3. Building The Documentation
J.4. Documentation Authoring
J.5. Style Guide
K. Acronyms
Prev   Next
70.3. Planner Statistics and Security Home Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes

\ No newline at end of file
+Part VIII. Appendixes
Part VIII. Appendixes
Prev   Home Next
Part VIII. Appendixes
Table of Contents
A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
B. Date/Time Support
B.1. Date/Time Input Interpretation
B.2. Handling of Invalid or Ambiguous Timestamps
B.3. Date/Time Key Words
B.4. Date/Time Configuration Files
B.5. History of Units
C. SQL Key Words
D. SQL Conformance
D.1. Supported Features
D.2. Unsupported Features
D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
E. Release Notes
E.1. Release 11.6
E.2. Release 11.5
E.3. Release 11.4
E.4. Release 11.3
E.5. Release 11.2
E.6. Release 11.1
E.7. Release 11
E.8. Prior Releases
F. Additional Supplied Modules
F.1. adminpack
F.2. amcheck
F.3. auth_delay
F.4. auto_explain
F.5. bloom
F.6. btree_gin
F.7. btree_gist
F.8. citext
F.9. cube
F.10. dblink
F.11. dict_int
F.12. dict_xsyn
F.13. earthdistance
F.14. file_fdw
F.15. fuzzystrmatch
F.16. hstore
F.17. intagg
F.18. intarray
F.19. isn
F.20. lo
F.21. ltree
F.22. pageinspect
F.23. passwordcheck
F.24. pg_buffercache
F.25. pgcrypto
F.26. pg_freespacemap
F.27. pg_prewarm
F.28. pgrowlocks
F.29. pg_stat_statements
F.30. pgstattuple
F.31. pg_trgm
F.32. pg_visibility
F.33. postgres_fdw
F.34. seg
F.35. sepgsql
F.36. spi
F.37. sslinfo
F.38. tablefunc
F.39. tcn
F.40. test_decoding
F.41. tsm_system_rows
F.42. tsm_system_time
F.43. unaccent
F.44. uuid-ossp
F.45. xml2
G. Additional Supplied Programs
G.1. Client Applications
G.2. Server Applications
H. External Projects
H.1. Client Interfaces
H.2. Administration Tools
H.3. Procedural Languages
H.4. Extensions
I. The Source Code Repository
I.1. Getting The Source via Git
J. Documentation
J.1. DocBook
J.2. Tool Sets
J.3. Building The Documentation
J.4. Documentation Authoring
J.5. Style Guide
K. Acronyms
Prev   Next
70.3. Planner Statistics and Security Home Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/applevel-consistency.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next
13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
13.4.1. Enforcing Consistency With Serializable Transactions
13.4.2. Enforcing Consistency With Explicit Blocking Locks

+13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next
13.4. Data Consistency Checks at the Application Level
13.4.1. Enforcing Consistency With Serializable Transactions
13.4.2. Enforcing Consistency With Explicit Blocking Locks

     It is very difficult to enforce business rules regarding data integrity
     using Read Committed transactions because the view of the data is
     shifting with each statement, and even a single statement may not
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-recovery-settings.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-recovery-settings.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-recovery-settings.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/archive-recovery-settings.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
Prev UpChapter 27. Recovery ConfigurationHome Next
27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
restore_command (string)
+27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
Prev UpChapter 27. Recovery ConfigurationHome Next
27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
restore_command (string)
       
       

         The local shell command to execute to retrieve an archived segment of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/arrays.html	2019-11-11 22:18:31.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-8.15. Arrays
8.15. Arrays
Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next
8.15. Arrays
8.15.1. Declaration of Array Types
8.15.2. Array Value Input
8.15.3. Accessing Arrays
8.15.4. Modifying Arrays
8.15.5. Searching in Arrays
8.15.6. Array Input and Output Syntax

+8.15. Arrays
8.15. Arrays
Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next
8.15. Arrays
8.15.1. Declaration of Array Types
8.15.2. Array Value Input
8.15.3. Accessing Arrays
8.15.4. Modifying Arrays
8.15.5. Searching in Arrays
8.15.6. Array Input and Output Syntax

   PostgreSQL allows columns of a table to be
   defined as variable-length multidimensional arrays. Arrays of any
   built-in or user-defined base type, enum type, composite type, range type,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-bsd.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.14. BSD Authentication
20.14. BSD Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.14. BSD Authentication

+20.14. BSD Authentication
20.14. BSD Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.14. BSD Authentication

     This authentication method operates similarly to
     password except that it uses BSD Authentication
     to verify the password. BSD Authentication is used only
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-cert.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.12. Certificate Authentication
20.12. Certificate Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.12. Certificate Authentication

+20.12. Certificate Authentication
20.12. Certificate Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.12. Certificate Authentication

     This authentication method uses SSL client certificates to perform
     authentication. It is therefore only available for SSL connections.
     When using this authentication method, the server will require that
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-delay.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.3. auth_delay
F.3. auth_delay
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.3. auth_delay
F.3.1. Configuration Parameters
F.3.2. Author

+F.3. auth_delay
F.3. auth_delay
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.3. auth_delay
F.3.1. Configuration Parameters
F.3.2. Author

   auth_delay causes the server to pause briefly before
   reporting authentication failure, to make brute-force attacks on database
   passwords more difficult.  Note that it does nothing to prevent
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ident.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.8. Ident Authentication
20.8. Ident Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.8. Ident Authentication

+20.8. Ident Authentication
20.8. Ident Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.8. Ident Authentication

     The ident authentication method works by obtaining the client's
     operating system user name from an ident server and using it as
     the allowed database user name (with an optional user name mapping).
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-ldap.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.10. LDAP Authentication
20.10. LDAP Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.10. LDAP Authentication

+20.10. LDAP Authentication
20.10. LDAP Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.10. LDAP Authentication

     This authentication method operates similarly to
     password except that it uses LDAP
     as the password verification method. LDAP is used only to validate
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-methods.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 
-20.3. Authentication Methods
20.3. Authentication Methods
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.3. Authentication Methods

+20.3. Authentication Methods
20.3. Authentication Methods
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.3. Authentication Methods

    The following sections describe the authentication methods in more detail.
   
Prev Up Next
20.2. User Name Maps Home 20.4. Trust Authentication

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pam.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.13. PAM Authentication
20.13. PAM Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.13. PAM Authentication

+20.13. PAM Authentication
20.13. PAM Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.13. PAM Authentication

     This authentication method operates similarly to
     password except that it uses PAM (Pluggable
     Authentication Modules) as the authentication mechanism. The
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-password.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.5. Password Authentication
20.5. Password Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.5. Password Authentication

+20.5. Password Authentication
20.5. Password Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.5. Password Authentication

     There are several password-based authentication methods.  These methods
     operate similarly but differ in how the users' passwords are stored on the
     server and how the password provided by a client is sent across the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-peer.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.9. Peer Authentication
20.9. Peer Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.9. Peer Authentication

+20.9. Peer Authentication
20.9. Peer Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.9. Peer Authentication

     The peer authentication method works by obtaining the client's
     operating system user name from the kernel and using it as the
     allowed database user name (with optional user name mapping). This
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-pg-hba-conf.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File

+20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File

    Client authentication is controlled by a configuration file,
    which traditionally is named
    pg_hba.conf and is stored in the database
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-radius.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.11. RADIUS Authentication
20.11. RADIUS Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.11. RADIUS Authentication

+20.11. RADIUS Authentication
20.11. RADIUS Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.11. RADIUS Authentication

     This authentication method operates similarly to
     password except that it uses RADIUS
     as the password verification method. RADIUS is used only to validate
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-trust.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.4. Trust Authentication
20.4. Trust Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.4. Trust Authentication

+20.4. Trust Authentication
20.4. Trust Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.4. Trust Authentication

     When trust authentication is specified,
     PostgreSQL assumes that anyone who can
     connect to the server is authorized to access the database with
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auth-username-maps.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.2. User Name Maps
20.2. User Name Maps
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.2. User Name Maps

+20.2. User Name Maps
20.2. User Name Maps
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.2. User Name Maps

    When using an external authentication system such as Ident or GSSAPI,
    the name of the operating system user that initiated the connection
    might not be the same as the database user (role) that is to be used.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/auto-explain.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.4. auto_explain
F.4. auto_explain
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.4. auto_explain
F.4.1. Configuration Parameters
F.4.2. Example
F.4.3. Author

+F.4. auto_explain
F.4. auto_explain
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.4. auto_explain
F.4.1. Configuration Parameters
F.4.2. Example
F.4.3. Author

   The auto_explain module provides a means for
   logging execution plans of slow statements automatically, without
   having to run EXPLAIN
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-dump.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-25.1. SQL Dump
25.1. SQL Dump
Prev UpChapter 25. Backup and RestoreHome Next
25.1. SQL Dump
25.1.1. Restoring the Dump
25.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
25.1.3. Handling Large Databases

+25.1. SQL Dump
25.1. SQL Dump
Prev UpChapter 25. Backup and RestoreHome Next
25.1. SQL Dump
25.1.1. Restoring the Dump
25.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
25.1.3. Handling Large Databases

    The idea behind this dump method is to generate a file with SQL
    commands that, when fed back to the server, will recreate the
    database in the same state as it was at the time of the dump.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/backup-file.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-25.2. File System Level Backup
25.2. File System Level Backup
Prev UpChapter 25. Backup and RestoreHome Next
25.2. File System Level Backup

+25.2. File System Level Backup
25.2. File System Level Backup
Prev UpChapter 25. Backup and RestoreHome Next
25.2. File System Level Backup

    An alternative backup strategy is to directly copy the files that
    PostgreSQL uses to store the data in the database;
    Section 18.2 explains where these files
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/backup.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 25. Backup and Restore
Chapter 25. Backup and Restore
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 25. Backup and Restore
Table of Contents
25.1. SQL Dump
25.1.1. Restoring the Dump
25.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
25.1.3. Handling Large Databases
25.2. File System Level Backup
25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
25.3.1. Setting Up WAL Archiving
25.3.2. Making a Base Backup
25.3.3. Making a Base Backup Using the Low Level API
25.3.4. Recovering Using a Continuous Archive Backup
25.3.5. Timelines
25.3.6. Tips and Examples
25.3.7. Caveats

+Chapter 25. Backup and Restore
Chapter 25. Backup and Restore
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 25. Backup and Restore
Table of Contents
25.1. SQL Dump
25.1.1. Restoring the Dump
25.1.2. Using pg_dumpall
25.1.3. Handling Large Databases
25.2. File System Level Backup
25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
25.3.1. Setting Up WAL Archiving
25.3.2. Making a Base Backup
25.3.3. Making a Base Backup Using the Low Level API
25.3.4. Recovering Using a Continuous Archive Backup
25.3.5. Timelines
25.3.6. Tips and Examples
25.3.7. Caveats

   As with everything that contains valuable data, PostgreSQL
   databases should be backed up regularly. While the procedure is
   essentially simple, it is important to have a clear understanding of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bgworker.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes

+Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 48. Background Worker Processes

   PostgreSQL can be extended to run user-supplied code in separate processes.
   Such processes are started, stopped and monitored by postgres,
   which permits them to have a lifetime closely linked to the server's status.
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
    There are considerable robustness and security risks in using background
    worker processes because, being written in the C language,
    they have unrestricted access to data.  Administrators wishing to enable
-   modules that include background worker process should exercise extreme
+   modules that include background worker processes should exercise extreme
    caution.  Only carefully audited modules should be permitted to run
    background worker processes.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/biblio.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Bibliography
Bibliography
Prev   Home Next
Bibliography

+Bibliography
Bibliography
Prev   Home Next
Bibliography

    Selected references and readings for SQL
    and PostgreSQL.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html	2019-08-05 21:28:48.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-commands.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-69.4. BKI Commands
69.4. BKI Commands
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.4. BKI Commands

+69.4. BKI Commands
69.4. BKI Commands
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.4. BKI Commands

      create
      tablename
      tableoid
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html	2019-08-05 21:28:48.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-example.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-69.6. BKI Example
69.6. BKI Example
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.6. BKI Example

+69.6. BKI Example
69.6. BKI Example
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.6. BKI Example

    The following sequence of commands will create the
    table test_table with OID 420, having two columns
    cola and colb of type
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html	2019-08-05 21:28:48.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-format.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-69.3. BKI File Format
69.3. BKI File Format
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.3. BKI File Format

+69.3. BKI File Format
69.3. BKI File Format
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.3. BKI File Format

    This section describes how the PostgreSQL
    backend interprets BKI files.  This description
    will be easier to understand if the postgres.bki
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html	2019-08-05 21:28:48.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bki-structure.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File

+69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File

    The open command cannot be used until the tables it uses
    exist and have entries for the table that is to be opened.
    (These minimum tables are pg_class,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html	2019-08-05 21:28:48.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bki.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
Table of Contents
69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
69.2.1. Data File Format
69.2.2. OID Assignment
69.2.3. OID Reference Lookup
69.2.4. Recipes for Editing Data Files
69.3. BKI File Format
69.4. BKI Commands
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
69.6. BKI Example

+Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
Table of Contents
69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
69.2.1. Data File Format
69.2.2. OID Assignment
69.2.3. OID Reference Lookup
69.2.4. Recipes for Editing Data Files
69.3. BKI File Format
69.4. BKI Commands
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
69.6. BKI Example

   PostgreSQL uses many different system catalogs
   to keep track of the existence and properties of database objects, such as
   tables and functions.  Physically there is no difference between a system
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bloom.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.5. bloom
F.5. bloom
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.5. bloom
F.5.1. Parameters
F.5.2. Examples
F.5.3. Operator Class Interface
F.5.4. Limitations
F.5.5. Authors

+F.5. bloom
F.5. bloom
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.5. bloom
F.5.1. Parameters
F.5.2. Examples
F.5.3. Operator Class Interface
F.5.4. Limitations
F.5.5. Authors

   bloom provides an index access method based on
   Bloom filters.
  

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html	2019-08-05 21:28:53.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bookindex.html	2019-11-11 22:18:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Index
Index
Prev   Home 
Index
Symbols
+Index
Index
Prev   Home 
Index
Symbols
       |
       A
       |
@@ -51,16 +51,16 @@
       |
       Y
       |
-      Z
A
abbrev, Network Address Functions and Operators
ABORT, ABORT
abs, Mathematical Functions and Operators
acos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
acosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
administration tools
externally maintained, Administration Tools
adminpack, adminpack
advisory lock, Advisory Locks
age, Date/Time Functions and Operators
aggregate function, Aggregate Functions, Aggregate Expressions, Aggregate Functions, User-defined Aggregates
built-in, Aggregate Functions
invocation, Aggregate Expressions
moving aggregate, Moving-Aggregate Mode
ordered set, Ordered-Set Aggregates
partial aggregation, Partial Aggregation
polymorphic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
support functions for, Support Functions for Aggregates
user-defined, User-defined Aggregates
variadic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
AIX, AIX
installation on, AIX
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
akeys, hstore Operators and Functions
alias, Table and Column Aliases, Column Labels
for table name in query, Joins Between Tables
in the FROM clause, Table and Column Aliases
in the select list, Column Labels
ALL, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
allow_system_table_mods configuration parameter, Developer Options
ALTER AGGREGATE, ALTER AGGREGATE
ALTER COLLATION, ALTER COLLATION
ALTER CONVERSION, ALTER CONVERSION
ALTER DATABASE, ALTER DATABASE
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES, ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
ALTER DOMAIN, ALTER DOMAIN
ALTER EVENT TRIGGER, ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
ALTER EXTENSION, ALTER EXTENSION
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
ALTER FOREIGN TABLE, ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER FUNCTION
ALTER GROUP, ALTER GROUP
ALTER INDEX, ALTER INDEX
ALTER LANGUAGE, ALTER LANGUAGE
ALTER LARGE OBJECT, ALTER LARGE OBJECT
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW, ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
ALTER OPERATOR, ALTER OPERATOR
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS, ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY, ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
ALTER POLICY, ALTER POLICY
ALTER PROCEDURE, ALTER PROCEDURE
ALTER PUBLICATION, ALTER PUBLICATION
ALTER ROLE, Role Attributes, ALTER ROLE
ALTER ROUTINE, ALTER ROUTINE
ALTER RULE, ALTER RULE
ALTER SCHEMA, ALTER SCHEMA
ALTER SEQUENCE, ALTER SEQUENCE
ALTER SERVER, ALTER SERVER
ALTER STATISTICS, ALTER STATISTICS
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION, ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
ALTER SYSTEM, ALTER SYSTEM
ALTER TABLE, ALTER TABLE
ALTER TABLESPACE, ALTER TABLESPACE
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER, ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
ALTER TRIGGER, ALTER TRIGGER
ALTER TYPE, ALTER TYPE
ALTER USER, ALTER USER
ALTER USER MAPPING, ALTER USER MAPPING
ALTER VIEW, ALTER VIEW
amcheck, amcheck
ANALYZE, Updating Planner Statistics, ANALYZE
AND (operator), Logical Operators
anonymous code blocks, DO
any, Pseudo-Types
ANY, Aggregate Functions, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
anyarray, Pseudo-Types
anyelement, Pseudo-Types
anyenum, Pseudo-Types
anynonarray, Pseudo-Types
anyrange, Pseudo-Types
applicable role, applicable_roles
application_name configuration parameter, What To Log
arbitrary precision numbers, Arbitrary Precision Numbers
archive_cleanup_command recovery parameter, Archive Recovery Settings
archive_command configuration parameter, Archiving
archive_mode configuration parameter, Archiving
archive_timeout configuration parameter, Archiving
area, Geometric Functions and Operators
armor, armor(), dearmor()
array, Arrays
accessing, Accessing Arrays
constant, Array Value Input
constructor, Array Constructors
declaration, Declaration of Array Types
I/O, Array Input and Output Syntax
modifying, Modifying Arrays
of user-defined type, User-defined Types
searching, Searching in Arrays
ARRAY, Array Constructors, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
array_agg, Aggregate Functions, Functions
array_append, Array Functions and Operators
array_cat, Array Functions and Operators
array_dims, Array Functions and Operators
array_fill, Array Functions and Operators
array_length, Array Functions and Operators
array_lower, Array Functions and Operators
array_ndims, Array Functions and Operators
array_nulls configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
array_position, Array Functions and Operators
array_positions, Array Functions and Operators
array_prepend, Array Functions and Operators
array_remove, Array Functions and Operators
array_replace, Array Functions and Operators
array_to_json, JSON Functions and Operators
array_to_string, Array Functions and Operators
array_to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
array_upper, Array Functions and Operators
ascii, String Functions and Operators
asin, Mathematical Functions and Operators
asind, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ASSERT
in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
assertions
in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
asynchronous commit, Asynchronous Commit
AT TIME ZONE, AT TIME ZONE
atan, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atan2, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atan2d, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atand, Mathematical Functions and Operators
authentication_timeout configuration parameter, Authentication
auth_delay, auth_delay
auth_delay.milliseconds configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto-increment (see serial)
autocommit
bulk-loading data, Disable Autocommit
psql, Variables
autovacuum
configuration parameters, Automatic Vacuuming
general information, The Autovacuum Daemon
autovacuum configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_analyze_scale_factor configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_analyze_threshold configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_freeze_max_age configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_max_workers configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_naptime configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_scale_factor configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_threshold configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
auto_explain, auto_explain
auto_explain.log_analyze configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_buffers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_format configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_min_duration configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_nested_statements configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_timing configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_triggers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_verbose configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.sample_rate configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
avals, hstore Operators and Functions
average, Aggregate Functions
avg, Aggregate Functions
B
B-tree (see index)
backend_flush_after configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
Background workers, Background Worker Processes
backslash escapes, String Constants with C-style Escapes
backslash_quote configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
backup, Backup Control Functions, Backup and Restore
base type, The PostgreSQL Type System
BASE_BACKUP, Streaming Replication Protocol
BEGIN, BEGIN
BETWEEN, Comparison Functions and Operators
BETWEEN SYMMETRIC, Comparison Functions and Operators
BGWORKER_BACKEND_DATABASE_CONNECTION, Background Worker Processes
BGWORKER_SHMEM_ACCESS, Background Worker Processes
bgwriter_delay configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_flush_after configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_lru_maxpages configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_lru_multiplier configuration parameter, Background Writer
bigint, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
bigserial, Serial Types
binary data, Binary Data Types, Binary String Functions and Operators
functions, Binary String Functions and Operators
binary string
concatenation, Binary String Functions and Operators
length, Binary String Functions and Operators
bison, Requirements
bit string, Bit-string Constants, Bit String Types
constant, Bit-string Constants
data type, Bit String Types
bit strings, Bit String Functions and Operators
functions, Bit String Functions and Operators
bitmap scan, Combining Multiple Indexes, Planner Method Configuration
bit_and, Aggregate Functions
bit_length, String Functions and Operators
bit_or, Aggregate Functions
BLOB (see large object)
block_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
bloom, bloom
bonjour configuration parameter, Connection Settings
bonjour_name configuration parameter, Connection Settings
Boolean, Boolean Type
data type, Boolean Type
operators (see operators, logical)
bool_and, Aggregate Functions
bool_or, Aggregate Functions
booting
starting the server during, Starting the Database Server
box, Geometric Functions and Operators
box (data type), Boxes
BRIN (see index)
brin_desummarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
brin_metapage_info, BRIN Functions
brin_page_items, BRIN Functions
brin_page_type, BRIN Functions
brin_revmap_data, BRIN Functions
brin_summarize_new_values, Index Maintenance Functions
brin_summarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
broadcast, Network Address Functions and Operators
BSD Authentication, BSD Authentication
btree_gin, btree_gin
btree_gist, btree_gist
btrim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
bt_index_check, Functions
bt_index_parent_check, Functions
bt_metap, B-tree Functions
bt_page_items, B-tree Functions
bt_page_stats, B-tree Functions
bytea, Binary Data Types
bytea_output configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
C
C, libpq - C Library, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
C++, Using C++ for Extensibility
CALL, CALL
canceling, Canceling Queries in Progress
SQL command, Canceling Queries in Progress
cardinality, Array Functions and Operators
CASCADE, Dependency Tracking
with DROP, Dependency Tracking
foreign key action, Foreign Keys
Cascading Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
CASE, Conditional Expressions, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
case sensitivity
of SQL commands, Identifiers and Key Words
cast, CREATE CAST
I/O conversion, CREATE CAST
cbrt, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ceil, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ceiling, Mathematical Functions and Operators
center, Geometric Functions and Operators
Certificate, Certificate Authentication
char, Character Types
character, Character Types
character set, Locale and Formatting, Preset Options, Character Set Support
character string, String Constants, Character Types
concatenation, String Functions and Operators
constant, String Constants
data types, Character Types
length, String Functions and Operators
character varying, Character Types
char_length, String Functions and Operators
check constraint, Check Constraints
CHECK OPTION, CREATE VIEW
checkpoint, WAL Configuration
CHECKPOINT, CHECKPOINT
checkpoint_completion_target configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_flush_after configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_timeout configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_warning configuration parameter, Checkpoints
check_function_bodies configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
chr, String Functions and Operators
cid, Object Identifier Types
cidr, cidr
circle, Circles, Geometric Functions and Operators
citext, citext
client authentication, Client Authentication
timeout during, Authentication
client_encoding configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
client_min_messages configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
clock_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
CLOSE, CLOSE
cluster
of databases (see database cluster)
CLUSTER, CLUSTER
clusterdb, clusterdb
clustering, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
cluster_name configuration parameter, Process Title
cmax, System Columns
cmin, System Columns
COALESCE, COALESCE
COLLATE, Collation Expressions
collation, Collation Support
in PL/pgSQL, Collation of PL/pgSQL Variables
in SQL functions, SQL Functions with Collations
collation for, System Information Functions
column, Concepts, Table Basics
adding, Adding a Column
removing, Removing a Column
renaming, Renaming a Column
system column, System Columns
column data type
changing, Changing a Column's Data Type
column reference, Column References
col_description, System Information Functions
comment, Comments
about database objects, System Information Functions
in SQL, Comments
COMMENT, COMMENT
COMMIT, COMMIT
COMMIT PREPARED, COMMIT PREPARED
commit_delay configuration parameter, Settings
commit_siblings configuration parameter, Settings
common table expression (see WITH)
comparison, Comparison Functions and Operators, Subquery Expressions
composite type, Row and Array Comparisons
operators, Comparison Functions and Operators
row constructor, Row and Array Comparisons
subquery result row, Subquery Expressions
compiling, Building libpq Programs
libpq applications, Building libpq Programs
composite type, Composite Types, The PostgreSQL Type System
comparison, Row and Array Comparisons
constant, Constructing Composite Values
constructor, Row Constructors
computed field, Using Composite Types in Queries
concat, String Functions and Operators
concat_ws, String Functions and Operators
concurrency, Concurrency Control
conditional expression, Conditional Expressions
configuration
of recovery
of a standby server, Recovery Configuration
of the server, Server Configuration
of the server
functions, Configuration Settings Functions
configure, Installation Procedure
config_file configuration parameter, File Locations
conjunction, Logical Operators
connectby, Functions Provided, connectby
connection service file, The Connection Service File
conninfo, Connection Strings
constant, Constants
constraint, Constraints
adding, Adding a Constraint
check, Check Constraints
exclusion, Exclusion Constraints
foreign key, Foreign Keys
name, Check Constraints
NOT NULL, Not-Null Constraints
primary key, Primary Keys
removing, Removing a Constraint
unique, Unique Constraints
constraint exclusion, Partitioning and Constraint Exclusion, Other Planner Options
constraint_exclusion configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
container type, The PostgreSQL Type System
CONTINUE
in PL/pgSQL, CONTINUE
continuous archiving, Backup and Restore
in standby, Continuous archiving in standby
control file, Extension Files
convert, String Functions and Operators
convert_from, String Functions and Operators
convert_to, String Functions and Operators
COPY, Populating a Table With Rows, Functions Associated with the COPY Command, COPY
with libpq, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
corr, Aggregate Functions
correlation, Aggregate Functions
in the query planner, Extended Statistics
cos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cot, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cotd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
count, Aggregate Functions
covariance
population, Aggregate Functions
sample, Aggregate Functions
covar_pop, Aggregate Functions
covar_samp, Aggregate Functions
covering index, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
cpu_index_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
cpu_operator_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
cpu_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
CREATE ACCESS METHOD, CREATE ACCESS METHOD
CREATE AGGREGATE, CREATE AGGREGATE
CREATE CAST, CREATE CAST
CREATE COLLATION, CREATE COLLATION
CREATE CONVERSION, CREATE CONVERSION
CREATE DATABASE, Creating a Database, CREATE DATABASE
CREATE DOMAIN, CREATE DOMAIN
CREATE EVENT TRIGGER, CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
CREATE EXTENSION, CREATE EXTENSION
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE, CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE FUNCTION
CREATE GROUP, CREATE GROUP
CREATE INDEX, CREATE INDEX
CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE LANGUAGE
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW, CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
CREATE OPERATOR, CREATE OPERATOR
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS, CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY, CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
CREATE POLICY, CREATE POLICY
CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE PROCEDURE
CREATE PUBLICATION, CREATE PUBLICATION
CREATE ROLE, Database Roles, CREATE ROLE
CREATE RULE, CREATE RULE
CREATE SCHEMA, CREATE SCHEMA
CREATE SEQUENCE, CREATE SEQUENCE
CREATE SERVER, CREATE SERVER
CREATE STATISTICS, CREATE STATISTICS
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION, CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
CREATE TABLE, Creating a New Table, CREATE TABLE
CREATE TABLE AS, CREATE TABLE AS
CREATE TABLESPACE, Tablespaces, CREATE TABLESPACE
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER, CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
CREATE TRANSFORM, CREATE TRANSFORM
CREATE TRIGGER, CREATE TRIGGER
CREATE TYPE, CREATE TYPE
CREATE USER, CREATE USER
CREATE USER MAPPING, CREATE USER MAPPING
CREATE VIEW, CREATE VIEW
createdb, Creating a Database, Creating a Database, createdb
createuser, Database Roles, createuser
CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
cross compilation, Installation Procedure
cross join, Joined Tables
crosstab, crosstab(text), crosstabN(text), crosstab(text, text)
crypt, crypt()
cstring, Pseudo-Types
ctid, System Columns
CTID, View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
CUBE, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
cube (extension), cube
cume_dist, Window Functions
hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
current_catalog, System Information Functions
current_database, System Information Functions
current_date, Date/Time Functions and Operators
current_logfiles
and the log_destination configuration parameter, Where To Log
and the pg_current_logfile function, System Information Functions
current_query, System Information Functions
current_role, System Information Functions
current_schema, System Information Functions
current_schemas, System Information Functions
current_setting, Configuration Settings Functions
current_time, Date/Time Functions and Operators
current_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
current_user, System Information Functions
currval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
cursor, Cursors, CLOSE, DECLARE, EXPLAIN, FETCH, MOVE
CLOSE, CLOSE
DECLARE, DECLARE
FETCH, FETCH
in PL/pgSQL, Cursors
MOVE, MOVE
showing the query plan, EXPLAIN
cursor_tuple_fraction configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
custom scan provider, Writing A Custom Scan Provider
handler for, Writing A Custom Scan Provider
Cygwin, Cygwin
installation on, Cygwin
D
data area (see database cluster)
data partitioning, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
data type, Data Types, Numeric Types, Enumerated Types, Domain Types, Type Conversion, The PostgreSQL Type System, The PostgreSQL Type System, The PostgreSQL Type System, Polymorphic Types, Base Types in C-Language Functions, User-defined Types
base, The PostgreSQL Type System
category, Overview
composite, The PostgreSQL Type System
constant, Constants of Other Types
container, The PostgreSQL Type System
conversion, Type Conversion
domain, Domain Types
enumerated (enum), Enumerated Types
internal organization, Base Types in C-Language Functions
numeric, Numeric Types
polymorphic, Polymorphic Types
type cast, Type Casts
user-defined, User-defined Types
database, Creating a Database, Managing Databases
creating, Creating a Database
privilege to create, Role Attributes
database activity, Monitoring Database Activity
monitoring, Monitoring Database Activity
database cluster, Concepts, Creating a Database Cluster
data_checksums configuration parameter, Preset Options
data_directory configuration parameter, File Locations
data_directory_mode configuration parameter, Preset Options
data_sync_retry configuration parameter, Error Handling
date, Date/Time Types, Dates
constants, Special Values
current, Current Date/Time
output format, Date/Time Output
(see also formatting)
DateStyle configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
date_part, Date/Time Functions and Operators, EXTRACT, date_part
date_trunc, Date/Time Functions and Operators, date_trunc
dblink, dblink, dblink
dblink_build_sql_delete, dblink_build_sql_delete
dblink_build_sql_insert, dblink_build_sql_insert
dblink_build_sql_update, dblink_build_sql_update
dblink_cancel_query, dblink_cancel_query
dblink_close, dblink_close
dblink_connect, dblink_connect
dblink_connect_u, dblink_connect_u
dblink_disconnect, dblink_disconnect
dblink_error_message, dblink_error_message
dblink_exec, dblink_exec
dblink_fetch, dblink_fetch
dblink_get_connections, dblink_get_connections
dblink_get_notify, dblink_get_notify
dblink_get_pkey, dblink_get_pkey
dblink_get_result, dblink_get_result
dblink_is_busy, dblink_is_busy
dblink_open, dblink_open
dblink_send_query, dblink_send_query
db_user_namespace configuration parameter, Authentication
deadlock, Deadlocks
timeout during, Lock Management
deadlock_timeout configuration parameter, Lock Management
DEALLOCATE, DEALLOCATE
dearmor, armor(), dearmor()
debug_assertions configuration parameter, Preset Options
debug_deadlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
debug_pretty_print configuration parameter, What To Log
debug_print_parse configuration parameter, What To Log
debug_print_plan configuration parameter, What To Log
debug_print_rewritten configuration parameter, What To Log
decimal (see numeric)
DECLARE, DECLARE
decode, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
decode_bytea
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
decrypt, Raw Encryption Functions
decrypt_iv, Raw Encryption Functions
default value, Default Values
changing, Changing a Column's Default Value
default_statistics_target configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
default_tablespace configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_text_search_config configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
default_transaction_deferrable configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_transaction_isolation configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_transaction_read_only configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_with_oids configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
deferrable transaction
setting, SET TRANSACTION
setting default, Statement Behavior
defined, hstore Operators and Functions
degrees, Mathematical Functions and Operators
delay, Delaying Execution
DELETE, Deletions, Deleting Data, Returning Data From Modified Rows, DELETE
RETURNING, Returning Data From Modified Rows
delete, hstore Operators and Functions
deleting, Deleting Data
dense_rank, Window Functions
hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
diameter, Geometric Functions and Operators
dict_int, dict_int
dict_xsyn, dict_xsyn
difference, Soundex
digest, digest()
dirty read, Transaction Isolation
DISCARD, DISCARD
disjunction, Logical Operators
disk drive, WAL Internals
disk space, Recovering Disk Space
disk usage, Determining Disk Usage
DISTINCT, Querying a Table, DISTINCT
div, Mathematical Functions and Operators
dmetaphone, Double Metaphone
dmetaphone_alt, Double Metaphone
DO, DO
document, What Is a Document?
text search, What Is a Document?
dollar quoting, Dollar-quoted String Constants
domain, Domain Types
double precision, Floating-Point Types
DROP ACCESS METHOD, DROP ACCESS METHOD
DROP AGGREGATE, DROP AGGREGATE
DROP CAST, DROP CAST
DROP COLLATION, DROP COLLATION
DROP CONVERSION, DROP CONVERSION
DROP DATABASE, Destroying a Database, DROP DATABASE
DROP DOMAIN, DROP DOMAIN
DROP EVENT TRIGGER, DROP EVENT TRIGGER
DROP EXTENSION, DROP EXTENSION
DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
DROP FOREIGN TABLE, DROP FOREIGN TABLE
DROP FUNCTION, DROP FUNCTION
DROP GROUP, DROP GROUP
DROP INDEX, DROP INDEX
DROP LANGUAGE, DROP LANGUAGE
DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW, DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
DROP OPERATOR, DROP OPERATOR
DROP OPERATOR CLASS, DROP OPERATOR CLASS
DROP OPERATOR FAMILY, DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
DROP OWNED, DROP OWNED
DROP POLICY, DROP POLICY
DROP PROCEDURE, DROP PROCEDURE
DROP PUBLICATION, DROP PUBLICATION
DROP ROLE, Database Roles, DROP ROLE
DROP ROUTINE, DROP ROUTINE
DROP RULE, DROP RULE
DROP SCHEMA, DROP SCHEMA
DROP SEQUENCE, DROP SEQUENCE
DROP SERVER, DROP SERVER
DROP STATISTICS, DROP STATISTICS
DROP SUBSCRIPTION, DROP SUBSCRIPTION
DROP TABLE, Creating a New Table, DROP TABLE
DROP TABLESPACE, DROP TABLESPACE
DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER, DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
DROP TRANSFORM, DROP TRANSFORM
DROP TRIGGER, DROP TRIGGER
DROP TYPE, DROP TYPE
DROP USER, DROP USER
DROP USER MAPPING, DROP USER MAPPING
DROP VIEW, DROP VIEW
dropdb, Destroying a Database, dropdb
dropuser, Database Roles, dropuser
DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
DTD, Creating XML Values
DTrace, Installation Procedure, Dynamic Tracing
duplicate, Querying a Table
duplicates, DISTINCT
dynamic loading, Other Defaults, Dynamic Loading
dynamic_library_path, Dynamic Loading
dynamic_library_path configuration parameter, Other Defaults
dynamic_shared_memory_type configuration parameter, Memory
E
each, hstore Operators and Functions
earth, Cube-based Earth Distances
earthdistance, earthdistance
earth_box, Cube-based Earth Distances
earth_distance, Cube-based Earth Distances
ECPG, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
ecpg, ecpg
effective_cache_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
effective_io_concurrency configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
elog, Reporting Errors Within the Server
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
in PL/Python, Utility Functions
in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
embedded SQL, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
in C, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
enabled role, enabled_roles
enable_bitmapscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_gathermerge configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_hashagg configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_hashjoin configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_indexonlyscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_indexscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_material configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_mergejoin configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_nestloop configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_parallel_append configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_parallel_hash configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_partitionwise_aggregate configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_partitionwise_join configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_partition_pruning configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_seqscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_sort configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_tidscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
encode, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
encode_array_constructor
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encode_array_literal
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encode_bytea
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encode_typed_literal
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encrypt, Raw Encryption Functions
encryption, Encryption Options, pgcrypto
for specific columns, pgcrypto
encrypt_iv, Raw Encryption Functions
END, END
enumerated types, Enumerated Types
enum_first, Enum Support Functions
enum_last, Enum Support Functions
enum_range, Enum Support Functions
environment variable, Environment Variables
ephemeral named relation
registering with SPI, SPI_register_relation, SPI_register_trigger_data
unregistering from SPI, SPI_unregister_relation
ereport, Reporting Errors Within the Server
error codes, PostgreSQL Error Codes
libpq, Main Functions
list of, PostgreSQL Error Codes
error message, Connection Status Functions
escape string syntax, String Constants with C-style Escapes
escape_string_warning configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
escaping strings, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
in libpq, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
event log, Registering Event Log on Windows
event log, Registering Event Log on Windows
event trigger, Event Triggers, Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
in C, Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
in PL/Tcl, Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
event_source configuration parameter, Where To Log
event_trigger, Pseudo-Types
every, Aggregate Functions
EXCEPT, Combining Queries
exceptions
in PL/pgSQL, Trapping Errors
in PL/Tcl, Error Handling in PL/Tcl
exclusion constraint, Exclusion Constraints
EXECUTE, EXECUTE
exist, hstore Operators and Functions
EXISTS, Subquery Expressions
EXIT
in PL/pgSQL, EXIT
exit_on_error configuration parameter, Error Handling
exp, Mathematical Functions and Operators
EXPLAIN, Using EXPLAIN, EXPLAIN
expression, Value Expressions
order of evaluation, Expression Evaluation Rules
syntax, Value Expressions
extending SQL, Extending SQL
extension, Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
externally maintained, Extensions
external_pid_file configuration parameter, File Locations
extract, Date/Time Functions and Operators, EXTRACT, date_part
extra_float_digits configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
F
failover, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
false, Boolean Type
family, Network Address Functions and Operators
fast path, The Fast-Path Interface
fdw_handler, Pseudo-Types
FETCH, FETCH
field
computed, Using Composite Types in Queries
field selection, Field Selection
file system mount points, Use of Secondary File Systems
file_fdw, file_fdw
FILTER, Aggregate Expressions
first_value, Window Functions
flex, Requirements
float4 (see real)
float8 (see double precision)
floating point, Floating-Point Types
floating-point
display, Locale and Formatting
floor, Mathematical Functions and Operators
force_parallel_mode configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
foreign data, Foreign Data
foreign data wrapper, Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
handler for, Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
foreign key, Foreign Keys, Foreign Keys
foreign table, Foreign Data
format, String Functions and Operators, format
use in PL/pgSQL, Executing Dynamic Commands
formatting, Data Type Formatting Functions
format_type, System Information Functions
Free Space Map, Free Space Map
FreeBSD
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
from_collapse_limit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
FSM (see Free Space Map)
fsm_page_contents, General Functions
fsync configuration parameter, Settings
full text search, Text Search Types, Text Search Types, Full Text Search
data types, Text Search Types
functions and operators, Text Search Types
full_page_writes configuration parameter, Settings
function, Table Functions, Functions and Operators, Functions, Polymorphic Types, User-defined Functions, Query Language (SQL) Functions, Internal Functions, C-Language Functions
default values for arguments, SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
in the FROM clause, Table Functions
internal, Internal Functions
invocation, Function Calls
mixed notation, Using Mixed Notation
named argument, Arguments for SQL Functions
named notation, Using Named Notation
output parameter, SQL Functions with Output Parameters
polymorphic, Polymorphic Types
positional notation, Using Positional Notation
RETURNS TABLE, SQL Functions Returning TABLE
type resolution in an invocation, Functions
user-defined, User-defined Functions, Query Language (SQL) Functions, C-Language Functions
in C, C-Language Functions
in SQL, Query Language (SQL) Functions
variadic, SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
with SETOF, SQL Functions Returning Sets
functional dependency, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
fuzzystrmatch, fuzzystrmatch
G
gc_to_sec, Cube-based Earth Distances
generate_series, Set Returning Functions
generate_subscripts, Set Returning Functions
genetic query optimization, Genetic Query Optimizer
gen_random_bytes, Random-Data Functions
gen_random_uuid, Random-Data Functions
gen_salt, gen_salt()
GEQO (see genetic query optimization)
geqo configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_effort configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_generations configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_pool_size configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_seed configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_selection_bias configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_threshold configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
get_bit, Binary String Functions and Operators
get_byte, Binary String Functions and Operators
get_current_ts_config, Text Search Functions and Operators
get_raw_page, General Functions
GIN (see index)
gin_clean_pending_list, Index Maintenance Functions
gin_fuzzy_search_limit configuration parameter, Other Defaults
gin_leafpage_items, GIN Functions
gin_metapage_info, GIN Functions
gin_page_opaque_info, GIN Functions
gin_pending_list_limit configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
GiST (see index)
global data, Global Data in PL/Tcl
in PL/Python, Sharing Data
in PL/Tcl, Global Data in PL/Tcl
GRANT, Privileges, GRANT
GREATEST, GREATEST and LEAST, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
Gregorian calendar, History of Units
GROUP BY, Aggregate Functions, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
grouping, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
GROUPING, Aggregate Functions
GROUPING SETS, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
GSSAPI, GSSAPI Authentication
GUID, UUID Type
H
hash (see index)
hash_bitmap_info, Hash Functions
hash_metapage_info, Hash Functions
hash_page_items, Hash Functions
hash_page_stats, Hash Functions
hash_page_type, Hash Functions
has_any_column_privilege, System Information Functions
has_column_privilege, System Information Functions
has_database_privilege, System Information Functions
has_foreign_data_wrapper_privilege, System Information Functions
has_function_privilege, System Information Functions
has_language_privilege, System Information Functions
has_schema_privilege, System Information Functions
has_sequence_privilege, System Information Functions
has_server_privilege, System Information Functions
has_tablespace_privilege, System Information Functions
has_table_privilege, System Information Functions
has_type_privilege, System Information Functions
HAVING, Aggregate Functions, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
hba_file configuration parameter, File Locations
heap_page_items, General Functions
heap_page_item_attrs, General Functions
height, Geometric Functions and Operators
hierarchical database, Concepts
high availability, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
history, A Brief History of PostgreSQL
of PostgreSQL, A Brief History of PostgreSQL
hmac, hmac()
host, Network Address Functions and Operators
host name, Parameter Key Words
hostmask, Network Address Functions and Operators
Hot Standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
hot_standby configuration parameter, Standby Servers
hot_standby_feedback configuration parameter, Standby Servers
HP-UX, HP-UX
installation on, HP-UX
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
hstore, hstore, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_array, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_json, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_jsonb, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_jsonb_loose, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_json_loose, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_matrix, hstore Operators and Functions
huge_pages configuration parameter, Memory
hypothetical-set aggregate
built-in, Aggregate Functions
I
icount, intarray Functions and Operators
ICU, Installation Procedure, Managing Collations, Parameters
ident, Ident Authentication
identifier, Identifiers and Key Words
length, Identifiers and Key Words
syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
IDENTIFY_SYSTEM, Streaming Replication Protocol
ident_file configuration parameter, File Locations
idle_in_transaction_session_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
idx, intarray Functions and Operators
IFNULL, COALESCE
ignore_checksum_failure configuration parameter, Developer Options
ignore_system_indexes configuration parameter, Developer Options
IMMUTABLE, Function Volatility Categories
IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA, IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
IN, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
INCLUDE
in index definitions, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
include
in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
include_dir
in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
include_if_exists
in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
index, Indexes, Multicolumn Indexes, Indexes and ORDER BY, Combining Multiple Indexes, Unique Indexes, Indexes on Expressions, Partial Indexes, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes, Examining Index Usage, GIN and GiST Index Types, GIN and GiST Index Types, Locking and Indexes, Interfacing Extensions To Indexes, Building Indexes Concurrently, Operators and Functions
and ORDER BY, Indexes and ORDER BY
B-tree, Index Types
B-Tree, B-Tree Indexes
BRIN, Index Types, BRIN Indexes
building concurrently, Building Indexes Concurrently
combining multiple indexes, Combining Multiple Indexes
covering, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
examining usage, Examining Index Usage
on expressions, Indexes on Expressions
for user-defined data type, Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
GIN, Index Types, GIN and GiST Index Types, GIN Indexes
text search, GIN and GiST Index Types
GiST, Index Types, GIN and GiST Index Types, GiST Indexes
text search, GIN and GiST Index Types
hash, Index Types
index-only scans, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
locks, Locking and Indexes
multicolumn, Multicolumn Indexes
partial, Partial Indexes
SP-GiST, Index Types, SP-GiST Indexes
unique, Unique Indexes
index scan, Planner Method Configuration
index-only scan, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
index_am_handler, Pseudo-Types
inet (data type), inet
inet_client_addr, System Information Functions
inet_client_port, System Information Functions
inet_merge, Network Address Functions and Operators
inet_same_family, Network Address Functions and Operators
inet_server_addr, System Information Functions
inet_server_port, System Information Functions
information schema, The Information Schema
inheritance, Inheritance, Inheritance
initcap, String Functions and Operators
initdb, Creating a Database Cluster, initdb
Initialization Fork, The Initialization Fork
input function, User-defined Types
INSERT, Populating a Table With Rows, Inserting Data, Returning Data From Modified Rows, INSERT
RETURNING, Returning Data From Modified Rows
inserting, Inserting Data
installation, Installation from Source Code
on Windows, Installation from Source Code on Windows
instr function, Appendix
int2 (see smallint)
int4 (see integer)
int8 (see bigint)
intagg, intagg
intarray, intarray
integer, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
integer_datetimes configuration parameter, Preset Options
interfaces
externally maintained, Client Interfaces
internal, Pseudo-Types
INTERSECT, Combining Queries
interval, Date/Time Types, Interval Input
output format, Interval Output
(see also formatting)
IntervalStyle configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
intset, intarray Functions and Operators
int_array_aggregate, Functions
int_array_enum, Functions
inverse distribution, Aggregate Functions
in_range support functions, B-Tree Support Functions
IS DISTINCT FROM, Comparison Functions and Operators, Row and Array Comparisons
IS DOCUMENT, IS DOCUMENT
IS FALSE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT DISTINCT FROM, Comparison Functions and Operators, Row and Array Comparisons
IS NOT DOCUMENT, IS NOT DOCUMENT
IS NOT FALSE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT NULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT TRUE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT UNKNOWN, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NULL, Comparison Functions and Operators, Platform and Client Compatibility
IS TRUE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS UNKNOWN, Comparison Functions and Operators
isclosed, Geometric Functions and Operators
isempty, Range Functions and Operators
isfinite, Date/Time Functions and Operators
isn, isn
ISNULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
isn_weak, Functions and Operators
isopen, Geometric Functions and Operators
is_array_ref
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
is_valid, Functions and Operators
J
JIT, Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
jit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
jit_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
jit_debugging_support configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_dump_bitcode configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_expressions configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_inline_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
jit_optimize_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
jit_profiling_support configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_provider configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
jit_tuple_deforming configuration parameter, Developer Options
join, Joins Between Tables, Joined Tables, Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
controlling the order, Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
cross, Joined Tables
left, Joined Tables
natural, Joined Tables
outer, Joins Between Tables, Joined Tables
right, Joined Tables
self, Joins Between Tables
join_collapse_limit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
JSON, JSON Types, JSON Functions and Operators
functions and operators, JSON Functions and Operators
JSONB, JSON Types
jsonb
containment, jsonb Containment and Existence
existence, jsonb Containment and Existence
indexes on, jsonb Indexing
jsonb_agg, Aggregate Functions
jsonb_array_elements, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_array_elements_text, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_array_length, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_build_array, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_build_object, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_each, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_each_text, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_extract_path, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_extract_path_text, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_insert, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_object, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_object_agg, Aggregate Functions
jsonb_object_keys, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_populate_record, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_populate_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_pretty, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_set, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_strip_nulls, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_to_record, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_to_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_typeof, JSON Functions and Operators
json_agg, Aggregate Functions
json_array_elements, JSON Functions and Operators
json_array_elements_text, JSON Functions and Operators
json_array_length, JSON Functions and Operators
json_build_array, JSON Functions and Operators
json_build_object, JSON Functions and Operators
json_each, JSON Functions and Operators
json_each_text, JSON Functions and Operators
json_extract_path, JSON Functions and Operators
json_extract_path_text, JSON Functions and Operators
json_object, JSON Functions and Operators
json_object_agg, Aggregate Functions
json_object_keys, JSON Functions and Operators
json_populate_record, JSON Functions and Operators
json_populate_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
json_strip_nulls, JSON Functions and Operators
json_to_record, JSON Functions and Operators
json_to_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
json_typeof, JSON Functions and Operators
Julian date, History of Units
Just-In-Time compilation (see JIT)
justify_days, Date/Time Functions and Operators
justify_hours, Date/Time Functions and Operators
justify_interval, Date/Time Functions and Operators
K
key word, Identifiers and Key Words, SQL Key Words
list of, SQL Key Words
syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
krb_caseins_users configuration parameter, Authentication
krb_server_keyfile configuration parameter, Authentication
L
label (see alias)
lag, Window Functions
language_handler, Pseudo-Types
large object, Large Objects
lastval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
last_value, Window Functions
LATERAL, LATERAL Subqueries
in the FROM clause, LATERAL Subqueries
latitude, Cube-based Earth Distances
lca, Operators and Functions
lc_collate configuration parameter, Preset Options
lc_ctype configuration parameter, Preset Options
lc_messages configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
lc_monetary configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
lc_numeric configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
lc_time configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
LDAP, Installation Procedure, LDAP Authentication
LDAP connection parameter lookup, LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
ldconfig, Shared Libraries
lead, Window Functions
LEAST, GREATEST and LEAST, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
left, String Functions and Operators
left join, Joined Tables
length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Geometric Functions and Operators, Text Search Functions and Operators
of a binary string (see binary strings, length)
of a character string (see character string, length)
length(tsvector), Manipulating Documents
levenshtein, Levenshtein
levenshtein_less_equal, Levenshtein
lex, Requirements
libedit, Requirements
libperl, Requirements
libpq, libpq - C Library, Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
single-row mode, Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
libpq-fe.h, libpq - C Library, Connection Status Functions
libpq-int.h, Connection Status Functions
libpython, Requirements
library finalization function, Dynamic Loading
library initialization function, Dynamic Loading
LIKE, LIKE
and locales, Behavior
LIMIT, LIMIT and OFFSET
line, Lines
line segment, Line Segments
linear regression, Aggregate Functions
Linux
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
LISTEN, LISTEN
listen_addresses configuration parameter, Connection Settings
llvm-config, Installation Procedure
ll_to_earth, Cube-based Earth Distances
ln, Mathematical Functions and Operators
lo, lo
LOAD, LOAD
load balancing, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
locale, Creating a Database Cluster, Locale Support
localtime, Date/Time Functions and Operators
localtimestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
local_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
lock, Explicit Locking, Advisory Locks, Viewing Locks
advisory, Advisory Locks
monitoring, Viewing Locks
LOCK, Table-level Locks, LOCK
lock_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
log, Mathematical Functions and Operators
log shipping, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Logging
current_logfiles file and the pg_current_logfile
-    function, System Information Functions
pg_current_logfile function, System Information Functions
logging_collector configuration parameter, Where To Log
Logical Decoding, Logical Decoding, Logical Decoding
login privilege, Role Attributes
log_autovacuum_min_duration configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
log_btree_build_stats configuration parameter, Developer Options
log_checkpoints configuration parameter, What To Log
log_connections configuration parameter, What To Log
log_destination configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_directory configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_disconnections configuration parameter, What To Log
log_duration configuration parameter, What To Log
log_error_verbosity configuration parameter, What To Log
log_executor_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_filename configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_file_mode configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_hostname configuration parameter, What To Log
log_line_prefix configuration parameter, What To Log
log_lock_waits configuration parameter, What To Log
log_min_duration_statement configuration parameter, When To Log
log_min_error_statement configuration parameter, When To Log
log_min_messages configuration parameter, When To Log
log_parser_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_planner_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_replication_commands configuration parameter, What To Log
log_rotation_age configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_rotation_size configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_statement configuration parameter, What To Log
log_statement_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_temp_files configuration parameter, What To Log
log_timezone configuration parameter, What To Log
log_truncate_on_rotation configuration parameter, Where To Log
longitude, Cube-based Earth Distances
looks_like_number
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
loop, Simple Loops
in PL/pgSQL, Simple Loops
lower, String Functions and Operators, Range Functions and Operators
and locales, Behavior
lower_inc, Range Functions and Operators
lower_inf, Range Functions and Operators
lo_close, Closing a Large Object Descriptor
lo_compat_privileges configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
lo_creat, Creating a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_create, Creating a Large Object
lo_export, Exporting a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_from_bytea, Server-side Functions
lo_get, Server-side Functions
lo_import, Importing a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_import_with_oid, Importing a Large Object
lo_lseek, Seeking in a Large Object
lo_lseek64, Seeking in a Large Object
lo_open, Opening an Existing Large Object
lo_put, Server-side Functions
lo_read, Reading Data from a Large Object
lo_tell, Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
lo_tell64, Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
lo_truncate, Truncating a Large Object
lo_truncate64, Truncating a Large Object
lo_unlink, Removing a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_write, Writing Data to a Large Object
lpad, String Functions and Operators
lseg, Line Segments, Geometric Functions and Operators
LSN, WAL Internals
ltree, ltree
ltree2text, Operators and Functions
ltrim, String Functions and Operators
M
MAC address (see macaddr)
MAC address (EUI-64 format) (see macaddr)
macaddr (data type), macaddr
macaddr8 (data type), macaddr8
macaddr8_set7bit, Network Address Functions and Operators
macOS, macOS
installation on, macOS
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
magic block, Dynamic Loading
maintenance, Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
maintenance_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
make, Requirements
make_date, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_interval, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_time, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_timestamptz, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_valid, Functions and Operators
MANPATH, Environment Variables
masklen, Network Address Functions and Operators
materialized view, Materialized Views
implementation through rules, Materialized Views
materialized views, pg_matviews
max, Aggregate Functions
max_connections configuration parameter, Connection Settings
max_files_per_process configuration parameter, Kernel Resource Usage
max_function_args configuration parameter, Preset Options
max_identifier_length configuration parameter, Preset Options
max_index_keys configuration parameter, Preset Options
max_locks_per_transaction configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_logical_replication_workers configuration parameter, Subscribers
max_parallel_maintenance_workers configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
max_parallel_workers configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
max_parallel_workers_per_gather configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
max_pred_locks_per_page configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_pred_locks_per_relation configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_pred_locks_per_transaction configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_prepared_transactions configuration parameter, Memory
max_replication_slots configuration parameter, Sending Servers
max_stack_depth configuration parameter, Memory
max_standby_archive_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
max_standby_streaming_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
max_sync_workers_per_subscription configuration parameter, Subscribers
max_wal_senders configuration parameter, Sending Servers
max_wal_size configuration parameter, Checkpoints
max_worker_processes configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
md5, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
MD5, Password Authentication
median, Aggregate Expressions
(see also percentile)
memory context
in SPI, Memory Management
memory overcommit, Linux Memory Overcommit
metaphone, Metaphone
min, Aggregate Functions
MinGW, MinGW/Native Windows
installation on, MinGW/Native Windows
min_parallel_index_scan_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
min_parallel_table_scan_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
min_wal_size configuration parameter, Checkpoints
mod, Mathematical Functions and Operators
mode
statistical, Aggregate Functions
monitoring, Monitoring Database Activity
database activity, Monitoring Database Activity
MOVE, MOVE
moving-aggregate mode, Moving-Aggregate Mode
Multiversion Concurrency Control, Introduction
MultiXactId, Multixacts and Wraparound
MVCC, Introduction
N
name, Identifiers and Key Words
qualified, Creating a Schema
syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
unqualified, The Schema Search Path
NaN (see not a number)
natural join, Joined Tables
negation, Logical Operators
NetBSD
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
netmask, Network Address Functions and Operators
network, Network Address Types, Network Address Functions and Operators
data types, Network Address Types
Network Attached Storage (NAS) (see Network File Systems)
Network File Systems, Use of Network File Systems
nextval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
NFS (see Network File Systems)
nlevel, Operators and Functions
non-durable, Non-Durable Settings
nonblocking connection, Database Connection Control Functions, Asynchronous Command Processing
nonrepeatable read, Transaction Isolation
normal_rand, normal_rand
NOT (operator), Logical Operators
not a number
double precision, Floating-Point Types
numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
NOT IN, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
not-null constraint, Not-Null Constraints
notation, Calling Functions
functions, Calling Functions
notice processing, Notice Processing
in libpq, Notice Processing
notice processor, Notice Processing
notice receiver, Notice Processing
NOTIFY, Asynchronous Notification, NOTIFY
in libpq, Asynchronous Notification
NOTNULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
now, Date/Time Functions and Operators
npoints, Geometric Functions and Operators
nth_value, Window Functions
ntile, Window Functions
null value
with check constraints, Check Constraints
comparing, Comparison Functions and Operators
default value, Default Values
in DISTINCT, DISTINCT
in libpq, Retrieving Query Result Information
in PL/Perl, PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
in PL/Python, Null, None
with unique constraints, Unique Constraints
NULLIF, NULLIF
number
constant, Numeric Constants
numeric, Numeric Constants
numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
numnode, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Queries
num_nonnulls, Comparison Functions and Operators
num_nulls, Comparison Functions and Operators
NVL, COALESCE
O
object identifier, Object Identifier Types
data type, Object Identifier Types
object-oriented database, Concepts
obj_description, System Information Functions
octet_length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
OFFSET, LIMIT and OFFSET
OID
column, System Columns
in libpq, Retrieving Other Result Information
oid, Object Identifier Types
oid2name, oid2name
old_snapshot_threshold configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
ON CONFLICT, INSERT
ONLY, The FROM Clause
OOM, Linux Memory Overcommit
opaque, Pseudo-Types
OpenBSD
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
OpenSSL, Installation Procedure
(see also SSL)
operator, Operators, Operator Precedence, Functions and Operators, Logical Operators, Operators, User-defined Operators
invocation, Operator Invocations
logical, Logical Operators
precedence, Operator Precedence
syntax, Operators
type resolution in an invocation, Operators
user-defined, User-defined Operators
operator class, Operator Classes and Operator Families, Index Methods and Operator Classes
operator family, Operator Classes and Operator Families, Operator Classes and Operator Families
operator_precedence_warning configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
OR (operator), Logical Operators
Oracle, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
porting from PL/SQL to PL/pgSQL, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
ORDER BY, Querying a Table, Sorting Rows
and locales, Behavior
ordered-set aggregate, Aggregate Expressions
built-in, Aggregate Functions
ordering operator, System Dependencies on Operator Classes
ordinality, Set Returning Functions
outer join, Joined Tables
output function, User-defined Types
OVER clause, Window Function Calls
overcommit, Linux Memory Overcommit
OVERLAPS, Date/Time Functions and Operators
overlay, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
overloading, Function Overloading
functions, Function Overloading
operators, User-defined Operators
owner, Privileges
P
pageinspect, pageinspect
page_checksum, General Functions
page_header, General Functions
palloc, Writing Code
PAM, Installation Procedure, PAM Authentication
parallel query, Parallel Query

+      Z
A
abbrev, Network Address Functions and Operators
ABORT, ABORT
abs, Mathematical Functions and Operators
acos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
acosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
administration tools
externally maintained, Administration Tools
adminpack, adminpack
advisory lock, Advisory Locks
age, Date/Time Functions and Operators
aggregate function, Aggregate Functions, Aggregate Expressions, Aggregate Functions, User-defined Aggregates
built-in, Aggregate Functions
invocation, Aggregate Expressions
moving aggregate, Moving-Aggregate Mode
ordered set, Ordered-Set Aggregates
partial aggregation, Partial Aggregation
polymorphic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
support functions for, Support Functions for Aggregates
user-defined, User-defined Aggregates
variadic, Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
AIX, AIX
installation on, AIX
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
akeys, hstore Operators and Functions
alias, Table and Column Aliases, Column Labels
for table name in query, Joins Between Tables
in the FROM clause, Table and Column Aliases
in the select list, Column Labels
ALL, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
allow_system_table_mods configuration parameter, Developer Options
ALTER AGGREGATE, ALTER AGGREGATE
ALTER COLLATION, ALTER COLLATION
ALTER CONVERSION, ALTER CONVERSION
ALTER DATABASE, ALTER DATABASE
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES, ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
ALTER DOMAIN, ALTER DOMAIN
ALTER EVENT TRIGGER, ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
ALTER EXTENSION, ALTER EXTENSION
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
ALTER FOREIGN TABLE, ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
ALTER FUNCTION, ALTER FUNCTION
ALTER GROUP, ALTER GROUP
ALTER INDEX, ALTER INDEX
ALTER LANGUAGE, ALTER LANGUAGE
ALTER LARGE OBJECT, ALTER LARGE OBJECT
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW, ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
ALTER OPERATOR, ALTER OPERATOR
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS, ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY, ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
ALTER POLICY, ALTER POLICY
ALTER PROCEDURE, ALTER PROCEDURE
ALTER PUBLICATION, ALTER PUBLICATION
ALTER ROLE, Role Attributes, ALTER ROLE
ALTER ROUTINE, ALTER ROUTINE
ALTER RULE, ALTER RULE
ALTER SCHEMA, ALTER SCHEMA
ALTER SEQUENCE, ALTER SEQUENCE
ALTER SERVER, ALTER SERVER
ALTER STATISTICS, ALTER STATISTICS
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION, ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
ALTER SYSTEM, ALTER SYSTEM
ALTER TABLE, ALTER TABLE
ALTER TABLESPACE, ALTER TABLESPACE
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER, ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
ALTER TRIGGER, ALTER TRIGGER
ALTER TYPE, ALTER TYPE
ALTER USER, ALTER USER
ALTER USER MAPPING, ALTER USER MAPPING
ALTER VIEW, ALTER VIEW
amcheck, amcheck
ANALYZE, Updating Planner Statistics, ANALYZE
AND (operator), Logical Operators
anonymous code blocks, DO
any, Pseudo-Types
ANY, Aggregate Functions, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
anyarray, Pseudo-Types
anyelement, Pseudo-Types
anyenum, Pseudo-Types
anynonarray, Pseudo-Types
anyrange, Pseudo-Types
applicable role, applicable_roles
application_name configuration parameter, What To Log
arbitrary precision numbers, Arbitrary Precision Numbers
archive_cleanup_command recovery parameter, Archive Recovery Settings
archive_command configuration parameter, Archiving
archive_mode configuration parameter, Archiving
archive_timeout configuration parameter, Archiving
area, Geometric Functions and Operators
armor, armor(), dearmor()
array, Arrays
accessing, Accessing Arrays
constant, Array Value Input
constructor, Array Constructors
declaration, Declaration of Array Types
I/O, Array Input and Output Syntax
modifying, Modifying Arrays
of user-defined type, User-defined Types
searching, Searching in Arrays
ARRAY, Array Constructors, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
array_agg, Aggregate Functions, Functions
array_append, Array Functions and Operators
array_cat, Array Functions and Operators
array_dims, Array Functions and Operators
array_fill, Array Functions and Operators
array_length, Array Functions and Operators
array_lower, Array Functions and Operators
array_ndims, Array Functions and Operators
array_nulls configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
array_position, Array Functions and Operators
array_positions, Array Functions and Operators
array_prepend, Array Functions and Operators
array_remove, Array Functions and Operators
array_replace, Array Functions and Operators
array_to_json, JSON Functions and Operators
array_to_string, Array Functions and Operators
array_to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
array_upper, Array Functions and Operators
ascii, String Functions and Operators
asin, Mathematical Functions and Operators
asind, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ASSERT
in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
assertions
in PL/pgSQL, Checking Assertions
asynchronous commit, Asynchronous Commit
AT TIME ZONE, AT TIME ZONE
atan, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atan2, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atan2d, Mathematical Functions and Operators
atand, Mathematical Functions and Operators
authentication_timeout configuration parameter, Authentication
auth_delay, auth_delay
auth_delay.milliseconds configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto-increment (see serial)
autocommit
bulk-loading data, Disable Autocommit
psql, Variables
autovacuum
configuration parameters, Automatic Vacuuming
general information, The Autovacuum Daemon
autovacuum configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_analyze_scale_factor configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_analyze_threshold configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_freeze_max_age configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_max_workers configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_multixact_freeze_max_age configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_naptime configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_scale_factor configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_vacuum_threshold configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
autovacuum_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
auto_explain, auto_explain
auto_explain.log_analyze configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_buffers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_format configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_min_duration configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_nested_statements configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_timing configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_triggers configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.log_verbose configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
auto_explain.sample_rate configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
avals, hstore Operators and Functions
average, Aggregate Functions
avg, Aggregate Functions
B
B-tree (see index)
backend_flush_after configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
Background workers, Background Worker Processes
backslash escapes, String Constants with C-style Escapes
backslash_quote configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
backup, Backup Control Functions, Backup and Restore
base type, The PostgreSQL Type System
BASE_BACKUP, Streaming Replication Protocol
BEGIN, BEGIN
BETWEEN, Comparison Functions and Operators
BETWEEN SYMMETRIC, Comparison Functions and Operators
BGWORKER_BACKEND_DATABASE_CONNECTION, Background Worker Processes
BGWORKER_SHMEM_ACCESS, Background Worker Processes
bgwriter_delay configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_flush_after configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_lru_maxpages configuration parameter, Background Writer
bgwriter_lru_multiplier configuration parameter, Background Writer
bigint, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
bigserial, Serial Types
binary data, Binary Data Types, Binary String Functions and Operators
functions, Binary String Functions and Operators
binary string
concatenation, Binary String Functions and Operators
length, Binary String Functions and Operators
bison, Requirements
bit string, Bit-string Constants, Bit String Types
constant, Bit-string Constants
data type, Bit String Types
bit strings, Bit String Functions and Operators
functions, Bit String Functions and Operators
bitmap scan, Combining Multiple Indexes, Planner Method Configuration
bit_and, Aggregate Functions
bit_length, String Functions and Operators
bit_or, Aggregate Functions
BLOB (see large object)
block_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
bloom, bloom
bonjour configuration parameter, Connection Settings
bonjour_name configuration parameter, Connection Settings
Boolean, Boolean Type
data type, Boolean Type
operators (see operators, logical)
bool_and, Aggregate Functions
bool_or, Aggregate Functions
booting
starting the server during, Starting the Database Server
box, Geometric Functions and Operators
box (data type), Boxes
BRIN (see index)
brin_desummarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
brin_metapage_info, BRIN Functions
brin_page_items, BRIN Functions
brin_page_type, BRIN Functions
brin_revmap_data, BRIN Functions
brin_summarize_new_values, Index Maintenance Functions
brin_summarize_range, Index Maintenance Functions
broadcast, Network Address Functions and Operators
BSD Authentication, BSD Authentication
btree_gin, btree_gin
btree_gist, btree_gist
btrim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
bt_index_check, Functions
bt_index_parent_check, Functions
bt_metap, B-tree Functions
bt_page_items, B-tree Functions
bt_page_stats, B-tree Functions
bytea, Binary Data Types
bytea_output configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
C
C, libpq - C Library, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
C++, Using C++ for Extensibility
CALL, CALL
canceling, Canceling Queries in Progress
SQL command, Canceling Queries in Progress
cardinality, Array Functions and Operators
CASCADE, Dependency Tracking
with DROP, Dependency Tracking
foreign key action, Foreign Keys
Cascading Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
CASE, Conditional Expressions, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
case sensitivity
of SQL commands, Identifiers and Key Words
cast, CREATE CAST
I/O conversion, CREATE CAST
cbrt, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ceil, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ceiling, Mathematical Functions and Operators
center, Geometric Functions and Operators
Certificate, Certificate Authentication
char, Character Types
character, Character Types
character set, Locale and Formatting, Preset Options, Character Set Support
character string, String Constants, Character Types
concatenation, String Functions and Operators
constant, String Constants
data types, Character Types
length, String Functions and Operators
character varying, Character Types
char_length, String Functions and Operators
check constraint, Check Constraints
CHECK OPTION, CREATE VIEW
checkpoint, WAL Configuration
CHECKPOINT, CHECKPOINT
checkpoint_completion_target configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_flush_after configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_timeout configuration parameter, Checkpoints
checkpoint_warning configuration parameter, Checkpoints
check_function_bodies configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
chr, String Functions and Operators
cid, Object Identifier Types
cidr, cidr
circle, Circles, Geometric Functions and Operators
citext, citext
client authentication, Client Authentication
timeout during, Authentication
client_encoding configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
client_min_messages configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
clock_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
CLOSE, CLOSE
cluster
of databases (see database cluster)
CLUSTER, CLUSTER
clusterdb, clusterdb
clustering, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
cluster_name configuration parameter, Process Title
cmax, System Columns
cmin, System Columns
COALESCE, COALESCE
COLLATE, Collation Expressions
collation, Collation Support
in PL/pgSQL, Collation of PL/pgSQL Variables
in SQL functions, SQL Functions with Collations
collation for, System Information Functions
column, Concepts, Table Basics
adding, Adding a Column
removing, Removing a Column
renaming, Renaming a Column
system column, System Columns
column data type
changing, Changing a Column's Data Type
column reference, Column References
col_description, System Information Functions
comment, Comments
about database objects, System Information Functions
in SQL, Comments
COMMENT, COMMENT
COMMIT, COMMIT
COMMIT PREPARED, COMMIT PREPARED
commit_delay configuration parameter, Settings
commit_siblings configuration parameter, Settings
common table expression (see WITH)
comparison, Comparison Functions and Operators, Subquery Expressions
composite type, Row and Array Comparisons
operators, Comparison Functions and Operators
row constructor, Row and Array Comparisons
subquery result row, Subquery Expressions
compiling, Building libpq Programs
libpq applications, Building libpq Programs
composite type, Composite Types, The PostgreSQL Type System
comparison, Row and Array Comparisons
constant, Constructing Composite Values
constructor, Row Constructors
computed field, Using Composite Types in Queries
concat, String Functions and Operators
concat_ws, String Functions and Operators
concurrency, Concurrency Control
conditional expression, Conditional Expressions
configuration
of recovery
of a standby server, Recovery Configuration
of the server, Server Configuration
of the server
functions, Configuration Settings Functions
configure, Installation Procedure
config_file configuration parameter, File Locations
conjunction, Logical Operators
connectby, Functions Provided, connectby
connection service file, The Connection Service File
conninfo, Connection Strings
constant, Constants
constraint, Constraints
adding, Adding a Constraint
check, Check Constraints
exclusion, Exclusion Constraints
foreign key, Foreign Keys
name, Check Constraints
NOT NULL, Not-Null Constraints
primary key, Primary Keys
removing, Removing a Constraint
unique, Unique Constraints
constraint exclusion, Partitioning and Constraint Exclusion, Other Planner Options
constraint_exclusion configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
container type, The PostgreSQL Type System
CONTINUE
in PL/pgSQL, CONTINUE
continuous archiving, Backup and Restore
in standby, Continuous archiving in standby
control file, Extension Files
convert, String Functions and Operators
convert_from, String Functions and Operators
convert_to, String Functions and Operators
COPY, Populating a Table With Rows, Functions Associated with the COPY Command, COPY
with libpq, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
corr, Aggregate Functions
correlation, Aggregate Functions
in the query planner, Extended Statistics
cos, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cosd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cot, Mathematical Functions and Operators
cotd, Mathematical Functions and Operators
count, Aggregate Functions
covariance
population, Aggregate Functions
sample, Aggregate Functions
covar_pop, Aggregate Functions
covar_samp, Aggregate Functions
covering index, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
cpu_index_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
cpu_operator_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
cpu_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
CREATE ACCESS METHOD, CREATE ACCESS METHOD
CREATE AGGREGATE, CREATE AGGREGATE
CREATE CAST, CREATE CAST
CREATE COLLATION, CREATE COLLATION
CREATE CONVERSION, CREATE CONVERSION
CREATE DATABASE, Creating a Database, CREATE DATABASE
CREATE DOMAIN, CREATE DOMAIN
CREATE EVENT TRIGGER, CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
CREATE EXTENSION, CREATE EXTENSION
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE, CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE FUNCTION
CREATE GROUP, CREATE GROUP
CREATE INDEX, CREATE INDEX
CREATE LANGUAGE, CREATE LANGUAGE
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW, CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
CREATE OPERATOR, CREATE OPERATOR
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS, CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY, CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
CREATE POLICY, CREATE POLICY
CREATE PROCEDURE, CREATE PROCEDURE
CREATE PUBLICATION, CREATE PUBLICATION
CREATE ROLE, Database Roles, CREATE ROLE
CREATE RULE, CREATE RULE
CREATE SCHEMA, CREATE SCHEMA
CREATE SEQUENCE, CREATE SEQUENCE
CREATE SERVER, CREATE SERVER
CREATE STATISTICS, CREATE STATISTICS
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION, CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
CREATE TABLE, Creating a New Table, CREATE TABLE
CREATE TABLE AS, CREATE TABLE AS
CREATE TABLESPACE, Tablespaces, CREATE TABLESPACE
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER, CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
CREATE TRANSFORM, CREATE TRANSFORM
CREATE TRIGGER, CREATE TRIGGER
CREATE TYPE, CREATE TYPE
CREATE USER, CREATE USER
CREATE USER MAPPING, CREATE USER MAPPING
CREATE VIEW, CREATE VIEW
createdb, Creating a Database, Creating a Database, createdb
createuser, Database Roles, createuser
CREATE_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
cross compilation, Installation Procedure
cross join, Joined Tables
crosstab, crosstab(text), crosstabN(text), crosstab(text, text)
crypt, crypt()
cstring, Pseudo-Types
ctid, System Columns
CTID, View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
CUBE, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
cube (extension), cube
cume_dist, Window Functions
hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
current_catalog, System Information Functions
current_database, System Information Functions
current_date, Date/Time Functions and Operators
current_logfiles
and the log_destination configuration parameter, Where To Log
and the pg_current_logfile function, System Information Functions
current_query, System Information Functions
current_role, System Information Functions
current_schema, System Information Functions
current_schemas, System Information Functions
current_setting, Configuration Settings Functions
current_time, Date/Time Functions and Operators
current_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
current_user, System Information Functions
currval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
cursor, Cursors, CLOSE, DECLARE, EXPLAIN, FETCH, MOVE
CLOSE, CLOSE
DECLARE, DECLARE
FETCH, FETCH
in PL/pgSQL, Cursors
MOVE, MOVE
showing the query plan, EXPLAIN
cursor_tuple_fraction configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
custom scan provider, Writing A Custom Scan Provider
handler for, Writing A Custom Scan Provider
Cygwin, Cygwin
installation on, Cygwin
D
data area (see database cluster)
data partitioning, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
data type, Data Types, Numeric Types, Enumerated Types, Domain Types, Type Conversion, The PostgreSQL Type System, The PostgreSQL Type System, The PostgreSQL Type System, Polymorphic Types, Base Types in C-Language Functions, User-defined Types
base, The PostgreSQL Type System
category, Overview
composite, The PostgreSQL Type System
constant, Constants of Other Types
container, The PostgreSQL Type System
conversion, Type Conversion
domain, Domain Types
enumerated (enum), Enumerated Types
internal organization, Base Types in C-Language Functions
numeric, Numeric Types
polymorphic, Polymorphic Types
type cast, Type Casts
user-defined, User-defined Types
database, Creating a Database, Managing Databases
creating, Creating a Database
privilege to create, Role Attributes
database activity, Monitoring Database Activity
monitoring, Monitoring Database Activity
database cluster, Concepts, Creating a Database Cluster
data_checksums configuration parameter, Preset Options
data_directory configuration parameter, File Locations
data_directory_mode configuration parameter, Preset Options
data_sync_retry configuration parameter, Error Handling
date, Date/Time Types, Dates
constants, Special Values
current, Current Date/Time
output format, Date/Time Output
(see also formatting)
DateStyle configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
date_part, Date/Time Functions and Operators, EXTRACT, date_part
date_trunc, Date/Time Functions and Operators, date_trunc
dblink, dblink, dblink
dblink_build_sql_delete, dblink_build_sql_delete
dblink_build_sql_insert, dblink_build_sql_insert
dblink_build_sql_update, dblink_build_sql_update
dblink_cancel_query, dblink_cancel_query
dblink_close, dblink_close
dblink_connect, dblink_connect
dblink_connect_u, dblink_connect_u
dblink_disconnect, dblink_disconnect
dblink_error_message, dblink_error_message
dblink_exec, dblink_exec
dblink_fetch, dblink_fetch
dblink_get_connections, dblink_get_connections
dblink_get_notify, dblink_get_notify
dblink_get_pkey, dblink_get_pkey
dblink_get_result, dblink_get_result
dblink_is_busy, dblink_is_busy
dblink_open, dblink_open
dblink_send_query, dblink_send_query
db_user_namespace configuration parameter, Authentication
deadlock, Deadlocks
timeout during, Lock Management
deadlock_timeout configuration parameter, Lock Management
DEALLOCATE, DEALLOCATE
dearmor, armor(), dearmor()
debug_assertions configuration parameter, Preset Options
debug_deadlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
debug_pretty_print configuration parameter, What To Log
debug_print_parse configuration parameter, What To Log
debug_print_plan configuration parameter, What To Log
debug_print_rewritten configuration parameter, What To Log
decimal (see numeric)
DECLARE, DECLARE
decode, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
decode_bytea
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
decrypt, Raw Encryption Functions
decrypt_iv, Raw Encryption Functions
default value, Default Values
changing, Changing a Column's Default Value
default_statistics_target configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
default_tablespace configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_text_search_config configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
default_transaction_deferrable configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_transaction_isolation configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_transaction_read_only configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
default_with_oids configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
deferrable transaction
setting, SET TRANSACTION
setting default, Statement Behavior
defined, hstore Operators and Functions
degrees, Mathematical Functions and Operators
delay, Delaying Execution
DELETE, Deletions, Deleting Data, Returning Data From Modified Rows, DELETE
RETURNING, Returning Data From Modified Rows
delete, hstore Operators and Functions
deleting, Deleting Data
dense_rank, Window Functions
hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
diameter, Geometric Functions and Operators
dict_int, dict_int
dict_xsyn, dict_xsyn
difference, Soundex
digest, digest()
dirty read, Transaction Isolation
DISCARD, DISCARD
disjunction, Logical Operators
disk drive, WAL Internals
disk space, Recovering Disk Space
disk usage, Determining Disk Usage
DISTINCT, Querying a Table, DISTINCT
div, Mathematical Functions and Operators
dmetaphone, Double Metaphone
dmetaphone_alt, Double Metaphone
DO, DO
document, What Is a Document?
text search, What Is a Document?
dollar quoting, Dollar-quoted String Constants
domain, Domain Types
double precision, Floating-Point Types
DROP ACCESS METHOD, DROP ACCESS METHOD
DROP AGGREGATE, DROP AGGREGATE
DROP CAST, DROP CAST
DROP COLLATION, DROP COLLATION
DROP CONVERSION, DROP CONVERSION
DROP DATABASE, Destroying a Database, DROP DATABASE
DROP DOMAIN, DROP DOMAIN
DROP EVENT TRIGGER, DROP EVENT TRIGGER
DROP EXTENSION, DROP EXTENSION
DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER, DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
DROP FOREIGN TABLE, DROP FOREIGN TABLE
DROP FUNCTION, DROP FUNCTION
DROP GROUP, DROP GROUP
DROP INDEX, DROP INDEX
DROP LANGUAGE, DROP LANGUAGE
DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW, DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
DROP OPERATOR, DROP OPERATOR
DROP OPERATOR CLASS, DROP OPERATOR CLASS
DROP OPERATOR FAMILY, DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
DROP OWNED, DROP OWNED
DROP POLICY, DROP POLICY
DROP PROCEDURE, DROP PROCEDURE
DROP PUBLICATION, DROP PUBLICATION
DROP ROLE, Database Roles, DROP ROLE
DROP ROUTINE, DROP ROUTINE
DROP RULE, DROP RULE
DROP SCHEMA, DROP SCHEMA
DROP SEQUENCE, DROP SEQUENCE
DROP SERVER, DROP SERVER
DROP STATISTICS, DROP STATISTICS
DROP SUBSCRIPTION, DROP SUBSCRIPTION
DROP TABLE, Creating a New Table, DROP TABLE
DROP TABLESPACE, DROP TABLESPACE
DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION, DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY, DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER, DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE, DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
DROP TRANSFORM, DROP TRANSFORM
DROP TRIGGER, DROP TRIGGER
DROP TYPE, DROP TYPE
DROP USER, DROP USER
DROP USER MAPPING, DROP USER MAPPING
DROP VIEW, DROP VIEW
dropdb, Destroying a Database, dropdb
dropuser, Database Roles, dropuser
DROP_REPLICATION_SLOT, Streaming Replication Protocol
DTD, Creating XML Values
DTrace, Installation Procedure, Dynamic Tracing
duplicate, Querying a Table
duplicates, DISTINCT
dynamic loading, Other Defaults, Dynamic Loading
dynamic_library_path, Dynamic Loading
dynamic_library_path configuration parameter, Other Defaults
dynamic_shared_memory_type configuration parameter, Memory
E
each, hstore Operators and Functions
earth, Cube-based Earth Distances
earthdistance, earthdistance
earth_box, Cube-based Earth Distances
earth_distance, Cube-based Earth Distances
ECPG, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
ecpg, ecpg
effective_cache_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
effective_io_concurrency configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
elog, Reporting Errors Within the Server
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
in PL/Python, Utility Functions
in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
embedded SQL, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
in C, ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
enabled role, enabled_roles
enable_bitmapscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_gathermerge configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_hashagg configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_hashjoin configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_indexonlyscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_indexscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_material configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_mergejoin configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_nestloop configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_parallel_append configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_parallel_hash configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_partitionwise_aggregate configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_partitionwise_join configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_partition_pruning configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_seqscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_sort configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
enable_tidscan configuration parameter, Planner Method Configuration
encode, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
encode_array_constructor
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encode_array_literal
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encode_bytea
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encode_typed_literal
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
encrypt, Raw Encryption Functions
encryption, Encryption Options, pgcrypto
for specific columns, pgcrypto
encrypt_iv, Raw Encryption Functions
END, END
enumerated types, Enumerated Types
enum_first, Enum Support Functions
enum_last, Enum Support Functions
enum_range, Enum Support Functions
environment variable, Environment Variables
ephemeral named relation
registering with SPI, SPI_register_relation, SPI_register_trigger_data
unregistering from SPI, SPI_unregister_relation
ereport, Reporting Errors Within the Server
error codes, PostgreSQL Error Codes
libpq, Main Functions
list of, PostgreSQL Error Codes
error message, Connection Status Functions
escape string syntax, String Constants with C-style Escapes
escape_string_warning configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
escaping strings, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
in libpq, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
event log, Registering Event Log on Windows
event log, Registering Event Log on Windows
event trigger, Event Triggers, Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
in C, Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
in PL/Tcl, Event Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
event_source configuration parameter, Where To Log
event_trigger, Pseudo-Types
every, Aggregate Functions
EXCEPT, Combining Queries
exceptions
in PL/pgSQL, Trapping Errors
in PL/Tcl, Error Handling in PL/Tcl
exclusion constraint, Exclusion Constraints
EXECUTE, EXECUTE
exist, hstore Operators and Functions
EXISTS, Subquery Expressions
EXIT
in PL/pgSQL, EXIT
exit_on_error configuration parameter, Error Handling
exp, Mathematical Functions and Operators
EXPLAIN, Using EXPLAIN, EXPLAIN
expression, Value Expressions
order of evaluation, Expression Evaluation Rules
syntax, Value Expressions
extending SQL, Extending SQL
extension, Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
externally maintained, Extensions
external_pid_file configuration parameter, File Locations
extract, Date/Time Functions and Operators, EXTRACT, date_part
extra_float_digits configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
F
failover, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
false, Boolean Type
family, Network Address Functions and Operators
fast path, The Fast-Path Interface
fdw_handler, Pseudo-Types
FETCH, FETCH
field
computed, Using Composite Types in Queries
field selection, Field Selection
file system mount points, Use of Secondary File Systems
file_fdw, file_fdw
FILTER, Aggregate Expressions
first_value, Window Functions
flex, Requirements
float4 (see real)
float8 (see double precision)
floating point, Floating-Point Types
floating-point
display, Locale and Formatting
floor, Mathematical Functions and Operators
force_parallel_mode configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
foreign data, Foreign Data
foreign data wrapper, Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
handler for, Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
foreign key, Foreign Keys, Foreign Keys
foreign table, Foreign Data
format, String Functions and Operators, format
use in PL/pgSQL, Executing Dynamic Commands
formatting, Data Type Formatting Functions
format_type, System Information Functions
Free Space Map, Free Space Map
FreeBSD
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
from_collapse_limit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
FSM (see Free Space Map)
fsm_page_contents, General Functions
fsync configuration parameter, Settings
full text search, Text Search Types, Text Search Types, Full Text Search
data types, Text Search Types
functions and operators, Text Search Types
full_page_writes configuration parameter, Settings
function, Table Functions, Functions and Operators, Functions, Polymorphic Types, User-defined Functions, Query Language (SQL) Functions, Internal Functions, C-Language Functions
default values for arguments, SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
in the FROM clause, Table Functions
internal, Internal Functions
invocation, Function Calls
mixed notation, Using Mixed Notation
named argument, Arguments for SQL Functions
named notation, Using Named Notation
output parameter, SQL Functions with Output Parameters
polymorphic, Polymorphic Types
positional notation, Using Positional Notation
RETURNS TABLE, SQL Functions Returning TABLE
type resolution in an invocation, Functions
user-defined, User-defined Functions, Query Language (SQL) Functions, C-Language Functions
in C, C-Language Functions
in SQL, Query Language (SQL) Functions
variadic, SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
with SETOF, SQL Functions Returning Sets
functional dependency, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
fuzzystrmatch, fuzzystrmatch
G
gc_to_sec, Cube-based Earth Distances
generate_series, Set Returning Functions
generate_subscripts, Set Returning Functions
genetic query optimization, Genetic Query Optimizer
gen_random_bytes, Random-Data Functions
gen_random_uuid, Random-Data Functions
gen_salt, gen_salt()
GEQO (see genetic query optimization)
geqo configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_effort configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_generations configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_pool_size configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_seed configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_selection_bias configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
geqo_threshold configuration parameter, Genetic Query Optimizer
get_bit, Binary String Functions and Operators
get_byte, Binary String Functions and Operators
get_current_ts_config, Text Search Functions and Operators
get_raw_page, General Functions
GIN (see index)
gin_clean_pending_list, Index Maintenance Functions
gin_fuzzy_search_limit configuration parameter, Other Defaults
gin_leafpage_items, GIN Functions
gin_metapage_info, GIN Functions
gin_page_opaque_info, GIN Functions
gin_pending_list_limit configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
GiST (see index)
global data, Global Data in PL/Tcl
in PL/Python, Sharing Data
in PL/Tcl, Global Data in PL/Tcl
GRANT, Privileges, GRANT
GREATEST, GREATEST and LEAST, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
Gregorian calendar, History of Units
GROUP BY, Aggregate Functions, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
grouping, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
GROUPING, Aggregate Functions
GROUPING SETS, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
GSSAPI, GSSAPI Authentication
GUID, UUID Type
H
hash (see index)
hash_bitmap_info, Hash Functions
hash_metapage_info, Hash Functions
hash_page_items, Hash Functions
hash_page_stats, Hash Functions
hash_page_type, Hash Functions
has_any_column_privilege, System Information Functions
has_column_privilege, System Information Functions
has_database_privilege, System Information Functions
has_foreign_data_wrapper_privilege, System Information Functions
has_function_privilege, System Information Functions
has_language_privilege, System Information Functions
has_schema_privilege, System Information Functions
has_sequence_privilege, System Information Functions
has_server_privilege, System Information Functions
has_tablespace_privilege, System Information Functions
has_table_privilege, System Information Functions
has_type_privilege, System Information Functions
HAVING, Aggregate Functions, The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
hba_file configuration parameter, File Locations
heap_page_items, Heap Functions
heap_page_item_attrs, Heap Functions
height, Geometric Functions and Operators
hierarchical database, Concepts
high availability, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
history, A Brief History of PostgreSQL
of PostgreSQL, A Brief History of PostgreSQL
hmac, hmac()
host, Network Address Functions and Operators
host name, Parameter Key Words
hostmask, Network Address Functions and Operators
Hot Standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
hot_standby configuration parameter, Standby Servers
hot_standby_feedback configuration parameter, Standby Servers
HP-UX, HP-UX
installation on, HP-UX
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
hstore, hstore, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_array, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_json, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_jsonb, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_jsonb_loose, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_json_loose, hstore Operators and Functions
hstore_to_matrix, hstore Operators and Functions
huge_pages configuration parameter, Memory
hypothetical-set aggregate
built-in, Aggregate Functions
I
icount, intarray Functions and Operators
ICU, Installation Procedure, Managing Collations, Parameters
ident, Ident Authentication
identifier, Identifiers and Key Words
length, Identifiers and Key Words
syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
IDENTIFY_SYSTEM, Streaming Replication Protocol
ident_file configuration parameter, File Locations
idle_in_transaction_session_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
idx, intarray Functions and Operators
IFNULL, COALESCE
ignore_checksum_failure configuration parameter, Developer Options
ignore_system_indexes configuration parameter, Developer Options
IMMUTABLE, Function Volatility Categories
IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA, IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
IN, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
INCLUDE
in index definitions, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
include
in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
include_dir
in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
include_if_exists
in configuration file, Managing Configuration File Contents
index, Indexes, Multicolumn Indexes, Indexes and ORDER BY, Combining Multiple Indexes, Unique Indexes, Indexes on Expressions, Partial Indexes, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes, Examining Index Usage, GIN and GiST Index Types, GIN and GiST Index Types, Locking and Indexes, Interfacing Extensions To Indexes, Building Indexes Concurrently, Operators and Functions
and ORDER BY, Indexes and ORDER BY
B-tree, Index Types
B-Tree, B-Tree Indexes
BRIN, Index Types, BRIN Indexes
building concurrently, Building Indexes Concurrently
combining multiple indexes, Combining Multiple Indexes
covering, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
examining usage, Examining Index Usage
on expressions, Indexes on Expressions
for user-defined data type, Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
GIN, Index Types, GIN and GiST Index Types, GIN Indexes
text search, GIN and GiST Index Types
GiST, Index Types, GIN and GiST Index Types, GiST Indexes
text search, GIN and GiST Index Types
hash, Index Types
index-only scans, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
locks, Locking and Indexes
multicolumn, Multicolumn Indexes
partial, Partial Indexes
SP-GiST, Index Types, SP-GiST Indexes
unique, Unique Indexes
index scan, Planner Method Configuration
index-only scan, Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
index_am_handler, Pseudo-Types
inet (data type), inet
inet_client_addr, System Information Functions
inet_client_port, System Information Functions
inet_merge, Network Address Functions and Operators
inet_same_family, Network Address Functions and Operators
inet_server_addr, System Information Functions
inet_server_port, System Information Functions
information schema, The Information Schema
inheritance, Inheritance, Inheritance
initcap, String Functions and Operators
initdb, Creating a Database Cluster, initdb
Initialization Fork, The Initialization Fork
input function, User-defined Types
INSERT, Populating a Table With Rows, Inserting Data, Returning Data From Modified Rows, INSERT
RETURNING, Returning Data From Modified Rows
inserting, Inserting Data
installation, Installation from Source Code
on Windows, Installation from Source Code on Windows
instr function, Appendix
int2 (see smallint)
int4 (see integer)
int8 (see bigint)
intagg, intagg
intarray, intarray
integer, Numeric Constants, Integer Types
integer_datetimes configuration parameter, Preset Options
interfaces
externally maintained, Client Interfaces
internal, Pseudo-Types
INTERSECT, Combining Queries
interval, Date/Time Types, Interval Input
output format, Interval Output
(see also formatting)
IntervalStyle configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
intset, intarray Functions and Operators
int_array_aggregate, Functions
int_array_enum, Functions
inverse distribution, Aggregate Functions
in_range support functions, B-Tree Support Functions
IS DISTINCT FROM, Comparison Functions and Operators, Row and Array Comparisons
IS DOCUMENT, IS DOCUMENT
IS FALSE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT DISTINCT FROM, Comparison Functions and Operators, Row and Array Comparisons
IS NOT DOCUMENT, IS NOT DOCUMENT
IS NOT FALSE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT NULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT TRUE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NOT UNKNOWN, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS NULL, Comparison Functions and Operators, Platform and Client Compatibility
IS TRUE, Comparison Functions and Operators
IS UNKNOWN, Comparison Functions and Operators
isclosed, Geometric Functions and Operators
isempty, Range Functions and Operators
isfinite, Date/Time Functions and Operators
isn, isn
ISNULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
isn_weak, Functions and Operators
isopen, Geometric Functions and Operators
is_array_ref
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
is_valid, Functions and Operators
J
JIT, Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
jit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
jit_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
jit_debugging_support configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_dump_bitcode configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_expressions configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_inline_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
jit_optimize_above_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
jit_profiling_support configuration parameter, Developer Options
jit_provider configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
jit_tuple_deforming configuration parameter, Developer Options
join, Joins Between Tables, Joined Tables, Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
controlling the order, Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
cross, Joined Tables
left, Joined Tables
natural, Joined Tables
outer, Joins Between Tables, Joined Tables
right, Joined Tables
self, Joins Between Tables
join_collapse_limit configuration parameter, Other Planner Options
JSON, JSON Types, JSON Functions and Operators
functions and operators, JSON Functions and Operators
JSONB, JSON Types
jsonb
containment, jsonb Containment and Existence
existence, jsonb Containment and Existence
indexes on, jsonb Indexing
jsonb_agg, Aggregate Functions
jsonb_array_elements, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_array_elements_text, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_array_length, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_build_array, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_build_object, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_each, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_each_text, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_extract_path, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_extract_path_text, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_insert, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_object, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_object_agg, Aggregate Functions
jsonb_object_keys, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_populate_record, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_populate_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_pretty, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_set, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_strip_nulls, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_to_record, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_to_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
jsonb_typeof, JSON Functions and Operators
json_agg, Aggregate Functions
json_array_elements, JSON Functions and Operators
json_array_elements_text, JSON Functions and Operators
json_array_length, JSON Functions and Operators
json_build_array, JSON Functions and Operators
json_build_object, JSON Functions and Operators
json_each, JSON Functions and Operators
json_each_text, JSON Functions and Operators
json_extract_path, JSON Functions and Operators
json_extract_path_text, JSON Functions and Operators
json_object, JSON Functions and Operators
json_object_agg, Aggregate Functions
json_object_keys, JSON Functions and Operators
json_populate_record, JSON Functions and Operators
json_populate_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
json_strip_nulls, JSON Functions and Operators
json_to_record, JSON Functions and Operators
json_to_recordset, JSON Functions and Operators
json_typeof, JSON Functions and Operators
Julian date, History of Units
Just-In-Time compilation (see JIT)
justify_days, Date/Time Functions and Operators
justify_hours, Date/Time Functions and Operators
justify_interval, Date/Time Functions and Operators
K
key word, Identifiers and Key Words, SQL Key Words
list of, SQL Key Words
syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
krb_caseins_users configuration parameter, Authentication
krb_server_keyfile configuration parameter, Authentication
L
label (see alias)
lag, Window Functions
language_handler, Pseudo-Types
large object, Large Objects
lastval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
last_value, Window Functions
LATERAL, LATERAL Subqueries
in the FROM clause, LATERAL Subqueries
latitude, Cube-based Earth Distances
lca, Operators and Functions
lc_collate configuration parameter, Preset Options
lc_ctype configuration parameter, Preset Options
lc_messages configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
lc_monetary configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
lc_numeric configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
lc_time configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
LDAP, Installation Procedure, LDAP Authentication
LDAP connection parameter lookup, LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
ldconfig, Shared Libraries
lead, Window Functions
LEAST, GREATEST and LEAST, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
left, String Functions and Operators
left join, Joined Tables
length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, Geometric Functions and Operators, Text Search Functions and Operators
of a binary string (see binary strings, length)
of a character string (see character string, length)
length(tsvector), Manipulating Documents
levenshtein, Levenshtein
levenshtein_less_equal, Levenshtein
lex, Requirements
libedit, Requirements
libperl, Requirements
libpq, libpq - C Library, Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
single-row mode, Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
libpq-fe.h, libpq - C Library, Connection Status Functions
libpq-int.h, Connection Status Functions
libpython, Requirements
library finalization function, Dynamic Loading
library initialization function, Dynamic Loading
LIKE, LIKE
and locales, Behavior
LIMIT, LIMIT and OFFSET
line, Lines
line segment, Line Segments
linear regression, Aggregate Functions
Linux
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
LISTEN, LISTEN
listen_addresses configuration parameter, Connection Settings
llvm-config, Installation Procedure
ll_to_earth, Cube-based Earth Distances
ln, Mathematical Functions and Operators
lo, lo
LOAD, LOAD
load balancing, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
locale, Creating a Database Cluster, Locale Support
localtime, Date/Time Functions and Operators
localtimestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
local_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
lock, Explicit Locking, Advisory Locks, Viewing Locks
advisory, Advisory Locks
monitoring, Viewing Locks
LOCK, Table-level Locks, LOCK
lock_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
log, Mathematical Functions and Operators
log shipping, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Logging
current_logfiles file and the pg_current_logfile
+    function, System Information Functions
pg_current_logfile function, System Information Functions
logging_collector configuration parameter, Where To Log
Logical Decoding, Logical Decoding, Logical Decoding
login privilege, Role Attributes
log_autovacuum_min_duration configuration parameter, Automatic Vacuuming
log_btree_build_stats configuration parameter, Developer Options
log_checkpoints configuration parameter, What To Log
log_connections configuration parameter, What To Log
log_destination configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_directory configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_disconnections configuration parameter, What To Log
log_duration configuration parameter, What To Log
log_error_verbosity configuration parameter, What To Log
log_executor_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_filename configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_file_mode configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_hostname configuration parameter, What To Log
log_line_prefix configuration parameter, What To Log
log_lock_waits configuration parameter, What To Log
log_min_duration_statement configuration parameter, When To Log
log_min_error_statement configuration parameter, When To Log
log_min_messages configuration parameter, When To Log
log_parser_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_planner_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_replication_commands configuration parameter, What To Log
log_rotation_age configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_rotation_size configuration parameter, Where To Log
log_statement configuration parameter, What To Log
log_statement_stats configuration parameter, Statistics Monitoring
log_temp_files configuration parameter, What To Log
log_timezone configuration parameter, What To Log
log_truncate_on_rotation configuration parameter, Where To Log
longitude, Cube-based Earth Distances
looks_like_number
in PL/Perl, Utility Functions in PL/Perl
loop, Simple Loops
in PL/pgSQL, Simple Loops
lower, String Functions and Operators, Range Functions and Operators
and locales, Behavior
lower_inc, Range Functions and Operators
lower_inf, Range Functions and Operators
lo_close, Closing a Large Object Descriptor
lo_compat_privileges configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
lo_creat, Creating a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_create, Creating a Large Object
lo_export, Exporting a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_from_bytea, Server-side Functions
lo_get, Server-side Functions
lo_import, Importing a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_import_with_oid, Importing a Large Object
lo_lseek, Seeking in a Large Object
lo_lseek64, Seeking in a Large Object
lo_open, Opening an Existing Large Object
lo_put, Server-side Functions
lo_read, Reading Data from a Large Object
lo_tell, Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
lo_tell64, Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
lo_truncate, Truncating a Large Object
lo_truncate64, Truncating a Large Object
lo_unlink, Removing a Large Object, Server-side Functions
lo_write, Writing Data to a Large Object
lpad, String Functions and Operators
lseg, Line Segments, Geometric Functions and Operators
LSN, WAL Internals
ltree, ltree
ltree2text, Operators and Functions
ltrim, String Functions and Operators
M
MAC address (see macaddr)
MAC address (EUI-64 format) (see macaddr)
macaddr (data type), macaddr
macaddr8 (data type), macaddr8
macaddr8_set7bit, Network Address Functions and Operators
macOS, macOS
installation on, macOS
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
magic block, Dynamic Loading
maintenance, Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
maintenance_work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
make, Requirements
make_date, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_interval, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_time, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_timestamptz, Date/Time Functions and Operators
make_valid, Functions and Operators
MANPATH, Environment Variables
masklen, Network Address Functions and Operators
materialized view, Materialized Views
implementation through rules, Materialized Views
materialized views, pg_matviews
max, Aggregate Functions
max_connections configuration parameter, Connection Settings
max_files_per_process configuration parameter, Kernel Resource Usage
max_function_args configuration parameter, Preset Options
max_identifier_length configuration parameter, Preset Options
max_index_keys configuration parameter, Preset Options
max_locks_per_transaction configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_logical_replication_workers configuration parameter, Subscribers
max_parallel_maintenance_workers configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
max_parallel_workers configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
max_parallel_workers_per_gather configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
max_pred_locks_per_page configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_pred_locks_per_relation configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_pred_locks_per_transaction configuration parameter, Lock Management
max_prepared_transactions configuration parameter, Memory
max_replication_slots configuration parameter, Sending Servers
max_stack_depth configuration parameter, Memory
max_standby_archive_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
max_standby_streaming_delay configuration parameter, Standby Servers
max_sync_workers_per_subscription configuration parameter, Subscribers
max_wal_senders configuration parameter, Sending Servers
max_wal_size configuration parameter, Checkpoints
max_worker_processes configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
md5, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
MD5, Password Authentication
median, Aggregate Expressions
(see also percentile)
memory context
in SPI, Memory Management
memory overcommit, Linux Memory Overcommit
metaphone, Metaphone
min, Aggregate Functions
MinGW, MinGW/Native Windows
installation on, MinGW/Native Windows
min_parallel_index_scan_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
min_parallel_table_scan_size configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
min_wal_size configuration parameter, Checkpoints
mod, Mathematical Functions and Operators
mode
statistical, Aggregate Functions
monitoring, Monitoring Database Activity
database activity, Monitoring Database Activity
MOVE, MOVE
moving-aggregate mode, Moving-Aggregate Mode
Multiversion Concurrency Control, Introduction
MultiXactId, Multixacts and Wraparound
MVCC, Introduction
N
name, Identifiers and Key Words
qualified, Creating a Schema
syntax of, Identifiers and Key Words
unqualified, The Schema Search Path
NaN (see not a number)
natural join, Joined Tables
negation, Logical Operators
NetBSD
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
netmask, Network Address Functions and Operators
network, Network Address Types, Network Address Functions and Operators
data types, Network Address Types
Network Attached Storage (NAS) (see Network File Systems)
Network File Systems, Use of Network File Systems
nextval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
NFS (see Network File Systems)
nlevel, Operators and Functions
non-durable, Non-Durable Settings
nonblocking connection, Database Connection Control Functions, Asynchronous Command Processing
nonrepeatable read, Transaction Isolation
normal_rand, normal_rand
NOT (operator), Logical Operators
not a number
double precision, Floating-Point Types
numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
NOT IN, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
not-null constraint, Not-Null Constraints
notation, Calling Functions
functions, Calling Functions
notice processing, Notice Processing
in libpq, Notice Processing
notice processor, Notice Processing
notice receiver, Notice Processing
NOTIFY, Asynchronous Notification, NOTIFY
in libpq, Asynchronous Notification
NOTNULL, Comparison Functions and Operators
now, Date/Time Functions and Operators
npoints, Geometric Functions and Operators
nth_value, Window Functions
ntile, Window Functions
null value
with check constraints, Check Constraints
comparing, Comparison Functions and Operators
default value, Default Values
in DISTINCT, DISTINCT
in libpq, Retrieving Query Result Information
in PL/Perl, PL/Perl Functions and Arguments
in PL/Python, Null, None
with unique constraints, Unique Constraints
NULLIF, NULLIF
number
constant, Numeric Constants
numeric, Numeric Constants
numeric (data type), Arbitrary Precision Numbers
numnode, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Queries
num_nonnulls, Comparison Functions and Operators
num_nulls, Comparison Functions and Operators
NVL, COALESCE
O
object identifier, Object Identifier Types
data type, Object Identifier Types
object-oriented database, Concepts
obj_description, System Information Functions
octet_length, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
OFFSET, LIMIT and OFFSET
OID
column, System Columns
in libpq, Retrieving Other Result Information
oid, Object Identifier Types
oid2name, oid2name
old_snapshot_threshold configuration parameter, Asynchronous Behavior
ON CONFLICT, INSERT
ONLY, The FROM Clause
OOM, Linux Memory Overcommit
opaque, Pseudo-Types
OpenBSD
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
OpenSSL, Installation Procedure
(see also SSL)
operator, Operators, Operator Precedence, Functions and Operators, Logical Operators, Operators, User-defined Operators
invocation, Operator Invocations
logical, Logical Operators
precedence, Operator Precedence
syntax, Operators
type resolution in an invocation, Operators
user-defined, User-defined Operators
operator class, Operator Classes and Operator Families, Index Methods and Operator Classes
operator family, Operator Classes and Operator Families, Operator Classes and Operator Families
operator_precedence_warning configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
OR (operator), Logical Operators
Oracle, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
porting from PL/SQL to PL/pgSQL, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
ORDER BY, Querying a Table, Sorting Rows
and locales, Behavior
ordered-set aggregate, Aggregate Expressions
built-in, Aggregate Functions
ordering operator, System Dependencies on Operator Classes
ordinality, Set Returning Functions
outer join, Joined Tables
output function, User-defined Types
OVER clause, Window Function Calls
overcommit, Linux Memory Overcommit
OVERLAPS, Date/Time Functions and Operators
overlay, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
overloading, Function Overloading
functions, Function Overloading
operators, User-defined Operators
owner, Privileges
P
pageinspect, pageinspect
page_checksum, General Functions
page_header, General Functions
palloc, Writing Code
PAM, Installation Procedure, PAM Authentication
parallel query, Parallel Query

          parallel_leader_participation configuration
          parameter
-        , Other Planner Options
parallel_setup_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
parallel_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
parameter
syntax, Positional Parameters
parenthesis, Value Expressions
parse_ident, String Functions and Operators
partition pruning, Partition Pruning
partitioned table, Table Partitioning
partitioning, Table Partitioning
password, Role Attributes
authentication, Password Authentication
of the superuser, Creating a Database Cluster
password file, The Password File
passwordcheck, passwordcheck
password_encryption configuration parameter, Authentication
path, Geometric Functions and Operators
for schemas, Statement Behavior
PATH, Environment Variables
path (data type), Paths
pattern matching, Pattern Matching
patterns
in psql and pg_dump, Patterns
pclose, Geometric Functions and Operators
peer, Peer Authentication
percentile
continuous, Aggregate Functions
discrete, Aggregate Functions
percent_rank, Window Functions
hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
performance, Performance Tips
perl, Requirements
Perl, PL/Perl - Perl Procedural Language
permission (see privilege)
pfree, Writing Code
PGAPPNAME, Environment Variables
pgbench, pgbench
PGcancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
PGCLIENTENCODING, Environment Variables
PGconn, Database Connection Control Functions
PGCONNECT_TIMEOUT, Environment Variables
pgcrypto, pgcrypto
PGDATA, Creating a Database Cluster
PGDATABASE, Environment Variables
PGDATESTYLE, Environment Variables
PGEventProc, Event Callback Procedure
PGGEQO, Environment Variables
PGGSSLIB, Environment Variables
PGHOST, Environment Variables
PGHOSTADDR, Environment Variables
PGKRBSRVNAME, Environment Variables
PGLOCALEDIR, Environment Variables
PGOPTIONS, Environment Variables
PGPASSFILE, Environment Variables
PGPASSWORD, Environment Variables
PGPORT, Environment Variables
pgp_armor_headers, pgp_armor_headers
pgp_key_id, pgp_key_id()
pgp_pub_decrypt, pgp_pub_decrypt()
pgp_pub_decrypt_bytea, pgp_pub_decrypt()
pgp_pub_encrypt, pgp_pub_encrypt()
pgp_pub_encrypt_bytea, pgp_pub_encrypt()
pgp_sym_decrypt, pgp_sym_decrypt()
pgp_sym_decrypt_bytea, pgp_sym_decrypt()
pgp_sym_encrypt, pgp_sym_encrypt()
pgp_sym_encrypt_bytea, pgp_sym_encrypt()
PGREQUIREPEER, Environment Variables
PGREQUIRESSL, Environment Variables
PGresult, Main Functions
pgrowlocks, pgrowlocks, Overview
PGSERVICE, Environment Variables
PGSERVICEFILE, Environment Variables
PGSSLCERT, Environment Variables
PGSSLCOMPRESSION, Environment Variables
PGSSLCRL, Environment Variables
PGSSLKEY, Environment Variables
PGSSLMODE, Environment Variables
PGSSLROOTCERT, Environment Variables
pgstatginindex, Functions
pgstathashindex, Functions
pgstatindex, Functions
pgstattuple, pgstattuple, Functions
pgstattuple_approx, Functions
PGSYSCONFDIR, Environment Variables
PGTARGETSESSIONATTRS, Environment Variables
PGTZ, Environment Variables
PGUSER, Environment Variables
pgxs, Extension Building Infrastructure
pg_advisory_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_unlock, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_unlock_all, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_unlock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_xact_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_xact_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_aggregate, pg_aggregate
pg_am, pg_am
pg_amop, pg_amop
pg_amproc, pg_amproc
pg_archivecleanup, pg_archivecleanup
pg_attrdef, pg_attrdef
pg_attribute, pg_attribute
pg_authid, pg_authid
pg_auth_members, pg_auth_members
pg_available_extensions, pg_available_extensions
pg_available_extension_versions, pg_available_extension_versions
pg_backend_pid, System Information Functions
pg_backup_start_time, Backup Control Functions
pg_basebackup, pg_basebackup
pg_blocking_pids, System Information Functions
pg_buffercache, pg_buffercache
pg_buffercache_pages, pg_buffercache
pg_cancel_backend, Server Signaling Functions
pg_cast, pg_cast
pg_class, pg_class
pg_client_encoding, String Functions and Operators
pg_collation, pg_collation
pg_collation_actual_version, Database Object Management Functions
pg_collation_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_column_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_config, pg_config, pg_config
with
-   ecpg, Processing Embedded SQL Programs
with libpq, Building libpq Programs
with user-defined C functions, Writing Code
pg_conf_load_time, System Information Functions
pg_constraint, pg_constraint
pg_controldata, pg_controldata
pg_control_checkpoint, System Information Functions
pg_control_init, System Information Functions
pg_control_recovery, System Information Functions
pg_control_system, System Information Functions
pg_conversion, pg_conversion
pg_conversion_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_create_logical_replication_slot, Replication Functions
pg_create_physical_replication_slot, Replication Functions
pg_create_restore_point, Backup Control Functions
pg_ctl, Creating a Database Cluster, Starting the Database Server, pg_ctl
pg_current_logfile, System Information Functions
pg_current_wal_flush_lsn, Backup Control Functions
pg_current_wal_insert_lsn, Backup Control Functions
pg_current_wal_lsn, Backup Control Functions
pg_cursors, pg_cursors
pg_database, Template Databases, pg_database
pg_database_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_db_role_setting, pg_db_role_setting
pg_ddl_command, Pseudo-Types
pg_default_acl, pg_default_acl
pg_depend, pg_depend
pg_describe_object, System Information Functions
pg_description, pg_description
pg_drop_replication_slot, Replication Functions
pg_dump, pg_dump
pg_dumpall, pg_dumpall
use during upgrade, Upgrading Data via pg_dumpall
pg_enum, pg_enum
pg_event_trigger, pg_event_trigger
pg_event_trigger_ddl_commands, Capturing Changes at Command End
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects, Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_oid, Handling a Table Rewrite Event
pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_reason, Handling a Table Rewrite Event
pg_export_snapshot, Snapshot Synchronization Functions
pg_extension, pg_extension
pg_extension_config_dump, Extension Configuration Tables
pg_filenode_relation, Database Object Management Functions
pg_file_rename, adminpack
pg_file_settings, pg_file_settings
pg_file_unlink, adminpack
pg_file_write, adminpack
pg_foreign_data_wrapper, pg_foreign_data_wrapper
pg_foreign_server, pg_foreign_server
pg_foreign_table, pg_foreign_table
pg_freespace, Functions
pg_freespacemap, pg_freespacemap
pg_function_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_get_constraintdef, System Information Functions
pg_get_expr, System Information Functions
pg_get_functiondef, System Information Functions
pg_get_function_arguments, System Information Functions
pg_get_function_identity_arguments, System Information Functions
pg_get_function_result, System Information Functions
pg_get_indexdef, System Information Functions
pg_get_keywords, System Information Functions
pg_get_object_address, System Information Functions
pg_get_ruledef, System Information Functions
pg_get_serial_sequence, System Information Functions
pg_get_statisticsobjdef, System Information Functions
pg_get_triggerdef, System Information Functions
pg_get_userbyid, System Information Functions
pg_get_viewdef, System Information Functions
pg_group, pg_group
pg_has_role, System Information Functions
pg_hba.conf, The pg_hba.conf File
pg_hba_file_rules, pg_hba_file_rules
pg_ident.conf, User Name Maps
pg_identify_object, System Information Functions
pg_identify_object_as_address, System Information Functions
pg_import_system_collations, Database Object Management Functions
pg_index, pg_index
pg_indexam_has_property, System Information Functions
pg_indexes, pg_indexes
pg_indexes_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_index_column_has_property, System Information Functions
pg_index_has_property, System Information Functions
pg_inherits, pg_inherits
pg_init_privs, pg_init_privs
pg_isready, pg_isready
pg_is_in_backup, Backup Control Functions
pg_is_in_recovery, Recovery Control Functions
pg_is_other_temp_schema, System Information Functions
pg_is_wal_replay_paused, Recovery Control Functions
pg_language, pg_language
pg_largeobject, pg_largeobject
pg_largeobject_metadata, pg_largeobject_metadata
pg_last_committed_xact, System Information Functions
pg_last_wal_receive_lsn, Recovery Control Functions
pg_last_wal_replay_lsn, Recovery Control Functions
pg_last_xact_replay_timestamp, Recovery Control Functions
pg_listening_channels, System Information Functions
pg_locks, pg_locks
pg_logdir_ls, adminpack
pg_logical_emit_message, Replication Functions
pg_logical_slot_get_binary_changes, Replication Functions
pg_logical_slot_get_changes, Replication Functions
pg_logical_slot_peek_binary_changes, Replication Functions
pg_logical_slot_peek_changes, Replication Functions
pg_lsn, pg_lsn Type
pg_ls_dir, Generic File Access Functions
pg_ls_logdir, Generic File Access Functions
pg_ls_waldir, Generic File Access Functions
pg_matviews, pg_matviews
pg_my_temp_schema, System Information Functions
pg_namespace, pg_namespace
pg_notification_queue_usage, System Information Functions
pg_notify, pg_notify
pg_opclass, pg_opclass
pg_opclass_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_operator, pg_operator
pg_operator_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_opfamily, pg_opfamily
pg_opfamily_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_options_to_table, System Information Functions
pg_partitioned_table, pg_partitioned_table
pg_pltemplate, pg_pltemplate
pg_policies, pg_policies
pg_policy, pg_policy
pg_postmaster_start_time, System Information Functions
pg_prepared_statements, pg_prepared_statements
pg_prepared_xacts, pg_prepared_xacts
pg_prewarm, pg_prewarm
pg_prewarm.autoprewarm configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
pg_prewarm.autoprewarm_interval configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
pg_proc, pg_proc
pg_publication, pg_publication
pg_publication_rel, pg_publication_rel
pg_publication_tables, pg_publication_tables
pg_range, pg_range
pg_read_binary_file, Generic File Access Functions
pg_read_file, Generic File Access Functions
pg_receivewal, pg_receivewal
pg_recvlogical, pg_recvlogical
pg_relation_filenode, Database Object Management Functions
pg_relation_filepath, Database Object Management Functions
pg_relation_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_reload_conf, Server Signaling Functions
pg_relpages, Functions
pg_replication_origin, pg_replication_origin
pg_replication_origin_advance, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_create, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_drop, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_oid, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_progress, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_session_is_setup, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_session_progress, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_session_reset, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_session_setup, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_status, pg_replication_origin_status
pg_replication_origin_xact_reset, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_xact_setup, Replication Functions
pg_replication_slots, pg_replication_slots
pg_replication_slot_advance, Replication Functions
pg_resetwal, pg_resetwal
pg_restore, pg_restore
pg_rewind, pg_rewind
pg_rewrite, pg_rewrite
pg_roles, pg_roles
pg_rotate_logfile, Server Signaling Functions
pg_rules, pg_rules
pg_safe_snapshot_blocking_pids, System Information Functions
pg_seclabel, pg_seclabel
pg_seclabels, pg_seclabels
pg_sequence, pg_sequence
pg_sequences, pg_sequences
pg_service.conf, The Connection Service File
pg_settings, pg_settings
pg_shadow, pg_shadow
pg_shdepend, pg_shdepend
pg_shdescription, pg_shdescription
pg_shseclabel, pg_shseclabel
pg_size_bytes, Database Object Management Functions
pg_size_pretty, Database Object Management Functions
pg_sleep, Delaying Execution
pg_sleep_for, Delaying Execution
pg_sleep_until, Delaying Execution
pg_standby, pg_standby
pg_start_backup, Backup Control Functions
pg_statio_all_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_all_sequences, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_all_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_sys_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_sys_sequences, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_user_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_user_sequences, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_statistic, Single-Column Statistics, pg_statistic
pg_statistics_obj_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_statistic_ext, Extended Statistics, pg_statistic_ext
pg_stats, Single-Column Statistics, pg_stats
pg_stat_activity, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_all_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_all_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_archiver, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_bgwriter, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_clear_snapshot, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_database, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_database_conflicts, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_file, Generic File Access Functions
pg_stat_get_activity, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_get_snapshot_timestamp, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_progress_vacuum, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_replication, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_reset, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_reset_shared, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_reset_single_function_counters, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_reset_single_table_counters, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_ssl, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_statements, pg_stat_statements
function, Functions
pg_stat_statements_reset, Functions
pg_stat_subscription, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_sys_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_user_functions, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_user_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_wal_receiver, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_xact_all_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_xact_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_xact_user_functions, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_xact_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stop_backup, Backup Control Functions
pg_subscription, pg_subscription
pg_subscription_rel, pg_subscription_rel
pg_switch_wal, Backup Control Functions
pg_tables, pg_tables
pg_tablespace, pg_tablespace
pg_tablespace_databases, System Information Functions
pg_tablespace_location, System Information Functions
pg_tablespace_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_table_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_table_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_temp, Statement Behavior
securing functions, Writing SECURITY DEFINER Functions Safely
pg_terminate_backend, Server Signaling Functions
pg_test_fsync, pg_test_fsync
pg_test_timing, pg_test_timing
pg_timezone_abbrevs, pg_timezone_abbrevs
pg_timezone_names, pg_timezone_names
pg_total_relation_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_transform, pg_transform
pg_trgm, pg_trgm
pg_trgm.similarity_threshold configuration parameter, GUC Parameters

+        , Other Planner Options
parallel_setup_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
parallel_tuple_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
parameter
syntax, Positional Parameters
parenthesis, Value Expressions
parse_ident, String Functions and Operators
partition pruning, Partition Pruning
partitioned table, Table Partitioning
partitioning, Table Partitioning
password, Role Attributes
authentication, Password Authentication
of the superuser, Creating a Database Cluster
password file, The Password File
passwordcheck, passwordcheck
password_encryption configuration parameter, Authentication
path, Geometric Functions and Operators
for schemas, Statement Behavior
PATH, Environment Variables
path (data type), Paths
pattern matching, Pattern Matching
patterns
in psql and pg_dump, Patterns
pclose, Geometric Functions and Operators
peer, Peer Authentication
percentile
continuous, Aggregate Functions
discrete, Aggregate Functions
percent_rank, Window Functions
hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
performance, Performance Tips
perl, Requirements
Perl, PL/Perl - Perl Procedural Language
permission (see privilege)
pfree, Writing Code
PGAPPNAME, Environment Variables
pgbench, pgbench
PGcancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
PGCLIENTENCODING, Environment Variables
PGconn, Database Connection Control Functions
PGCONNECT_TIMEOUT, Environment Variables
pgcrypto, pgcrypto
PGDATA, Creating a Database Cluster
PGDATABASE, Environment Variables
PGDATESTYLE, Environment Variables
PGEventProc, Event Callback Procedure
PGGEQO, Environment Variables
PGGSSLIB, Environment Variables
PGHOST, Environment Variables
PGHOSTADDR, Environment Variables
PGKRBSRVNAME, Environment Variables
PGLOCALEDIR, Environment Variables
PGOPTIONS, Environment Variables
PGPASSFILE, Environment Variables
PGPASSWORD, Environment Variables
PGPORT, Environment Variables
pgp_armor_headers, pgp_armor_headers
pgp_key_id, pgp_key_id()
pgp_pub_decrypt, pgp_pub_decrypt()
pgp_pub_decrypt_bytea, pgp_pub_decrypt()
pgp_pub_encrypt, pgp_pub_encrypt()
pgp_pub_encrypt_bytea, pgp_pub_encrypt()
pgp_sym_decrypt, pgp_sym_decrypt()
pgp_sym_decrypt_bytea, pgp_sym_decrypt()
pgp_sym_encrypt, pgp_sym_encrypt()
pgp_sym_encrypt_bytea, pgp_sym_encrypt()
PGREQUIREPEER, Environment Variables
PGREQUIRESSL, Environment Variables
PGresult, Main Functions
pgrowlocks, pgrowlocks, Overview
PGSERVICE, Environment Variables
PGSERVICEFILE, Environment Variables
PGSSLCERT, Environment Variables
PGSSLCOMPRESSION, Environment Variables
PGSSLCRL, Environment Variables
PGSSLKEY, Environment Variables
PGSSLMODE, Environment Variables
PGSSLROOTCERT, Environment Variables
pgstatginindex, Functions
pgstathashindex, Functions
pgstatindex, Functions
pgstattuple, pgstattuple, Functions
pgstattuple_approx, Functions
PGSYSCONFDIR, Environment Variables
PGTARGETSESSIONATTRS, Environment Variables
PGTZ, Environment Variables
PGUSER, Environment Variables
pgxs, Extension Building Infrastructure
pg_advisory_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_unlock, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_unlock_all, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_unlock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_xact_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_advisory_xact_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_aggregate, pg_aggregate
pg_am, pg_am
pg_amop, pg_amop
pg_amproc, pg_amproc
pg_archivecleanup, pg_archivecleanup
pg_attrdef, pg_attrdef
pg_attribute, pg_attribute
pg_authid, pg_authid
pg_auth_members, pg_auth_members
pg_available_extensions, pg_available_extensions
pg_available_extension_versions, pg_available_extension_versions
pg_backend_pid, System Information Functions
pg_backup_start_time, Backup Control Functions
pg_basebackup, pg_basebackup
pg_blocking_pids, System Information Functions
pg_buffercache, pg_buffercache
pg_buffercache_pages, pg_buffercache
pg_cancel_backend, Server Signaling Functions
pg_cast, pg_cast
pg_class, pg_class
pg_client_encoding, String Functions and Operators
pg_collation, pg_collation
pg_collation_actual_version, Database Object Management Functions
pg_collation_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_column_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_config, pg_config, pg_config
with
+   ecpg, Processing Embedded SQL Programs
with libpq, Building libpq Programs
with user-defined C functions, Writing Code
pg_conf_load_time, System Information Functions
pg_constraint, pg_constraint
pg_controldata, pg_controldata
pg_control_checkpoint, System Information Functions
pg_control_init, System Information Functions
pg_control_recovery, System Information Functions
pg_control_system, System Information Functions
pg_conversion, pg_conversion
pg_conversion_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_create_logical_replication_slot, Replication Functions
pg_create_physical_replication_slot, Replication Functions
pg_create_restore_point, Backup Control Functions
pg_ctl, Creating a Database Cluster, Starting the Database Server, pg_ctl
pg_current_logfile, System Information Functions
pg_current_wal_flush_lsn, Backup Control Functions
pg_current_wal_insert_lsn, Backup Control Functions
pg_current_wal_lsn, Backup Control Functions
pg_cursors, pg_cursors
pg_database, Template Databases, pg_database
pg_database_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_db_role_setting, pg_db_role_setting
pg_ddl_command, Pseudo-Types
pg_default_acl, pg_default_acl
pg_depend, pg_depend
pg_describe_object, System Information Functions
pg_description, pg_description
pg_drop_replication_slot, Replication Functions
pg_dump, pg_dump
pg_dumpall, pg_dumpall
use during upgrade, Upgrading Data via pg_dumpall
pg_enum, pg_enum
pg_event_trigger, pg_event_trigger
pg_event_trigger_ddl_commands, Capturing Changes at Command End
pg_event_trigger_dropped_objects, Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_oid, Handling a Table Rewrite Event
pg_event_trigger_table_rewrite_reason, Handling a Table Rewrite Event
pg_export_snapshot, Snapshot Synchronization Functions
pg_extension, pg_extension
pg_extension_config_dump, Extension Configuration Tables
pg_filenode_relation, Database Object Management Functions
pg_file_rename, adminpack
pg_file_settings, pg_file_settings
pg_file_unlink, adminpack
pg_file_write, adminpack
pg_foreign_data_wrapper, pg_foreign_data_wrapper
pg_foreign_server, pg_foreign_server
pg_foreign_table, pg_foreign_table
pg_freespace, Functions
pg_freespacemap, pg_freespacemap
pg_function_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_get_constraintdef, System Information Functions
pg_get_expr, System Information Functions
pg_get_functiondef, System Information Functions
pg_get_function_arguments, System Information Functions
pg_get_function_identity_arguments, System Information Functions
pg_get_function_result, System Information Functions
pg_get_indexdef, System Information Functions
pg_get_keywords, System Information Functions
pg_get_object_address, System Information Functions
pg_get_ruledef, System Information Functions
pg_get_serial_sequence, System Information Functions
pg_get_statisticsobjdef, System Information Functions
pg_get_triggerdef, System Information Functions
pg_get_userbyid, System Information Functions
pg_get_viewdef, System Information Functions
pg_group, pg_group
pg_has_role, System Information Functions
pg_hba.conf, The pg_hba.conf File
pg_hba_file_rules, pg_hba_file_rules
pg_ident.conf, User Name Maps
pg_identify_object, System Information Functions
pg_identify_object_as_address, System Information Functions
pg_import_system_collations, Database Object Management Functions
pg_index, pg_index
pg_indexam_has_property, System Information Functions
pg_indexes, pg_indexes
pg_indexes_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_index_column_has_property, System Information Functions
pg_index_has_property, System Information Functions
pg_inherits, pg_inherits
pg_init_privs, pg_init_privs
pg_isready, pg_isready
pg_is_in_backup, Backup Control Functions
pg_is_in_recovery, Recovery Control Functions
pg_is_other_temp_schema, System Information Functions
pg_is_wal_replay_paused, Recovery Control Functions
pg_language, pg_language
pg_largeobject, pg_largeobject
pg_largeobject_metadata, pg_largeobject_metadata
pg_last_committed_xact, System Information Functions
pg_last_wal_receive_lsn, Recovery Control Functions
pg_last_wal_replay_lsn, Recovery Control Functions
pg_last_xact_replay_timestamp, Recovery Control Functions
pg_listening_channels, System Information Functions
pg_locks, pg_locks
pg_logdir_ls, adminpack
pg_logical_emit_message, Replication Functions
pg_logical_slot_get_binary_changes, Replication Functions
pg_logical_slot_get_changes, Replication Functions
pg_logical_slot_peek_binary_changes, Replication Functions
pg_logical_slot_peek_changes, Replication Functions
pg_lsn, pg_lsn Type
pg_ls_dir, Generic File Access Functions
pg_ls_logdir, Generic File Access Functions
pg_ls_waldir, Generic File Access Functions
pg_matviews, pg_matviews
pg_my_temp_schema, System Information Functions
pg_namespace, pg_namespace
pg_notification_queue_usage, System Information Functions
pg_notify, pg_notify
pg_opclass, pg_opclass
pg_opclass_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_operator, pg_operator
pg_operator_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_opfamily, pg_opfamily
pg_opfamily_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_options_to_table, System Information Functions
pg_partitioned_table, pg_partitioned_table
pg_pltemplate, pg_pltemplate
pg_policies, pg_policies
pg_policy, pg_policy
pg_postmaster_start_time, System Information Functions
pg_prepared_statements, pg_prepared_statements
pg_prepared_xacts, pg_prepared_xacts
pg_prewarm, pg_prewarm
pg_prewarm.autoprewarm configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
pg_prewarm.autoprewarm_interval configuration parameter, Configuration Parameters
pg_proc, pg_proc
pg_publication, pg_publication
pg_publication_rel, pg_publication_rel
pg_publication_tables, pg_publication_tables
pg_range, pg_range
pg_read_binary_file, Generic File Access Functions
pg_read_file, Generic File Access Functions
pg_receivewal, pg_receivewal
pg_recvlogical, pg_recvlogical
pg_relation_filenode, Database Object Management Functions
pg_relation_filepath, Database Object Management Functions
pg_relation_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_reload_conf, Server Signaling Functions
pg_relpages, Functions
pg_replication_origin, pg_replication_origin
pg_replication_origin_advance, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_create, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_drop, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_oid, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_progress, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_session_is_setup, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_session_progress, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_session_reset, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_session_setup, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_status, pg_replication_origin_status
pg_replication_origin_xact_reset, Replication Functions
pg_replication_origin_xact_setup, Replication Functions
pg_replication_slots, pg_replication_slots
pg_replication_slot_advance, Replication Functions
pg_resetwal, pg_resetwal
pg_restore, pg_restore
pg_rewind, pg_rewind
pg_rewrite, pg_rewrite
pg_roles, pg_roles
pg_rotate_logfile, Server Signaling Functions
pg_rules, pg_rules
pg_safe_snapshot_blocking_pids, System Information Functions
pg_seclabel, pg_seclabel
pg_seclabels, pg_seclabels
pg_sequence, pg_sequence
pg_sequences, pg_sequences
pg_service.conf, The Connection Service File
pg_settings, pg_settings
pg_shadow, pg_shadow
pg_shdepend, pg_shdepend
pg_shdescription, pg_shdescription
pg_shseclabel, pg_shseclabel
pg_size_bytes, Database Object Management Functions
pg_size_pretty, Database Object Management Functions
pg_sleep, Delaying Execution
pg_sleep_for, Delaying Execution
pg_sleep_until, Delaying Execution
pg_standby, pg_standby
pg_start_backup, Backup Control Functions
pg_statio_all_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_all_sequences, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_all_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_sys_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_sys_sequences, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_user_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_user_sequences, Viewing Statistics
pg_statio_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_statistic, Single-Column Statistics, pg_statistic
pg_statistics_obj_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_statistic_ext, Extended Statistics, pg_statistic_ext
pg_stats, Single-Column Statistics, pg_stats
pg_stat_activity, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_all_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_all_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_archiver, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_bgwriter, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_clear_snapshot, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_database, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_database_conflicts, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_file, Generic File Access Functions
pg_stat_get_activity, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_get_snapshot_timestamp, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_progress_vacuum, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_replication, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_reset, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_reset_shared, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_reset_single_function_counters, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_reset_single_table_counters, Statistics Functions
pg_stat_ssl, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_statements, pg_stat_statements
function, Functions
pg_stat_statements_reset, Functions
pg_stat_subscription, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_sys_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_user_functions, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_user_indexes, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_wal_receiver, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_xact_all_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_xact_sys_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_xact_user_functions, Viewing Statistics
pg_stat_xact_user_tables, Viewing Statistics
pg_stop_backup, Backup Control Functions
pg_subscription, pg_subscription
pg_subscription_rel, pg_subscription_rel
pg_switch_wal, Backup Control Functions
pg_tables, pg_tables
pg_tablespace, pg_tablespace
pg_tablespace_databases, System Information Functions
pg_tablespace_location, System Information Functions
pg_tablespace_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_table_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_table_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_temp, Statement Behavior
securing functions, Writing SECURITY DEFINER Functions Safely
pg_terminate_backend, Server Signaling Functions
pg_test_fsync, pg_test_fsync
pg_test_timing, pg_test_timing
pg_timezone_abbrevs, pg_timezone_abbrevs
pg_timezone_names, pg_timezone_names
pg_total_relation_size, Database Object Management Functions
pg_transform, pg_transform
pg_trgm, pg_trgm
pg_trgm.similarity_threshold configuration parameter, GUC Parameters

        pg_trgm.strict_word_similarity_threshold configuration parameter
-      , GUC Parameters

+      , GUC Parameters

        pg_trgm.word_similarity_threshold configuration parameter
-      , GUC Parameters
pg_trigger, pg_trigger
pg_try_advisory_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_try_advisory_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_try_advisory_xact_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_try_advisory_xact_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_ts_config, pg_ts_config
pg_ts_config_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_ts_config_map, pg_ts_config_map
pg_ts_dict, pg_ts_dict
pg_ts_dict_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_ts_parser, pg_ts_parser
pg_ts_parser_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_ts_template, pg_ts_template
pg_ts_template_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_type, pg_type
pg_typeof, System Information Functions
pg_type_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_upgrade, pg_upgrade
pg_user, pg_user
pg_user_mapping, pg_user_mapping
pg_user_mappings, pg_user_mappings
pg_verify_checksums, pg_verify_checksums
pg_views, pg_views
pg_visibility, pg_visibility
pg_waldump, pg_waldump
pg_walfile_name, Backup Control Functions
pg_walfile_name_offset, Backup Control Functions
pg_wal_lsn_diff, Backup Control Functions
pg_wal_replay_pause, Recovery Control Functions
pg_wal_replay_resume, Recovery Control Functions
pg_xact_commit_timestamp, System Information Functions
phantom read, Transaction Isolation
phraseto_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
pi, Mathematical Functions and Operators
PIC, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
PID
determining PID of server process
in libpq, Connection Status Functions
PITR, Backup and Restore
PITR standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
pkg-config, Installation Procedure
with
+      , GUC Parameters
pg_trigger, pg_trigger
pg_try_advisory_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_try_advisory_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_try_advisory_xact_lock, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_try_advisory_xact_lock_shared, Advisory Lock Functions
pg_ts_config, pg_ts_config
pg_ts_config_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_ts_config_map, pg_ts_config_map
pg_ts_dict, pg_ts_dict
pg_ts_dict_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_ts_parser, pg_ts_parser
pg_ts_parser_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_ts_template, pg_ts_template
pg_ts_template_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_type, pg_type
pg_typeof, System Information Functions
pg_type_is_visible, System Information Functions
pg_upgrade, pg_upgrade
pg_user, pg_user
pg_user_mapping, pg_user_mapping
pg_user_mappings, pg_user_mappings
pg_verify_checksums, pg_verify_checksums
pg_views, pg_views
pg_visibility, pg_visibility
pg_waldump, pg_waldump
pg_walfile_name, Backup Control Functions
pg_walfile_name_offset, Backup Control Functions
pg_wal_lsn_diff, Backup Control Functions
pg_wal_replay_pause, Recovery Control Functions
pg_wal_replay_resume, Recovery Control Functions
pg_xact_commit_timestamp, System Information Functions
phantom read, Transaction Isolation
phraseto_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
pi, Mathematical Functions and Operators
PIC, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
PID
determining PID of server process
in libpq, Connection Status Functions
PITR, Backup and Restore
PITR standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
pkg-config, Installation Procedure
with
    ecpg, Processing Embedded SQL Programs
with
-      libpq, Building libpq Programs
PL/Perl, PL/Perl - Perl Procedural Language
PL/PerlU, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
PL/pgSQL, PL/pgSQL - SQL Procedural Language
PL/Python, PL/Python - Python Procedural Language
PL/SQL (Oracle), Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
porting to PL/pgSQL, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
PL/Tcl, PL/Tcl - Tcl Procedural Language
plainto_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
plperl.on_init configuration parameter, Configuration
plperl.on_plperlu_init configuration parameter, Configuration
plperl.on_plperl_init configuration parameter, Configuration
plperl.use_strict configuration parameter, Configuration
plpgsql.check_asserts configuration parameter, Checking Assertions
plpgsql.variable_conflict configuration parameter, Variable Substitution
pltcl.start_proc configuration parameter, PL/Tcl Configuration
pltclu.start_proc configuration parameter, PL/Tcl Configuration
point, Points, Geometric Functions and Operators
point-in-time recovery, Backup and Restore
policy, Row Security Policies
polygon, Polygons, Geometric Functions and Operators
polymorphic function, Polymorphic Types
polymorphic type, Polymorphic Types
popen, Geometric Functions and Operators
populate_record, hstore Operators and Functions
port, Parameter Key Words
port configuration parameter, Connection Settings
position, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
POSTGRES, The Berkeley POSTGRES Project
postgres, Architectural Fundamentals, Starting the Database Server, Creating a Database, postgres
postgres user, The PostgreSQL User Account
Postgres95, Postgres95
postgresql.auto.conf, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
postgresql.conf, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
postgres_fdw, postgres_fdw
postmaster, postmaster
post_auth_delay configuration parameter, Developer Options
power, Mathematical Functions and Operators
PQbackendPID, Connection Status Functions
PQbinaryTuples, Retrieving Query Result Information
with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
PQcancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
PQclear, Main Functions
PQclientEncoding, Control Functions
PQcmdStatus, Retrieving Other Result Information
PQcmdTuples, Retrieving Other Result Information
PQconndefaults, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconnectdb, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconnectdbParams, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconnectionNeedsPassword, Connection Status Functions
PQconnectionUsedPassword, Connection Status Functions
PQconnectPoll, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconnectStart, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconnectStartParams, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconninfo, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconninfoFree, Miscellaneous Functions
PQconninfoParse, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconsumeInput, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQcopyResult, Miscellaneous Functions
PQdb, Connection Status Functions
PQdescribePortal, Main Functions
PQdescribePrepared, Main Functions
PQencryptPassword, Miscellaneous Functions
PQencryptPasswordConn, Miscellaneous Functions
PQendcopy, Obsolete Functions for COPY
PQerrorMessage, Connection Status Functions
PQescapeBytea, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQescapeByteaConn, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQescapeIdentifier, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQescapeLiteral, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQescapeString, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQescapeStringConn, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQexec, Main Functions
PQexecParams, Main Functions
PQexecPrepared, Main Functions
PQfformat, Retrieving Query Result Information
with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
PQfinish, Database Connection Control Functions
PQfireResultCreateEvents, Miscellaneous Functions
PQflush, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQfmod, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQfn, The Fast-Path Interface
PQfname, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQfnumber, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQfreeCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
PQfreemem, Miscellaneous Functions
PQfsize, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQftable, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQftablecol, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQftype, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQgetCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
PQgetCopyData, Functions for Receiving COPY Data
PQgetisnull, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQgetlength, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQgetline, Obsolete Functions for COPY
PQgetlineAsync, Obsolete Functions for COPY
PQgetResult, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQgetssl, Connection Status Functions
PQgetvalue, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQhost, Connection Status Functions
PQinitOpenSSL, SSL Library Initialization
PQinitSSL, SSL Library Initialization
PQinstanceData, Event Support Functions
PQisBusy, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQisnonblocking, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQisthreadsafe, Behavior in Threaded Programs
PQlibVersion, Miscellaneous Functions
(see also PQserverVersion)
PQmakeEmptyPGresult, Miscellaneous Functions
PQnfields, Retrieving Query Result Information
with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
PQnotifies, Asynchronous Notification
PQnparams, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQntuples, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQoidStatus, Retrieving Other Result Information
PQoidValue, Retrieving Other Result Information
PQoptions, Connection Status Functions
PQparameterStatus, Connection Status Functions
PQparamtype, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQpass, Connection Status Functions
PQping, Database Connection Control Functions
PQpingParams, Database Connection Control Functions
PQport, Connection Status Functions
PQprepare, Main Functions
PQprint, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQprotocolVersion, Connection Status Functions
PQputCopyData, Functions for Sending COPY Data
PQputCopyEnd, Functions for Sending COPY Data
PQputline, Obsolete Functions for COPY
PQputnbytes, Obsolete Functions for COPY
PQregisterEventProc, Event Support Functions
PQrequestCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
PQreset, Database Connection Control Functions
PQresetPoll, Database Connection Control Functions
PQresetStart, Database Connection Control Functions
PQresStatus, Main Functions
PQresultAlloc, Miscellaneous Functions
PQresultErrorField, Main Functions
PQresultErrorMessage, Main Functions
PQresultInstanceData, Event Support Functions
PQresultSetInstanceData, Event Support Functions
PQresultStatus, Main Functions
PQresultVerboseErrorMessage, Main Functions
PQsendDescribePortal, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsendDescribePrepared, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsendPrepare, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsendQuery, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsendQueryParams, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsendQueryPrepared, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQserverVersion, Connection Status Functions
PQsetClientEncoding, Control Functions
PQsetdb, Database Connection Control Functions
PQsetdbLogin, Database Connection Control Functions
PQsetErrorContextVisibility, Control Functions
PQsetErrorVerbosity, Control Functions
PQsetInstanceData, Event Support Functions
PQsetnonblocking, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsetNoticeProcessor, Notice Processing
PQsetNoticeReceiver, Notice Processing
PQsetResultAttrs, Miscellaneous Functions
PQsetSingleRowMode, Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
PQsetvalue, Miscellaneous Functions
PQsocket, Connection Status Functions
PQsslAttribute, Connection Status Functions
PQsslAttributeNames, Connection Status Functions
PQsslInUse, Connection Status Functions
PQsslStruct, Connection Status Functions
PQstatus, Connection Status Functions
PQtrace, Control Functions
PQtransactionStatus, Connection Status Functions
PQtty, Connection Status Functions
PQunescapeBytea, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQuntrace, Control Functions
PQuser, Connection Status Functions
predicate locking, Serializable Isolation Level
PREPARE, PREPARE
PREPARE TRANSACTION, PREPARE TRANSACTION
prepared statements, DEALLOCATE, EXECUTE, EXPLAIN, PREPARE
creating, PREPARE
executing, EXECUTE
removing, DEALLOCATE
showing the query plan, EXPLAIN
preparing a query
in PL/pgSQL, Plan Caching
in PL/Python, Database Access Functions
in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
pre_auth_delay configuration parameter, Developer Options
primary key, Primary Keys
primary_conninfo recovery parameter, Standby Server Settings
primary_slot_name recovery parameter, Standby Server Settings
privilege, Privileges, Schemas and Privileges, Rules and Privileges, Rules and Privileges
querying, System Information Functions
with rules, Rules and Privileges
for schemas, Schemas and Privileges
with views, Rules and Privileges
procedural language, Procedural Languages, Writing A Procedural Language Handler
externally maintained, Procedural Languages
handler for, Writing A Procedural Language Handler
procedure, User-defined Procedures
user-defined, User-defined Procedures
protocol, Frontend/Backend Protocol
frontend-backend, Frontend/Backend Protocol
ps, Standard Unix Tools
to monitor activity, Standard Unix Tools
psql, Accessing a Database, psql
Python, PL/Python - Python Procedural Language
R
radians, Mathematical Functions and Operators
radius, Geometric Functions and Operators
RADIUS, RADIUS Authentication
RAISE
in PL/pgSQL, Reporting Errors and Messages
random, Mathematical Functions and Operators
random_page_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
range table, The Query Tree
range type, Range Types
exclude, Constraints on Ranges
indexes on, Indexing
rank, Window Functions
hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
read committed, Read Committed Isolation Level
read-only transaction
setting, SET TRANSACTION
setting default, Statement Behavior
readline, Requirements
real, Floating-Point Types
REASSIGN OWNED, REASSIGN OWNED
record, Pseudo-Types
recovery.conf, Recovery Configuration
recovery_end_command recovery parameter, Archive Recovery Settings
recovery_min_apply_delay recovery parameter, Standby Server Settings
recovery_target recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_action recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_inclusive recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_lsn recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_name recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_time recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_timeline recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_xid recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
rectangle, Boxes
RECURSIVE, CREATE VIEW
in common table expressions, SELECT in WITH
in views, CREATE VIEW
referential integrity, Foreign Keys, Foreign Keys
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW, REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
regclass, Object Identifier Types
regconfig, Object Identifier Types
regdictionary, Object Identifier Types
regexp_match, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
regexp_matches, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
regexp_replace, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
regexp_split_to_array, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
regexp_split_to_table, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
regoper, Object Identifier Types
regoperator, Object Identifier Types
regproc, Object Identifier Types
regprocedure, Object Identifier Types
regression intercept, Aggregate Functions
regression slope, Aggregate Functions
regression test, Installation Procedure
regression tests, Regression Tests
regr_avgx, Aggregate Functions
regr_avgy, Aggregate Functions
regr_count, Aggregate Functions
regr_intercept, Aggregate Functions
regr_r2, Aggregate Functions
regr_slope, Aggregate Functions
regr_sxx, Aggregate Functions
regr_sxy, Aggregate Functions
regr_syy, Aggregate Functions
regtype, Object Identifier Types
regular expression, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions, POSIX Regular Expressions
(see also pattern matching)
regular expressions
and locales, Behavior
reindex, Routine Reindexing
REINDEX, REINDEX
reindexdb, reindexdb
relation, Concepts
relational database, Concepts
RELEASE SAVEPOINT, RELEASE SAVEPOINT
repeat, String Functions and Operators
repeatable read, Repeatable Read Isolation Level
replace, String Functions and Operators
replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Replication Origins, Replication Progress Tracking
Replication Progress Tracking, Replication Progress Tracking
replication slot
logical replication, Replication Slots
streaming replication, Replication Slots
reporting errors
in PL/pgSQL, Reporting Errors and Messages
RESET, RESET
restartpoint, WAL Configuration
restart_after_crash configuration parameter, Error Handling
restore_command recovery parameter, Archive Recovery Settings
RESTRICT, Dependency Tracking
with DROP, Dependency Tracking
foreign key action, Foreign Keys
RETURN NEXT
in PL/pgSQL, RETURN NEXT and RETURN QUERY
RETURN QUERY
in PL/pgSQL, RETURN NEXT and RETURN QUERY
RETURNING, Returning Data From Modified Rows
RETURNING INTO, Executing a Query with a Single-row Result
in PL/pgSQL, Executing a Query with a Single-row Result
reverse, String Functions and Operators
REVOKE, Privileges, REVOKE
right, String Functions and Operators
right join, Joined Tables
role, Database Roles, Role Membership, Default Roles
applicable, applicable_roles
enabled, enabled_roles
membership in, Role Membership
privilege to create, Role Attributes
privilege to initiate replication, Role Attributes
ROLLBACK, ROLLBACK
rollback
psql, Variables
ROLLBACK PREPARED, ROLLBACK PREPARED
ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
ROLLUP, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
round, Mathematical Functions and Operators
routine, User-defined Procedures
routine maintenance, Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
row, Concepts, Table Basics
ROW, Row Constructors
row estimation, Row Estimation Examples
multivariate, Multivariate Statistics Examples
planner, Row Estimation Examples
row type, Composite Types
constructor, Row Constructors
row-level security, Row Security Policies
row-wise comparison, Row and Array Comparisons
row_number, Window Functions
row_security configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
row_security_active, System Information Functions
row_to_json, JSON Functions and Operators
rpad, String Functions and Operators
rtrim, String Functions and Operators
rule, The Rule System, Views and the Rule System, How SELECT Rules Work, Materialized Views, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules Versus Triggers
and materialized views, Materialized Views
and views, Views and the Rule System
for DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
for INSERT, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
for SELECT, How SELECT Rules Work
compared with triggers, Rules Versus Triggers
for UPDATE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
S
SAVEPOINT, SAVEPOINT
savepoints, RELEASE SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT, SAVEPOINT
defining, SAVEPOINT
releasing, RELEASE SAVEPOINT
rolling back, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
scalar (see expression)
scale, Mathematical Functions and Operators
schema, Schemas, Creating a Schema, The Public Schema, Overview
creating, Creating a Schema
current, The Schema Search Path, System Information Functions
public, The Public Schema
removing, Creating a Schema
SCRAM, Password Authentication
search path, The Schema Search Path
current, System Information Functions
object visibility, System Information Functions
search_path configuration parameter, The Schema Search Path, Statement Behavior
use in securing functions, Writing SECURITY DEFINER Functions Safely
SECURITY LABEL, SECURITY LABEL
sec_to_gc, Cube-based Earth Distances
seg, seg
segment_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
SELECT, Querying a Table, Queries, SELECT Output Columns, SELECT
determination of result type, SELECT Output Columns
select list, Select Lists
SELECT INTO, Executing a Query with a Single-row Result, SELECT INTO
in PL/pgSQL, Executing a Query with a Single-row Result
semaphores, Shared Memory and Semaphores
sepgsql, sepgsql
sepgsql.debug_audit configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
sepgsql.permissive configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
sequence, Sequence Manipulation Functions
and serial type, Serial Types
sequential scan, Planner Method Configuration
seq_page_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
serial, Serial Types
serial2, Serial Types
serial4, Serial Types
serial8, Serial Types
serializable, Serializable Isolation Level
Serializable Snapshot Isolation, Introduction
serialization anomaly, Transaction Isolation, Serializable Isolation Level
server log, Error Reporting and Logging, Log File Maintenance
log file maintenance, Log File Maintenance
server spoofing, Preventing Server Spoofing
server_encoding configuration parameter, Preset Options
server_version configuration parameter, Preset Options
server_version_num configuration parameter, Preset Options
session_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
session_replication_role configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
session_user, System Information Functions
SET, Configuration Settings Functions, SET
SET CONSTRAINTS, SET CONSTRAINTS
set difference, Combining Queries
set intersection, Combining Queries
set operation, Combining Queries
set returning functions, Set Returning Functions
functions, Set Returning Functions
SET ROLE, SET ROLE
SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION, SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
SET TRANSACTION, SET TRANSACTION
set union, Combining Queries
SET XML OPTION, Statement Behavior
setseed, Mathematical Functions and Operators
setval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
setweight, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Documents
setweight for specific lexeme(s), Text Search Functions and Operators
set_bit, Binary String Functions and Operators
set_byte, Binary String Functions and Operators
set_config, Configuration Settings Functions
set_limit, Functions and Operators
set_masklen, Network Address Functions and Operators
sha224, Binary String Functions and Operators
sha256, Binary String Functions and Operators
sha384, Binary String Functions and Operators
sha512, Binary String Functions and Operators
shared library, Shared Libraries, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
shared memory, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared_buffers configuration parameter, Memory
shared_preload_libraries, Shared Memory and LWLocks
shared_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
shobj_description, System Information Functions
SHOW, Configuration Settings Functions, SHOW, Streaming Replication Protocol
show_limit, Functions and Operators
show_trgm, Functions and Operators
shutdown, Shutting Down the Server
SIGHUP, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File, The pg_hba.conf File, User Name Maps
SIGINT, Shutting Down the Server
sign, Mathematical Functions and Operators
signal
backend processes, Server Signaling Functions
significant digits, Locale and Formatting
SIGQUIT, Shutting Down the Server
SIGTERM, Shutting Down the Server
SIMILAR TO, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
similarity, Functions and Operators
sin, Mathematical Functions and Operators
sind, Mathematical Functions and Operators
single-user mode, Options for Single-User Mode
skeys, hstore Operators and Functions
sleep, Delaying Execution
slice, hstore Operators and Functions
sliced bread (see TOAST)
smallint, Integer Types
smallserial, Serial Types
Solaris, Solaris
installation on, Solaris
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
SOME, Aggregate Functions, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
sort, intarray Functions and Operators
sorting, Sorting Rows
sort_asc, intarray Functions and Operators
sort_desc, intarray Functions and Operators
soundex, Soundex
SP-GiST (see index)
SPI, Server Programming Interface, spi
examples, spi
spi_commit
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_commit, SPI_commit
SPI_connect, SPI_connect
SPI_connect_ext, SPI_connect
SPI_copytuple, SPI_copytuple
spi_cursor_close
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_cursor_close, SPI_cursor_close
SPI_cursor_fetch, SPI_cursor_fetch
SPI_cursor_find, SPI_cursor_find
SPI_cursor_move, SPI_cursor_move
SPI_cursor_open, SPI_cursor_open
SPI_cursor_open_with_args, SPI_cursor_open_with_args
SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist, SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
SPI_exec, SPI_exec
SPI_execp, SPI_execp
SPI_execute, SPI_execute
SPI_execute_plan, SPI_execute_plan
SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist, SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
SPI_execute_with_args, SPI_execute_with_args
spi_exec_prepared
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
spi_exec_query
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
spi_fetchrow
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_finish, SPI_finish
SPI_fname, SPI_fname
SPI_fnumber, SPI_fnumber
spi_freeplan
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_freeplan, SPI_freeplan
SPI_freetuple, SPI_freetuple
SPI_freetuptable, SPI_freetuptable
SPI_getargcount, SPI_getargcount
SPI_getargtypeid, SPI_getargtypeid
SPI_getbinval, SPI_getbinval
SPI_getnspname, SPI_getnspname
SPI_getrelname, SPI_getrelname
SPI_gettype, SPI_gettype
SPI_gettypeid, SPI_gettypeid
SPI_getvalue, SPI_getvalue
SPI_is_cursor_plan, SPI_is_cursor_plan
SPI_keepplan, SPI_keepplan
spi_lastoid
in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
SPI_modifytuple, SPI_modifytuple
SPI_palloc, SPI_palloc
SPI_pfree, SPI_pfree
spi_prepare
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_prepare, SPI_prepare
SPI_prepare_cursor, SPI_prepare_cursor
SPI_prepare_params, SPI_prepare_params
spi_query
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
spi_query_prepared
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_register_relation, SPI_register_relation
SPI_register_trigger_data, SPI_register_trigger_data
SPI_repalloc, SPI_repalloc
SPI_result_code_string, SPI_result_code_string
SPI_returntuple, SPI_returntuple
spi_rollback
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_rollback, SPI_rollback
SPI_saveplan, SPI_saveplan
SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch, SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
SPI_scroll_cursor_move, SPI_scroll_cursor_move
SPI_start_transaction, SPI_start_transaction
SPI_unregister_relation, SPI_unregister_relation
split_part, String Functions and Operators
SQL/CLI, SQL Conformance
SQL/Foundation, SQL Conformance
SQL/Framework, SQL Conformance
SQL/JRT, SQL Conformance
SQL/MED, SQL Conformance
SQL/OLB, SQL Conformance
SQL/PSM, SQL Conformance
SQL/Schemata, SQL Conformance
SQL/XML, SQL Conformance
sqrt, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ssh, Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
SSI, Introduction
SSL, Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL, SSL Support
in libpq, Connection Status Functions
with libpq, Parameter Key Words
ssl configuration parameter, SSL
sslinfo, sslinfo
ssl_ca_file configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_cert_file configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_cipher, Functions Provided
ssl_ciphers configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_client_cert_present, Functions Provided
ssl_client_dn, Functions Provided
ssl_client_dn_field, Functions Provided
ssl_client_serial, Functions Provided
ssl_crl_file configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_dh_params_file configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_ecdh_curve configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_extension_info, Functions Provided
ssl_issuer_dn, Functions Provided
ssl_issuer_field, Functions Provided
ssl_is_used, Functions Provided
ssl_key_file configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_passphrase_command configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_passphrase_command_supports_reload configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_prefer_server_ciphers configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_version, Functions Provided
SSPI, SSPI Authentication
STABLE, Function Volatility Categories
standard deviation, Aggregate Functions
population, Aggregate Functions
sample, Aggregate Functions
standard_conforming_strings configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
standby server, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
standby_mode recovery parameter, Standby Server Settings
START TRANSACTION, START TRANSACTION
starts_with, String Functions and Operators
START_REPLICATION, Streaming Replication Protocol
statement_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
statement_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
statistics, Aggregate Functions, Statistics Used by the Planner, Extended Statistics, Updating Planner Statistics, The Statistics Collector
of the planner, Statistics Used by the Planner, Extended Statistics, Updating Planner Statistics
stats_temp_directory configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
stddev, Aggregate Functions
stddev_pop, Aggregate Functions
stddev_samp, Aggregate Functions
STONITH, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
storage parameters, Storage Parameters
Streaming Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
strict_word_similarity, Functions and Operators
string (see character string)
strings
backslash quotes, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
escape warning, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
standard conforming, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
string_agg, Aggregate Functions
string_to_array, Array Functions and Operators
strip, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Documents
strpos, String Functions and Operators
subarray, intarray Functions and Operators
subltree, Operators and Functions
subpath, Operators and Functions
subquery, Aggregate Functions, Scalar Subqueries, Subqueries, Subquery Expressions
subscript, Subscripts
substr, String Functions and Operators
substring, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions, POSIX Regular Expressions
subtransactions
in PL/Tcl, Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
sum, Aggregate Functions
superuser, Accessing a Database, Role Attributes
superuser_reserved_connections configuration parameter, Connection Settings
support functions
in_range, B-Tree Support Functions
suppress_redundant_updates_trigger, Trigger Functions
svals, hstore Operators and Functions
synchronize_seqscans configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
synchronous commit, Asynchronous Commit
Synchronous Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
synchronous_commit configuration parameter, Settings
synchronous_standby_names configuration parameter, Master Server
syntax, SQL Syntax
SQL, SQL Syntax
syslog_facility configuration parameter, Where To Log
syslog_ident configuration parameter, Where To Log
syslog_sequence_numbers configuration parameter, Where To Log
syslog_split_messages configuration parameter, Where To Log
system catalog, The System Catalog Schema
schema, The System Catalog Schema
systemd, Installation Procedure, Starting the Database Server
RemoveIPC, systemd RemoveIPC
T
table, Concepts, Table Basics, Modifying Tables
creating, Table Basics
inheritance, Inheritance
modifying, Modifying Tables
partitioning, Table Partitioning
removing, Table Basics
renaming, Renaming a Table
TABLE command, SELECT
table expression, Table Expressions
table function, Table Functions, xmltable
XMLTABLE, xmltable
table sampling method, Writing A Table Sampling Method
tablefunc, tablefunc
tableoid, System Columns
TABLESAMPLE method, Writing A Table Sampling Method
tablespace, Tablespaces
default, Statement Behavior
temporary, Statement Behavior
tan, Mathematical Functions and Operators
tand, Mathematical Functions and Operators
target list, The Query Tree
Tcl, PL/Tcl - Tcl Procedural Language
tcn, tcn
tcp_keepalives_count configuration parameter, Connection Settings
tcp_keepalives_idle configuration parameter, Connection Settings
tcp_keepalives_interval configuration parameter, Connection Settings
template0, Template Databases
template1, Creating a Database, Template Databases
temp_buffers configuration parameter, Memory
temp_file_limit configuration parameter, Disk
temp_tablespaces configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
test, Regression Tests
test_decoding, test_decoding
text, Character Types, Network Address Functions and Operators
text search, Text Search Types, Text Search Types, Full Text Search, GIN and GiST Index Types
data types, Text Search Types
functions and operators, Text Search Types
indexes, GIN and GiST Index Types
text2ltree, Operators and Functions
threads, Behavior in Threaded Programs
with libpq, Behavior in Threaded Programs
tid, Object Identifier Types
time, Date/Time Types, Times
constants, Special Values
current, Current Date/Time
output format, Date/Time Output
(see also formatting)
time span, Date/Time Types
time with time zone, Date/Time Types, Times
time without time zone, Date/Time Types, Times
time zone, Time Zones, Locale and Formatting
conversion, AT TIME ZONE
input abbreviations, Date/Time Configuration Files
time zone data, Installation Procedure
time zone names, Locale and Formatting
timelines, Backup and Restore
TIMELINE_HISTORY, Streaming Replication Protocol
timeofday, Date/Time Functions and Operators
timeout
client authentication, Authentication
deadlock, Lock Management
timestamp, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
timestamp with time zone, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
timestamp without time zone, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
timestamptz, Date/Time Types
TimeZone configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
timezone_abbreviations configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
TOAST, TOAST
and user-defined types, TOAST Considerations
per-column storage settings, Description
versus large objects, Introduction
token, Lexical Structure
to_ascii, String Functions and Operators
to_char, Data Type Formatting Functions
and locales, Behavior
to_date, Data Type Formatting Functions
to_hex, String Functions and Operators
to_json, JSON Functions and Operators
to_jsonb, JSON Functions and Operators
to_number, Data Type Formatting Functions
to_regclass, System Information Functions
to_regnamespace, System Information Functions
to_regoper, System Information Functions
to_regoperator, System Information Functions
to_regproc, System Information Functions
to_regprocedure, System Information Functions
to_regrole, System Information Functions
to_regtype, System Information Functions
to_timestamp, Data Type Formatting Functions, Date/Time Functions and Operators
to_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Documents
trace_locks configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_lock_oidmin configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_lock_table configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_lwlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_notify configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_recovery_messages configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_sort configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_userlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
track_activities configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
track_activity_query_size configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
track_commit_timestamp configuration parameter, Sending Servers
track_counts configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
track_functions configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
track_io_timing configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
transaction, Transactions
transaction ID, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
wraparound, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
transaction isolation, Transaction Isolation
transaction isolation level, Transaction Isolation
read committed, Read Committed Isolation Level
repeatable read, Repeatable Read Isolation Level
serializable, Serializable Isolation Level
setting, SET TRANSACTION
setting default, Statement Behavior
transaction log (see WAL)
transaction_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
transform_null_equals configuration parameter, Platform and Client Compatibility
transition tables, CREATE TRIGGER
(see also ephemeral named relation)
implementation in PLs, SPI_register_trigger_data
referencing from C trigger, Writing Trigger Functions in C
translate, String Functions and Operators
transparent
-        huge pages, Memory
trigger, Pseudo-Types, Triggers, Writing Trigger Functions in C, Rules Versus Triggers, Trigger Functions, Trigger Functions
arguments for trigger functions, Overview of Trigger Behavior
for updating a derived tsvector column, Triggers for Automatic Updates
in C, Writing Trigger Functions in C
in PL/pgSQL, Trigger Functions
in PL/Python, Trigger Functions
in PL/Tcl, Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
compared with rules, Rules Versus Triggers
triggered_change_notification, tcn
trigger_file recovery parameter, Standby Server Settings
trim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
true, Boolean Type
trunc, Mathematical Functions and Operators, Network Address Functions and Operators
TRUNCATE, TRUNCATE
trusted, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
PL/Perl, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
tsm_handler, Pseudo-Types
tsm_system_rows, tsm_system_rows
tsm_system_time, tsm_system_time
tsquery (data type), tsquery
tsquery_phrase, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Queries
tsvector (data type), tsvector
tsvector concatenation, Manipulating Documents
tsvector_to_array, Text Search Functions and Operators
tsvector_update_trigger, Text Search Functions and Operators
tsvector_update_trigger_column, Text Search Functions and Operators
ts_debug, Text Search Functions and Operators, Configuration Testing
ts_delete, Text Search Functions and Operators
ts_filter, Text Search Functions and Operators
ts_headline, Text Search Functions and Operators, Highlighting Results
ts_lexize, Text Search Functions and Operators, Dictionary Testing
ts_parse, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parser Testing
ts_rank, Text Search Functions and Operators, Ranking Search Results
ts_rank_cd, Text Search Functions and Operators, Ranking Search Results
ts_rewrite, Text Search Functions and Operators, Query Rewriting
ts_stat, Text Search Functions and Operators, Gathering Document Statistics
ts_token_type, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parser Testing
tuple_data_split, General Functions
txid_current, System Information Functions
txid_current_if_assigned, System Information Functions
txid_current_snapshot, System Information Functions
txid_snapshot_xip, System Information Functions
txid_snapshot_xmax, System Information Functions
txid_snapshot_xmin, System Information Functions
txid_status, System Information Functions
txid_visible_in_snapshot, System Information Functions
type (see data type)
type cast, Numeric Constants, Type Casts
U
UESCAPE, Identifiers and Key Words, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
unaccent, unaccent, Functions
Unicode escape, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
in identifiers, Identifiers and Key Words
in string constants, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
UNION, Combining Queries, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
uniq, intarray Functions and Operators
unique constraint, Unique Constraints
Unix domain socket, Parameter Key Words
unix_socket_directories configuration parameter, Connection Settings
unix_socket_group configuration parameter, Connection Settings
unix_socket_permissions configuration parameter, Connection Settings
unknown, Pseudo-Types
UNLISTEN, UNLISTEN
unnest, Array Functions and Operators
for tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
unqualified name, The Schema Search Path
updatable views, Updatable Views
UPDATE, Updates, Updating Data, Returning Data From Modified Rows, UPDATE
RETURNING, Returning Data From Modified Rows
update_process_title configuration parameter, Process Title
updating, Updating Data
upgrading, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
upper, String Functions and Operators, Range Functions and Operators
and locales, Behavior
upper_inc, Range Functions and Operators
upper_inf, Range Functions and Operators
UPSERT, INSERT
URI, Connection Strings
user, System Information Functions, Database Roles
current, System Information Functions
user mapping, Foreign Data
User name maps, User Name Maps
UUID, UUID Type, Installation Procedure
uuid-ossp, uuid-ossp
uuid_generate_v1, uuid-ossp Functions
uuid_generate_v1mc, uuid-ossp Functions
uuid_generate_v3, uuid-ossp Functions
V
vacuum, Routine Vacuuming
VACUUM, VACUUM
vacuumdb, vacuumdb
vacuumlo, vacuumlo
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
vacuum_cost_delay configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
vacuum_cost_limit configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
vacuum_cost_page_dirty configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
vacuum_cost_page_hit configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
vacuum_cost_page_miss configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age configuration parameter, Master Server
vacuum_freeze_min_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
vacuum_freeze_table_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
vacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
vacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
value expression, Value Expressions
VALUES, VALUES Lists, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs, VALUES
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
varchar, Character Types
variadic function, SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
variance, Aggregate Functions
population, Aggregate Functions
sample, Aggregate Functions
var_pop, Aggregate Functions
var_samp, Aggregate Functions
version, Accessing a Database, System Information Functions, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
compatibility, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
view, Views, Views and the Rule System, Materialized Views, Cooperation with Views
implementation through rules, Views and the Rule System
materialized, Materialized Views
updating, Cooperation with Views
Visibility Map, Visibility Map
VM (see Visibility Map)
void, Pseudo-Types
VOLATILE, Function Volatility Categories
volatility, Function Volatility Categories
functions, Function Volatility Categories
VPATH, Installation Procedure, Extension Building Infrastructure
W
WAL, Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
wal_block_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
wal_buffers configuration parameter, Settings
wal_compression configuration parameter, Settings
wal_consistency_checking configuration parameter, Developer Options
wal_debug configuration parameter, Developer Options
wal_keep_segments configuration parameter, Sending Servers
wal_level configuration parameter, Settings
wal_log_hints configuration parameter, Settings
wal_receiver_status_interval configuration parameter, Standby Servers
wal_receiver_timeout configuration parameter, Standby Servers
wal_retrieve_retry_interval configuration parameter, Standby Servers
wal_segment_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
wal_sender_timeout configuration parameter, Sending Servers
wal_sync_method configuration parameter, Settings
wal_writer_delay configuration parameter, Settings
wal_writer_flush_after configuration parameter, Settings
warm standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
websearch_to_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators
WHERE, The WHERE Clause
where to log, Where To Log
WHILE
in PL/pgSQL, WHILE
width, Geometric Functions and Operators
width_bucket, Mathematical Functions and Operators
window function, Window Functions, Window Function Calls, Window Function Processing, Window Functions
built-in, Window Functions
invocation, Window Function Calls
order of execution, Window Function Processing
WITH, WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions), SELECT
in SELECT, WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions), SELECT
WITH CHECK OPTION, CREATE VIEW
WITHIN GROUP, Aggregate Expressions
witness server, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
word_similarity, Functions and Operators
work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
wraparound
of multixact IDs, Multixacts and Wraparound
of transaction IDs, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
X
xid, Object Identifier Types
xmax, System Columns
xmin, System Columns
XML, XML Type
XML export, Mapping Tables to XML
XML option, Creating XML Values, Statement Behavior
xml2, xml2
xmlagg, xmlagg, Aggregate Functions
xmlbinary configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
xmlcomment, xmlcomment
xmlconcat, xmlconcat
xmlelement, xmlelement
XMLEXISTS, XMLEXISTS
xmlforest, xmlforest
xmloption configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
xmlparse, Creating XML Values
xmlpi, xmlpi
xmlroot, xmlroot
xmlserialize, Creating XML Values
xmltable, xmltable
xml_is_well_formed, xml_is_well_formed
xml_is_well_formed_content, xml_is_well_formed
xml_is_well_formed_document, xml_is_well_formed
XPath, xpath
xpath_exists, xpath_exists
xpath_table, xpath_table
xslt_process, xslt_process
Z
zero_damaged_pages configuration parameter, Developer Options
zlib, Requirements, Installation Procedure
Prev   
Bibliography Home 

\ No newline at end of file
+      libpq, Building libpq Programs
PL/Perl, PL/Perl - Perl Procedural Language
PL/PerlU, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
PL/pgSQL, PL/pgSQL - SQL Procedural Language
PL/Python, PL/Python - Python Procedural Language
PL/SQL (Oracle), Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
porting to PL/pgSQL, Porting from Oracle PL/SQL
PL/Tcl, PL/Tcl - Tcl Procedural Language
plainto_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
plperl.on_init configuration parameter, Configuration
plperl.on_plperlu_init configuration parameter, Configuration
plperl.on_plperl_init configuration parameter, Configuration
plperl.use_strict configuration parameter, Configuration
plpgsql.check_asserts configuration parameter, Checking Assertions
plpgsql.variable_conflict configuration parameter, Variable Substitution
pltcl.start_proc configuration parameter, PL/Tcl Configuration
pltclu.start_proc configuration parameter, PL/Tcl Configuration
point, Points, Geometric Functions and Operators
point-in-time recovery, Backup and Restore
policy, Row Security Policies
polygon, Polygons, Geometric Functions and Operators
polymorphic function, Polymorphic Types
polymorphic type, Polymorphic Types
popen, Geometric Functions and Operators
populate_record, hstore Operators and Functions
port, Parameter Key Words
port configuration parameter, Connection Settings
position, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
POSTGRES, The Berkeley POSTGRES Project
postgres, Architectural Fundamentals, Starting the Database Server, Creating a Database, postgres
postgres user, The PostgreSQL User Account
Postgres95, Postgres95
postgresql.auto.conf, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
postgresql.conf, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
postgres_fdw, postgres_fdw
postmaster, postmaster
post_auth_delay configuration parameter, Developer Options
power, Mathematical Functions and Operators
PQbackendPID, Connection Status Functions
PQbinaryTuples, Retrieving Query Result Information
with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
PQcancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
PQclear, Main Functions
PQclientEncoding, Control Functions
PQcmdStatus, Retrieving Other Result Information
PQcmdTuples, Retrieving Other Result Information
PQconndefaults, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconnectdb, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconnectdbParams, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconnectionNeedsPassword, Connection Status Functions
PQconnectionUsedPassword, Connection Status Functions
PQconnectPoll, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconnectStart, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconnectStartParams, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconninfo, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconninfoFree, Miscellaneous Functions
PQconninfoParse, Database Connection Control Functions
PQconsumeInput, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQcopyResult, Miscellaneous Functions
PQdb, Connection Status Functions
PQdescribePortal, Main Functions
PQdescribePrepared, Main Functions
PQencryptPassword, Miscellaneous Functions
PQencryptPasswordConn, Miscellaneous Functions
PQendcopy, Obsolete Functions for COPY
PQerrorMessage, Connection Status Functions
PQescapeBytea, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQescapeByteaConn, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQescapeIdentifier, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQescapeLiteral, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQescapeString, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQescapeStringConn, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQexec, Main Functions
PQexecParams, Main Functions
PQexecPrepared, Main Functions
PQfformat, Retrieving Query Result Information
with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
PQfinish, Database Connection Control Functions
PQfireResultCreateEvents, Miscellaneous Functions
PQflush, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQfmod, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQfn, The Fast-Path Interface
PQfname, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQfnumber, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQfreeCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
PQfreemem, Miscellaneous Functions
PQfsize, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQftable, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQftablecol, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQftype, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQgetCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
PQgetCopyData, Functions for Receiving COPY Data
PQgetisnull, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQgetlength, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQgetline, Obsolete Functions for COPY
PQgetlineAsync, Obsolete Functions for COPY
PQgetResult, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQgetssl, Connection Status Functions
PQgetvalue, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQhost, Connection Status Functions
PQinitOpenSSL, SSL Library Initialization
PQinitSSL, SSL Library Initialization
PQinstanceData, Event Support Functions
PQisBusy, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQisnonblocking, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQisthreadsafe, Behavior in Threaded Programs
PQlibVersion, Miscellaneous Functions
(see also PQserverVersion)
PQmakeEmptyPGresult, Miscellaneous Functions
PQnfields, Retrieving Query Result Information
with COPY, Functions Associated with the COPY Command
PQnotifies, Asynchronous Notification
PQnparams, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQntuples, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQoidStatus, Retrieving Other Result Information
PQoidValue, Retrieving Other Result Information
PQoptions, Connection Status Functions
PQparameterStatus, Connection Status Functions
PQparamtype, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQpass, Connection Status Functions
PQping, Database Connection Control Functions
PQpingParams, Database Connection Control Functions
PQport, Connection Status Functions
PQprepare, Main Functions
PQprint, Retrieving Query Result Information
PQprotocolVersion, Connection Status Functions
PQputCopyData, Functions for Sending COPY Data
PQputCopyEnd, Functions for Sending COPY Data
PQputline, Obsolete Functions for COPY
PQputnbytes, Obsolete Functions for COPY
PQregisterEventProc, Event Support Functions
PQrequestCancel, Canceling Queries in Progress
PQreset, Database Connection Control Functions
PQresetPoll, Database Connection Control Functions
PQresetStart, Database Connection Control Functions
PQresStatus, Main Functions
PQresultAlloc, Miscellaneous Functions
PQresultErrorField, Main Functions
PQresultErrorMessage, Main Functions
PQresultInstanceData, Event Support Functions
PQresultSetInstanceData, Event Support Functions
PQresultStatus, Main Functions
PQresultVerboseErrorMessage, Main Functions
PQsendDescribePortal, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsendDescribePrepared, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsendPrepare, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsendQuery, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsendQueryParams, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsendQueryPrepared, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQserverVersion, Connection Status Functions
PQsetClientEncoding, Control Functions
PQsetdb, Database Connection Control Functions
PQsetdbLogin, Database Connection Control Functions
PQsetErrorContextVisibility, Control Functions
PQsetErrorVerbosity, Control Functions
PQsetInstanceData, Event Support Functions
PQsetnonblocking, Asynchronous Command Processing
PQsetNoticeProcessor, Notice Processing
PQsetNoticeReceiver, Notice Processing
PQsetResultAttrs, Miscellaneous Functions
PQsetSingleRowMode, Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
PQsetvalue, Miscellaneous Functions
PQsocket, Connection Status Functions
PQsslAttribute, Connection Status Functions
PQsslAttributeNames, Connection Status Functions
PQsslInUse, Connection Status Functions
PQsslStruct, Connection Status Functions
PQstatus, Connection Status Functions
PQtrace, Control Functions
PQtransactionStatus, Connection Status Functions
PQtty, Connection Status Functions
PQunescapeBytea, Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
PQuntrace, Control Functions
PQuser, Connection Status Functions
predicate locking, Serializable Isolation Level
PREPARE, PREPARE
PREPARE TRANSACTION, PREPARE TRANSACTION
prepared statements, DEALLOCATE, EXECUTE, EXPLAIN, PREPARE
creating, PREPARE
executing, EXECUTE
removing, DEALLOCATE
showing the query plan, EXPLAIN
preparing a query
in PL/pgSQL, Plan Caching
in PL/Python, Database Access Functions
in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
pre_auth_delay configuration parameter, Developer Options
primary key, Primary Keys
primary_conninfo recovery parameter, Standby Server Settings
primary_slot_name recovery parameter, Standby Server Settings
privilege, Privileges, Schemas and Privileges, Rules and Privileges, Rules and Privileges
querying, System Information Functions
with rules, Rules and Privileges
for schemas, Schemas and Privileges
with views, Rules and Privileges
procedural language, Procedural Languages, Writing A Procedural Language Handler
externally maintained, Procedural Languages
handler for, Writing A Procedural Language Handler
procedure, User-defined Procedures
user-defined, User-defined Procedures
protocol, Frontend/Backend Protocol
frontend-backend, Frontend/Backend Protocol
ps, Standard Unix Tools
to monitor activity, Standard Unix Tools
psql, Accessing a Database, psql
Python, PL/Python - Python Procedural Language
R
radians, Mathematical Functions and Operators
radius, Geometric Functions and Operators
RADIUS, RADIUS Authentication
RAISE
in PL/pgSQL, Reporting Errors and Messages
random, Mathematical Functions and Operators
random_page_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
range table, The Query Tree
range type, Range Types
exclude, Constraints on Ranges
indexes on, Indexing
rank, Window Functions
hypothetical, Aggregate Functions
read committed, Read Committed Isolation Level
read-only transaction
setting, SET TRANSACTION
setting default, Statement Behavior
readline, Requirements
real, Floating-Point Types
REASSIGN OWNED, REASSIGN OWNED
record, Pseudo-Types
recovery.conf, Recovery Configuration
recovery_end_command recovery parameter, Archive Recovery Settings
recovery_min_apply_delay recovery parameter, Standby Server Settings
recovery_target recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_action recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_inclusive recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_lsn recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_name recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_time recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_timeline recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
recovery_target_xid recovery parameter, Recovery Target Settings
rectangle, Boxes
RECURSIVE, CREATE VIEW
in common table expressions, SELECT in WITH
in views, CREATE VIEW
referential integrity, Foreign Keys, Foreign Keys
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW, REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
regclass, Object Identifier Types
regconfig, Object Identifier Types
regdictionary, Object Identifier Types
regexp_match, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
regexp_matches, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
regexp_replace, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
regexp_split_to_array, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
regexp_split_to_table, String Functions and Operators, POSIX Regular Expressions
regoper, Object Identifier Types
regoperator, Object Identifier Types
regproc, Object Identifier Types
regprocedure, Object Identifier Types
regression intercept, Aggregate Functions
regression slope, Aggregate Functions
regression test, Installation Procedure
regression tests, Regression Tests
regr_avgx, Aggregate Functions
regr_avgy, Aggregate Functions
regr_count, Aggregate Functions
regr_intercept, Aggregate Functions
regr_r2, Aggregate Functions
regr_slope, Aggregate Functions
regr_sxx, Aggregate Functions
regr_sxy, Aggregate Functions
regr_syy, Aggregate Functions
regtype, Object Identifier Types
regular expression, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions, POSIX Regular Expressions
(see also pattern matching)
regular expressions
and locales, Behavior
reindex, Routine Reindexing
REINDEX, REINDEX
reindexdb, reindexdb
relation, Concepts
relational database, Concepts
RELEASE SAVEPOINT, RELEASE SAVEPOINT
repeat, String Functions and Operators
repeatable read, Repeatable Read Isolation Level
replace, String Functions and Operators
replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Replication Origins, Replication Progress Tracking
Replication Progress Tracking, Replication Progress Tracking
replication slot
logical replication, Replication Slots
streaming replication, Replication Slots
reporting errors
in PL/pgSQL, Reporting Errors and Messages
RESET, RESET
restartpoint, WAL Configuration
restart_after_crash configuration parameter, Error Handling
restore_command recovery parameter, Archive Recovery Settings
RESTRICT, Dependency Tracking
with DROP, Dependency Tracking
foreign key action, Foreign Keys
RETURN NEXT
in PL/pgSQL, RETURN NEXT and RETURN QUERY
RETURN QUERY
in PL/pgSQL, RETURN NEXT and RETURN QUERY
RETURNING, Returning Data From Modified Rows
RETURNING INTO, Executing a Query with a Single-row Result
in PL/pgSQL, Executing a Query with a Single-row Result
reverse, String Functions and Operators
REVOKE, Privileges, REVOKE
right, String Functions and Operators
right join, Joined Tables
role, Database Roles, Role Membership, Default Roles
applicable, applicable_roles
enabled, enabled_roles
membership in, Role Membership
privilege to create, Role Attributes
privilege to initiate replication, Role Attributes
ROLLBACK, ROLLBACK
rollback
psql, Variables
ROLLBACK PREPARED, ROLLBACK PREPARED
ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
ROLLUP, GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
round, Mathematical Functions and Operators
routine, User-defined Procedures
routine maintenance, Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
row, Concepts, Table Basics
ROW, Row Constructors
row estimation, Row Estimation Examples
multivariate, Multivariate Statistics Examples
planner, Row Estimation Examples
row type, Composite Types
constructor, Row Constructors
row-level security, Row Security Policies
row-wise comparison, Row and Array Comparisons
row_number, Window Functions
row_security configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
row_security_active, System Information Functions
row_to_json, JSON Functions and Operators
rpad, String Functions and Operators
rtrim, String Functions and Operators
rule, The Rule System, Views and the Rule System, How SELECT Rules Work, Materialized Views, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE, Rules Versus Triggers
and materialized views, Materialized Views
and views, Views and the Rule System
for DELETE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
for INSERT, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
for SELECT, How SELECT Rules Work
compared with triggers, Rules Versus Triggers
for UPDATE, Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
S
SAVEPOINT, SAVEPOINT
savepoints, RELEASE SAVEPOINT, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT, SAVEPOINT
defining, SAVEPOINT
releasing, RELEASE SAVEPOINT
rolling back, ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
scalar (see expression)
scale, Mathematical Functions and Operators
schema, Schemas, Creating a Schema, The Public Schema, Overview
creating, Creating a Schema
current, The Schema Search Path, System Information Functions
public, The Public Schema
removing, Creating a Schema
SCRAM, Password Authentication
search path, The Schema Search Path
current, System Information Functions
object visibility, System Information Functions
search_path configuration parameter, The Schema Search Path, Statement Behavior
use in securing functions, Writing SECURITY DEFINER Functions Safely
SECURITY LABEL, SECURITY LABEL
sec_to_gc, Cube-based Earth Distances
seg, seg
segment_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
SELECT, Querying a Table, Queries, SELECT Output Columns, SELECT
determination of result type, SELECT Output Columns
select list, Select Lists
SELECT INTO, Executing a Query with a Single-row Result, SELECT INTO
in PL/pgSQL, Executing a Query with a Single-row Result
semaphores, Shared Memory and Semaphores
sepgsql, sepgsql
sepgsql.debug_audit configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
sepgsql.permissive configuration parameter, GUC Parameters
sequence, Sequence Manipulation Functions
and serial type, Serial Types
sequential scan, Planner Method Configuration
seq_page_cost configuration parameter, Planner Cost Constants
serial, Serial Types
serial2, Serial Types
serial4, Serial Types
serial8, Serial Types
serializable, Serializable Isolation Level
Serializable Snapshot Isolation, Introduction
serialization anomaly, Transaction Isolation, Serializable Isolation Level
server log, Error Reporting and Logging, Log File Maintenance
log file maintenance, Log File Maintenance
server spoofing, Preventing Server Spoofing
server_encoding configuration parameter, Preset Options
server_version configuration parameter, Preset Options
server_version_num configuration parameter, Preset Options
session_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
session_replication_role configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
session_user, System Information Functions
SET, Configuration Settings Functions, SET
SET CONSTRAINTS, SET CONSTRAINTS
set difference, Combining Queries
set intersection, Combining Queries
set operation, Combining Queries
set returning functions, Set Returning Functions
functions, Set Returning Functions
SET ROLE, SET ROLE
SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION, SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
SET TRANSACTION, SET TRANSACTION
set union, Combining Queries
SET XML OPTION, Statement Behavior
setseed, Mathematical Functions and Operators
setval, Sequence Manipulation Functions
setweight, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Documents
setweight for specific lexeme(s), Text Search Functions and Operators
set_bit, Binary String Functions and Operators
set_byte, Binary String Functions and Operators
set_config, Configuration Settings Functions
set_limit, Functions and Operators
set_masklen, Network Address Functions and Operators
sha224, Binary String Functions and Operators
sha256, Binary String Functions and Operators
sha384, Binary String Functions and Operators
sha512, Binary String Functions and Operators
shared library, Shared Libraries, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
shared memory, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared_buffers configuration parameter, Memory
shared_preload_libraries, Shared Memory and LWLocks
shared_preload_libraries configuration parameter, Shared Library Preloading
shobj_description, System Information Functions
SHOW, Configuration Settings Functions, SHOW, Streaming Replication Protocol
show_limit, Functions and Operators
show_trgm, Functions and Operators
shutdown, Shutting Down the Server
SIGHUP, Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File, The pg_hba.conf File, User Name Maps
SIGINT, Shutting Down the Server
sign, Mathematical Functions and Operators
signal
backend processes, Server Signaling Functions
significant digits, Locale and Formatting
SIGQUIT, Shutting Down the Server
SIGTERM, Shutting Down the Server
SIMILAR TO, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
similarity, Functions and Operators
sin, Mathematical Functions and Operators
sind, Mathematical Functions and Operators
single-user mode, Options for Single-User Mode
skeys, hstore Operators and Functions
sleep, Delaying Execution
slice, hstore Operators and Functions
sliced bread (see TOAST)
smallint, Integer Types
smallserial, Serial Types
Solaris, Solaris
installation on, Solaris
IPC configuration, Shared Memory and Semaphores
shared library, Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
start script, Starting the Database Server
SOME, Aggregate Functions, Subquery Expressions, Row and Array Comparisons
sort, intarray Functions and Operators
sorting, Sorting Rows
sort_asc, intarray Functions and Operators
sort_desc, intarray Functions and Operators
soundex, Soundex
SP-GiST (see index)
SPI, Server Programming Interface, spi
examples, spi
spi_commit
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_commit, SPI_commit
SPI_connect, SPI_connect
SPI_connect_ext, SPI_connect
SPI_copytuple, SPI_copytuple
spi_cursor_close
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_cursor_close, SPI_cursor_close
SPI_cursor_fetch, SPI_cursor_fetch
SPI_cursor_find, SPI_cursor_find
SPI_cursor_move, SPI_cursor_move
SPI_cursor_open, SPI_cursor_open
SPI_cursor_open_with_args, SPI_cursor_open_with_args
SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist, SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
SPI_exec, SPI_exec
SPI_execp, SPI_execp
SPI_execute, SPI_execute
SPI_execute_plan, SPI_execute_plan
SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist, SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
SPI_execute_with_args, SPI_execute_with_args
spi_exec_prepared
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
spi_exec_query
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
spi_fetchrow
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_finish, SPI_finish
SPI_fname, SPI_fname
SPI_fnumber, SPI_fnumber
spi_freeplan
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_freeplan, SPI_freeplan
SPI_freetuple, SPI_freetuple
SPI_freetuptable, SPI_freetuptable
SPI_getargcount, SPI_getargcount
SPI_getargtypeid, SPI_getargtypeid
SPI_getbinval, SPI_getbinval
SPI_getnspname, SPI_getnspname
SPI_getrelname, SPI_getrelname
SPI_gettype, SPI_gettype
SPI_gettypeid, SPI_gettypeid
SPI_getvalue, SPI_getvalue
SPI_is_cursor_plan, SPI_is_cursor_plan
SPI_keepplan, SPI_keepplan
spi_lastoid
in PL/Tcl, Database Access from PL/Tcl
SPI_modifytuple, SPI_modifytuple
SPI_palloc, SPI_palloc
SPI_pfree, SPI_pfree
spi_prepare
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_prepare, SPI_prepare
SPI_prepare_cursor, SPI_prepare_cursor
SPI_prepare_params, SPI_prepare_params
spi_query
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
spi_query_prepared
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_register_relation, SPI_register_relation
SPI_register_trigger_data, SPI_register_trigger_data
SPI_repalloc, SPI_repalloc
SPI_result_code_string, SPI_result_code_string
SPI_returntuple, SPI_returntuple
spi_rollback
in PL/Perl, Database Access from PL/Perl
SPI_rollback, SPI_rollback
SPI_saveplan, SPI_saveplan
SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch, SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
SPI_scroll_cursor_move, SPI_scroll_cursor_move
SPI_start_transaction, SPI_start_transaction
SPI_unregister_relation, SPI_unregister_relation
split_part, String Functions and Operators
SQL/CLI, SQL Conformance
SQL/Foundation, SQL Conformance
SQL/Framework, SQL Conformance
SQL/JRT, SQL Conformance
SQL/MED, SQL Conformance
SQL/OLB, SQL Conformance
SQL/PSM, SQL Conformance
SQL/Schemata, SQL Conformance
SQL/XML, SQL Conformance
limits and conformance, XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
sqrt, Mathematical Functions and Operators
ssh, Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
SSI, Introduction
SSL, Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL, SSL Support
in libpq, Connection Status Functions
with libpq, Parameter Key Words
ssl configuration parameter, SSL
sslinfo, sslinfo
ssl_ca_file configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_cert_file configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_cipher, Functions Provided
ssl_ciphers configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_client_cert_present, Functions Provided
ssl_client_dn, Functions Provided
ssl_client_dn_field, Functions Provided
ssl_client_serial, Functions Provided
ssl_crl_file configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_dh_params_file configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_ecdh_curve configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_extension_info, Functions Provided
ssl_issuer_dn, Functions Provided
ssl_issuer_field, Functions Provided
ssl_is_used, Functions Provided
ssl_key_file configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_passphrase_command configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_passphrase_command_supports_reload configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_prefer_server_ciphers configuration parameter, SSL
ssl_version, Functions Provided
SSPI, SSPI Authentication
STABLE, Function Volatility Categories
standard deviation, Aggregate Functions
population, Aggregate Functions
sample, Aggregate Functions
standard_conforming_strings configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
standby server, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
standby_mode recovery parameter, Standby Server Settings
START TRANSACTION, START TRANSACTION
starts_with, String Functions and Operators
START_REPLICATION, Streaming Replication Protocol
statement_timeout configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
statement_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
statistics, Aggregate Functions, Statistics Used by the Planner, Extended Statistics, Updating Planner Statistics, The Statistics Collector
of the planner, Statistics Used by the Planner, Extended Statistics, Updating Planner Statistics
stats_temp_directory configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
stddev, Aggregate Functions
stddev_pop, Aggregate Functions
stddev_samp, Aggregate Functions
STONITH, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
storage parameters, Storage Parameters
Streaming Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
strict_word_similarity, Functions and Operators
string (see character string)
strings
backslash quotes, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
escape warning, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
standard conforming, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
string_agg, Aggregate Functions
string_to_array, Array Functions and Operators
strip, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Documents
strpos, String Functions and Operators
subarray, intarray Functions and Operators
subltree, Operators and Functions
subpath, Operators and Functions
subquery, Aggregate Functions, Scalar Subqueries, Subqueries, Subquery Expressions
subscript, Subscripts
substr, String Functions and Operators
substring, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators, SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions, POSIX Regular Expressions
subtransactions
in PL/Tcl, Explicit Subtransactions in PL/Tcl
sum, Aggregate Functions
superuser, Accessing a Database, Role Attributes
superuser_reserved_connections configuration parameter, Connection Settings
support functions
in_range, B-Tree Support Functions
suppress_redundant_updates_trigger, Trigger Functions
svals, hstore Operators and Functions
synchronize_seqscans configuration parameter, Previous PostgreSQL Versions
synchronous commit, Asynchronous Commit
Synchronous Replication, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
synchronous_commit configuration parameter, Settings
synchronous_standby_names configuration parameter, Master Server
syntax, SQL Syntax
SQL, SQL Syntax
syslog_facility configuration parameter, Where To Log
syslog_ident configuration parameter, Where To Log
syslog_sequence_numbers configuration parameter, Where To Log
syslog_split_messages configuration parameter, Where To Log
system catalog, The System Catalog Schema
schema, The System Catalog Schema
systemd, Installation Procedure, Starting the Database Server
RemoveIPC, systemd RemoveIPC
T
table, Concepts, Table Basics, Modifying Tables
creating, Table Basics
inheritance, Inheritance
modifying, Modifying Tables
partitioning, Table Partitioning
removing, Table Basics
renaming, Renaming a Table
TABLE command, SELECT
table expression, Table Expressions
table function, Table Functions, xmltable
XMLTABLE, xmltable
table sampling method, Writing A Table Sampling Method
tablefunc, tablefunc
tableoid, System Columns
TABLESAMPLE method, Writing A Table Sampling Method
tablespace, Tablespaces
default, Statement Behavior
temporary, Statement Behavior
tan, Mathematical Functions and Operators
tand, Mathematical Functions and Operators
target list, The Query Tree
Tcl, PL/Tcl - Tcl Procedural Language
tcn, tcn
tcp_keepalives_count configuration parameter, Connection Settings
tcp_keepalives_idle configuration parameter, Connection Settings
tcp_keepalives_interval configuration parameter, Connection Settings
template0, Template Databases
template1, Creating a Database, Template Databases
temp_buffers configuration parameter, Memory
temp_file_limit configuration parameter, Disk
temp_tablespaces configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
test, Regression Tests
test_decoding, test_decoding
text, Character Types, Network Address Functions and Operators
text search, Text Search Types, Text Search Types, Full Text Search, GIN and GiST Index Types
data types, Text Search Types
functions and operators, Text Search Types
indexes, GIN and GiST Index Types
text2ltree, Operators and Functions
threads, Behavior in Threaded Programs
with libpq, Behavior in Threaded Programs
tid, Object Identifier Types
time, Date/Time Types, Times
constants, Special Values
current, Current Date/Time
output format, Date/Time Output
(see also formatting)
time span, Date/Time Types
time with time zone, Date/Time Types, Times
time without time zone, Date/Time Types, Times
time zone, Time Zones, Locale and Formatting
conversion, AT TIME ZONE
input abbreviations, Date/Time Configuration Files
time zone data, Installation Procedure
time zone names, Locale and Formatting
timelines, Backup and Restore
TIMELINE_HISTORY, Streaming Replication Protocol
timeofday, Date/Time Functions and Operators
timeout
client authentication, Authentication
deadlock, Lock Management
timestamp, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
timestamp with time zone, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
timestamp without time zone, Date/Time Types, Time Stamps
timestamptz, Date/Time Types
TimeZone configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
timezone_abbreviations configuration parameter, Locale and Formatting
TOAST, TOAST
and user-defined types, TOAST Considerations
per-column storage settings, Description
versus large objects, Introduction
token, Lexical Structure
to_ascii, String Functions and Operators
to_char, Data Type Formatting Functions
and locales, Behavior
to_date, Data Type Formatting Functions
to_hex, String Functions and Operators
to_json, JSON Functions and Operators
to_jsonb, JSON Functions and Operators
to_number, Data Type Formatting Functions
to_regclass, System Information Functions
to_regnamespace, System Information Functions
to_regoper, System Information Functions
to_regoperator, System Information Functions
to_regproc, System Information Functions
to_regprocedure, System Information Functions
to_regrole, System Information Functions
to_regtype, System Information Functions
to_timestamp, Data Type Formatting Functions, Date/Time Functions and Operators
to_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Queries
to_tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parsing Documents
trace_locks configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_lock_oidmin configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_lock_table configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_lwlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_notify configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_recovery_messages configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_sort configuration parameter, Developer Options
trace_userlocks configuration parameter, Developer Options
track_activities configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
track_activity_query_size configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
track_commit_timestamp configuration parameter, Sending Servers
track_counts configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
track_functions configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
track_io_timing configuration parameter, Query and Index Statistics Collector
transaction, Transactions
transaction ID, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
wraparound, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
transaction isolation, Transaction Isolation
transaction isolation level, Transaction Isolation
read committed, Read Committed Isolation Level
repeatable read, Repeatable Read Isolation Level
serializable, Serializable Isolation Level
setting, SET TRANSACTION
setting default, Statement Behavior
transaction log (see WAL)
transaction_timestamp, Date/Time Functions and Operators
transform_null_equals configuration parameter, Platform and Client Compatibility
transition tables, CREATE TRIGGER
(see also ephemeral named relation)
implementation in PLs, SPI_register_trigger_data
referencing from C trigger, Writing Trigger Functions in C
translate, String Functions and Operators
transparent
+        huge pages, Memory
trigger, Pseudo-Types, Triggers, Writing Trigger Functions in C, Rules Versus Triggers, Trigger Functions, Trigger Functions
arguments for trigger functions, Overview of Trigger Behavior
for updating a derived tsvector column, Triggers for Automatic Updates
in C, Writing Trigger Functions in C
in PL/pgSQL, Trigger Functions
in PL/Python, Trigger Functions
in PL/Tcl, Trigger Functions in PL/Tcl
compared with rules, Rules Versus Triggers
triggered_change_notification, tcn
trigger_file recovery parameter, Standby Server Settings
trim, String Functions and Operators, Binary String Functions and Operators
true, Boolean Type
trunc, Mathematical Functions and Operators, Network Address Functions and Operators
TRUNCATE, TRUNCATE
trusted, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
PL/Perl, Trusted and Untrusted PL/Perl
tsm_handler, Pseudo-Types
tsm_system_rows, tsm_system_rows
tsm_system_time, tsm_system_time
tsquery (data type), tsquery
tsquery_phrase, Text Search Functions and Operators, Manipulating Queries
tsvector (data type), tsvector
tsvector concatenation, Manipulating Documents
tsvector_to_array, Text Search Functions and Operators
tsvector_update_trigger, Text Search Functions and Operators
tsvector_update_trigger_column, Text Search Functions and Operators
ts_debug, Text Search Functions and Operators, Configuration Testing
ts_delete, Text Search Functions and Operators
ts_filter, Text Search Functions and Operators
ts_headline, Text Search Functions and Operators, Highlighting Results
ts_lexize, Text Search Functions and Operators, Dictionary Testing
ts_parse, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parser Testing
ts_rank, Text Search Functions and Operators, Ranking Search Results
ts_rank_cd, Text Search Functions and Operators, Ranking Search Results
ts_rewrite, Text Search Functions and Operators, Query Rewriting
ts_stat, Text Search Functions and Operators, Gathering Document Statistics
ts_token_type, Text Search Functions and Operators, Parser Testing
tuple_data_split, Heap Functions
txid_current, System Information Functions
txid_current_if_assigned, System Information Functions
txid_current_snapshot, System Information Functions
txid_snapshot_xip, System Information Functions
txid_snapshot_xmax, System Information Functions
txid_snapshot_xmin, System Information Functions
txid_status, System Information Functions
txid_visible_in_snapshot, System Information Functions
type (see data type)
type cast, Numeric Constants, Type Casts
U
UESCAPE, Identifiers and Key Words, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
unaccent, unaccent, Functions
Unicode escape, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
in identifiers, Identifiers and Key Words
in string constants, String Constants with Unicode Escapes
UNION, Combining Queries, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
uniq, intarray Functions and Operators
unique constraint, Unique Constraints
Unix domain socket, Parameter Key Words
unix_socket_directories configuration parameter, Connection Settings
unix_socket_group configuration parameter, Connection Settings
unix_socket_permissions configuration parameter, Connection Settings
unknown, Pseudo-Types
UNLISTEN, UNLISTEN
unnest, Array Functions and Operators
for tsvector, Text Search Functions and Operators
unqualified name, The Schema Search Path
updatable views, Updatable Views
UPDATE, Updates, Updating Data, Returning Data From Modified Rows, UPDATE
RETURNING, Returning Data From Modified Rows
update_process_title configuration parameter, Process Title
updating, Updating Data
upgrading, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
upper, String Functions and Operators, Range Functions and Operators
and locales, Behavior
upper_inc, Range Functions and Operators
upper_inf, Range Functions and Operators
UPSERT, INSERT
URI, Connection Strings
user, System Information Functions, Database Roles
current, System Information Functions
user mapping, Foreign Data
User name maps, User Name Maps
UUID, UUID Type, Installation Procedure
uuid-ossp, uuid-ossp
uuid_generate_v1, uuid-ossp Functions
uuid_generate_v1mc, uuid-ossp Functions
uuid_generate_v3, uuid-ossp Functions
V
vacuum, Routine Vacuuming
VACUUM, VACUUM
vacuumdb, vacuumdb
vacuumlo, vacuumlo
vacuum_cleanup_index_scale_factor configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
vacuum_cost_delay configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
vacuum_cost_limit configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
vacuum_cost_page_dirty configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
vacuum_cost_page_hit configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
vacuum_cost_page_miss configuration parameter, Cost-based Vacuum Delay
vacuum_defer_cleanup_age configuration parameter, Master Server
vacuum_freeze_min_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
vacuum_freeze_table_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
vacuum_multixact_freeze_min_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
vacuum_multixact_freeze_table_age configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
value expression, Value Expressions
VALUES, VALUES Lists, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs, VALUES
determination of result type, UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
varchar, Character Types
variadic function, SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
variance, Aggregate Functions
population, Aggregate Functions
sample, Aggregate Functions
var_pop, Aggregate Functions
var_samp, Aggregate Functions
version, Accessing a Database, System Information Functions, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
compatibility, Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
view, Views, Views and the Rule System, Materialized Views, Cooperation with Views
implementation through rules, Views and the Rule System
materialized, Materialized Views
updating, Cooperation with Views
Visibility Map, Visibility Map
VM (see Visibility Map)
void, Pseudo-Types
VOLATILE, Function Volatility Categories
volatility, Function Volatility Categories
functions, Function Volatility Categories
VPATH, Installation Procedure, Extension Building Infrastructure
W
WAL, Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
wal_block_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
wal_buffers configuration parameter, Settings
wal_compression configuration parameter, Settings
wal_consistency_checking configuration parameter, Developer Options
wal_debug configuration parameter, Developer Options
wal_keep_segments configuration parameter, Sending Servers
wal_level configuration parameter, Settings
wal_log_hints configuration parameter, Settings
wal_receiver_status_interval configuration parameter, Standby Servers
wal_receiver_timeout configuration parameter, Standby Servers
wal_retrieve_retry_interval configuration parameter, Standby Servers
wal_segment_size configuration parameter, Preset Options
wal_sender_timeout configuration parameter, Sending Servers
wal_sync_method configuration parameter, Settings
wal_writer_delay configuration parameter, Settings
wal_writer_flush_after configuration parameter, Settings
warm standby, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
websearch_to_tsquery, Text Search Functions and Operators
WHERE, The WHERE Clause
where to log, Where To Log
WHILE
in PL/pgSQL, WHILE
width, Geometric Functions and Operators
width_bucket, Mathematical Functions and Operators
window function, Window Functions, Window Function Calls, Window Function Processing, Window Functions
built-in, Window Functions
invocation, Window Function Calls
order of execution, Window Function Processing
WITH, WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions), SELECT
in SELECT, WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions), SELECT
WITH CHECK OPTION, CREATE VIEW
WITHIN GROUP, Aggregate Expressions
witness server, High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
word_similarity, Functions and Operators
work_mem configuration parameter, Memory
wraparound
of multixact IDs, Multixacts and Wraparound
of transaction IDs, Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
X
xid, Object Identifier Types
xmax, System Columns
xmin, System Columns
XML, XML Type
XML export, Mapping Tables to XML
XML Functions, XML Functions
XML option, Creating XML Values, Statement Behavior
xml2, xml2
xmlagg, xmlagg, Aggregate Functions
xmlbinary configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
xmlcomment, xmlcomment
xmlconcat, xmlconcat
xmlelement, xmlelement
XMLEXISTS, XMLEXISTS
xmlforest, xmlforest
xmloption configuration parameter, Statement Behavior
xmlparse, Creating XML Values
xmlpi, xmlpi
xmlroot, xmlroot
xmlserialize, Creating XML Values
xmltable, xmltable
xml_is_well_formed, xml_is_well_formed
xml_is_well_formed_content, xml_is_well_formed
xml_is_well_formed_document, xml_is_well_formed
XPath, xpath
xpath_exists, xpath_exists
xpath_table, xpath_table
xslt_process, xslt_process
Z
zero_damaged_pages configuration parameter, Developer Options
zlib, Requirements, Installation Procedure
Prev   
Bibliography Home 

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-builtin-opclasses.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-67.2. Built-in Operator Classes
67.2. Built-in Operator Classes
Prev UpChapter 67. BRIN IndexesHome Next
67.2. Built-in Operator Classes

+67.2. Built-in Operator Classes
67.2. Built-in Operator Classes
Prev UpChapter 67. BRIN IndexesHome Next
67.2. Built-in Operator Classes

   The core PostgreSQL distribution
   includes the BRIN operator classes shown in
   Table 67.1.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-extensibility.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-67.3. Extensibility
67.3. Extensibility
Prev UpChapter 67. BRIN IndexesHome Next
67.3. Extensibility

+67.3. Extensibility
67.3. Extensibility
Prev UpChapter 67. BRIN IndexesHome Next
67.3. Extensibility

   The BRIN interface has a high level of abstraction,
   requiring the access method implementer only to implement the semantics
   of the data type being accessed.  The BRIN layer
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/brin-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-67.1. Introduction
67.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 67. BRIN IndexesHome Next
67.1. Introduction
67.1.1. Index Maintenance

+67.1. Introduction
67.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 67. BRIN IndexesHome Next
67.1. Introduction
67.1.1. Index Maintenance

   BRIN stands for Block Range Index.
   BRIN is designed for handling very large tables
   in which certain columns have some natural correlation with their
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/brin.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Chapter 67. BRIN Indexes
Chapter 67. BRIN Indexes
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
66.7. Examples Home 67.1. Introduction

\ No newline at end of file
+Chapter 67. BRIN Indexes
Chapter 67. BRIN Indexes
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
66.7. Examples Home 67.1. Introduction

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-behavior.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-63.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
63.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
Prev UpChapter 63. B-Tree IndexesHome Next
63.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes

+63.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
63.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
Prev UpChapter 63. B-Tree IndexesHome Next
63.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes

   As shown in Table 38.2, a btree operator
   class must provide five comparison operators,
   <,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gin.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.6. btree_gin
F.6. btree_gin
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.6. btree_gin
F.6.1. Example Usage
F.6.2. Authors

+F.6. btree_gin
F.6. btree_gin
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.6. btree_gin
F.6.1. Example Usage
F.6.2. Authors

   btree_gin provides sample GIN operator classes that
   implement B-tree equivalent behavior for the data types
   int2, int4, int8, float4,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-gist.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.7. btree_gist
F.7. btree_gist
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.7. btree_gist
F.7.1. Example Usage
F.7.2. Authors

+F.7. btree_gist
F.7. btree_gist
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.7. btree_gist
F.7.1. Example Usage
F.7.2. Authors

   btree_gist provides GiST index operator classes that
   implement B-tree equivalent behavior for the data types
   int2, int4, int8, float4,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-implementation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-63.4. Implementation
63.4. Implementation
Prev UpChapter 63. B-Tree IndexesHome Next
63.4. Implementation

+63.4. Implementation
63.4. Implementation
Prev UpChapter 63. B-Tree IndexesHome Next
63.4. Implementation

    An introduction to the btree index implementation can be found in
    src/backend/access/nbtree/README.
   
Prev Up Next
63.3. B-Tree Support Functions Home Chapter 64. GiST Indexes

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-63.1. Introduction
63.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 63. B-Tree IndexesHome Next
63.1. Introduction

+63.1. Introduction
63.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 63. B-Tree IndexesHome Next
63.1. Introduction

   PostgreSQL includes an implementation of the
   standard btree (multi-way balanced tree) index data
   structure.  Any data type that can be sorted into a well-defined linear
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree-support-funcs.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-63.3. B-Tree Support Functions
63.3. B-Tree Support Functions
Prev UpChapter 63. B-Tree IndexesHome Next
63.3. B-Tree Support Functions

+63.3. B-Tree Support Functions
63.3. B-Tree Support Functions
Prev UpChapter 63. B-Tree IndexesHome Next
63.3. B-Tree Support Functions

   As shown in Table 38.8, btree defines
   one required and two optional support functions.
  

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/btree.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Chapter 63. B-Tree Indexes
Chapter 63. B-Tree Indexes
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
Chapter 62. Generic WAL Records Home 63.1. Introduction

\ No newline at end of file
+Chapter 63. B-Tree Indexes
Chapter 63. B-Tree Indexes
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
Chapter 62. Generic WAL Records Home 63.1. Introduction

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/bug-reporting.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
Prev UpPrefaceHome Next
5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
5.1. Identifying Bugs
5.2. What to Report
5.3. Where to Report Bugs

+5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
Prev UpPrefaceHome Next
5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
5.1. Identifying Bugs
5.2. What to Report
5.3. Where to Report Bugs

   When you find a bug in PostgreSQL we want to
   hear about it. Your bug reports play an important part in making
   PostgreSQL more reliable because even the utmost
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       subversion the package might have. If you are talking about a Git
       snapshot, mention that, including the commit hash.
      

-      If your version is older than 11.5 we will almost certainly
+      If your version is older than 11.6 we will almost certainly
       tell you to upgrade. There are many bug fixes and improvements
       in each new release, so it is quite possible that a bug you have
       encountered in an older release of PostgreSQL
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
       C library, processor, memory information, and so on. In most
       cases it is sufficient to report the vendor and version, but do
       not assume everyone knows what exactly “Debian”
-      contains or that everyone runs on i386s. If you have
+      contains or that everyone runs on x86_64. If you have
       installation problems then information about the toolchain on
       your machine (compiler, make, and so
       on) is also necessary.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-aggregate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.2. pg_aggregate
52.2. pg_aggregate
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.2. pg_aggregate

+52.2. pg_aggregate
52.2. pg_aggregate
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.2. pg_aggregate

    The catalog pg_aggregate stores information about
    aggregate functions.  An aggregate function is a function that
    operates on a set of values (typically one column from each row
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-am.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.3. pg_am
52.3. pg_am
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.3. pg_am

+52.3. pg_am
52.3. pg_am
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.3. pg_am

    The catalog pg_am stores information about
    relation access methods.  There is one row for each access method supported
    by the system.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amop.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.4. pg_amop
52.4. pg_amop
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.4. pg_amop

+52.4. pg_amop
52.4. pg_amop
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.4. pg_amop

    The catalog pg_amop stores information about
    operators associated with access method operator families.  There is one
    row for each operator that is a member of an operator family.  A family
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-amproc.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.5. pg_amproc
52.5. pg_amproc
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.5. pg_amproc

+52.5. pg_amproc
52.5. pg_amproc
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.5. pg_amproc

    The catalog pg_amproc stores information about
    support functions associated with access method operator families.  There
    is one row for each support function belonging to an operator family.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attrdef.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.6. pg_attrdef
52.6. pg_attrdef
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.6. pg_attrdef

+52.6. pg_attrdef
52.6. pg_attrdef
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.6. pg_attrdef

    The catalog pg_attrdef stores column default values.  The main information
    about columns is stored in pg_attribute
    (see below).  Only columns that explicitly specify a default value
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-attribute.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.7. pg_attribute
52.7. pg_attribute
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.7. pg_attribute

+52.7. pg_attribute
52.7. pg_attribute
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.7. pg_attribute

    The catalog pg_attribute stores information about
    table columns.  There will be exactly one
    pg_attribute row for every column in every
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-auth-members.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.9. pg_auth_members
52.9. pg_auth_members
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.9. pg_auth_members

+52.9. pg_auth_members
52.9. pg_auth_members
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.9. pg_auth_members

    The catalog pg_auth_members shows the membership
    relations between roles.  Any non-circular set of relationships is allowed.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-authid.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.8. pg_authid
52.8. pg_authid
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.8. pg_authid

+52.8. pg_authid
52.8. pg_authid
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.8. pg_authid

    The catalog pg_authid contains information about
    database authorization identifiers (roles).  A role subsumes the concepts
    of “users” and “groups”.  A user is essentially just a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-cast.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.10. pg_cast
52.10. pg_cast
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.10. pg_cast

+52.10. pg_cast
52.10. pg_cast
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.10. pg_cast

    The catalog pg_cast stores data type conversion
    paths, both built-in and user-defined.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-class.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.11. pg_class
52.11. pg_class
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.11. pg_class

+52.11. pg_class
52.11. pg_class
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.11. pg_class

    The catalog pg_class catalogs tables and most
    everything else that has columns or is otherwise similar to a
    table.  This includes indexes (but see also
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-collation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.12. pg_collation
52.12. pg_collation
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.12. pg_collation

+52.12. pg_collation
52.12. pg_collation
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.12. pg_collation

    The catalog pg_collation describes the
    available collations, which are essentially mappings from an SQL
    name to operating system locale categories.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-constraint.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.13. pg_constraint
52.13. pg_constraint
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.13. pg_constraint

+52.13. pg_constraint
52.13. pg_constraint
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.13. pg_constraint

    The catalog pg_constraint stores check, primary
    key, unique, foreign key, and exclusion constraints on tables.
    (Column constraints are not treated specially.  Every column constraint is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-conversion.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.14. pg_conversion
52.14. pg_conversion
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.14. pg_conversion

+52.14. pg_conversion
52.14. pg_conversion
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.14. pg_conversion

    The catalog pg_conversion describes
    encoding conversion functions.  See CREATE CONVERSION
    for more information.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-database.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.15. pg_database
52.15. pg_database
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.15. pg_database

+52.15. pg_database
52.15. pg_database
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.15. pg_database

    The catalog pg_database stores information about
    the available databases.  Databases are created with the CREATE DATABASE command.
    Consult Chapter 22 for details about the meaning
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-db-role-setting.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.16. pg_db_role_setting
52.16. pg_db_role_setting
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.16. pg_db_role_setting

+52.16. pg_db_role_setting
52.16. pg_db_role_setting
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.16. pg_db_role_setting

    The catalog pg_db_role_setting records the default
    values that have been set for run-time configuration variables,
    for each role and database combination.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-default-acl.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.17. pg_default_acl
52.17. pg_default_acl
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.17. pg_default_acl

+52.17. pg_default_acl
52.17. pg_default_acl
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.17. pg_default_acl

    The catalog pg_default_acl stores initial
    privileges to be assigned to newly created objects.
   
Table 52.17. pg_default_acl Columns
NameTypeReferencesDescription
oidoid Row identifier (hidden attribute; must be explicitly selected)
defaclroleoidpg_authid.oidThe OID of the role associated with this entry
defaclnamespaceoidpg_namespace.oidThe OID of the namespace associated with this entry,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-depend.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.18. pg_depend
52.18. pg_depend
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.18. pg_depend

+52.18. pg_depend
52.18. pg_depend
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.18. pg_depend

    The catalog pg_depend records the dependency
    relationships between database objects.  This information allows
    DROP commands to find which other objects must be dropped
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-description.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.19. pg_description
52.19. pg_description
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.19. pg_description

+52.19. pg_description
52.19. pg_description
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.19. pg_description

    The catalog pg_description stores optional descriptions
    (comments) for each database object.  Descriptions can be manipulated
    with the COMMENT command and viewed with
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-enum.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.20. pg_enum
52.20. pg_enum
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.20. pg_enum

+52.20. pg_enum
52.20. pg_enum
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.20. pg_enum

    The pg_enum catalog contains entries
    showing the values and labels for each enum type. The
    internal representation of a given enum value is actually the OID
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-event-trigger.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.21. pg_event_trigger
52.21. pg_event_trigger
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.21. pg_event_trigger

+52.21. pg_event_trigger
52.21. pg_event_trigger
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.21. pg_event_trigger

    The catalog pg_event_trigger stores event triggers.
    See Chapter 40 for more information.
   
Table 52.21. pg_event_trigger Columns
NameTypeReferencesDescription
evtnamename Trigger name (must be unique)
evteventname Identifies the event for which this trigger fires
evtowneroidpg_authid.oidOwner of the event trigger
evtfoidoidpg_proc.oidThe function to be called
evtenabledchar 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-extension.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.22. pg_extension
52.22. pg_extension
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.22. pg_extension

+52.22. pg_extension
52.22. pg_extension
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.22. pg_extension

    The catalog pg_extension stores information
    about the installed extensions.  See Section 38.16
    for details about extensions.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-data-wrapper.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
52.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper

+52.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
52.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper

    The catalog pg_foreign_data_wrapper stores
    foreign-data wrapper definitions.  A foreign-data wrapper is the
    mechanism by which external data, residing on foreign servers, is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-server.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.24. pg_foreign_server
52.24. pg_foreign_server
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.24. pg_foreign_server

+52.24. pg_foreign_server
52.24. pg_foreign_server
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.24. pg_foreign_server

    The catalog pg_foreign_server stores
    foreign server definitions.  A foreign server describes a source
    of external data, such as a remote server.  Foreign
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-foreign-table.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.25. pg_foreign_table
52.25. pg_foreign_table
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.25. pg_foreign_table

+52.25. pg_foreign_table
52.25. pg_foreign_table
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.25. pg_foreign_table

    The catalog pg_foreign_table contains
    auxiliary information about foreign tables.  A foreign table is
    primarily represented by a pg_class entry,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-index.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.26. pg_index
52.26. pg_index
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.26. pg_index

+52.26. pg_index
52.26. pg_index
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.26. pg_index

    The catalog pg_index contains part of the information
    about indexes.  The rest is mostly in
    pg_class.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-inherits.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.27. pg_inherits
52.27. pg_inherits
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.27. pg_inherits

+52.27. pg_inherits
52.27. pg_inherits
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.27. pg_inherits

    The catalog pg_inherits records information about
    table inheritance hierarchies.  There is one entry for each direct
    parent-child table relationship in the database.  (Indirect inheritance can be determined
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-init-privs.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.28. pg_init_privs
52.28. pg_init_privs
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.28. pg_init_privs

+52.28. pg_init_privs
52.28. pg_init_privs
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.28. pg_init_privs

    The catalog pg_init_privs records information about
    the initial privileges of objects in the system.  There is one entry
    for each object in the database which has a non-default (non-NULL)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-language.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.29. pg_language
52.29. pg_language
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.29. pg_language

+52.29. pg_language
52.29. pg_language
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.29. pg_language

    The catalog pg_language registers
    languages in which you can write functions or stored procedures.
    See CREATE LANGUAGE
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject-metadata.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
52.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.31. pg_largeobject_metadata

+52.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
52.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.31. pg_largeobject_metadata

    The catalog pg_largeobject_metadata
    holds metadata associated with large objects.  The actual large object
    data is stored in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-largeobject.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.30. pg_largeobject
52.30. pg_largeobject
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.30. pg_largeobject

+52.30. pg_largeobject
52.30. pg_largeobject
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.30. pg_largeobject

    The catalog pg_largeobject holds the data making up
    “large objects”.  A large object is identified by an OID
    assigned when it is created.  Each large object is broken into
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-namespace.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.32. pg_namespace
52.32. pg_namespace
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.32. pg_namespace

+52.32. pg_namespace
52.32. pg_namespace
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.32. pg_namespace

    The catalog pg_namespace stores namespaces.
    A namespace is the structure underlying SQL schemas: each namespace
    can have a separate collection of relations, types, etc. without name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opclass.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.33. pg_opclass
52.33. pg_opclass
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.33. pg_opclass

+52.33. pg_opclass
52.33. pg_opclass
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.33. pg_opclass

    The catalog pg_opclass defines
    index access method operator classes.  Each operator class defines
    semantics for index columns of a particular data type and a particular
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-operator.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.34. pg_operator
52.34. pg_operator
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.34. pg_operator

+52.34. pg_operator
52.34. pg_operator
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.34. pg_operator

    The catalog pg_operator stores information about operators.
    See CREATE OPERATOR
    and Section 38.13 for more information.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-opfamily.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.35. pg_opfamily
52.35. pg_opfamily
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.35. pg_opfamily

+52.35. pg_opfamily
52.35. pg_opfamily
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.35. pg_opfamily

    The catalog pg_opfamily defines operator families.
    Each operator family is a collection of operators and associated
    support routines that implement the semantics specified for a particular
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-partitioned-table.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.36. pg_partitioned_table
52.36. pg_partitioned_table
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.36. pg_partitioned_table

+52.36. pg_partitioned_table
52.36. pg_partitioned_table
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.36. pg_partitioned_table

    The catalog pg_partitioned_table stores
    information about how tables are partitioned.
   
Table 52.36. pg_partitioned_table Columns
NameTypeReferencesDescription
partrelidoidpg_class.oidThe OID of the pg_class entry for this partitioned table
partstratchar 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-pltemplate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.37. pg_pltemplate
52.37. pg_pltemplate
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.37. pg_pltemplate

+52.37. pg_pltemplate
52.37. pg_pltemplate
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.37. pg_pltemplate

    The catalog pg_pltemplate stores
    “template” information for procedural languages.
    A template for a language allows the language to be created in a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-policy.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.38. pg_policy
52.38. pg_policy
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.38. pg_policy

+52.38. pg_policy
52.38. pg_policy
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.38. pg_policy

    The catalog pg_policy stores row level
    security policies for tables.  A policy includes the kind of
    command that it applies to (possibly all commands), the roles that it
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-proc.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.39. pg_proc
52.39. pg_proc
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.39. pg_proc

+52.39. pg_proc
52.39. pg_proc
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.39. pg_proc

    The catalog pg_proc stores information about
    functions, procedures, aggregate functions, and window functions
    (collectively also known as routines).  See CREATE FUNCTION, CREATE PROCEDURE, and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication-rel.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.41. pg_publication_rel
52.41. pg_publication_rel
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.41. pg_publication_rel

+52.41. pg_publication_rel
52.41. pg_publication_rel
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.41. pg_publication_rel

    The catalog pg_publication_rel contains the
    mapping between relations and publications in the database.  This is a
    many-to-many mapping.  See also Section 52.78
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-publication.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.40. pg_publication
52.40. pg_publication
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.40. pg_publication

+52.40. pg_publication
52.40. pg_publication
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.40. pg_publication

    The catalog pg_publication contains all
    publications created in the database.  For more on publications see
    Section 31.1.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-range.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.42. pg_range
52.42. pg_range
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.42. pg_range

+52.42. pg_range
52.42. pg_range
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.42. pg_range

    The catalog pg_range stores information about
    range types.  This is in addition to the types' entries in
    pg_type.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-replication-origin.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.43. pg_replication_origin
52.43. pg_replication_origin
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.43. pg_replication_origin

+52.43. pg_replication_origin
52.43. pg_replication_origin
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.43. pg_replication_origin

    The pg_replication_origin catalog contains
    all replication origins created.  For more on replication origins
    see Chapter 50.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-rewrite.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.44. pg_rewrite
52.44. pg_rewrite
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.44. pg_rewrite

+52.44. pg_rewrite
52.44. pg_rewrite
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.44. pg_rewrite

    The catalog pg_rewrite stores rewrite rules for tables and views.
   
Table 52.44. pg_rewrite Columns
NameTypeReferencesDescription
oidoid Row identifier (hidden attribute; must be explicitly selected)
rulenamename Rule name
ev_classoidpg_class.oidThe table this rule is for
ev_typechar 
        Event type that the rule is for: 1 = SELECT, 2 =
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-seclabel.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.45. pg_seclabel
52.45. pg_seclabel
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.45. pg_seclabel

+52.45. pg_seclabel
52.45. pg_seclabel
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.45. pg_seclabel

    The catalog pg_seclabel stores security
    labels on database objects.  Security labels can be manipulated
    with the SECURITY LABEL command.  For an easier
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-sequence.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.46. pg_sequence
52.46. pg_sequence
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.46. pg_sequence

+52.46. pg_sequence
52.46. pg_sequence
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.46. pg_sequence

    The catalog pg_sequence contains information about
    sequences.  Some of the information about sequences, such as the name and
    the schema, is in pg_class.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdepend.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.47. pg_shdepend
52.47. pg_shdepend
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.47. pg_shdepend

+52.47. pg_shdepend
52.47. pg_shdepend
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.47. pg_shdepend

    The catalog pg_shdepend records the
    dependency relationships between database objects and shared objects,
    such as roles.  This information allows
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shdescription.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.48. pg_shdescription
52.48. pg_shdescription
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.48. pg_shdescription

+52.48. pg_shdescription
52.48. pg_shdescription
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.48. pg_shdescription

    The catalog pg_shdescription stores optional
    descriptions (comments) for shared database objects.  Descriptions can be
    manipulated with the COMMENT command and viewed with
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-shseclabel.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.49. pg_shseclabel
52.49. pg_shseclabel
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.49. pg_shseclabel

+52.49. pg_shseclabel
52.49. pg_shseclabel
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.49. pg_shseclabel

    The catalog pg_shseclabel stores security
    labels on shared database objects.  Security labels can be manipulated
    with the SECURITY LABEL command.  For an easier
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic-ext.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.51. pg_statistic_ext
52.51. pg_statistic_ext
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.51. pg_statistic_ext

+52.51. pg_statistic_ext
52.51. pg_statistic_ext
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.51. pg_statistic_ext

    The catalog pg_statistic_ext
    holds extended planner statistics.
    Each row in this catalog corresponds to a statistics object
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-statistic.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.50. pg_statistic
52.50. pg_statistic
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.50. pg_statistic

+52.50. pg_statistic
52.50. pg_statistic
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.50. pg_statistic

    The catalog pg_statistic stores
    statistical data about the contents of the database.  Entries are
    created by ANALYZE
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription-rel.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.53. pg_subscription_rel
52.53. pg_subscription_rel
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.53. pg_subscription_rel

+52.53. pg_subscription_rel
52.53. pg_subscription_rel
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.53. pg_subscription_rel

    The catalog pg_subscription_rel contains the
    state for each replicated relation in each subscription.  This is a
    many-to-many mapping.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-subscription.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.52. pg_subscription
52.52. pg_subscription
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.52. pg_subscription

+52.52. pg_subscription
52.52. pg_subscription
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.52. pg_subscription

    The catalog pg_subscription contains all existing
    logical replication subscriptions.  For more information about logical
    replication see Chapter 31.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-tablespace.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.54. pg_tablespace
52.54. pg_tablespace
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.54. pg_tablespace

+52.54. pg_tablespace
52.54. pg_tablespace
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.54. pg_tablespace

    The catalog pg_tablespace stores information
    about the available tablespaces.  Tables can be placed in particular
    tablespaces to aid administration of disk layout.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-transform.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.55. pg_transform
52.55. pg_transform
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.55. pg_transform

+52.55. pg_transform
52.55. pg_transform
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.55. pg_transform

    The catalog pg_transform stores information about
    transforms, which are a mechanism to adapt data types to procedural
    languages.  See CREATE TRANSFORM for more information.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-trigger.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.56. pg_trigger
52.56. pg_trigger
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.56. pg_trigger

+52.56. pg_trigger
52.56. pg_trigger
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.56. pg_trigger

    The catalog pg_trigger stores triggers on tables
    and views.
    See CREATE TRIGGER
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config-map.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.58. pg_ts_config_map
52.58. pg_ts_config_map
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.58. pg_ts_config_map

+52.58. pg_ts_config_map
52.58. pg_ts_config_map
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.58. pg_ts_config_map

    The pg_ts_config_map catalog contains entries
    showing which text search dictionaries should be consulted, and in
    what order, for each output token type of each text search configuration's
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-config.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.57. pg_ts_config
52.57. pg_ts_config
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.57. pg_ts_config

+52.57. pg_ts_config
52.57. pg_ts_config
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.57. pg_ts_config

    The pg_ts_config catalog contains entries
    representing text search configurations.  A configuration specifies
    a particular text search parser and a list of dictionaries to use
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-dict.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.59. pg_ts_dict
52.59. pg_ts_dict
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.59. pg_ts_dict

+52.59. pg_ts_dict
52.59. pg_ts_dict
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.59. pg_ts_dict

    The pg_ts_dict catalog contains entries
    defining text search dictionaries.  A dictionary depends on a text
    search template, which specifies all the implementation functions
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-parser.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.60. pg_ts_parser
52.60. pg_ts_parser
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.60. pg_ts_parser

+52.60. pg_ts_parser
52.60. pg_ts_parser
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.60. pg_ts_parser

    The pg_ts_parser catalog contains entries
    defining text search parsers.  A parser is responsible for splitting
    input text into lexemes and assigning a token type to each lexeme.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html	2019-08-05 21:28:45.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-ts-template.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.61. pg_ts_template
52.61. pg_ts_template
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.61. pg_ts_template

+52.61. pg_ts_template
52.61. pg_ts_template
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.61. pg_ts_template

    The pg_ts_template catalog contains entries
    defining text search templates.  A template is the implementation
    skeleton for a class of text search dictionaries.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-type.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.62. pg_type
52.62. pg_type
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.62. pg_type

+52.62. pg_type
52.62. pg_type
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.62. pg_type

    The catalog pg_type stores information about data
    types.  Base types and enum types (scalar types) are created with
    CREATE TYPE, and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalog-pg-user-mapping.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.63. pg_user_mapping
52.63. pg_user_mapping
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.63. pg_user_mapping

+52.63. pg_user_mapping
52.63. pg_user_mapping
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.63. pg_user_mapping

    The catalog pg_user_mapping stores
    the mappings from local user to remote.  Access to this catalog is
    restricted from normal users, use the view
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs-overview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:50.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.1. Overview
52.1. Overview
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.1. Overview

+52.1. Overview
52.1. Overview
Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
52.1. Overview

    Table 52.1 lists the system catalogs.
    More detailed documentation of each catalog follows below.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/catalogs.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 52. System Catalogs
Chapter 52. System Catalogs
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 52. System Catalogs
Table of Contents
52.1. Overview
52.2. pg_aggregate
52.3. pg_am
52.4. pg_amop
52.5. pg_amproc
52.6. pg_attrdef
52.7. pg_attribute
52.8. pg_authid
52.9. pg_auth_members
52.10. pg_cast
52.11. pg_class
52.12. pg_collation
52.13. pg_constraint
52.14. pg_conversion
52.15. pg_database
52.16. pg_db_role_setting
52.17. pg_default_acl
52.18. pg_depend
52.19. pg_description
52.20. pg_enum
52.21. pg_event_trigger
52.22. pg_extension
52.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
52.24. pg_foreign_server
52.25. pg_foreign_table
52.26. pg_index
52.27. pg_inherits
52.28. pg_init_privs
52.29. pg_language
52.30. pg_largeobject
52.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
52.32. pg_namespace
52.33. pg_opclass
52.34. pg_operator
52.35. pg_opfamily
52.36. pg_partitioned_table
52.37. pg_pltemplate
52.38. pg_policy
52.39. pg_proc
52.40. pg_publication
52.41. pg_publication_rel
52.42. pg_range
52.43. pg_replication_origin
52.44. pg_rewrite
52.45. pg_seclabel
52.46. pg_sequence
52.47. pg_shdepend
52.48. pg_shdescription
52.49. pg_shseclabel
52.50. pg_statistic
52.51. pg_statistic_ext
52.52. pg_subscription
52.53. pg_subscription_rel
52.54. pg_tablespace
52.55. pg_transform
52.56. pg_trigger
52.57. pg_ts_config
52.58. pg_ts_config_map
52.59. pg_ts_dict
52.60. pg_ts_parser
52.61. pg_ts_template
52.62. pg_type
52.63. pg_user_mapping
52.64. System Views
52.65. pg_available_extensions
52.66. pg_available_extension_versions
52.67. pg_config
52.68. pg_cursors
52.69. pg_file_settings
52.70. pg_group
52.71. pg_hba_file_rules
52.72. pg_indexes
52.73. pg_locks
52.74. pg_matviews
52.75. pg_policies
52.76. pg_prepared_statements
52.77. pg_prepared_xacts
52.78. pg_publication_tables
52.79. pg_replication_origin_status
52.80. pg_replication_slots
52.81. pg_roles
52.82. pg_rules
52.83. pg_seclabels
52.84. pg_sequences
52.85. pg_settings
52.86. pg_shadow
52.87. pg_stats
52.88. pg_tables
52.89. pg_timezone_abbrevs
52.90. pg_timezone_names
52.91. pg_user
52.92. pg_user_mappings
52.93. pg_views

+Chapter 52. System Catalogs
Chapter 52. System Catalogs
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 52. System Catalogs
Table of Contents
52.1. Overview
52.2. pg_aggregate
52.3. pg_am
52.4. pg_amop
52.5. pg_amproc
52.6. pg_attrdef
52.7. pg_attribute
52.8. pg_authid
52.9. pg_auth_members
52.10. pg_cast
52.11. pg_class
52.12. pg_collation
52.13. pg_constraint
52.14. pg_conversion
52.15. pg_database
52.16. pg_db_role_setting
52.17. pg_default_acl
52.18. pg_depend
52.19. pg_description
52.20. pg_enum
52.21. pg_event_trigger
52.22. pg_extension
52.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
52.24. pg_foreign_server
52.25. pg_foreign_table
52.26. pg_index
52.27. pg_inherits
52.28. pg_init_privs
52.29. pg_language
52.30. pg_largeobject
52.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
52.32. pg_namespace
52.33. pg_opclass
52.34. pg_operator
52.35. pg_opfamily
52.36. pg_partitioned_table
52.37. pg_pltemplate
52.38. pg_policy
52.39. pg_proc
52.40. pg_publication
52.41. pg_publication_rel
52.42. pg_range
52.43. pg_replication_origin
52.44. pg_rewrite
52.45. pg_seclabel
52.46. pg_sequence
52.47. pg_shdepend
52.48. pg_shdescription
52.49. pg_shseclabel
52.50. pg_statistic
52.51. pg_statistic_ext
52.52. pg_subscription
52.53. pg_subscription_rel
52.54. pg_tablespace
52.55. pg_transform
52.56. pg_trigger
52.57. pg_ts_config
52.58. pg_ts_config_map
52.59. pg_ts_dict
52.60. pg_ts_parser
52.61. pg_ts_template
52.62. pg_type
52.63. pg_user_mapping
52.64. System Views
52.65. pg_available_extensions
52.66. pg_available_extension_versions
52.67. pg_config
52.68. pg_cursors
52.69. pg_file_settings
52.70. pg_group
52.71. pg_hba_file_rules
52.72. pg_indexes
52.73. pg_locks
52.74. pg_matviews
52.75. pg_policies
52.76. pg_prepared_statements
52.77. pg_prepared_xacts
52.78. pg_publication_tables
52.79. pg_replication_origin_status
52.80. pg_replication_slots
52.81. pg_roles
52.82. pg_rules
52.83. pg_seclabels
52.84. pg_sequences
52.85. pg_settings
52.86. pg_shadow
52.87. pg_stats
52.88. pg_tables
52.89. pg_timezone_abbrevs
52.90. pg_timezone_names
52.91. pg_user
52.92. pg_user_mappings
52.93. pg_views

    The system catalogs are the place where a relational database
    management system stores schema metadata, such as information about
    tables and columns, and internal bookkeeping information.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/charset.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 23. Localization
Chapter 23. Localization
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 23. Localization
Table of Contents
23.1. Locale Support
23.1.1. Overview
23.1.2. Behavior
23.1.3. Problems
23.2. Collation Support
23.2.1. Concepts
23.2.2. Managing Collations
23.3. Character Set Support
23.3.1. Supported Character Sets
23.3.2. Setting the Character Set
23.3.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client
23.3.4. Further Reading

+Chapter 23. Localization
Chapter 23. Localization
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 23. Localization
Table of Contents
23.1. Locale Support
23.1.1. Overview
23.1.2. Behavior
23.1.3. Problems
23.2. Collation Support
23.2.1. Concepts
23.2.2. Managing Collations
23.3. Character Set Support
23.3.1. Supported Character Sets
23.3.2. Setting the Character Set
23.3.3. Automatic Character Set Conversion Between Server and Client
23.3.4. Further Reading

   This chapter describes the available localization features from the
   point of view of the administrator.
   PostgreSQL supports two localization
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/citext.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.8. citext
F.8. citext
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.8. citext
F.8.1. Rationale
F.8.2. How to Use It
F.8.3. String Comparison Behavior
F.8.4. Limitations
F.8.5. Author

+F.8. citext
F.8. citext
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.8. citext
F.8.1. Rationale
F.8.2. How to Use It
F.8.3. String Comparison Behavior
F.8.4. Limitations
F.8.5. Author

   The citext module provides a case-insensitive
   character string type, citext. Essentially, it internally calls
   lower when comparing values. Otherwise, it behaves almost
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication-problems.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.15. Authentication Problems
20.15. Authentication Problems
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.15. Authentication Problems

+20.15. Authentication Problems
20.15. Authentication Problems
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.15. Authentication Problems

     Authentication failures and related problems generally
     manifest themselves through error messages like the following:
    

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/client-authentication.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 20. Client Authentication
Chapter 20. Client Authentication
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 20. Client Authentication
Table of Contents
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
20.2. User Name Maps
20.3. Authentication Methods
20.4. Trust Authentication
20.5. Password Authentication
20.6. GSSAPI Authentication
20.7. SSPI Authentication
20.8. Ident Authentication
20.9. Peer Authentication
20.10. LDAP Authentication
20.11. RADIUS Authentication
20.12. Certificate Authentication
20.13. PAM Authentication
20.14. BSD Authentication
20.15. Authentication Problems

+Chapter 20. Client Authentication
Chapter 20. Client Authentication
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 20. Client Authentication
Table of Contents
20.1. The pg_hba.conf File
20.2. User Name Maps
20.3. Authentication Methods
20.4. Trust Authentication
20.5. Password Authentication
20.6. GSSAPI Authentication
20.7. SSPI Authentication
20.8. Ident Authentication
20.9. Peer Authentication
20.10. LDAP Authentication
20.11. RADIUS Authentication
20.12. Certificate Authentication
20.13. PAM Authentication
20.14. BSD Authentication
20.15. Authentication Problems

   When a client application connects to the database server, it
   specifies which PostgreSQL database user name it
   wants to connect as, much the same way one logs into a Unix computer
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/client-interfaces.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Part IV. Client Interfaces
Part IV. Client Interfaces
Prev   Home Next
Part IV. Client Interfaces

+Part IV. Client Interfaces
Part IV. Client Interfaces
Prev   Home Next
Part IV. Client Interfaces

     This part describes the client programming interfaces distributed
     with PostgreSQL.  Each of these chapters can be
     read independently.  Note that there are many other programming
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/collation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-23.2. Collation Support
23.2. Collation Support
Prev UpChapter 23. LocalizationHome Next
23.2. Collation Support
23.2.1. Concepts
23.2.2. Managing Collations

+23.2. Collation Support
23.2. Collation Support
Prev UpChapter 23. LocalizationHome Next
23.2. Collation Support
23.2.1. Concepts
23.2.2. Managing Collations

    The collation feature allows specifying the sort order and character
    classification behavior of data per-column, or even per-operation.
    This alleviates the restriction that the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/config-setting.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.1. Setting Parameters
19.1. Setting Parameters
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.1. Setting Parameters
19.1.1. Parameter Names and Values
19.1.2. Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
19.1.3. Parameter Interaction via SQL
19.1.4. Parameter Interaction via the Shell
19.1.5. Managing Configuration File Contents
19.1.1. Parameter Names and Values

+19.1. Setting Parameters
19.1. Setting Parameters
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.1. Setting Parameters
19.1.1. Parameter Names and Values
19.1.2. Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
19.1.3. Parameter Interaction via SQL
19.1.4. Parameter Interaction via the Shell
19.1.5. Managing Configuration File Contents
19.1.1. Parameter Names and Values

      All parameter names are case-insensitive. Every parameter takes a
      value of one of five types: boolean, string, integer, floating point,
      or enumerated (enum).  The type determines the syntax for setting the
@@ -79,6 +79,8 @@
      identifiers or numbers must be single-quoted.  To embed a single
      quote in a parameter value, write either two quotes (preferred)
      or backslash-quote.
+     If the file contains multiple entries for the same parameter,
+     all but the last one are ignored.
     

      Parameters set in this way provide default values for the cluster.
      The settings seen by active sessions will be these values unless they
@@ -103,16 +105,25 @@
      In addition to postgresql.conf,
      a PostgreSQL data directory contains a file
      postgresql.auto.conf,
-     which has the same format as postgresql.conf but should
-     never be edited manually.  This file holds settings provided through
-     the ALTER SYSTEM command.  This file is automatically
-     read whenever postgresql.conf is, and its settings take
-     effect in the same way.  Settings in postgresql.auto.conf
-     override those in postgresql.conf.
+     which has the same format as postgresql.conf but
+     is intended to be edited automatically not manually.  This file holds
+     settings provided through the ALTER SYSTEM command.
+     This file is read whenever postgresql.conf is,
+     and its settings take effect in the same way.  Settings
+     in postgresql.auto.conf override those
+     in postgresql.conf.
+    

+     External tools may also
+     modify postgresql.auto.conf.  It is not
+     recommended to do this while the server is running, since a
+     concurrent ALTER SYSTEM command could overwrite
+     such changes.  Such tools might simply append new settings to the end,
+     or they might choose to remove duplicate settings and/or comments
+     (as ALTER SYSTEM will).
     

      The system view
      pg_file_settings
-     can be helpful for pre-testing changes to the configuration file, or for
+     can be helpful for pre-testing changes to the configuration files, or for
      diagnosing problems if a SIGHUP signal did not have the
      desired effects.
     
19.1.3. Parameter Interaction via SQL

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/connect-estab.html	2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-51.2. How Connections are Established
51.2. How Connections are Established
Prev UpChapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next
51.2. How Connections are Established

+51.2. How Connections are Established
51.2. How Connections are Established
Prev UpChapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next
51.2. How Connections are Established

     PostgreSQL is implemented using a
     simple “process per user” client/server model.  In this model
     there is one client process connected to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/continuous-archiving.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
Prev UpChapter 25. Backup and RestoreHome Next
25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
25.3.1. Setting Up WAL Archiving
25.3.2. Making a Base Backup
25.3.3. Making a Base Backup Using the Low Level API
25.3.4. Recovering Using a Continuous Archive Backup
25.3.5. Timelines
25.3.6. Tips and Examples
25.3.7. Caveats

+25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
Prev UpChapter 25. Backup and RestoreHome Next
25.3. Continuous Archiving and Point-in-Time Recovery (PITR)
25.3.1. Setting Up WAL Archiving
25.3.2. Making a Base Backup
25.3.3. Making a Base Backup Using the Low Level API
25.3.4. Recovering Using a Continuous Archive Backup
25.3.5. Timelines
25.3.6. Tips and Examples
25.3.7. Caveats

    At all times, PostgreSQL maintains a
    write ahead log (WAL) in the pg_wal/
    subdirectory of the cluster's data directory. The log records
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/contrib-dblink-build-sql-delete.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-dblink_build_sql_delete
dblink_build_sql_delete
Prev UpF.10. dblinkHome Next
pg_signal_backendSignal another backend to cancel a query or terminate its session.
pg_read_server_filesAllow reading files from any location the database can access on the server with COPY and
+       other file-access functions.
pg_write_server_filesAllow writing to files in any location the database can access on the server with COPY and
+       other file-access functions.
pg_execute_server_programAllow executing programs on the database server as the user the database runs as with
+       COPY and other functions which allow executing a server-side program.


   The pg_monitor, pg_read_all_settings,
   pg_read_all_stats and pg_stat_scan_tables
   roles are intended to allow administrators to easily configure a role for the
@@ -35,12 +27,27 @@
   allowing the role to read various useful configuration settings, statistics and
   other system information normally restricted to superusers.
   

+  The pg_signal_backend role is intended to allow
+  administrators to enable trusted, but non-superuser, roles to send signals
+  to other backends. Currently this role enables sending of signals for
+  canceling a query on another backend or terminating its session. A user
+  granted this role cannot however send signals to a backend owned by a
+  superuser.  See Section 9.26.2.
+  

+  The pg_read_server_files, pg_write_server_files and
+  pg_execute_server_program roles are intended to allow administrators to have
+  trusted, but non-superuser, roles which are able to access files and run programs on the
+  database server as the user the database runs as.  As these roles are able to access any file on
+  the server file system, they bypass all database-level permission checks when accessing files
+  directly and they could be used to gain superuser-level access, therefore
+  great care should be taken when granting these roles to users.
+  

   Care should be taken when granting these roles to ensure they are only used where
   needed and with the understanding that these roles grant access to privileged
   information.
   

-   Administrators can grant access to these roles to users using the GRANT
-   command:
+   Administrators can grant access to these roles to users using the
+   GRANT command, for example:
 
 
 GRANT pg_signal_backend TO admin_user;
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-int.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.11. dict_int
F.11. dict_int
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.11. dict_int
F.11.1. Configuration
F.11.2. Usage

+F.11. dict_int
F.11. dict_int
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.11. dict_int
F.11.1. Configuration
F.11.2. Usage

   dict_int is an example of an add-on dictionary template
   for full-text search.  The motivation for this example dictionary is to
   control the indexing of integers (signed and unsigned), allowing such
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dict-xsyn.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.12. dict_xsyn
F.12. dict_xsyn
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.12. dict_xsyn
F.12.1. Configuration
F.12.2. Usage

+F.12. dict_xsyn
F.12. dict_xsyn
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.12. dict_xsyn
F.12.1. Configuration
F.12.2. Usage

   dict_xsyn (Extended Synonym Dictionary) is an example of an
   add-on dictionary template for full-text search.  This dictionary type
   replaces words with groups of their synonyms, and so makes it possible to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/different-replication-solutions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-26.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
26.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
Prev UpChapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next
26.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
Shared Disk Failover

+26.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
26.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
Prev UpChapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next
26.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
Shared Disk Failover

      Shared disk failover avoids synchronization overhead by having only one
      copy of the database.  It uses a single disk array that is shared by
      multiple servers.  If the main database server fails, the standby server
@@ -82,7 +82,8 @@
      Pgpool-II and Continuent Tungsten
      are examples of this type of replication.
     
Asynchronous Multimaster Replication

-     For servers that are not regularly connected, like laptops or
+     For servers that are not regularly connected or have slow
+     communication links, like laptops or
      remote servers, keeping data consistent among servers is a
      challenge.  Using asynchronous multimaster replication, each
      server works independently, and periodically communicates with
@@ -93,9 +94,8 @@
      In synchronous multimaster replication, each server can accept
      write requests, and modified data is transmitted from the
      original server to every other server before each transaction
-     commits.  Heavy write activity can cause excessive locking,
-     leading to poor performance.  In fact, write performance is
-     often worse than that of a single server.  Read requests can
+     commits.  Heavy write activity can cause excessive locking and
+     commit delays, leading to poor performance.  Read requests can
      be sent to any server.  Some implementations use shared disk
      to reduce the communication overhead.  Synchronous multimaster
      replication is best for mostly read workloads, though its big
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-full.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-29.2. Disk Full Failure
29.2. Disk Full Failure
Prev UpChapter 29. Monitoring Disk UsageHome Next
29.2. Disk Full Failure

+29.2. Disk Full Failure
29.2. Disk Full Failure
Prev UpChapter 29. Monitoring Disk UsageHome Next
29.2. Disk Full Failure

    The most important disk monitoring task of a database administrator
    is to make sure the disk doesn't become full.  A filled data disk will
    not result in data corruption, but it might prevent useful activity
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/disk-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-29.1. Determining Disk Usage
29.1. Determining Disk Usage
Prev UpChapter 29. Monitoring Disk UsageHome Next
29.1. Determining Disk Usage

+29.1. Determining Disk Usage
29.1. Determining Disk Usage
Prev UpChapter 29. Monitoring Disk UsageHome Next
29.1. Determining Disk Usage

    Each table has a primary heap disk file where most of the data is
    stored. If the table has any columns with potentially-wide values,
    there also might be a TOAST file associated with the table,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/diskusage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
Table of Contents
29.1. Determining Disk Usage
29.2. Disk Full Failure

+Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 29. Monitoring Disk Usage
Table of Contents
29.1. Determining Disk Usage
29.2. Disk Full Failure

   This chapter discusses how to monitor the disk usage of a
   PostgreSQL database system.
  
Prev Up Next
28.5. Dynamic Tracing Home 29.1. Determining Disk Usage

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-delete.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-6.3. Deleting Data
6.3. Deleting Data
Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next
6.3. Deleting Data

+6.3. Deleting Data
6.3. Deleting Data
Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next
6.3. Deleting Data

    So far we have explained how to add data to tables and how to
    change data.  What remains is to discuss how to remove data that is
    no longer needed.  Just as adding data is only possible in whole
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-insert.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-6.1. Inserting Data
6.1. Inserting Data
Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next
6.1. Inserting Data

+6.1. Inserting Data
6.1. Inserting Data
Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next
6.1. Inserting Data

    When a table is created, it contains no data.  The first thing to
    do before a database can be of much use is to insert data.  Data is
    conceptually inserted one row at a time.  Of course you can also
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-returning.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-6.4. Returning Data From Modified Rows
6.4. Returning Data From Modified Rows
Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next
6.4. Returning Data From Modified Rows

+6.4. Returning Data From Modified Rows
6.4. Returning Data From Modified Rows
Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next
6.4. Returning Data From Modified Rows

    Sometimes it is useful to obtain data from modified rows while they are
    being manipulated.  The INSERT, UPDATE,
    and DELETE commands all have an
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dml-update.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-6.2. Updating Data
6.2. Updating Data
Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next
6.2. Updating Data

+6.2. Updating Data
6.2. Updating Data
Prev UpChapter 6. Data ManipulationHome Next
6.2. Updating Data

    The modification of data that is already in the database is
    referred to as updating.  You can update individual rows, all the
    rows in a table, or a subset of all rows.  Each column can be
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dml.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
Table of Contents
6.1. Inserting Data
6.2. Updating Data
6.3. Deleting Data
6.4. Returning Data From Modified Rows

+Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 6. Data Manipulation
Table of Contents
6.1. Inserting Data
6.2. Updating Data
6.3. Deleting Data
6.4. Returning Data From Modified Rows

   The previous chapter discussed how to create tables and other
   structures to hold your data.  Now it is time to fill the tables
   with data.  This chapter covers how to insert, update, and delete
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-authoring.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-J.4. Documentation Authoring
J.4. Documentation Authoring
Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next
J.4. Documentation Authoring
J.4.1. Emacs

+J.4. Documentation Authoring
J.4. Documentation Authoring
Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next
J.4. Documentation Authoring
J.4.1. Emacs

     The documentation sources are most conveniently modified with an editor
     that has a mode for editing XML, and even more so if it has some awareness
     of XML schema languages so that it can know about
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-build.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-J.3. Building The Documentation
J.3. Building The Documentation
Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next
J.3. Building The Documentation
J.3.1. HTML
J.3.2. Manpages
J.3.3. PDF
J.3.4. Plain Text Files
J.3.5. Syntax Check

+J.3. Building The Documentation
J.3. Building The Documentation
Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next
J.3. Building The Documentation
J.3.1. HTML
J.3.2. Manpages
J.3.3. PDF
J.3.4. Plain Text Files
J.3.5. Syntax Check

    Once you have everything set up, change to the directory
    doc/src/sgml and run one of the commands
    described in the following subsections to build the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-docbook.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-J.1. DocBook
J.1. DocBook
Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next
J.1. DocBook

+J.1. DocBook
J.1. DocBook
Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next
J.1. DocBook

    The documentation sources are written in
    DocBook, which is a markup language
    defined in XML.  In what
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-style.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-J.5. Style Guide
J.5. Style Guide
Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next
J.5. Style Guide
J.5.1. Reference Pages
J.5.1. Reference Pages

+J.5. Style Guide
J.5. Style Guide
Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next
J.5. Style Guide
J.5.1. Reference Pages
J.5.1. Reference Pages

     Reference pages should follow a standard layout.  This allows
     users to find the desired information more quickly, and it also
     encourages writers to document all relevant aspects of a command.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide-toolsets.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-J.2. Tool Sets
J.2. Tool Sets
Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next
J.2. Tool Sets
J.2.1. Installation on Fedora, RHEL, and Derivatives
J.2.2. Installation on FreeBSD
J.2.3. Debian Packages
J.2.4. macOS
J.2.5. Detection by configure

+J.2. Tool Sets
J.2. Tool Sets
Prev UpAppendix J. DocumentationHome Next
J.2. Tool Sets
J.2.1. Installation on Fedora, RHEL, and Derivatives
J.2.2. Installation on FreeBSD
J.2.3. Debian Packages
J.2.4. macOS
J.2.5. Detection by configure

    The following tools are used to process the documentation.  Some
    might be optional, as noted.
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/docguide.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Appendix J. Documentation
Appendix J. Documentation
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
Appendix J. Documentation
Table of Contents
J.1. DocBook
J.2. Tool Sets
J.2.1. Installation on Fedora, RHEL, and Derivatives
J.2.2. Installation on FreeBSD
J.2.3. Debian Packages
J.2.4. macOS
J.2.5. Detection by configure
J.3. Building The Documentation
J.3.1. HTML
J.3.2. Manpages
J.3.3. PDF
J.3.4. Plain Text Files
J.3.5. Syntax Check
J.4. Documentation Authoring
J.4.1. Emacs
J.5. Style Guide
J.5.1. Reference Pages

+Appendix J. Documentation
Appendix J. Documentation
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
Appendix J. Documentation
Table of Contents
J.1. DocBook
J.2. Tool Sets
J.2.1. Installation on Fedora, RHEL, and Derivatives
J.2.2. Installation on FreeBSD
J.2.3. Debian Packages
J.2.4. macOS
J.2.5. Detection by configure
J.3. Building The Documentation
J.3.1. HTML
J.3.2. Manpages
J.3.3. PDF
J.3.4. Plain Text Files
J.3.5. Syntax Check
J.4. Documentation Authoring
J.4.1. Emacs
J.5. Style Guide
J.5.1. Reference Pages

   PostgreSQL has four primary documentation
   formats:
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/domains.html	2019-11-11 22:18:31.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-8.18. Domain Types
8.18. Domain Types
Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next
8.18. Domain Types

+8.18. Domain Types
8.18. Domain Types
Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next
8.18. Domain Types

     A domain is a user-defined data type that is
     based on another underlying type.  Optionally,
     it can have constraints that restrict its valid values to a subset of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/dynamic-trace.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-28.5. Dynamic Tracing
28.5. Dynamic Tracing
Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next
28.5. Dynamic Tracing
28.5.1. Compiling for Dynamic Tracing
28.5.2. Built-in Probes
28.5.3. Using Probes
28.5.4. Defining New Probes

+28.5. Dynamic Tracing
28.5. Dynamic Tracing
Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next
28.5. Dynamic Tracing
28.5.1. Compiling for Dynamic Tracing
28.5.2. Built-in Probes
28.5.3. Using Probes
28.5.4. Defining New Probes

    PostgreSQL provides facilities to support
    dynamic tracing of the database server. This allows an external
    utility to be called at specific points in the code and thereby trace
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/earthdistance.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.13. earthdistance
F.13. earthdistance
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.13. earthdistance
F.13.1. Cube-based Earth Distances
F.13.2. Point-based Earth Distances

+F.13. earthdistance
F.13. earthdistance
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.13. earthdistance
F.13.1. Cube-based Earth Distances
F.13.2. Point-based Earth Distances

   The earthdistance module provides two different approaches to
   calculating great circle distances on the surface of the Earth. The one
   described first depends on the cube module (which
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-commands.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.3. Running SQL Commands
36.3. Running SQL Commands
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.3. Running SQL Commands
36.3.1. Executing SQL Statements
36.3.2. Using Cursors
36.3.3. Managing Transactions
36.3.4. Prepared Statements

+36.3. Running SQL Commands
36.3. Running SQL Commands
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.3. Running SQL Commands
36.3.1. Executing SQL Statements
36.3.2. Using Cursors
36.3.3. Managing Transactions
36.3.4. Prepared Statements

    Any SQL command can be run from within an embedded SQL application.
    Below are some examples of how to do that.
   
36.3.1. Executing SQL Statements

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-concept.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.1. The Concept
36.1. The Concept
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.1. The Concept

+36.1. The Concept
36.1. The Concept
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.1. The Concept

    An embedded SQL program consists of code written in an ordinary
    programming language, in this case C, mixed with SQL commands in
    specially marked sections.  To build the program, the source code (*.pgc)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-connect.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.2. Managing Database Connections
36.2. Managing Database Connections
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.2. Managing Database Connections
36.2.1. Connecting to the Database Server
36.2.2. Choosing a Connection
36.2.3. Closing a Connection

+36.2. Managing Database Connections
36.2. Managing Database Connections
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.2. Managing Database Connections
36.2.1. Connecting to the Database Server
36.2.2. Choosing a Connection
36.2.3. Closing a Connection

    This section describes how to open, close, and switch database
    connections.
   
36.2.1. Connecting to the Database Server

@@ -50,6 +50,17 @@
    password can be an SQL identifier, an
    SQL string literal, or a reference to a character variable.
   

+   If the connection target includes any options,
+   those consist of
+   keyword=value
+   specifications separated by ampersands (&).
+   The allowed key words are the same ones recognized
+   by libpq (see
+   Section 34.1.2).  Spaces are ignored before
+   any keyword or value,
+   though not within or after one.  Note that there is no way to
+   write & within a value.
+  

    The connection-name is used to handle
    multiple connections in one program.  It can be omitted if a
    program uses only one connection.  The most recently opened
@@ -61,7 +72,7 @@
    secure schema usage pattern,
    begin each session by removing publicly-writable schemas
    from search_path.  For example,
-   add options=-csearch_path=
+   add options=-c search_path=
    to options, or
    issue EXEC SQL SELECT pg_catalog.set_config('search_path', '',
    false); after connecting.  This consideration is not specific to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-cpp.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.13. C++ Applications
36.13. C++ Applications
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.13. C++ Applications
36.13.1. Scope for Host Variables
36.13.2. C++ Application Development with External C Module

+36.13. C++ Applications
36.13. C++ Applications
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.13. C++ Applications
36.13.1. Scope for Host Variables
36.13.2. C++ Application Development with External C Module

    ECPG has some limited support for C++ applications.  This section
    describes some caveats.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-descriptors.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
36.7.1. Named SQL Descriptor Areas
36.7.2. SQLDA Descriptor Areas

+36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
36.7.1. Named SQL Descriptor Areas
36.7.2. SQLDA Descriptor Areas

    An SQL descriptor area is a more sophisticated method for processing
    the result of a SELECT, FETCH or
    a DESCRIBE statement. An SQL descriptor area groups
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-develop.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.16. Internals
36.16. Internals
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.16. Internals

+36.16. Internals
36.16. Internals
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.16. Internals

    This section explains how ECPG works
    internally. This information can occasionally be useful to help
    users understand how to use ECPG.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-dynamic.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.5. Dynamic SQL
36.5. Dynamic SQL
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.5. Dynamic SQL
36.5.1. Executing Statements without a Result Set
36.5.2. Executing a Statement with Input Parameters
36.5.3. Executing a Statement with a Result Set

+36.5. Dynamic SQL
36.5. Dynamic SQL
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.5. Dynamic SQL
36.5.1. Executing Statements without a Result Set
36.5.2. Executing a Statement with Input Parameters
36.5.3. Executing a Statement with a Result Set

    In many cases, the particular SQL statements that an application
    has to execute are known at the time the application is written.
    In some cases, however, the SQL statements are composed at run time
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-errors.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.8. Error Handling
36.8. Error Handling
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.8. Error Handling
36.8.1. Setting Callbacks
36.8.2. sqlca
36.8.3. SQLSTATE vs. SQLCODE

+36.8. Error Handling
36.8. Error Handling
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.8. Error Handling
36.8.1. Setting Callbacks
36.8.2. sqlca
36.8.3. SQLSTATE vs. SQLCODE

    This section describes how you can handle exceptional conditions
    and warnings in an embedded SQL program.  There are two
    nonexclusive facilities for this.
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
     to indicate a warning.
    

     The fields sqlcaid,
-    sqlcabc,
+    sqlabc,
     sqlerrp, and the remaining elements of
     sqlerrd and
     sqlwarn currently contain no useful
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-informix-compat.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
36.15.1. Additional Types
36.15.2. Additional/Missing Embedded SQL Statements
36.15.3. Informix-compatible SQLDA Descriptor Areas
36.15.4. Additional Functions
36.15.5. Additional Constants

+36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
36.15.1. Additional Types
36.15.2. Additional/Missing Embedded SQL Statements
36.15.3. Informix-compatible SQLDA Descriptor Areas
36.15.4. Additional Functions
36.15.5. Additional Constants

    ecpg can be run in a so-called Informix compatibility mode. If
    this mode is active, it tries to behave as if it were the Informix
    precompiler for Informix E/SQL. Generally spoken this will allow you to use
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-library.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.11. Library Functions
36.11. Library Functions
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.11. Library Functions

+36.11. Library Functions
36.11. Library Functions
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.11. Library Functions

    The libecpg library primarily contains
    “hidden” functions that are used to implement the
    functionality expressed by the embedded SQL commands.  But there
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-lo.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.12. Large Objects
36.12. Large Objects
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.12. Large Objects

+36.12. Large Objects
36.12. Large Objects
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.12. Large Objects

    Large objects are not directly supported by ECPG, but ECPG
    application can manipulate large objects through the libpq large
    object functions, obtaining the necessary PGconn
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-pgtypes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.6. pgtypes Library
36.6. pgtypes Library
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.6. pgtypes Library
36.6.1. Character Strings
36.6.2. The numeric Type
36.6.3. The date Type
36.6.4. The timestamp Type
36.6.5. The interval Type
36.6.6. The decimal Type
36.6.7. errno Values of pgtypeslib
36.6.8. Special Constants of pgtypeslib

+36.6. pgtypes Library
36.6. pgtypes Library
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.6. pgtypes Library
36.6.1. Character Strings
36.6.2. The numeric Type
36.6.3. The date Type
36.6.4. The timestamp Type
36.6.5. The interval Type
36.6.6. The decimal Type
36.6.7. errno Values of pgtypeslib
36.6.8. Special Constants of pgtypeslib

    The pgtypes library maps PostgreSQL database
    types to C equivalents that can be used in C programs. It also offers
    functions to do basic calculations with those types within C, i.e., without
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-preproc.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.9. Preprocessor Directives
36.9. Preprocessor Directives
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.9. Preprocessor Directives
36.9.1. Including Files
36.9.2. The define and undef Directives
36.9.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif, and endif Directives

+36.9. Preprocessor Directives
36.9. Preprocessor Directives
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.9. Preprocessor Directives
36.9.1. Including Files
36.9.2. The define and undef Directives
36.9.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif, and endif Directives

    Several preprocessor directives are available that modify how
    the ecpg preprocessor parses and processes a
    file.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-process.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs

+36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs

    Now that you have an idea how to form embedded SQL C programs, you
    probably want to know how to compile them.  Before compiling you
    run the file through the embedded SQL
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-allocate-descriptor.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
Synopsis
+ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
Synopsis
 ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR name
 
Description

      ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR allocates a new named SQL
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-commands.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
CONNECT — establish a database connection
DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
DECLARE — define a cursor
DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
TYPE — define a new data type
VAR — define a variable
WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised

+36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
CONNECT — establish a database connection
DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
DECLARE — define a cursor
DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
TYPE — define a new data type
VAR — define a variable
WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised

    This section describes all SQL commands that are specific to
    embedded SQL.  Also refer to the SQL commands listed
    in SQL Commands, which can also be used in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-connect.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CONNECT
CONNECT
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
CONNECT
CONNECT — establish a database connection
Synopsis
+CONNECT
CONNECT
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
CONNECT
CONNECT — establish a database connection
Synopsis
 CONNECT TO connection_target [ AS connection_name ] [ USER connection_user ]
 CONNECT TO DEFAULT
 CONNECT connection_user
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
             or VARCHAR[] containing a value in one of the
             above forms
            

-       
connection_object

+       
connection_name

         An optional identifier for the connection, so that it can be
         referred to in other commands.  This can be an SQL identifier
         or a host variable.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-deallocate-descriptor.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
Synopsis
+DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR
DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
Synopsis
 DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR name
 
Description

      DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR deallocates a named SQL
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-declare.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DECLARE
DECLARE
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
DECLARE
DECLARE — define a cursor
Synopsis
+DECLARE
DECLARE
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
DECLARE
DECLARE — define a cursor
Synopsis
 DECLARE cursor_name [ BINARY ] [ INSENSITIVE ] [ [ NO ] SCROLL ] CURSOR [ { WITH | WITHOUT } HOLD ] FOR prepared_name
 DECLARE cursor_name [ BINARY ] [ INSENSITIVE ] [ [ NO ] SCROLL ] CURSOR [ { WITH | WITHOUT } HOLD ] FOR query
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-describe.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DESCRIBE
DESCRIBE
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
DESCRIBE
DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
Synopsis
+DESCRIBE
DESCRIBE
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
DESCRIBE
DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
Synopsis
 DESCRIBE [ OUTPUT ] prepared_name USING [ SQL ] DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name
 DESCRIBE [ OUTPUT ] prepared_name INTO [ SQL ] DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name
 DESCRIBE [ OUTPUT ] prepared_name INTO sqlda_name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-disconnect.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DISCONNECT
DISCONNECT
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
DISCONNECT
DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
Synopsis
+DISCONNECT
DISCONNECT
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
DISCONNECT
DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
Synopsis
 DISCONNECT connection_name
 DISCONNECT [ CURRENT ]
 DISCONNECT DEFAULT
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-execute-immediate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
Synopsis
+EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
EXECUTE IMMEDIATE
EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
Synopsis
 EXECUTE IMMEDIATE string
 
Description

      EXECUTE IMMEDIATE immediately prepares and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-get-descriptor.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-GET DESCRIPTOR
GET DESCRIPTOR
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
GET DESCRIPTOR
GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
Synopsis
+GET DESCRIPTOR
GET DESCRIPTOR
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
GET DESCRIPTOR
GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
Synopsis
 GET DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name :cvariable = descriptor_header_item [, ... ]
 GET DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name VALUE column_number :cvariable = descriptor_item [, ... ]
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-open.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-OPEN
OPEN
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
OPEN
OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
Synopsis
+OPEN
OPEN
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
OPEN
OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
Synopsis
 OPEN cursor_name
 OPEN cursor_name USING value [, ... ]
 OPEN cursor_name USING SQL DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-prepare.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-PREPARE
PREPARE
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
PREPARE
PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
Synopsis
+PREPARE
PREPARE
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
PREPARE
PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
Synopsis
 PREPARE name FROM string
 
Description

      PREPARE prepares a statement dynamically
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-autocommit.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SET AUTOCOMMIT
SET AUTOCOMMIT
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
SET AUTOCOMMIT
SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
Synopsis
+SET AUTOCOMMIT
SET AUTOCOMMIT
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
SET AUTOCOMMIT
SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
Synopsis
 SET AUTOCOMMIT { = | TO } { ON | OFF }
 
Description

      SET AUTOCOMMIT sets the autocommit behavior of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-connection.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SET CONNECTION
SET CONNECTION
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
SET CONNECTION
SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
Synopsis
+SET CONNECTION
SET CONNECTION
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
SET CONNECTION
SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
Synopsis
 SET CONNECTION [ TO | = ] connection_name
 
Description

      SET CONNECTION sets the “current”
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-set-descriptor.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SET DESCRIPTOR
SET DESCRIPTOR
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
SET DESCRIPTOR
SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
Synopsis
+SET DESCRIPTOR
SET DESCRIPTOR
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
SET DESCRIPTOR
SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
Synopsis
 SET DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name descriptor_header_item = value [, ... ]
 SET DESCRIPTOR descriptor_name VALUE number descriptor_item = value [, ...]
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-type.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-TYPE
TYPE
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
TYPE
TYPE — define a new data type
Synopsis
+TYPE
TYPE
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
TYPE
TYPE — define a new data type
Synopsis
 TYPE type_name IS ctype
 
Description

      The TYPE command defines a new C type.  It is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-var.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-VAR
VAR
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
VAR
VAR — define a variable
Synopsis
+VAR
VAR
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
VAR
VAR — define a variable
Synopsis
 VAR varname IS ctype
 
Description

      The VAR command assigns a new C data type
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-sql-whenever.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-WHENEVER
WHENEVER
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
WHENEVER
WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised
Synopsis
+WHENEVER
WHENEVER
Prev Up36.14. Embedded SQL CommandsHome Next
WHENEVER
WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised
Synopsis
 WHENEVER { NOT FOUND | SQLERROR | SQLWARNING } action
 
Description

      Define a behavior which is called on the special cases (Rows not
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg-variables.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-36.4. Using Host Variables
36.4. Using Host Variables
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.4. Using Host Variables
36.4.1. Overview
36.4.2. Declare Sections
36.4.3. Retrieving Query Results
36.4.4. Type Mapping
36.4.5. Handling Nonprimitive SQL Data Types
36.4.6. Indicators

+36.4. Using Host Variables
36.4. Using Host Variables
Prev UpChapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in CHome Next
36.4. Using Host Variables
36.4.1. Overview
36.4.2. Declare Sections
36.4.3. Retrieving Query Results
36.4.4. Type Mapping
36.4.5. Handling Nonprimitive SQL Data Types
36.4.6. Indicators

    In Section 36.3 you saw how you can execute SQL
    statements from an embedded SQL program.  Some of those statements
    only used fixed values and did not provide a way to insert
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ecpg.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
Chapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next
Chapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
Table of Contents
36.1. The Concept
36.2. Managing Database Connections
36.2.1. Connecting to the Database Server
36.2.2. Choosing a Connection
36.2.3. Closing a Connection
36.3. Running SQL Commands
36.3.1. Executing SQL Statements
36.3.2. Using Cursors
36.3.3. Managing Transactions
36.3.4. Prepared Statements
36.4. Using Host Variables
36.4.1. Overview
36.4.2. Declare Sections
36.4.3. Retrieving Query Results
36.4.4. Type Mapping
36.4.5. Handling Nonprimitive SQL Data Types
36.4.6. Indicators
36.5. Dynamic SQL
36.5.1. Executing Statements without a Result Set
36.5.2. Executing a Statement with Input Parameters
36.5.3. Executing a Statement with a Result Set
36.6. pgtypes Library
36.6.1. Character Strings
36.6.2. The numeric Type
36.6.3. The date Type
36.6.4. The timestamp Type
36.6.5. The interval Type
36.6.6. The decimal Type
36.6.7. errno Values of pgtypeslib
36.6.8. Special Constants of pgtypeslib
36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
36.7.1. Named SQL Descriptor Areas
36.7.2. SQLDA Descriptor Areas
36.8. Error Handling
36.8.1. Setting Callbacks
36.8.2. sqlca
36.8.3. SQLSTATE vs. SQLCODE
36.9. Preprocessor Directives
36.9.1. Including Files
36.9.2. The define and undef Directives
36.9.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif, and endif Directives
36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
36.11. Library Functions
36.12. Large Objects
36.13. C++ Applications
36.13.1. Scope for Host Variables
36.13.2. C++ Application Development with External C Module
36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
CONNECT — establish a database connection
DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
DECLARE — define a cursor
DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
TYPE — define a new data type
VAR — define a variable
WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised
36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
36.15.1. Additional Types
36.15.2. Additional/Missing Embedded SQL Statements
36.15.3. Informix-compatible SQLDA Descriptor Areas
36.15.4. Additional Functions
36.15.5. Additional Constants
36.16. Internals

+Chapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
Chapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next
Chapter 36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
Table of Contents
36.1. The Concept
36.2. Managing Database Connections
36.2.1. Connecting to the Database Server
36.2.2. Choosing a Connection
36.2.3. Closing a Connection
36.3. Running SQL Commands
36.3.1. Executing SQL Statements
36.3.2. Using Cursors
36.3.3. Managing Transactions
36.3.4. Prepared Statements
36.4. Using Host Variables
36.4.1. Overview
36.4.2. Declare Sections
36.4.3. Retrieving Query Results
36.4.4. Type Mapping
36.4.5. Handling Nonprimitive SQL Data Types
36.4.6. Indicators
36.5. Dynamic SQL
36.5.1. Executing Statements without a Result Set
36.5.2. Executing a Statement with Input Parameters
36.5.3. Executing a Statement with a Result Set
36.6. pgtypes Library
36.6.1. Character Strings
36.6.2. The numeric Type
36.6.3. The date Type
36.6.4. The timestamp Type
36.6.5. The interval Type
36.6.6. The decimal Type
36.6.7. errno Values of pgtypeslib
36.6.8. Special Constants of pgtypeslib
36.7. Using Descriptor Areas
36.7.1. Named SQL Descriptor Areas
36.7.2. SQLDA Descriptor Areas
36.8. Error Handling
36.8.1. Setting Callbacks
36.8.2. sqlca
36.8.3. SQLSTATE vs. SQLCODE
36.9. Preprocessor Directives
36.9.1. Including Files
36.9.2. The define and undef Directives
36.9.3. ifdef, ifndef, else, elif, and endif Directives
36.10. Processing Embedded SQL Programs
36.11. Library Functions
36.12. Large Objects
36.13. C++ Applications
36.13.1. Scope for Host Variables
36.13.2. C++ Application Development with External C Module
36.14. Embedded SQL Commands
ALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — allocate an SQL descriptor area
CONNECT — establish a database connection
DEALLOCATE DESCRIPTOR — deallocate an SQL descriptor area
DECLARE — define a cursor
DESCRIBE — obtain information about a prepared statement or result set
DISCONNECT — terminate a database connection
EXECUTE IMMEDIATE — dynamically prepare and execute a statement
GET DESCRIPTOR — get information from an SQL descriptor area
OPEN — open a dynamic cursor
PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
SET AUTOCOMMIT — set the autocommit behavior of the current session
SET CONNECTION — select a database connection
SET DESCRIPTOR — set information in an SQL descriptor area
TYPE — define a new data type
VAR — define a variable
WHENEVER — specify the action to be taken when an SQL statement causes a specific class condition to be raised
36.15. Informix Compatibility Mode
36.15.1. Additional Types
36.15.2. Additional/Missing Embedded SQL Statements
36.15.3. Informix-compatible SQLDA Descriptor Areas
36.15.4. Additional Functions
36.15.5. Additional Constants
36.16. Internals

   This chapter describes the embedded SQL package
   for PostgreSQL. It was written by
   Linus Tolke () and Michael Meskes
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/encryption-options.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-18.8. Encryption Options
18.8. Encryption Options
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.8. Encryption Options

+18.8. Encryption Options
18.8. Encryption Options
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.8. Encryption Options

    PostgreSQL offers encryption at several
    levels, and provides flexibility in protecting data from disclosure
    due to database server theft, unscrupulous administrators, and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html	2019-08-05 21:28:48.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/errcodes-appendix.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes

+Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
Appendix A. PostgreSQL Error Codes

   All messages emitted by the PostgreSQL
   server are assigned five-character error codes that follow the SQL
   standard's conventions for “SQLSTATE” codes.  Applications
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
   what to do from the error class.
  

   Table A.1 lists all the error codes defined in
-  PostgreSQL 11.5.  (Some are not actually
+  PostgreSQL 11.6.  (Some are not actually
   used at present, but are defined by the SQL standard.)
   The error classes are also shown.  For each error class there is a
   “standard” error code having the last three characters
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/error-message-reporting.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-54.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
54.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
Prev UpChapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next
54.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server

+54.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
54.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
Prev UpChapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next
54.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server

     Error, warning, and log messages generated within the server code
     should be created using ereport, or its older cousin
     elog.  The use of this function is complex enough to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/error-style-guide.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-54.3. Error Message Style Guide
54.3. Error Message Style Guide
Prev UpChapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next
54.3. Error Message Style Guide

+54.3. Error Message Style Guide
54.3. Error Message Style Guide
Prev UpChapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next
54.3. Error Message Style Guide

     This style guide is offered in the hope of maintaining a consistent,
     user-friendly style throughout all the messages generated by
     PostgreSQL.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-log-registration.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-18.11. Registering Event Log on Windows
18.11. Registering Event Log on Windows
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.11. Registering Event Log on Windows

+18.11. Registering Event Log on Windows
18.11. Registering Event Log on Windows
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.11. Registering Event Log on Windows

    To register a Windows
    event log library with the operating system,
    issue this command:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-definition.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next
40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior

+40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next
40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior

      An event trigger fires whenever the event with which it is associated
      occurs in the database in which it is defined. Currently, the only
      supported events are
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-example.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next
40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example

+40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next
40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example

     Here is a very simple example of an event trigger function written in C.
     (Examples of triggers written in procedural languages can be found in
     the documentation of the procedural languages.)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-interface.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next
40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C

+40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next
40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C

     This section describes the low-level details of the interface to an
     event trigger function. This information is only needed when writing
     event trigger functions in C. If you are using a higher-level language
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-matrix.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next
40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix

+40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next
40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix

      Table 40.1 lists all commands
      for which event triggers are supported.
    
Table 40.1. Event Trigger Support by Command Tag
Command Tagddl_command_startddl_command_endsql_droptable_rewriteNotes
ALTER AGGREGATEXX-- 
ALTER COLLATIONXX-- 
ALTER CONVERSIONXX-- 
ALTER DOMAINXX-- 
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGESXX-- 
ALTER EXTENSIONXX-- 
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPERXX-- 
ALTER FOREIGN TABLEXXX- 
ALTER FUNCTIONXX-- 
ALTER LANGUAGEXX-- 
ALTER LARGE OBJECTXX-- 
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEWXX-- 
ALTER OPERATORXX-- 
ALTER OPERATOR CLASSXX-- 
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILYXX-- 
ALTER POLICYXX-- 
ALTER PROCEDUREXX-- 
ALTER PUBLICATIONXX-- 
ALTER SCHEMAXX-- 
ALTER SEQUENCEXX-- 
ALTER SERVERXX-- 
ALTER STATISTICSXX-- 
ALTER SUBSCRIPTIONXX-- 
ALTER TABLEXXXX 
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATIONXX-- 
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARYXX-- 
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSERXX-- 
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATEXX-- 
ALTER TRIGGERXX-- 
ALTER TYPEXX-X 
ALTER USER MAPPINGXX-- 
ALTER VIEWXX-- 
COMMENTXX--Only for local objects
CREATE ACCESS METHODXX-- 
CREATE AGGREGATEXX-- 
CREATE CASTXX-- 
CREATE COLLATIONXX-- 
CREATE CONVERSIONXX-- 
CREATE DOMAINXX-- 
CREATE EXTENSIONXX-- 
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPERXX-- 
CREATE FOREIGN TABLEXX-- 
CREATE FUNCTIONXX-- 
CREATE INDEXXX-- 
CREATE LANGUAGEXX-- 
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEWXX-- 
CREATE OPERATORXX-- 
CREATE OPERATOR CLASSXX-- 
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILYXX-- 
CREATE POLICYXX-- 
CREATE PROCEDUREXX-- 
CREATE PUBLICATIONXX-- 
CREATE RULEXX-- 
CREATE SCHEMAXX-- 
CREATE SEQUENCEXX-- 
CREATE SERVERXX-- 
CREATE STATISTICSXX-- 
CREATE SUBSCRIPTIONXX-- 
CREATE TABLEXX-- 
CREATE TABLE ASXX-- 
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATIONXX-- 
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARYXX-- 
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSERXX-- 
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATEXX-- 
CREATE TRIGGERXX-- 
CREATE TYPEXX-- 
CREATE USER MAPPINGXX-- 
CREATE VIEWXX-- 
DROP ACCESS METHODXXX- 
DROP AGGREGATEXXX- 
DROP CASTXXX- 
DROP COLLATIONXXX- 
DROP CONVERSIONXXX- 
DROP DOMAINXXX- 
DROP EXTENSIONXXX- 
DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPERXXX- 
DROP FOREIGN TABLEXXX- 
DROP FUNCTIONXXX- 
DROP INDEXXXX- 
DROP LANGUAGEXXX- 
DROP MATERIALIZED VIEWXXX- 
DROP OPERATORXXX- 
DROP OPERATOR CLASSXXX- 
DROP OPERATOR FAMILYXXX- 
DROP OWNEDXXX- 
DROP POLICYXXX- 
DROP PROCEDUREXXX- 
DROP PUBLICATIONXXX- 
DROP RULEXXX- 
DROP SCHEMAXXX- 
DROP SEQUENCEXXX- 
DROP SERVERXXX- 
DROP STATISTICSXXX- 
DROP SUBSCRIPTIONXXX- 
DROP TABLEXXX- 
DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATIONXXX- 
DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARYXXX- 
DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSERXXX- 
DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATEXXX- 
DROP TRIGGERXXX- 
DROP TYPEXXX- 
DROP USER MAPPINGXXX- 
DROP VIEWXXX- 
GRANTXX--Only for local objects
IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMAXX-- 
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEWXX-- 
REVOKEXX--Only for local objects
SECURITY LABELXX--Only for local objects
SELECT INTOXX-- 

Prev Up Next
40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior Home 40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-trigger-table-rewrite-example.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next
40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example

+40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example
Prev UpChapter 40. Event TriggersHome Next
40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example

     Thanks to the table_rewrite event, it is possible to implement
     a table rewriting policy only allowing the rewrite in maintenance windows.
    

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/event-triggers.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 40. Event Triggers
Chapter 40. Event Triggers
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 40. Event Triggers
Table of Contents
40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example

+Chapter 40. Event Triggers
Chapter 40. Event Triggers
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 40. Event Triggers
Table of Contents
40.1. Overview of Event Trigger Behavior
40.2. Event Trigger Firing Matrix
40.3. Writing Event Trigger Functions in C
40.4. A Complete Event Trigger Example
40.5. A Table Rewrite Event Trigger Example

    To supplement the trigger mechanism discussed in Chapter 39,
    PostgreSQL also provides event triggers.  Unlike regular
    triggers, which are attached to a single table and capture only DML events,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/executor.html	2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-51.6. Executor
51.6. Executor
Prev UpChapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next
51.6. Executor

+51.6. Executor
51.6. Executor
Prev UpChapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next
51.6. Executor

     The executor takes the plan created by the
     planner/optimizer and recursively processes it to extract the required set
     of rows.  This is essentially a demand-pull pipeline mechanism.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-joins.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next
14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses

+14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses
Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next
14.3. Controlling the Planner with Explicit JOIN Clauses

    It is possible
    to control the query planner to some extent by using the explicit JOIN
    syntax.  To see why this matters, we first need some background.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/explicit-locking.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-13.3. Explicit Locking
13.3. Explicit Locking
Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next
13.3. Explicit Locking
13.3.1. Table-level Locks
13.3.2. Row-level Locks
13.3.3. Page-level Locks
13.3.4. Deadlocks
13.3.5. Advisory Locks

+13.3. Explicit Locking
13.3. Explicit Locking
Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next
13.3. Explicit Locking
13.3.1. Table-level Locks
13.3.2. Row-level Locks
13.3.3. Page-level Locks
13.3.4. Deadlocks
13.3.5. Advisory Locks

     PostgreSQL provides various lock modes
     to control concurrent access to data in tables.  These modes can
     be used for application-controlled locking in situations where
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-extensions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.16. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
38.16. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
38.16. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
38.16.1. Defining Extension Objects
38.16.2. Extension Files
38.16.3. Extension Relocatability
38.16.4. Extension Configuration Tables
38.16.5. Extension Updates
38.16.6. Installing Extensions using Update Scripts
38.16.7. Extension Example

+38.16. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
38.16. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
38.16. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
38.16.1. Defining Extension Objects
38.16.2. Extension Files
38.16.3. Extension Relocatability
38.16.4. Extension Configuration Tables
38.16.5. Extension Updates
38.16.6. Installing Extensions using Update Scripts
38.16.7. Extension Example

     A useful extension to PostgreSQL typically includes
     multiple SQL objects; for example, a new data type will require new
     functions, new operators, and probably new index operator classes.
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@
      dynamically from one version to the next, you should provide
      update scripts that make the necessary changes to go from
      one version to the next.  Update scripts have names following the pattern
-     extension--oldversion--newversion.sql
+     extension--old_version--target_version.sql
      (for example, foo--1.0--1.1.sql contains the commands to modify
      version 1.0 of extension foo into version
      1.1).
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-how.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.1. How Extensibility Works
38.1. How Extensibility Works
Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
38.1. How Extensibility Works

+38.1. How Extensibility Works
38.1. How Extensibility Works
Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
38.1. How Extensibility Works

     PostgreSQL is extensible because its operation  is
     catalog-driven.   If  you  are familiar with standard
     relational database systems, you know that  they  store  information
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-pgxs.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.17. Extension Building Infrastructure
38.17. Extension Building Infrastructure
Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
38.17. Extension Building Infrastructure

+38.17. Extension Building Infrastructure
38.17. Extension Building Infrastructure
Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
38.17. Extension Building Infrastructure

     If you are thinking about distributing your
     PostgreSQL extension modules, setting up a
     portable build system for them can be fairly difficult.  Therefore
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/extend-type-system.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
38.2.1. Base Types
38.2.2. Container Types
38.2.3. Domains
38.2.4. Pseudo-Types
38.2.5. Polymorphic Types

+38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
38.2.1. Base Types
38.2.2. Container Types
38.2.3. Domains
38.2.4. Pseudo-Types
38.2.5. Polymorphic Types

     PostgreSQL data types can be divided into base
     types, container types, domains, and pseudo-types.
    
38.2.1. Base Types

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/extend.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 38. Extending SQL
Chapter 38. Extending SQL
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 38. Extending SQL
Table of Contents
38.1. How Extensibility Works
38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
38.2.1. Base Types
38.2.2. Container Types
38.2.3. Domains
38.2.4. Pseudo-Types
38.2.5. Polymorphic Types
38.3. User-defined Functions
38.4. User-defined Procedures
38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
38.5.1. Arguments for SQL Functions
38.5.2. SQL Functions on Base Types
38.5.3. SQL Functions on Composite Types
38.5.4. SQL Functions with Output Parameters
38.5.5. SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
38.5.6. SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
38.5.7. SQL Functions as Table Sources
38.5.8. SQL Functions Returning Sets
38.5.9. SQL Functions Returning TABLE
38.5.10. Polymorphic SQL Functions
38.5.11. SQL Functions with Collations
38.6. Function Overloading
38.7. Function Volatility Categories
38.8. Procedural Language Functions
38.9. Internal Functions
38.10. C-Language Functions
38.10.1. Dynamic Loading
38.10.2. Base Types in C-Language Functions
38.10.3. Version 1 Calling Conventions
38.10.4. Writing Code
38.10.5. Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
38.10.6. Composite-type Arguments
38.10.7. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
38.10.8. Returning Sets
38.10.9. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
38.10.10. Transform Functions
38.10.11. Shared Memory and LWLocks
38.10.12. Using C++ for Extensibility
38.11. User-defined Aggregates
38.11.1. Moving-Aggregate Mode
38.11.2. Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
38.11.3. Ordered-Set Aggregates
38.11.4. Partial Aggregation
38.11.5. Support Functions for Aggregates
38.12. User-defined Types
38.12.1. TOAST Considerations
38.13. User-defined Operators
38.14. Operator Optimization Information
38.14.1. COMMUTATOR
38.14.2. NEGATOR
38.14.3. RESTRICT
38.14.4. JOIN
38.14.5. HASHES
38.14.6. MERGES
38.15. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
38.15.1. Index Methods and Operator Classes
38.15.2. Index Method Strategies
38.15.3. Index Method Support Routines
38.15.4. An Example
38.15.5. Operator Classes and Operator Families
38.15.6. System Dependencies on Operator Classes
38.15.7. Ordering Operators
38.15.8. Special Features of Operator Classes
38.16. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
38.16.1. Defining Extension Objects
38.16.2. Extension Files
38.16.3. Extension Relocatability
38.16.4. Extension Configuration Tables
38.16.5. Extension Updates
38.16.6. Installing Extensions using Update Scripts
38.16.7. Extension Example
38.17. Extension Building Infrastructure

+Chapter 38. Extending SQL
Chapter 38. Extending SQL
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 38. Extending SQL
Table of Contents
38.1. How Extensibility Works
38.2. The PostgreSQL Type System
38.2.1. Base Types
38.2.2. Container Types
38.2.3. Domains
38.2.4. Pseudo-Types
38.2.5. Polymorphic Types
38.3. User-defined Functions
38.4. User-defined Procedures
38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
38.5.1. Arguments for SQL Functions
38.5.2. SQL Functions on Base Types
38.5.3. SQL Functions on Composite Types
38.5.4. SQL Functions with Output Parameters
38.5.5. SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
38.5.6. SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
38.5.7. SQL Functions as Table Sources
38.5.8. SQL Functions Returning Sets
38.5.9. SQL Functions Returning TABLE
38.5.10. Polymorphic SQL Functions
38.5.11. SQL Functions with Collations
38.6. Function Overloading
38.7. Function Volatility Categories
38.8. Procedural Language Functions
38.9. Internal Functions
38.10. C-Language Functions
38.10.1. Dynamic Loading
38.10.2. Base Types in C-Language Functions
38.10.3. Version 1 Calling Conventions
38.10.4. Writing Code
38.10.5. Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
38.10.6. Composite-type Arguments
38.10.7. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
38.10.8. Returning Sets
38.10.9. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
38.10.10. Transform Functions
38.10.11. Shared Memory and LWLocks
38.10.12. Using C++ for Extensibility
38.11. User-defined Aggregates
38.11.1. Moving-Aggregate Mode
38.11.2. Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
38.11.3. Ordered-Set Aggregates
38.11.4. Partial Aggregation
38.11.5. Support Functions for Aggregates
38.12. User-defined Types
38.12.1. TOAST Considerations
38.13. User-defined Operators
38.14. Operator Optimization Information
38.14.1. COMMUTATOR
38.14.2. NEGATOR
38.14.3. RESTRICT
38.14.4. JOIN
38.14.5. HASHES
38.14.6. MERGES
38.15. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
38.15.1. Index Methods and Operator Classes
38.15.2. Index Method Strategies
38.15.3. Index Method Support Routines
38.15.4. An Example
38.15.5. Operator Classes and Operator Families
38.15.6. System Dependencies on Operator Classes
38.15.7. Ordering Operators
38.15.8. Special Features of Operator Classes
38.16. Packaging Related Objects into an Extension
38.16.1. Defining Extension Objects
38.16.2. Extension Files
38.16.3. Extension Relocatability
38.16.4. Extension Configuration Tables
38.16.5. Extension Updates
38.16.6. Installing Extensions using Update Scripts
38.16.7. Extension Example
38.17. Extension Building Infrastructure

    In  the  sections  that follow, we will discuss how you
    can extend the PostgreSQL
    SQL query language by adding:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/external-admin-tools.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-H.2. Administration Tools
H.2. Administration Tools
Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next
H.2. Administration Tools

+H.2. Administration Tools
H.2. Administration Tools
Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next
H.2. Administration Tools

    There are several administration tools available for
    PostgreSQL. The most popular is
    pgAdmin,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/external-extensions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-H.4. Extensions
H.4. Extensions
Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next
H.4. Extensions

+H.4. Extensions
H.4. Extensions
Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next
H.4. Extensions

    PostgreSQL is designed to be easily extensible. For
    this reason, extensions loaded into the database can function
    just like features that are built in. The
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/external-interfaces.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-H.1. Client Interfaces
H.1. Client Interfaces
Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next
H.1. Client Interfaces

+H.1. Client Interfaces
H.1. Client Interfaces
Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next
H.1. Client Interfaces

    There are only two client interfaces included in the base
    PostgreSQL distribution:
    
  • 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/external-pl.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-H.3. Procedural Languages
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    
+H.3. Procedural Languages
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    Prev UpAppendix H. External ProjectsHome Next
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    
    PostgreSQL includes several procedural
    languages with the base distribution: PL/pgSQL, PL/Tcl,
    PL/Perl, and PL/Python.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/external-projects.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Appendix H. External Projects
    Appendix H. External Projects
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
    Appendix H. External Projects
    Table of Contents
    H.1. Client Interfaces
    H.2. Administration Tools
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    H.4. Extensions
    
+Appendix H. External Projects
    Appendix H. External Projects
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
    Appendix H. External Projects
    Table of Contents
    H.1. Client Interfaces
    H.2. Administration Tools
    H.3. Procedural Languages
    H.4. Extensions
    
    PostgreSQL is a complex software project,
    and managing the project is difficult. We have found that many
    enhancements to PostgreSQL can be more
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-callbacks.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-57.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    57.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    Prev UpChapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data WrapperHome Next
    57.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    57.2.1. FDW Routines For Scanning Foreign Tables
    57.2.2. FDW Routines For Scanning Foreign Joins
    57.2.3. FDW Routines For Planning Post-Scan/Join Processing
    57.2.4. FDW Routines For Updating Foreign Tables
    57.2.5. FDW Routines For Row Locking
    57.2.6. FDW Routines for EXPLAIN
    57.2.7. FDW Routines for ANALYZE
    57.2.8. FDW Routines For IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    57.2.9. FDW Routines for Parallel Execution
    57.2.10. FDW Routines For reparameterization of paths
    
+57.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    57.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    Prev UpChapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data WrapperHome Next
    57.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    57.2.1. FDW Routines For Scanning Foreign Tables
    57.2.2. FDW Routines For Scanning Foreign Joins
    57.2.3. FDW Routines For Planning Post-Scan/Join Processing
    57.2.4. FDW Routines For Updating Foreign Tables
    57.2.5. FDW Routines For Row Locking
    57.2.6. FDW Routines for EXPLAIN
    57.2.7. FDW Routines for ANALYZE
    57.2.8. FDW Routines For IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    57.2.9. FDW Routines for Parallel Execution
    57.2.10. FDW Routines For reparameterization of paths
    
      The FDW handler function returns a palloc'd FdwRoutine
      struct containing pointers to the callback functions described below.
      The scan-related functions are required, the rest are optional.
@@ -580,9 +580,11 @@
      row-by-row approach is necessary, but it can be inefficient.  If it is
      possible for the foreign server to determine which rows should be
      modified without actually retrieving them, and if there are no local
-     triggers which would affect the operation, then it is possible to
-     arrange things so that the entire operation is performed on the remote
-     server.  The interfaces described below make this possible.
+     structures which would affect the operation (row-level local triggers
+     or WITH CHECK OPTION constraints from parent views),
+     then it is possible to arrange things so that the entire operation is
+     performed on the remote server.  The interfaces described below make
+     this possible.
     
    
 
     bool
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-functions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-57.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    57.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    Prev UpChapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data WrapperHome Next
    57.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    
+57.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    57.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    Prev UpChapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data WrapperHome Next
    57.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    
      The FDW author needs to implement a handler function, and optionally
      a validator function. Both functions must be written in a compiled
      language such as C, using the version-1 interface.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-helpers.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-57.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    57.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    Prev UpChapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data WrapperHome Next
    57.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    
+57.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    57.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    Prev UpChapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data WrapperHome Next
    57.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    
      Several helper functions are exported from the core server so that
      authors of foreign data wrappers can get easy access to attributes of
      FDW-related objects, such as FDW options.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-planning.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-57.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    57.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    Prev UpChapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data WrapperHome Next
    57.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    
+57.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    57.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    Prev UpChapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data WrapperHome Next
    57.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    
      The FDW callback functions GetForeignRelSize,
      GetForeignPaths, GetForeignPlan,
      PlanForeignModify, GetForeignJoinPaths,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdw-row-locking.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-57.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    57.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    Prev UpChapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data WrapperHome Next
    57.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    
+57.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    57.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    Prev UpChapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data WrapperHome Next
    57.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    
      If an FDW's underlying storage mechanism has a concept of locking
      individual rows to prevent concurrent updates of those rows, it is
      usually worthwhile for the FDW to perform row-level locking with as
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fdwhandler.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
    Chapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Chapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
    Table of Contents
    57.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    57.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    57.2.1. FDW Routines For Scanning Foreign Tables
    57.2.2. FDW Routines For Scanning Foreign Joins
    57.2.3. FDW Routines For Planning Post-Scan/Join Processing
    57.2.4. FDW Routines For Updating Foreign Tables
    57.2.5. FDW Routines For Row Locking
    57.2.6. FDW Routines for EXPLAIN
    57.2.7. FDW Routines for ANALYZE
    57.2.8. FDW Routines For IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    57.2.9. FDW Routines for Parallel Execution
    57.2.10. FDW Routines For reparameterization of paths
    57.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    57.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    57.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    
+Chapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
    Chapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
    Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
    Chapter 57. Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
    Table of Contents
    57.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
    57.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
    57.2.1. FDW Routines For Scanning Foreign Tables
    57.2.2. FDW Routines For Scanning Foreign Joins
    57.2.3. FDW Routines For Planning Post-Scan/Join Processing
    57.2.4. FDW Routines For Updating Foreign Tables
    57.2.5. FDW Routines For Row Locking
    57.2.6. FDW Routines for EXPLAIN
    57.2.7. FDW Routines for ANALYZE
    57.2.8. FDW Routines For IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
    57.2.9. FDW Routines for Parallel Execution
    57.2.10. FDW Routines For reparameterization of paths
    57.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
    57.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
    57.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
    
     All operations on a foreign table are handled through its foreign data
     wrapper, which consists of a set of functions that the core server
     calls.  The foreign data wrapper is responsible for fetching
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html	2019-08-05 21:28:49.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/features-sql-standard.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 
-D.1. Supported Features
    D.1. Supported Features
    Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next
    D.1. Supported Features
    
-    
    IdentifierPackageDescriptionComment
    B012 Embedded C 
    B021 Direct SQL 
    E011CoreNumeric data types 
    E011-01CoreINTEGER and SMALLINT data types 
    E011-02CoreREAL, DOUBLE PRECISION, and FLOAT data types 
    E011-03CoreDECIMAL and NUMERIC data types 
    E011-04CoreArithmetic operators 
    E011-05CoreNumeric comparison 
    E011-06CoreImplicit casting among the numeric data types 
    E021CoreCharacter data types 
    E021-01CoreCHARACTER data type 
    E021-02CoreCHARACTER VARYING data type 
    E021-03CoreCharacter literals 
    E021-04CoreCHARACTER_LENGTH functiontrims trailing spaces from CHARACTER values before counting
    E021-05CoreOCTET_LENGTH function 
    E021-06CoreSUBSTRING function 
    E021-07CoreCharacter concatenation 
    E021-08CoreUPPER and LOWER functions 
    E021-09CoreTRIM function 
    E021-10CoreImplicit casting among the character string types 
    E021-11CorePOSITION function 
    E021-12CoreCharacter comparison 
    E031CoreIdentifiers 
    E031-01CoreDelimited identifiers 
    E031-02CoreLower case identifiers 
    E031-03CoreTrailing underscore 
    E051CoreBasic query specification 
    E051-01CoreSELECT DISTINCT 
    E051-02CoreGROUP BY clause 
    E051-04CoreGROUP BY can contain columns not in <select list> 
    E051-05CoreSelect list items can be renamed 
    E051-06CoreHAVING clause 
    E051-07CoreQualified * in select list 
    E051-08CoreCorrelation names in the FROM clause 
    E051-09CoreRename columns in the FROM clause 
    E061CoreBasic predicates and search conditions 
    E061-01CoreComparison predicate 
    E061-02CoreBETWEEN predicate 
    E061-03CoreIN predicate with list of values 
    E061-04CoreLIKE predicate 
    E061-05CoreLIKE predicate ESCAPE clause 
    E061-06CoreNULL predicate 
    E061-07CoreQuantified comparison predicate 
    E061-08CoreEXISTS predicate 
    E061-09CoreSubqueries in comparison predicate 
    E061-11CoreSubqueries in IN predicate 
    E061-12CoreSubqueries in quantified comparison predicate 
    E061-13CoreCorrelated subqueries 
    E061-14CoreSearch condition 
    E071CoreBasic query expressions 
    E071-01CoreUNION DISTINCT table operator 
    E071-02CoreUNION ALL table operator 
    E071-03CoreEXCEPT DISTINCT table operator 
    E071-05CoreColumns combined via table operators need not have exactly the same data type 
    E071-06CoreTable operators in subqueries 
    E081CoreBasic Privileges 
    E081-01CoreSELECT privilege 
    E081-02CoreDELETE privilege 
    E081-03CoreINSERT privilege at the table level 
    E081-04CoreUPDATE privilege at the table level 
    E081-05CoreUPDATE privilege at the column level 
    E081-06CoreREFERENCES privilege at the table level 
    E081-07CoreREFERENCES privilege at the column level 
    E081-08CoreWITH GRANT OPTION 
    E081-09CoreUSAGE privilege 
    E081-10CoreEXECUTE privilege 
    E091CoreSet functions 
    E091-01CoreAVG 
    E091-02CoreCOUNT 
    E091-03CoreMAX 
    E091-04CoreMIN 
    E091-05CoreSUM 
    E091-06CoreALL quantifier 
    E091-07CoreDISTINCT quantifier 
    E101CoreBasic data manipulation 
    E101-01CoreINSERT statement 
    E101-03CoreSearched UPDATE statement 
    E101-04CoreSearched DELETE statement 
    E111CoreSingle row SELECT statement 
    E121CoreBasic cursor support 
    E121-01CoreDECLARE CURSOR 
    E121-02CoreORDER BY columns need not be in select list 
    E121-03CoreValue expressions in ORDER BY clause 
    E121-04CoreOPEN statement 
    E121-06CorePositioned UPDATE statement 
    E121-07CorePositioned DELETE statement 
    E121-08CoreCLOSE statement 
    E121-10CoreFETCH statement implicit NEXT 
    E121-17CoreWITH HOLD cursors 
    E131CoreNull value support (nulls in lieu of values) 
    E141CoreBasic integrity constraints 
    E141-01CoreNOT NULL constraints 
    E141-02CoreUNIQUE constraints of NOT NULL columns 
    E141-03CorePRIMARY KEY constraints 
    E141-04CoreBasic FOREIGN KEY constraint with the NO ACTION default for both referential delete action and referential update action 
    E141-06CoreCHECK constraints 
    E141-07CoreColumn defaults 
    E141-08CoreNOT NULL inferred on PRIMARY KEY 
    E141-10CoreNames in a foreign key can be specified in any order 
    E151CoreTransaction support 
    E151-01CoreCOMMIT statement 
    E151-02CoreROLLBACK statement 
    E152CoreBasic SET TRANSACTION statement 
    E152-01CoreSET TRANSACTION statement: ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE clause 
    E152-02CoreSET TRANSACTION statement: READ ONLY and READ WRITE clauses 
    E153CoreUpdatable queries with subqueries 
    E161CoreSQL comments using leading double minus 
    E171CoreSQLSTATE support 
    F021CoreBasic information schema 
    F021-01CoreCOLUMNS view 
    F021-02CoreTABLES view 
    F021-03CoreVIEWS view 
    F021-04CoreTABLE_CONSTRAINTS view 
    F021-05CoreREFERENTIAL_CONSTRAINTS view 
    F021-06CoreCHECK_CONSTRAINTS view 
    F031CoreBasic schema manipulation 
    F031-01CoreCREATE TABLE statement to create persistent base tables 
    F031-02CoreCREATE VIEW statement 
    F031-03CoreGRANT statement 
    F031-04CoreALTER TABLE statement: ADD COLUMN clause 
    F031-13CoreDROP TABLE statement: RESTRICT clause 
    F031-16CoreDROP VIEW statement: RESTRICT clause 
    F031-19CoreREVOKE statement: RESTRICT clause 
    F032 CASCADE drop behavior 
    F033 ALTER TABLE statement: DROP COLUMN clause 
    F034 Extended REVOKE statement 
    F034-01 REVOKE statement performed by other than the owner of a schema object 
    F034-02 REVOKE statement: GRANT OPTION FOR clause 
    F034-03 REVOKE statement to revoke a privilege that the grantee has WITH GRANT OPTION 
    F041CoreBasic joined table 
    F041-01CoreInner join (but not necessarily the INNER keyword) 
    F041-02CoreINNER keyword 
    F041-03CoreLEFT OUTER JOIN 
    F041-04CoreRIGHT OUTER JOIN 
    F041-05CoreOuter joins can be nested 
    F041-07CoreThe inner table in a left or right outer join can also be used in an inner join 
    F041-08CoreAll comparison operators are supported (rather than just =) 
    F051CoreBasic date and time 
    F051-01CoreDATE data type (including support of DATE literal) 
    F051-02CoreTIME data type (including support of TIME literal) with fractional seconds precision of at least 0 
    F051-03CoreTIMESTAMP data type (including support of TIMESTAMP literal) with fractional seconds precision of at least 0 and 6 
    F051-04CoreComparison predicate on DATE, TIME, and TIMESTAMP data types 
    F051-05CoreExplicit CAST between datetime types and character string types 
    F051-06CoreCURRENT_DATE 
    F051-07CoreLOCALTIME 
    F051-08CoreLOCALTIMESTAMP 
    F052Enhanced datetime facilitiesIntervals and datetime arithmetic 
    F053 OVERLAPS predicate 
    F081CoreUNION and EXCEPT in views 
    F111 Isolation levels other than SERIALIZABLE 
    F111-01 READ UNCOMMITTED isolation level 
    F111-02 READ COMMITTED isolation level 
    F111-03 REPEATABLE READ isolation level 
    F131CoreGrouped operations 
    F131-01CoreWHERE, GROUP BY, and HAVING clauses supported in queries with grouped views 
    F131-02CoreMultiple tables supported in queries with grouped views 
    F131-03CoreSet functions supported in queries with grouped views 
    F131-04CoreSubqueries with GROUP BY and HAVING clauses and grouped views 
    F131-05CoreSingle row SELECT with GROUP BY and HAVING clauses and grouped views 
    F171 Multiple schemas per user 
    F191Enhanced integrity managementReferential delete actions 
    F200 TRUNCATE TABLE statement 
    F201CoreCAST function 
    F202 TRUNCATE TABLE: identity column restart option 
    F221CoreExplicit defaults 
    F222 INSERT statement: DEFAULT VALUES clause 
    F231 Privilege tables 
    F231-01 TABLE_PRIVILEGES view 
    F231-02 COLUMN_PRIVILEGES view 
    F231-03 USAGE_PRIVILEGES view 
    F251 Domain support 
    F261CoreCASE expression 
    F261-01CoreSimple CASE 
    F261-02CoreSearched CASE 
    F261-03CoreNULLIF 
    F261-04CoreCOALESCE 
    F262 Extended CASE expression 
    F271 Compound character literals 
    F281 LIKE enhancements 
    F302 INTERSECT table operator 
    F302-01 INTERSECT DISTINCT table operator 
    F302-02 INTERSECT ALL table operator 
    F304 EXCEPT ALL table operator 
    F311-01CoreCREATE SCHEMA 
    F311-02CoreCREATE TABLE for persistent base tables 
    F311-03CoreCREATE VIEW 
    F311-04CoreCREATE VIEW: WITH CHECK OPTION 
    F311-05CoreGRANT statement 
    F321 User authorization 
    F361 Subprogram support 
    F381 Extended schema manipulation 
    F381-01 ALTER TABLE statement: ALTER COLUMN clause 
    F381-02 ALTER TABLE statement: ADD CONSTRAINT clause 
    F381-03 ALTER TABLE statement: DROP CONSTRAINT clause 
    F382 Alter column data type 
    F383 Set column not null clause 
    F384 Drop identity property clause 
    F386 Set identity column generation clause 
    F391 Long identifiers 
    F392 Unicode escapes in identifiers 
    F393 Unicode escapes in literals 
    F401 Extended joined table 
    F401-01 NATURAL JOIN 
    F401-02 FULL OUTER JOIN 
    F401-04 CROSS JOIN 
    F402 Named column joins for LOBs, arrays, and multisets 
    F411Enhanced datetime facilitiesTime zone specificationdifferences regarding literal interpretation
    F421 National character 
    F431 Read-only scrollable cursors 
    F431-01 FETCH with explicit NEXT 
    F431-02 FETCH FIRST 
    F431-03 FETCH LAST 
    F431-04 FETCH PRIOR 
    F431-05 FETCH ABSOLUTE 
    F431-06 FETCH RELATIVE 
    F441 Extended set function support 
    F442 Mixed column references in set functions 
    F471CoreScalar subquery values 
    F481CoreExpanded NULL predicate 
    F491Enhanced integrity managementConstraint management 
    F501CoreFeatures and conformance views 
    F501-01CoreSQL_FEATURES view 
    F501-02CoreSQL_SIZING view 
    F501-03CoreSQL_LANGUAGES view 
    F502 Enhanced documentation tables 
    F502-01 SQL_SIZING_PROFILES view 
    F502-02 SQL_IMPLEMENTATION_INFO view 
    F502-03 SQL_PACKAGES view 
    F531 Temporary tables 
    F555Enhanced datetime facilitiesEnhanced seconds precision 
    F561 Full value expressions 
    F571 Truth value tests 
    F591 Derived tables 
    F611 Indicator data types 
    F641 Row and table constructors 
    F651 Catalog name qualifiers 
    F661 Simple tables 
    F672 Retrospective check constraints 
    F690 Collation supportbut no character set support
    F692 Extended collation support 
    F701Enhanced integrity managementReferential update actions 
    F711 ALTER domain 
    F731 INSERT column privileges 
    F751 View CHECK enhancements 
    F761 Session management 
    F762 CURRENT_CATALOG 
    F763 CURRENT_SCHEMA 
    F771 Connection management 
    F781 Self-referencing operations 
    F791 Insensitive cursors 
    F801 Full set function 
    F850 Top-level <order by clause> in <query expression> 
    F851 <order by clause> in subqueries 
    F852 Top-level <order by clause> in views 
    F855 Nested <order by clause> in <query expression> 
    F856 Nested <fetch first clause> in <query expression> 
    F857 Top-level <fetch first clause> in <query expression> 
    F858 <fetch first clause> in subqueries 
    F859 Top-level <fetch first clause> in views 
    F860 <fetch first row count> in <fetch first clause> 
    F861 Top-level <result offset clause> in <query expression> 
    F862 <result offset clause> in subqueries 
    F863 Nested <result offset clause> in <query expression> 
    F864 Top-level <result offset clause> in views 
    F865 <offset row count> in <result offset clause> 
    S071Enhanced object supportSQL paths in function and type name resolution 
    S092 Arrays of user-defined types 
    S095 Array constructors by query 
    S096 Optional array bounds 
    S098 ARRAY_AGG 
    S111Enhanced object supportONLY in query expressions 
    S201 SQL-invoked routines on arrays 
    S201-01 Array parameters 
    S201-02 Array as result type of functions 
    S211Enhanced object supportUser-defined cast functions 
    S301 Enhanced UNNEST 
    T031 BOOLEAN data type 
    T071 BIGINT data type 
    T121 WITH (excluding RECURSIVE) in query expression 
    T122 WITH (excluding RECURSIVE) in subquery 
    T131 Recursive query 
    T132 Recursive query in subquery 
    T141 SIMILAR predicate 
    T151 DISTINCT predicate 
    T152 DISTINCT predicate with negation 
    T171 LIKE clause in table definition 
    T172 AS subquery clause in table definition 
    T173 Extended LIKE clause in table definition 
    T174 Identity columns 
    T177 Sequence generator support: simple restart option 
    T178 Identity columns:  simple restart option 
    T191Enhanced integrity managementReferential action RESTRICT 
    T201Enhanced integrity managementComparable data types for referential constraints 
    T211-01Active database, Enhanced integrity managementTriggers activated on UPDATE, INSERT, or DELETE of one base table 
    T211-02Active database, Enhanced integrity managementBEFORE triggers 
    T211-03Active database, Enhanced integrity managementAFTER triggers 
    T211-04Active database, Enhanced integrity managementFOR EACH ROW triggers 
    T211-05Active database, Enhanced integrity managementAbility to specify a search condition that must be true before the trigger is invoked 
    T211-07Active database, Enhanced integrity managementTRIGGER privilege 
    T212Enhanced integrity managementEnhanced trigger capability 
    T213 INSTEAD OF triggers 
    T231 Sensitive cursors 
    T241 START TRANSACTION statement 
    T271 Savepoints 
    T281 SELECT privilege with column granularity 
    T285 Enhanced derived column names 
    T312 OVERLAY function 
    T321-01CoreUser-defined functions with no overloading 
    T321-02CoreUser-defined stored procedures with no overloading 
    T321-03CoreFunction invocation 
    T321-04CoreCALL statement 
    T321-06CoreROUTINES view 
    T321-07CorePARAMETERS view 
    T323 Explicit security for external routines 
    T325 Qualified SQL parameter references 
    T331 Basic roles 
    T341 Overloading of SQL-invoked functions and procedures 
    T351 Bracketed SQL comments (/*...*/ comments) 
    T431OLAPExtended grouping capabilities 
    T432 Nested and concatenated GROUPING SETS 
    T433 Multiargument GROUPING function 
    T441 ABS and MOD functions 
    T461 Symmetric BETWEEN predicate 
    T491 LATERAL derived table 
    T501 Enhanced EXISTS predicate 
    T521 Named arguments in CALL statement 
    T551 Optional key words for default syntax 
    T581 Regular expression substring function 
    T591 UNIQUE constraints of possibly null columns 
    T611OLAPElementary OLAP operations 
    T613 Sampling 
    T614 NTILE function 
    T615 LEAD and LAG functions 
    T617 FIRST_VALUE and LAST_VALUE function 
    T620 WINDOW clause: GROUPS option 
    T621 Enhanced numeric functions 
    T631CoreIN predicate with one list element 
    T651 SQL-schema statements in SQL routines 
    T655 Cyclically dependent routines 
    X010 XML type 
    X011 Arrays of XML type 
    X014 Attributes of XML type 
    X016 Persistent XML values 
    X020 XMLConcat 
    X031 XMLElement 
    X032 XMLForest 
    X034 XMLAgg 
    X035 XMLAgg: ORDER BY option 
    X036 XMLComment 
    X037 XMLPI 
    X040 Basic table mapping 
    X041 Basic table mapping: nulls absent 
    X042 Basic table mapping: null as nil 
    X043 Basic table mapping: table as forest 
    X044 Basic table mapping: table as element 
    X045 Basic table mapping: with target namespace 
    X046 Basic table mapping: data mapping 
    X047 Basic table mapping: metadata mapping 
    X048 Basic table mapping: base64 encoding of binary strings 
    X049 Basic table mapping: hex encoding of binary strings 
    X050 Advanced table mapping 
    X051 Advanced table mapping: nulls absent 
    X052 Advanced table mapping: null as nil 
    X053 Advanced table mapping: table as forest 
    X054 Advanced table mapping: table as element 
    X055 Advanced table mapping: with target namespace 
    X056 Advanced table mapping: data mapping 
    X057 Advanced table mapping: metadata mapping 
    X058 Advanced table mapping: base64 encoding of binary strings 
    X059 Advanced table mapping: hex encoding of binary strings 
    X060 XMLParse: character string input and CONTENT option 
    X061 XMLParse: character string input and DOCUMENT option 
    X070 XMLSerialize: character string serialization and CONTENT option 
    X071 XMLSerialize: character string serialization and DOCUMENT option 
    X072 XMLSerialize: character string serialization 
    X090 XML document predicate 
    X120 XML parameters in SQL routines 
    X121 XML parameters in external routines 
    X222 XML passing mechanism BY REF 
    X301 XMLTable: derived column list option 
    X302 XMLTable: ordinality column option 
    X303 XMLTable: column default option 
    X304 XMLTable: passing a context item 
    X400 Name and identifier mapping 
    X410 Alter column data type: XML type 
    
+D.1. Supported Features
    D.1. Supported Features
    Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next
    D.1. Supported Features
    
+    
    IdentifierPackageDescriptionComment
    B012 Embedded C 
    B021 Direct SQL 
    E011CoreNumeric data types 
    E011-01CoreINTEGER and SMALLINT data types 
    E011-02CoreREAL, DOUBLE PRECISION, and FLOAT data types 
    E011-03CoreDECIMAL and NUMERIC data types 
    E011-04CoreArithmetic operators 
    E011-05CoreNumeric comparison 
    E011-06CoreImplicit casting among the numeric data types 
    E021CoreCharacter data types 
    E021-01CoreCHARACTER data type 
    E021-02CoreCHARACTER VARYING data type 
    E021-03CoreCharacter literals 
    E021-04CoreCHARACTER_LENGTH functiontrims trailing spaces from CHARACTER values before counting
    E021-05CoreOCTET_LENGTH function 
    E021-06CoreSUBSTRING function 
    E021-07CoreCharacter concatenation 
    E021-08CoreUPPER and LOWER functions 
    E021-09CoreTRIM function 
    E021-10CoreImplicit casting among the character string types 
    E021-11CorePOSITION function 
    E021-12CoreCharacter comparison 
    E031CoreIdentifiers 
    E031-01CoreDelimited identifiers 
    E031-02CoreLower case identifiers 
    E031-03CoreTrailing underscore 
    E051CoreBasic query specification 
    E051-01CoreSELECT DISTINCT 
    E051-02CoreGROUP BY clause 
    E051-04CoreGROUP BY can contain columns not in <select list> 
    E051-05CoreSelect list items can be renamed 
    E051-06CoreHAVING clause 
    E051-07CoreQualified * in select list 
    E051-08CoreCorrelation names in the FROM clause 
    E051-09CoreRename columns in the FROM clause 
    E061CoreBasic predicates and search conditions 
    E061-01CoreComparison predicate 
    E061-02CoreBETWEEN predicate 
    E061-03CoreIN predicate with list of values 
    E061-04CoreLIKE predicate 
    E061-05CoreLIKE predicate ESCAPE clause 
    E061-06CoreNULL predicate 
    E061-07CoreQuantified comparison predicate 
    E061-08CoreEXISTS predicate 
    E061-09CoreSubqueries in comparison predicate 
    E061-11CoreSubqueries in IN predicate 
    E061-12CoreSubqueries in quantified comparison predicate 
    E061-13CoreCorrelated subqueries 
    E061-14CoreSearch condition 
    E071CoreBasic query expressions 
    E071-01CoreUNION DISTINCT table operator 
    E071-02CoreUNION ALL table operator 
    E071-03CoreEXCEPT DISTINCT table operator 
    E071-05CoreColumns combined via table operators need not have exactly the same data type 
    E071-06CoreTable operators in subqueries 
    E081CoreBasic Privileges 
    E081-01CoreSELECT privilege 
    E081-02CoreDELETE privilege 
    E081-03CoreINSERT privilege at the table level 
    E081-04CoreUPDATE privilege at the table level 
    E081-05CoreUPDATE privilege at the column level 
    E081-06CoreREFERENCES privilege at the table level 
    E081-07CoreREFERENCES privilege at the column level 
    E081-08CoreWITH GRANT OPTION 
    E081-09CoreUSAGE privilege 
    E081-10CoreEXECUTE privilege 
    E091CoreSet functions 
    E091-01CoreAVG 
    E091-02CoreCOUNT 
    E091-03CoreMAX 
    E091-04CoreMIN 
    E091-05CoreSUM 
    E091-06CoreALL quantifier 
    E091-07CoreDISTINCT quantifier 
    E101CoreBasic data manipulation 
    E101-01CoreINSERT statement 
    E101-03CoreSearched UPDATE statement 
    E101-04CoreSearched DELETE statement 
    E111CoreSingle row SELECT statement 
    E121CoreBasic cursor support 
    E121-01CoreDECLARE CURSOR 
    E121-02CoreORDER BY columns need not be in select list 
    E121-03CoreValue expressions in ORDER BY clause 
    E121-04CoreOPEN statement 
    E121-06CorePositioned UPDATE statement 
    E121-07CorePositioned DELETE statement 
    E121-08CoreCLOSE statement 
    E121-10CoreFETCH statement implicit NEXT 
    E121-17CoreWITH HOLD cursors 
    E131CoreNull value support (nulls in lieu of values) 
    E141CoreBasic integrity constraints 
    E141-01CoreNOT NULL constraints 
    E141-02CoreUNIQUE constraints of NOT NULL columns 
    E141-03CorePRIMARY KEY constraints 
    E141-04CoreBasic FOREIGN KEY constraint with the NO ACTION default for both referential delete action and referential update action 
    E141-06CoreCHECK constraints 
    E141-07CoreColumn defaults 
    E141-08CoreNOT NULL inferred on PRIMARY KEY 
    E141-10CoreNames in a foreign key can be specified in any order 
    E151CoreTransaction support 
    E151-01CoreCOMMIT statement 
    E151-02CoreROLLBACK statement 
    E152CoreBasic SET TRANSACTION statement 
    E152-01CoreSET TRANSACTION statement: ISOLATION LEVEL SERIALIZABLE clause 
    E152-02CoreSET TRANSACTION statement: READ ONLY and READ WRITE clauses 
    E153CoreUpdatable queries with subqueries 
    E161CoreSQL comments using leading double minus 
    E171CoreSQLSTATE support 
    F021CoreBasic information schema 
    F021-01CoreCOLUMNS view 
    F021-02CoreTABLES view 
    F021-03CoreVIEWS view 
    F021-04CoreTABLE_CONSTRAINTS view 
    F021-05CoreREFERENTIAL_CONSTRAINTS view 
    F021-06CoreCHECK_CONSTRAINTS view 
    F031CoreBasic schema manipulation 
    F031-01CoreCREATE TABLE statement to create persistent base tables 
    F031-02CoreCREATE VIEW statement 
    F031-03CoreGRANT statement 
    F031-04CoreALTER TABLE statement: ADD COLUMN clause 
    F031-13CoreDROP TABLE statement: RESTRICT clause 
    F031-16CoreDROP VIEW statement: RESTRICT clause 
    F031-19CoreREVOKE statement: RESTRICT clause 
    F032 CASCADE drop behavior 
    F033 ALTER TABLE statement: DROP COLUMN clause 
    F034 Extended REVOKE statement 
    F034-01 REVOKE statement performed by other than the owner of a schema object 
    F034-02 REVOKE statement: GRANT OPTION FOR clause 
    F034-03 REVOKE statement to revoke a privilege that the grantee has WITH GRANT OPTION 
    F041CoreBasic joined table 
    F041-01CoreInner join (but not necessarily the INNER keyword) 
    F041-02CoreINNER keyword 
    F041-03CoreLEFT OUTER JOIN 
    F041-04CoreRIGHT OUTER JOIN 
    F041-05CoreOuter joins can be nested 
    F041-07CoreThe inner table in a left or right outer join can also be used in an inner join 
    F041-08CoreAll comparison operators are supported (rather than just =) 
    F051CoreBasic date and time 
    F051-01CoreDATE data type (including support of DATE literal) 
    F051-02CoreTIME data type (including support of TIME literal) with fractional seconds precision of at least 0 
    F051-03CoreTIMESTAMP data type (including support of TIMESTAMP literal) with fractional seconds precision of at least 0 and 6 
    F051-04CoreComparison predicate on DATE, TIME, and TIMESTAMP data types 
    F051-05CoreExplicit CAST between datetime types and character string types 
    F051-06CoreCURRENT_DATE 
    F051-07CoreLOCALTIME 
    F051-08CoreLOCALTIMESTAMP 
    F052Enhanced datetime facilitiesIntervals and datetime arithmetic 
    F053 OVERLAPS predicate 
    F081CoreUNION and EXCEPT in views 
    F111 Isolation levels other than SERIALIZABLE 
    F111-01 READ UNCOMMITTED isolation level 
    F111-02 READ COMMITTED isolation level 
    F111-03 REPEATABLE READ isolation level 
    F131CoreGrouped operations 
    F131-01CoreWHERE, GROUP BY, and HAVING clauses supported in queries with grouped views 
    F131-02CoreMultiple tables supported in queries with grouped views 
    F131-03CoreSet functions supported in queries with grouped views 
    F131-04CoreSubqueries with GROUP BY and HAVING clauses and grouped views 
    F131-05CoreSingle row SELECT with GROUP BY and HAVING clauses and grouped views 
    F171 Multiple schemas per user 
    F191Enhanced integrity managementReferential delete actions 
    F200 TRUNCATE TABLE statement 
    F201CoreCAST function 
    F202 TRUNCATE TABLE: identity column restart option 
    F221CoreExplicit defaults 
    F222 INSERT statement: DEFAULT VALUES clause 
    F231 Privilege tables 
    F231-01 TABLE_PRIVILEGES view 
    F231-02 COLUMN_PRIVILEGES view 
    F231-03 USAGE_PRIVILEGES view 
    F251 Domain support 
    F261CoreCASE expression 
    F261-01CoreSimple CASE 
    F261-02CoreSearched CASE 
    F261-03CoreNULLIF 
    F261-04CoreCOALESCE 
    F262 Extended CASE expression 
    F271 Compound character literals 
    F281 LIKE enhancements 
    F302 INTERSECT table operator 
    F302-01 INTERSECT DISTINCT table operator 
    F302-02 INTERSECT ALL table operator 
    F304 EXCEPT ALL table operator 
    F311-01CoreCREATE SCHEMA 
    F311-02CoreCREATE TABLE for persistent base tables 
    F311-03CoreCREATE VIEW 
    F311-04CoreCREATE VIEW: WITH CHECK OPTION 
    F311-05CoreGRANT statement 
    F321 User authorization 
    F361 Subprogram support 
    F381 Extended schema manipulation 
    F381-01 ALTER TABLE statement: ALTER COLUMN clause 
    F381-02 ALTER TABLE statement: ADD CONSTRAINT clause 
    F381-03 ALTER TABLE statement: DROP CONSTRAINT clause 
    F382 Alter column data type 
    F383 Set column not null clause 
    F384 Drop identity property clause 
    F386 Set identity column generation clause 
    F391 Long identifiers 
    F392 Unicode escapes in identifiers 
    F393 Unicode escapes in literals 
    F401 Extended joined table 
    F401-01 NATURAL JOIN 
    F401-02 FULL OUTER JOIN 
    F401-04 CROSS JOIN 
    F402 Named column joins for LOBs, arrays, and multisets 
    F411Enhanced datetime facilitiesTime zone specificationdifferences regarding literal interpretation
    F421 National character 
    F431 Read-only scrollable cursors 
    F431-01 FETCH with explicit NEXT 
    F431-02 FETCH FIRST 
    F431-03 FETCH LAST 
    F431-04 FETCH PRIOR 
    F431-05 FETCH ABSOLUTE 
    F431-06 FETCH RELATIVE 
    F441 Extended set function support 
    F442 Mixed column references in set functions 
    F471CoreScalar subquery values 
    F481CoreExpanded NULL predicate 
    F491Enhanced integrity managementConstraint management 
    F501CoreFeatures and conformance views 
    F501-01CoreSQL_FEATURES view 
    F501-02CoreSQL_SIZING view 
    F501-03CoreSQL_LANGUAGES view 
    F502 Enhanced documentation tables 
    F502-01 SQL_SIZING_PROFILES view 
    F502-02 SQL_IMPLEMENTATION_INFO view 
    F502-03 SQL_PACKAGES view 
    F531 Temporary tables 
    F555Enhanced datetime facilitiesEnhanced seconds precision 
    F561 Full value expressions 
    F571 Truth value tests 
    F591 Derived tables 
    F611 Indicator data types 
    F641 Row and table constructors 
    F651 Catalog name qualifiers 
    F661 Simple tables 
    F672 Retrospective check constraints 
    F690 Collation supportbut no character set support
    F692 Extended collation support 
    F701Enhanced integrity managementReferential update actions 
    F711 ALTER domain 
    F731 INSERT column privileges 
    F751 View CHECK enhancements 
    F761 Session management 
    F762 CURRENT_CATALOG 
    F763 CURRENT_SCHEMA 
    F771 Connection management 
    F781 Self-referencing operations 
    F791 Insensitive cursors 
    F801 Full set function 
    F850 Top-level <order by clause> in <query expression> 
    F851 <order by clause> in subqueries 
    F852 Top-level <order by clause> in views 
    F855 Nested <order by clause> in <query expression> 
    F856 Nested <fetch first clause> in <query expression> 
    F857 Top-level <fetch first clause> in <query expression> 
    F858 <fetch first clause> in subqueries 
    F859 Top-level <fetch first clause> in views 
    F860 <fetch first row count> in <fetch first clause> 
    F861 Top-level <result offset clause> in <query expression> 
    F862 <result offset clause> in subqueries 
    F863 Nested <result offset clause> in <query expression> 
    F864 Top-level <result offset clause> in views 
    F865 <offset row count> in <result offset clause> 
    S071Enhanced object supportSQL paths in function and type name resolution 
    S092 Arrays of user-defined types 
    S095 Array constructors by query 
    S096 Optional array bounds 
    S098 ARRAY_AGG 
    S111Enhanced object supportONLY in query expressions 
    S201 SQL-invoked routines on arrays 
    S201-01 Array parameters 
    S201-02 Array as result type of functions 
    S211Enhanced object supportUser-defined cast functions 
    S301 Enhanced UNNEST 
    T031 BOOLEAN data type 
    T071 BIGINT data type 
    T121 WITH (excluding RECURSIVE) in query expression 
    T122 WITH (excluding RECURSIVE) in subquery 
    T131 Recursive query 
    T132 Recursive query in subquery 
    T141 SIMILAR predicate 
    T151 DISTINCT predicate 
    T152 DISTINCT predicate with negation 
    T171 LIKE clause in table definition 
    T172 AS subquery clause in table definition 
    T173 Extended LIKE clause in table definition 
    T174 Identity columns 
    T177 Sequence generator support: simple restart option 
    T178 Identity columns:  simple restart option 
    T191Enhanced integrity managementReferential action RESTRICT 
    T201Enhanced integrity managementComparable data types for referential constraints 
    T211-01Active database, Enhanced integrity managementTriggers activated on UPDATE, INSERT, or DELETE of one base table 
    T211-02Active database, Enhanced integrity managementBEFORE triggers 
    T211-03Active database, Enhanced integrity managementAFTER triggers 
    T211-04Active database, Enhanced integrity managementFOR EACH ROW triggers 
    T211-05Active database, Enhanced integrity managementAbility to specify a search condition that must be true before the trigger is invoked 
    T211-07Active database, Enhanced integrity managementTRIGGER privilege 
    T212Enhanced integrity managementEnhanced trigger capability 
    T213 INSTEAD OF triggers 
    T231 Sensitive cursors 
    T241 START TRANSACTION statement 
    T271 Savepoints 
    T281 SELECT privilege with column granularity 
    T285 Enhanced derived column names 
    T312 OVERLAY function 
    T321-01CoreUser-defined functions with no overloading 
    T321-02CoreUser-defined stored procedures with no overloading 
    T321-03CoreFunction invocation 
    T321-04CoreCALL statement 
    T321-06CoreROUTINES view 
    T321-07CorePARAMETERS view 
    T323 Explicit security for external routines 
    T325 Qualified SQL parameter references 
    T331 Basic roles 
    T341 Overloading of SQL-invoked functions and procedures 
    T351 Bracketed SQL comments (/*...*/ comments) 
    T431OLAPExtended grouping capabilities 
    T432 Nested and concatenated GROUPING SETS 
    T433 Multiargument GROUPING function 
    T441 ABS and MOD functions 
    T461 Symmetric BETWEEN predicate 
    T491 LATERAL derived table 
    T501 Enhanced EXISTS predicate 
    T521 Named arguments in CALL statement 
    T551 Optional key words for default syntax 
    T581 Regular expression substring function 
    T591 UNIQUE constraints of possibly null columns 
    T611OLAPElementary OLAP operations 
    T613 Sampling 
    T614 NTILE function 
    T615 LEAD and LAG functions 
    T617 FIRST_VALUE and LAST_VALUE function 
    T620 WINDOW clause: GROUPS option 
    T621 Enhanced numeric functions 
    T631CoreIN predicate with one list element 
    T651 SQL-schema statements in SQL routines 
    T655 Cyclically dependent routines 
    X010 XML type 
    X011 Arrays of XML type 
    X014 Attributes of XML type 
    X016 Persistent XML values 
    X020 XMLConcat 
    X031 XMLElement 
    X032 XMLForest 
    X034 XMLAgg 
    X035 XMLAgg: ORDER BY option 
    X036 XMLComment 
    X037 XMLPI 
    X040 Basic table mapping 
    X041 Basic table mapping: nulls absent 
    X042 Basic table mapping: null as nil 
    X043 Basic table mapping: table as forest 
    X044 Basic table mapping: table as element 
    X045 Basic table mapping: with target namespace 
    X046 Basic table mapping: data mapping 
    X047 Basic table mapping: metadata mapping 
    X048 Basic table mapping: base64 encoding of binary strings 
    X049 Basic table mapping: hex encoding of binary strings 
    X050 Advanced table mapping 
    X051 Advanced table mapping: nulls absent 
    X052 Advanced table mapping: null as nil 
    X053 Advanced table mapping: table as forest 
    X054 Advanced table mapping: table as element 
    X055 Advanced table mapping: with target namespace 
    X056 Advanced table mapping: data mapping 
    X057 Advanced table mapping: metadata mapping 
    X058 Advanced table mapping: base64 encoding of binary strings 
    X059 Advanced table mapping: hex encoding of binary strings 
    X060 XMLParse: character string input and CONTENT option 
    X061 XMLParse: character string input and DOCUMENT option 
    X070 XMLSerialize: character string serialization and CONTENT option 
    X071 XMLSerialize: character string serialization and DOCUMENT option 
    X072 XMLSerialize: character string serialization 
    X090 XML document predicate 
    X120 XML parameters in SQL routines 
    X121 XML parameters in external routines 
    X222 XML passing mechanism BY REF 
    X301 XMLTable: derived column list option 
    X302 XMLTable: ordinality column option 
    X303 XMLTable: column default option 
    X304 XMLTable: passing a context itemmust be XML DOCUMENT
    X400 Name and identifier mapping 
    X410 Alter column data type: XML type 
    
    
    Prev Up Next
    Appendix D. SQL Conformance Home D.2. Unsupported Features
    
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/features.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/features.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/features.html	2019-08-05 21:28:49.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/features.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 
-Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
    Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    Table of Contents
    D.1. Supported Features
    D.2. Unsupported Features
    
+Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
    Appendix D. SQL Conformance
    Table of Contents
    D.1. Supported Features
    D.2. Unsupported Features
    D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
    D.3.1. Queries are restricted to XPath 1.0
    D.3.2. 
+     Incidental limits of the implementation
+    
    
   This section attempts to outline to what extent
   PostgreSQL conforms to the current SQL
   standard.  The following information is not a full statement of
@@ -10,7 +12,8 @@
   Language SQL”.  A revised version of the standard is released
   from time to time; the most recent update appearing in 2011.
   The 2011 version is referred to as ISO/IEC 9075:2011, or simply as SQL:2011.
-  The versions prior to that were SQL:2008, SQL:2003, SQL:1999, and SQL-92.  Each version
+  The versions prior to that were SQL:2008, SQL:2006, SQL:2003, SQL:1999,
+  and SQL-92.  Each version
   replaces the previous one, so claims of conformance to earlier
   versions have no official merit.
   PostgreSQL development aims for
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/file-fdw.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.14. file_fdw
    F.14. file_fdw
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
    F.14. file_fdw
    
+F.14. file_fdw
    F.14. file_fdw
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
    F.14. file_fdw
    
   The file_fdw module provides the foreign-data wrapper
   file_fdw, which can be used to access data
   files in the server's file system, or to execute programs on the server
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-admin.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.26. System Administration Functions
    9.26. System Administration Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
    9.26. System Administration Functions
    9.26.1. Configuration Settings Functions
    9.26.2. Server Signaling Functions
    9.26.3. Backup Control Functions
    9.26.4. Recovery Control Functions
    9.26.5. Snapshot Synchronization Functions
    9.26.6. Replication Functions
    9.26.7. Database Object Management Functions
    9.26.8. Index Maintenance Functions
    9.26.9. Generic File Access Functions
    9.26.10. Advisory Lock Functions
    
+9.26. System Administration Functions
    9.26. System Administration Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
    9.26. System Administration Functions
    9.26.1. Configuration Settings Functions
    9.26.2. Server Signaling Functions
    9.26.3. Backup Control Functions
    9.26.4. Recovery Control Functions
    9.26.5. Snapshot Synchronization Functions
    9.26.6. Replication Functions
    9.26.7. Database Object Management Functions
    9.26.8. Index Maintenance Functions
    9.26.9. Generic File Access Functions
    9.26.10. Advisory Lock Functions
    
     The functions described in this section are used to control and
     monitor a PostgreSQL installation.
    
    9.26.1. Configuration Settings Functions
    
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-aggregate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.20. Aggregate Functions
    9.20. Aggregate Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
    9.20. Aggregate Functions
    
+9.20. Aggregate Functions
    9.20. Aggregate Functions
    Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
    9.20. Aggregate Functions
    
    Aggregate functions compute a single result
    from a set of input values.  The built-in general-purpose aggregate
    functions are listed in Table 9.52
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
        same as argument data type
       
Noinput arrays concatenated into array of one higher dimension
        (inputs must all have same dimensionality,
-        and cannot be empty or NULL)

+        and cannot be empty or null)

        
        
        avg(expression)
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
        numeric for any integer-type argument,
        double precision for a floating-point argument,
        otherwise the same as the argument data type
-      Yesthe average (arithmetic mean) of all input values

+      Yesthe average (arithmetic mean) of all non-null input values

        
        bit_and(expression)
       
@@ -89,40 +89,42 @@
        any
       
        json
-      Noaggregates values as a JSON array

+      Noaggregates values, including nulls, as a JSON array

        
        jsonb_agg(expression)
       
        any
       
        jsonb
-      Noaggregates values as a JSON array

+      Noaggregates values, including nulls, as a JSON array

        
        json_object_agg(name, value)
       
        (any, any)
       
        json
-      Noaggregates name/value pairs as a JSON object

+      Noaggregates name/value pairs as a JSON object; values can be
+       null, but not names

        
        jsonb_object_agg(name, value)
       
        (any, any)
       
        jsonb
-      Noaggregates name/value pairs as a JSON object

+      Noaggregates name/value pairs as a JSON object; values can be
+       null, but not names

        
        max(expression)
       any numeric, string, date/time, network, or enum type,
              or arrays of these typessame as argument typeYes
-       maximum value of expression across all input
+       maximum value of expression across all non-null input
        values
       

        
        min(expression)
       any numeric, string, date/time, network, or enum type,
              or arrays of these typessame as argument typeYes
-       minimum value of expression across all input
+       minimum value of expression across all non-null input
        values
       

        
@@ -134,7 +136,7 @@
        (text, text) or (bytea, bytea)
       
        same as argument types
-      Noinput values concatenated into a string, separated by delimiter

+      Nonon-null input values concatenated into a string, separated by delimiter

        
        sum(expression)
       
@@ -147,14 +149,16 @@
        int arguments, numeric for
        bigint arguments, otherwise the same as the
        argument data type
-      Yessum of expression across all input values

+      Yessum of expression
+       across all non-null input values

        
        xmlagg(expression)
       
        xml
       
        xml
-      Noconcatenation of XML values (see also Section 9.14.1.7)


+      
Noconcatenation of non-null XML values
+       (see also Section 9.14.1.7)


    It should be noted that except for count,
    these functions return a null value when no rows are selected.  In
    particular, sum of no rows returns null, not
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-array.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
 
-9.18. Array Functions and Operators
9.18. Array Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.18. Array Functions and Operators

+9.18. Array Functions and Operators
9.18. Array Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.18. Array Functions and Operators

    Table 9.48 shows the operators
    available for array types.
-  
Table 9.48. Array Operators
OperatorDescriptionExampleResult
 = equalARRAY[1.1,2.1,3.1]::int[] = ARRAY[1,2,3]t
 <> not equalARRAY[1,2,3] <> ARRAY[1,2,4]t
 < less thanARRAY[1,2,3] < ARRAY[1,2,4]t
 > greater thanARRAY[1,4,3] > ARRAY[1,2,4]t
 <= less than or equalARRAY[1,2,3] <= ARRAY[1,2,3]t
 >= greater than or equalARRAY[1,4,3] >= ARRAY[1,4,3]t
 @> containsARRAY[1,4,3] @> ARRAY[3,1]t
 <@ is contained byARRAY[2,7] <@ ARRAY[1,7,4,2,6]t
 && overlap (have elements in common)ARRAY[1,4,3] && ARRAY[2,1]t
 || array-to-array concatenationARRAY[1,2,3] || ARRAY[4,5,6]{1,2,3,4,5,6}
 || array-to-array concatenationARRAY[1,2,3] || ARRAY[[4,5,6],[7,8,9]]{{1,2,3},{4,5,6},{7,8,9}}
 || element-to-array concatenation3 || ARRAY[4,5,6]{3,4,5,6}
 || array-to-element concatenationARRAY[4,5,6] || 7{4,5,6,7}


-   Array comparisons compare the array contents element-by-element,
-   using the default B-tree comparison function for the element data type.
+  
Table 9.48. Array Operators
OperatorDescriptionExampleResult
 = equalARRAY[1.1,2.1,3.1]::int[] = ARRAY[1,2,3]t
 <> not equalARRAY[1,2,3] <> ARRAY[1,2,4]t
 < less thanARRAY[1,2,3] < ARRAY[1,2,4]t
 > greater thanARRAY[1,4,3] > ARRAY[1,2,4]t
 <= less than or equalARRAY[1,2,3] <= ARRAY[1,2,3]t
 >= greater than or equalARRAY[1,4,3] >= ARRAY[1,4,3]t
 @> containsARRAY[1,4,3] @> ARRAY[3,1,3]t
 <@ is contained byARRAY[2,2,7] <@ ARRAY[1,7,4,2,6]t
 && overlap (have elements in common)ARRAY[1,4,3] && ARRAY[2,1]t
 || array-to-array concatenationARRAY[1,2,3] || ARRAY[4,5,6]{1,2,3,4,5,6}
 || array-to-array concatenationARRAY[1,2,3] || ARRAY[[4,5,6],[7,8,9]]{{1,2,3},{4,5,6},{7,8,9}}
 || element-to-array concatenation3 || ARRAY[4,5,6]{3,4,5,6}
 || array-to-element concatenationARRAY[4,5,6] || 7{4,5,6,7}


+   The array ordering operators (<,
+   >=, etc) compare the array contents
+   element-by-element, using the default B-tree comparison function for
+   the element data type, and sort based on the first difference.
    In multidimensional arrays the elements are visited in row-major order
    (last subscript varies most rapidly).
    If the contents of two arrays are equal but the dimensionality is
@@ -14,6 +16,13 @@
    that two arrays with the same contents were equal, even if the
    number of dimensions or subscript ranges were different.)
   

+   The array containment operators (<@
+   and @>) consider one array to be contained in
+   another one if each of its elements appears in the other one.
+   Duplicates are not treated specially, thus ARRAY[1]
+   and ARRAY[1,1] are each considered to contain the
+   other.
+  

    See Section 8.15 for more details about array operator
    behavior.  See Section 11.2 for more details about
    which operators support indexed operations.
@@ -21,7 +30,7 @@
    Table 9.49 shows the functions
    available for use with array types. See Section 8.15
    for more information  and examples of the use of these functions.
-  
Table 9.49. Array Functions
FunctionReturn TypeDescriptionExampleResult

+  
Table 9.49. Array Functions
FunctionReturn TypeDescriptionExampleResult

          
           array_append(anyarray, anyelement)
          
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html	2019-08-05 21:28:27.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-binarystring.html	2019-11-11 22:18:31.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators

+9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators

     This section describes functions and operators for examining and
     manipulating values of type bytea.
    

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html	2019-08-05 21:28:27.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-bitstring.html	2019-11-11 22:18:31.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators

+9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators

     This section describes functions and operators for examining and
     manipulating bit strings, that is values of the types
     bit and bit varying.  Aside from the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparison.html	2019-11-11 22:18:31.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators

+9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators

     The usual comparison operators are available, as shown in Table 9.1.
    
Table 9.1. Comparison Operators
OperatorDescription
 < less than
 > greater than
 <= less than or equal to
 >= greater than or equal to
 = equal
 <> or != not equal

Note

      The != operator is converted to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-comparisons.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.23. Row and Array Comparisons
9.23. Row and Array Comparisons
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.23. Row and Array Comparisons
9.23.1. IN
9.23.2. NOT IN
9.23.3. ANY/SOME (array)
9.23.4. ALL (array)
9.23.5. Row Constructor Comparison
9.23.6. Composite Type Comparison

+9.23. Row and Array Comparisons
9.23. Row and Array Comparisons
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.23. Row and Array Comparisons
9.23.1. IN
9.23.2. NOT IN
9.23.3. ANY/SOME (array)
9.23.4. ALL (array)
9.23.5. Row Constructor Comparison
9.23.6. Composite Type Comparison

    This section describes several specialized constructs for making
    multiple comparisons between groups of values.  These forms are
    syntactically related to the subquery forms of the previous section,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-conditional.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.17. Conditional Expressions
9.17. Conditional Expressions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.17. Conditional Expressions
9.17.1. CASE
9.17.2. COALESCE
9.17.3. NULLIF
9.17.4. GREATEST and LEAST

+9.17. Conditional Expressions
9.17. Conditional Expressions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.17. Conditional Expressions
9.17.1. CASE
9.17.2. COALESCE
9.17.3. NULLIF
9.17.4. GREATEST and LEAST

    This section describes the SQL-compliant conditional expressions
    available in PostgreSQL.
   
Tip

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html	2019-08-05 21:28:27.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-datetime.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
9.9.1. EXTRACT, date_part
9.9.2. date_trunc
9.9.3. AT TIME ZONE
9.9.4. Current Date/Time
9.9.5. Delaying Execution

+9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
9.9.1. EXTRACT, date_part
9.9.2. date_trunc
9.9.3. AT TIME ZONE
9.9.4. Current Date/Time
9.9.5. Delaying Execution

    Table 9.30 shows the available
    functions for date/time value processing, with details appearing in
    the following subsections.  Table 9.29 illustrates the behaviors of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html	2019-08-05 21:28:27.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-enum.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.10. Enum Support Functions
9.10. Enum Support Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.10. Enum Support Functions

+9.10. Enum Support Functions
9.10. Enum Support Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.10. Enum Support Functions

    For enum types (described in Section 8.7),
    there are several functions that allow cleaner programming without
    hard-coding particular values of an enum type.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-event-triggers.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.28. Event Trigger Functions
9.28. Event Trigger Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.28. Event Trigger Functions
9.28.1. Capturing Changes at Command End
9.28.2. Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
9.28.3. Handling a Table Rewrite Event

+9.28. Event Trigger Functions
9.28. Event Trigger Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.28. Event Trigger Functions
9.28.1. Capturing Changes at Command End
9.28.2. Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
9.28.3. Handling a Table Rewrite Event

     PostgreSQL provides these helper functions
     to retrieve information from event triggers.
    

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html	2019-08-05 21:28:27.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-formatting.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions

+9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions

     The PostgreSQL formatting functions
     provide a powerful set of tools for converting various data types
     (date/time, integer, floating point, numeric) to formatted strings
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html	2019-08-05 21:28:27.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-geometry.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators

+9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators

     The geometric types point, box,
     lseg, line, path,
     polygon, and circle have a large set of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-info.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.25. System Information Functions
9.25. System Information Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.25. System Information Functions

+9.25. System Information Functions
9.25. System Information Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.25. System Information Functions

    Table 9.60 shows several
    functions that extract session and system information.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-json.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.15. JSON Functions and Operators
9.15. JSON Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.15. JSON Functions and Operators

+9.15. JSON Functions and Operators
9.15. JSON Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.15. JSON Functions and Operators

    Table 9.43 shows the operators that
    are available for use with the two JSON data types (see Section 8.14).
   
Table 9.43. json and jsonb Operators
OperatorRight Operand TypeDescriptionExampleExample Result
->intGet JSON array element (indexed from zero, negative
@@ -254,16 +254,16 @@
          Returns from_json
          with all object fields that have null values omitted. Other null values
          are untouched.
-       json_strip_nulls('[{"f1":1,"f2":null},2,null,3]')[{"f1":1},2,null,3]
jsonb_set(target jsonb, path text[], new_value jsonb[, create_missing boolean])
+       
json_strip_nulls('[{"f1":1,"f2":null},2,null,3]')[{"f1":1},2,null,3]
jsonb_set(target jsonb, path text[], new_value jsonb [, create_missing boolean])
          
jsonb

          Returns target
          with the section designated by path
          replaced by new_value, or with
          new_value added if
-         create_missing is true ( default is
+         create_missing is true (default is
          true) and the item
          designated by path does not exist.
-         As with the path orientated operators, negative integers that
+         As with the path oriented operators, negative integers that
          appear in path count from the end
          of JSON arrays.
        
jsonb_set('[{"f1":1,"f2":null},2,null,3]', '{0,f1}','[2,3,4]', false)
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
          
[{"f1": 1, "f2": null, "f3": [2, 3, 4]}, 2]
         

            

-           jsonb_insert(target jsonb, path text[], new_value jsonb, [insert_after boolean])
+           jsonb_insert(target jsonb, path text[], new_value jsonb [, insert_after boolean])
            

        
jsonb

          Returns target with
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
          designated by path is in JSONB object,
          new_value will be inserted only if
          target does not exist. As with the path
-         orientated operators, negative integers that appear in
+         oriented operators, negative integers that appear in
          path count from the end of JSON arrays.
        
            

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-logical.html	2019-11-11 22:18:31.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.1. Logical Operators
9.1. Logical Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.1. Logical Operators

+9.1. Logical Operators
9.1. Logical Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.1. Logical Operators

     The usual logical operators are available:
 
     
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html	2019-08-05 21:28:27.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-matching.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.7. Pattern Matching
9.7. Pattern Matching
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.7. Pattern Matching
9.7.1. LIKE
9.7.2. SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
9.7.3. POSIX Regular Expressions

+9.7. Pattern Matching
9.7. Pattern Matching
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.7. Pattern Matching
9.7.1. LIKE
9.7.2. SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
9.7.3. POSIX Regular Expressions

     There are three separate approaches to pattern matching provided
     by PostgreSQL: the traditional
     SQL LIKE operator, the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-math.html	2019-11-11 22:18:31.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators

+9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators

     Mathematical operators are provided for many
     PostgreSQL types. For types without
     standard mathematical conventions
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html	2019-08-05 21:28:27.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-net.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators

+9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators

    Table 9.36 shows the operators
    available for the cidr and inet types.
    The operators <<,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-range.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.19. Range Functions and Operators
9.19. Range Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.19. Range Functions and Operators

+9.19. Range Functions and Operators
9.19. Range Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.19. Range Functions and Operators

    See Section 8.17 for an overview of range types.
   

    Table 9.50 shows the operators
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-sequence.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.16. Sequence Manipulation Functions
9.16. Sequence Manipulation Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.16. Sequence Manipulation Functions

+9.16. Sequence Manipulation Functions
9.16. Sequence Manipulation Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.16. Sequence Manipulation Functions

    This section describes functions for operating on sequence
    objects, also called sequence generators or just sequences.
    Sequence objects are special single-row tables created with CREATE SEQUENCE.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-srf.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.24. Set Returning Functions
9.24. Set Returning Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.24. Set Returning Functions

+9.24. Set Returning Functions
9.24. Set Returning Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.24. Set Returning Functions

    This section describes functions that possibly return more than one row.
    The most widely used functions in this class are series generating
    functions, as detailed in Table 9.58 and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html	2019-08-05 21:28:27.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-string.html	2019-11-11 22:18:31.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.4. String Functions and Operators
9.4. String Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.4. String Functions and Operators
9.4.1. format

+9.4. String Functions and Operators
9.4. String Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.4. String Functions and Operators
9.4.1. format

     This section describes functions and operators for examining and
     manipulating string values.  Strings in this context include values
     of the types character, character varying,
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@
    Section 9.20.
    
Table 9.10. Built-in Conversions
Conversion Name
         [a]
-       Source EncodingDestination Encoding
ascii_to_micSQL_ASCIIMULE_INTERNAL
ascii_to_utf8SQL_ASCIIUTF8
big5_to_euc_twBIG5EUC_TW
big5_to_micBIG5MULE_INTERNAL
big5_to_utf8BIG5UTF8
euc_cn_to_micEUC_CNMULE_INTERNAL
euc_cn_to_utf8EUC_CNUTF8
euc_jp_to_micEUC_JPMULE_INTERNAL
euc_jp_to_sjisEUC_JPSJIS
euc_jp_to_utf8EUC_JPUTF8
euc_kr_to_micEUC_KRMULE_INTERNAL
euc_kr_to_utf8EUC_KRUTF8
euc_tw_to_big5EUC_TWBIG5
euc_tw_to_micEUC_TWMULE_INTERNAL
euc_tw_to_utf8EUC_TWUTF8
gb18030_to_utf8GB18030UTF8
gbk_to_utf8GBKUTF8
iso_8859_10_to_utf8LATIN6UTF8
iso_8859_13_to_utf8LATIN7UTF8
iso_8859_14_to_utf8LATIN8UTF8
iso_8859_15_to_utf8LATIN9UTF8
iso_8859_16_to_utf8LATIN10UTF8
iso_8859_1_to_micLATIN1MULE_INTERNAL
iso_8859_1_to_utf8LATIN1UTF8
iso_8859_2_to_micLATIN2MULE_INTERNAL
iso_8859_2_to_utf8LATIN2UTF8
iso_8859_2_to_windows_1250LATIN2WIN1250
iso_8859_3_to_micLATIN3MULE_INTERNAL
iso_8859_3_to_utf8LATIN3UTF8
iso_8859_4_to_micLATIN4MULE_INTERNAL
iso_8859_4_to_utf8LATIN4UTF8
iso_8859_5_to_koi8_rISO_8859_5KOI8R
iso_8859_5_to_micISO_8859_5MULE_INTERNAL
iso_8859_5_to_utf8ISO_8859_5UTF8
iso_8859_5_to_windows_1251ISO_8859_5WIN1251
iso_8859_5_to_windows_866ISO_8859_5WIN866
iso_8859_6_to_utf8ISO_8859_6UTF8
iso_8859_7_to_utf8ISO_8859_7UTF8
iso_8859_8_to_utf8ISO_8859_8UTF8
iso_8859_9_to_utf8LATIN5UTF8
johab_to_utf8JOHABUTF8
koi8_r_to_iso_8859_5KOI8RISO_8859_5
koi8_r_to_micKOI8RMULE_INTERNAL
koi8_r_to_utf8KOI8RUTF8
koi8_r_to_windows_1251KOI8RWIN1251
koi8_r_to_windows_866KOI8RWIN866
koi8_u_to_utf8KOI8UUTF8
mic_to_asciiMULE_INTERNALSQL_ASCII
mic_to_big5MULE_INTERNALBIG5
mic_to_euc_cnMULE_INTERNALEUC_CN
mic_to_euc_jpMULE_INTERNALEUC_JP
mic_to_euc_krMULE_INTERNALEUC_KR
mic_to_euc_twMULE_INTERNALEUC_TW
mic_to_iso_8859_1MULE_INTERNALLATIN1
mic_to_iso_8859_2MULE_INTERNALLATIN2
mic_to_iso_8859_3MULE_INTERNALLATIN3
mic_to_iso_8859_4MULE_INTERNALLATIN4
mic_to_iso_8859_5MULE_INTERNALISO_8859_5
mic_to_koi8_rMULE_INTERNALKOI8R
mic_to_sjisMULE_INTERNALSJIS
mic_to_windows_1250MULE_INTERNALWIN1250
mic_to_windows_1251MULE_INTERNALWIN1251
mic_to_windows_866MULE_INTERNALWIN866
sjis_to_euc_jpSJISEUC_JP
sjis_to_micSJISMULE_INTERNAL
sjis_to_utf8SJISUTF8
tcvn_to_utf8WIN1258UTF8
uhc_to_utf8UHCUTF8
utf8_to_asciiUTF8SQL_ASCII
utf8_to_big5UTF8BIG5
utf8_to_euc_cnUTF8EUC_CN
utf8_to_euc_jpUTF8EUC_JP
utf8_to_euc_krUTF8EUC_KR
utf8_to_euc_twUTF8EUC_TW
utf8_to_gb18030UTF8GB18030
utf8_to_gbkUTF8GBK
utf8_to_iso_8859_1UTF8LATIN1
utf8_to_iso_8859_10UTF8LATIN6
utf8_to_iso_8859_13UTF8LATIN7
utf8_to_iso_8859_14UTF8LATIN8
utf8_to_iso_8859_15UTF8LATIN9
utf8_to_iso_8859_16UTF8LATIN10
utf8_to_iso_8859_2UTF8LATIN2
utf8_to_iso_8859_3UTF8LATIN3
utf8_to_iso_8859_4UTF8LATIN4
utf8_to_iso_8859_5UTF8ISO_8859_5
utf8_to_iso_8859_6UTF8ISO_8859_6
utf8_to_iso_8859_7UTF8ISO_8859_7
utf8_to_iso_8859_8UTF8ISO_8859_8
utf8_to_iso_8859_9UTF8LATIN5
utf8_to_johabUTF8JOHAB
utf8_to_koi8_rUTF8KOI8R
utf8_to_koi8_uUTF8KOI8U
utf8_to_sjisUTF8SJIS
utf8_to_tcvnUTF8WIN1258
utf8_to_uhcUTF8UHC
utf8_to_windows_1250UTF8WIN1250
utf8_to_windows_1251UTF8WIN1251
utf8_to_windows_1252UTF8WIN1252
utf8_to_windows_1253UTF8WIN1253
utf8_to_windows_1254UTF8WIN1254
utf8_to_windows_1255UTF8WIN1255
utf8_to_windows_1256UTF8WIN1256
utf8_to_windows_1257UTF8WIN1257
utf8_to_windows_866UTF8WIN866
utf8_to_windows_874UTF8WIN874
windows_1250_to_iso_8859_2WIN1250LATIN2
windows_1250_to_micWIN1250MULE_INTERNAL
windows_1250_to_utf8WIN1250UTF8
windows_1251_to_iso_8859_5WIN1251ISO_8859_5
windows_1251_to_koi8_rWIN1251KOI8R
windows_1251_to_micWIN1251MULE_INTERNAL
windows_1251_to_utf8WIN1251UTF8
windows_1251_to_windows_866WIN1251WIN866
windows_1252_to_utf8WIN1252UTF8
windows_1256_to_utf8WIN1256UTF8
windows_866_to_iso_8859_5WIN866ISO_8859_5
windows_866_to_koi8_rWIN866KOI8R
windows_866_to_micWIN866MULE_INTERNAL
windows_866_to_utf8WIN866UTF8
windows_866_to_windows_1251WIN866WIN
windows_874_to_utf8WIN874UTF8
euc_jis_2004_to_utf8EUC_JIS_2004UTF8
utf8_to_euc_jis_2004UTF8EUC_JIS_2004
shift_jis_2004_to_utf8SHIFT_JIS_2004UTF8
utf8_to_shift_jis_2004UTF8SHIFT_JIS_2004
euc_jis_2004_to_shift_jis_2004EUC_JIS_2004SHIFT_JIS_2004
shift_jis_2004_to_euc_jis_2004SHIFT_JIS_2004EUC_JIS_2004
Source EncodingDestination Encoding
ascii_to_micSQL_ASCIIMULE_INTERNAL
ascii_to_utf8SQL_ASCIIUTF8
big5_to_euc_twBIG5EUC_TW
big5_to_micBIG5MULE_INTERNAL
big5_to_utf8BIG5UTF8
euc_cn_to_micEUC_CNMULE_INTERNAL
euc_cn_to_utf8EUC_CNUTF8
euc_jp_to_micEUC_JPMULE_INTERNAL
euc_jp_to_sjisEUC_JPSJIS
euc_jp_to_utf8EUC_JPUTF8
euc_kr_to_micEUC_KRMULE_INTERNAL
euc_kr_to_utf8EUC_KRUTF8
euc_tw_to_big5EUC_TWBIG5
euc_tw_to_micEUC_TWMULE_INTERNAL
euc_tw_to_utf8EUC_TWUTF8
gb18030_to_utf8GB18030UTF8
gbk_to_utf8GBKUTF8
iso_8859_10_to_utf8LATIN6UTF8
iso_8859_13_to_utf8LATIN7UTF8
iso_8859_14_to_utf8LATIN8UTF8
iso_8859_15_to_utf8LATIN9UTF8
iso_8859_16_to_utf8LATIN10UTF8
iso_8859_1_to_micLATIN1MULE_INTERNAL
iso_8859_1_to_utf8LATIN1UTF8
iso_8859_2_to_micLATIN2MULE_INTERNAL
iso_8859_2_to_utf8LATIN2UTF8
iso_8859_2_to_windows_1250LATIN2WIN1250
iso_8859_3_to_micLATIN3MULE_INTERNAL
iso_8859_3_to_utf8LATIN3UTF8
iso_8859_4_to_micLATIN4MULE_INTERNAL
iso_8859_4_to_utf8LATIN4UTF8
iso_8859_5_to_koi8_rISO_8859_5KOI8R
iso_8859_5_to_micISO_8859_5MULE_INTERNAL
iso_8859_5_to_utf8ISO_8859_5UTF8
iso_8859_5_to_windows_1251ISO_8859_5WIN1251
iso_8859_5_to_windows_866ISO_8859_5WIN866
iso_8859_6_to_utf8ISO_8859_6UTF8
iso_8859_7_to_utf8ISO_8859_7UTF8
iso_8859_8_to_utf8ISO_8859_8UTF8
iso_8859_9_to_utf8LATIN5UTF8
johab_to_utf8JOHABUTF8
koi8_r_to_iso_8859_5KOI8RISO_8859_5
koi8_r_to_micKOI8RMULE_INTERNAL
koi8_r_to_utf8KOI8RUTF8
koi8_r_to_windows_1251KOI8RWIN1251
koi8_r_to_windows_866KOI8RWIN866
koi8_u_to_utf8KOI8UUTF8
mic_to_asciiMULE_INTERNALSQL_ASCII
mic_to_big5MULE_INTERNALBIG5
mic_to_euc_cnMULE_INTERNALEUC_CN
mic_to_euc_jpMULE_INTERNALEUC_JP
mic_to_euc_krMULE_INTERNALEUC_KR
mic_to_euc_twMULE_INTERNALEUC_TW
mic_to_iso_8859_1MULE_INTERNALLATIN1
mic_to_iso_8859_2MULE_INTERNALLATIN2
mic_to_iso_8859_3MULE_INTERNALLATIN3
mic_to_iso_8859_4MULE_INTERNALLATIN4
mic_to_iso_8859_5MULE_INTERNALISO_8859_5
mic_to_koi8_rMULE_INTERNALKOI8R
mic_to_sjisMULE_INTERNALSJIS
mic_to_windows_1250MULE_INTERNALWIN1250
mic_to_windows_1251MULE_INTERNALWIN1251
mic_to_windows_866MULE_INTERNALWIN866
sjis_to_euc_jpSJISEUC_JP
sjis_to_micSJISMULE_INTERNAL
sjis_to_utf8SJISUTF8
windows_1258_to_utf8WIN1258UTF8
uhc_to_utf8UHCUTF8
utf8_to_asciiUTF8SQL_ASCII
utf8_to_big5UTF8BIG5
utf8_to_euc_cnUTF8EUC_CN
utf8_to_euc_jpUTF8EUC_JP
utf8_to_euc_krUTF8EUC_KR
utf8_to_euc_twUTF8EUC_TW
utf8_to_gb18030UTF8GB18030
utf8_to_gbkUTF8GBK
utf8_to_iso_8859_1UTF8LATIN1
utf8_to_iso_8859_10UTF8LATIN6
utf8_to_iso_8859_13UTF8LATIN7
utf8_to_iso_8859_14UTF8LATIN8
utf8_to_iso_8859_15UTF8LATIN9
utf8_to_iso_8859_16UTF8LATIN10
utf8_to_iso_8859_2UTF8LATIN2
utf8_to_iso_8859_3UTF8LATIN3
utf8_to_iso_8859_4UTF8LATIN4
utf8_to_iso_8859_5UTF8ISO_8859_5
utf8_to_iso_8859_6UTF8ISO_8859_6
utf8_to_iso_8859_7UTF8ISO_8859_7
utf8_to_iso_8859_8UTF8ISO_8859_8
utf8_to_iso_8859_9UTF8LATIN5
utf8_to_johabUTF8JOHAB
utf8_to_koi8_rUTF8KOI8R
utf8_to_koi8_uUTF8KOI8U
utf8_to_sjisUTF8SJIS
utf8_to_windows_1258UTF8WIN1258
utf8_to_uhcUTF8UHC
utf8_to_windows_1250UTF8WIN1250
utf8_to_windows_1251UTF8WIN1251
utf8_to_windows_1252UTF8WIN1252
utf8_to_windows_1253UTF8WIN1253
utf8_to_windows_1254UTF8WIN1254
utf8_to_windows_1255UTF8WIN1255
utf8_to_windows_1256UTF8WIN1256
utf8_to_windows_1257UTF8WIN1257
utf8_to_windows_866UTF8WIN866
utf8_to_windows_874UTF8WIN874
windows_1250_to_iso_8859_2WIN1250LATIN2
windows_1250_to_micWIN1250MULE_INTERNAL
windows_1250_to_utf8WIN1250UTF8
windows_1251_to_iso_8859_5WIN1251ISO_8859_5
windows_1251_to_koi8_rWIN1251KOI8R
windows_1251_to_micWIN1251MULE_INTERNAL
windows_1251_to_utf8WIN1251UTF8
windows_1251_to_windows_866WIN1251WIN866
windows_1252_to_utf8WIN1252UTF8
windows_1256_to_utf8WIN1256UTF8
windows_866_to_iso_8859_5WIN866ISO_8859_5
windows_866_to_koi8_rWIN866KOI8R
windows_866_to_micWIN866MULE_INTERNAL
windows_866_to_utf8WIN866UTF8
windows_866_to_windows_1251WIN866WIN
windows_874_to_utf8WIN874UTF8
euc_jis_2004_to_utf8EUC_JIS_2004UTF8
utf8_to_euc_jis_2004UTF8EUC_JIS_2004
shift_jis_2004_to_utf8SHIFT_JIS_2004UTF8
utf8_to_shift_jis_2004UTF8SHIFT_JIS_2004
euc_jis_2004_to_shift_jis_2004EUC_JIS_2004SHIFT_JIS_2004
shift_jis_2004_to_euc_jis_2004SHIFT_JIS_2004EUC_JIS_2004
[a] 
           The conversion names follow a standard naming scheme: The
           official name of the source encoding with all
           non-alphanumeric characters replaced by underscores, followed
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-subquery.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.22. Subquery Expressions
9.22. Subquery Expressions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.22. Subquery Expressions
9.22.1. EXISTS
9.22.2. IN
9.22.3. NOT IN
9.22.4. ANY/SOME
9.22.5. ALL
9.22.6. Single-row Comparison

+9.22. Subquery Expressions
9.22. Subquery Expressions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.22. Subquery Expressions
9.22.1. EXISTS
9.22.2. IN
9.22.3. NOT IN
9.22.4. ANY/SOME
9.22.5. ALL
9.22.6. Single-row Comparison

    This section describes the SQL-compliant subquery
    expressions available in PostgreSQL.
    All of the expression forms documented in this section return
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html	2019-08-05 21:28:27.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-textsearch.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators

+9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators

    Table 9.40,
    Table 9.41 and
    Table 9.42
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-trigger.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.27. Trigger Functions
9.27. Trigger Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.27. Trigger Functions

+9.27. Trigger Functions
9.27. Trigger Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.27. Trigger Functions

       Currently PostgreSQL provides one built in trigger
       function, suppress_redundant_updates_trigger,
       which will prevent any update
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-window.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-9.21. Window Functions
9.21. Window Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.21. Window Functions

+9.21. Window Functions
9.21. Window Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.21. Window Functions

    Window functions provide the ability to perform
    calculations across sets of rows that are related to the current query
    row.  See Section 3.5 for an introduction to this
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html	2019-08-05 21:28:28.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions-xml.html	2019-11-11 22:18:32.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,18 +1,20 @@
 
-9.14. XML Functions
9.14. XML Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.14. XML Functions
9.14.1. Producing XML Content
9.14.2. XML Predicates
9.14.3. Processing XML
9.14.4. Mapping Tables to XML

+9.14. XML Functions
9.14. XML Functions
Prev UpChapter 9. Functions and OperatorsHome Next
9.14. XML Functions
9.14.1. Producing XML Content
9.14.2. XML Predicates
9.14.3. Processing XML
9.14.4. Mapping Tables to XML

    The functions and function-like expressions described in this
-   section operate on values of type xml.  Check Section 8.13 for information about the xml
+   section operate on values of type xml.  See Section 8.13 for information about the xml
    type.  The function-like expressions xmlparse
    and xmlserialize for converting to and from
-   type xml are not repeated here.  Use of most of these
-   functions requires the installation to have been built
+   type xml are documented there, not in this section.
+  

+   Use of most of these functions
+   requires PostgreSQL to have been built
    with configure --with-libxml.
   
9.14.1. Producing XML Content

     A set of functions and function-like expressions are available for
     producing XML content from SQL data.  As such, they are
     particularly suitable for formatting query results into XML
     documents for processing in client applications.
-   
9.14.1.1. xmlcomment
+   
9.14.1.1. xmlcomment
 xmlcomment(text)
 

      The function xmlcomment creates an XML value
@@ -29,7 +31,7 @@
 --------------
  <!--hello-->
 

-    
9.14.1.2. xmlconcat
+    
9.14.1.2. xmlconcat
 xmlconcat(xml[, ...])
 

      The function xmlconcat concatenates a list
@@ -68,7 +70,7 @@
 -----------------------------------
  <?xml version="1.1"?><foo/><bar/>
 

-    
9.14.1.3. xmlelement
+    
9.14.1.3. xmlelement
 xmlelement(name name [, xmlattributes(value [AS attname] [, ... ])] [, content, ...])
 

      The xmlelement expression produces an XML
@@ -144,9 +146,9 @@
      encoding, depending on the setting of the configuration parameter
      xmlbinary.  The particular behavior for
      individual data types is expected to evolve in order to align the
-     SQL and PostgreSQL data types with the XML Schema specification,
-     at which point a more precise description will appear.
-    
9.14.1.4. xmlforest
+     PostgreSQL mappings with those specified in SQL:2006 and later,
+     as discussed in Section D.3.1.3.
+    
9.14.1.4. xmlforest
 xmlforest(content [AS name] [, ...])
 

      The xmlforest expression produces an XML
@@ -185,7 +187,7 @@
      of more than one element, so it might be useful to wrap
      xmlforest expressions in
      xmlelement.
-    
9.14.1.5. xmlpi
+    
9.14.1.5. xmlpi
 xmlpi(name target [, content])
 

      The xmlpi expression creates an XML
@@ -200,7 +202,7 @@
 -----------------------------
  <?php echo "hello world";?>
 

-    
9.14.1.6. xmlroot
+    
9.14.1.6. xmlroot
 xmlroot(xml, version text | no value [, standalone yes|no|no value])
 

      The xmlroot expression alters the properties
@@ -218,7 +220,7 @@
  <?xml version="1.0" standalone="yes"?>
  <content>abc</content>
 

-    
9.14.1.7. xmlagg
+    
9.14.1.7. xmlagg
 xmlagg(xml)
 

      The function xmlagg is, unlike the other
@@ -264,7 +266,7 @@
     
9.14.2. XML Predicates

      The expressions described in this section check properties
      of xml values.
-    
9.14.2.1. IS DOCUMENT
+    
9.14.2.1. IS DOCUMENT
 xml IS DOCUMENT
 

      The expression IS DOCUMENT returns true if the
@@ -272,19 +274,22 @@
      (that is, it is a content fragment), or null if the argument is
      null.  See Section 8.13 about the difference
      between documents and content fragments.
-    
9.14.2.2. IS NOT DOCUMENT
+    
9.14.2.2. IS NOT DOCUMENT
 xml IS NOT DOCUMENT
 

      The expression IS NOT DOCUMENT returns false if the
      argument XML value is a proper XML document, true if it is not (that is,
      it is a content fragment), or null if the argument is null.
-    
9.14.2.3. XMLEXISTS
+    
9.14.2.3. XMLEXISTS
 XMLEXISTS(text PASSING [BY REF] xml [BY REF])
 

-     The function xmlexists returns true if the
-     XPath expression in the first argument returns any nodes, and
-     false otherwise.  (If either argument is null, the result is
-     null.)
+     The function xmlexists evaluates an XPath 1.0
+     expression (the first argument), with the passed XML value as its context
+     item.  The function returns false if the result of that evaluation
+     yields an empty node-set, true if it yields any other value.  The
+     function returns null if any argument is null.  A nonnull value
+     passed as the context item must be an XML document, not a content
+     fragment or any non-XML value.
     

      Example:
      
@@ -296,15 +301,15 @@
 (1 row)
 

     

-     The BY REF clauses have no effect in
-     PostgreSQL, but are allowed for SQL conformance and compatibility
-     with other implementations.  Per SQL standard, the
-     first BY REF is required, the second is
-     optional.  Also note that the SQL standard specifies
-     the xmlexists construct to take an XQuery
-     expression as first argument, but PostgreSQL currently only
-     supports XPath, which is a subset of XQuery.
-    
9.14.2.4. xml_is_well_formed
+     The BY REF clauses
+     are accepted in PostgreSQL, but are ignored,
+     as discussed in Section D.3.2.
+     In the SQL standard, the xmlexists function
+     evaluates an expression in the XML Query language,
+     but PostgreSQL allows only an XPath 1.0
+     expression, as discussed in
+     Section D.3.1.
+    
9.14.2.4. xml_is_well_formed
 xml_is_well_formed(text)
 xml_is_well_formed_document(text)
 xml_is_well_formed_content(text)
@@ -366,15 +371,15 @@
     xpath_exists, which evaluate XPath 1.0
     expressions, and the XMLTABLE
     table function.
-   
9.14.3.1. xpath
+   
9.14.3.1. xpath
 xpath(xpath, xml [, nsarray])
 

-     The function xpath evaluates the XPath
+     The function xpath evaluates the XPath 1.0
      expression xpath (a text value)
      against the XML value
      xml.  It returns an array of XML values
-     corresponding to the node set produced by the XPath expression.
-     If the XPath expression returns a scalar value rather than a node set,
+     corresponding to the node-set produced by the XPath expression.
+     If the XPath expression returns a scalar value rather than a node-set,
      a single-element array is returned.
     

      The second argument must be a well formed XML document. In particular,
@@ -411,14 +416,15 @@
  {test}
 (1 row)
 

-    
9.14.3.2. xpath_exists
+    
9.14.3.2. xpath_exists
 xpath_exists(xpath, xml [, nsarray])
 

      The function xpath_exists is a specialized form
      of the xpath function.  Instead of returning the
-     individual XML values that satisfy the XPath, this function returns a
-     Boolean indicating whether the query was satisfied or not.  This
-     function is equivalent to the standard XMLEXISTS predicate,
+     individual XML values that satisfy the XPath 1.0 expression, this function
+     returns a Boolean indicating whether the query was satisfied or not
+     (specifically, whether it produced any value other than an empty node-set).
+     This function is equivalent to the XMLEXISTS predicate,
      except that it also offers support for a namespace mapping argument.
     

      Example:
@@ -431,7 +437,7 @@
  t
 (1 row)
 

-    
9.14.3.3. xmltable
+    
9.14.3.3. xmltable
 xmltable( [XMLNAMESPACES(namespace uri AS namespace name[, ...]), ]
           row_expression PASSING [BY REF] document_expression [BY REF]
           COLUMNS name { type [PATH column_expression] [DEFAULT default_expression] [NOT NULL | NULL]
@@ -440,73 +446,82 @@
 )
 

      The xmltable function produces a table based
-     on the given XML value, an XPath filter to extract rows, and an
-     optional set of column definitions.
+     on the given XML value, an XPath filter to extract rows, and a
+     set of column definitions.
     

      The optional XMLNAMESPACES clause is a comma-separated
      list of namespaces.  It specifies the XML namespaces used in
      the document and their aliases. A default namespace specification
      is not currently supported.
     

-     The required row_expression argument is an XPath
-     expression that is evaluated against the supplied XML document to
-     obtain an ordered sequence of XML nodes. This sequence is what
-     xmltable transforms into output rows.
-    

-     document_expression provides the XML document to
-     operate on.
-     The BY REF clauses have no effect in PostgreSQL,
-     but are allowed for SQL conformance and compatibility with other
-     implementations.
-     The argument must be a well-formed XML document; fragments/forests
-     are not accepted.
+     The required row_expression argument is
+     an XPath 1.0 expression that is evaluated, passing the
+     document_expression as its context item, to
+     obtain a set of XML nodes. These nodes are what
+     xmltable transforms into output rows. No rows
+     will be produced if the document_expression
+     is null, nor if the row_expression produces
+     an empty node-set or any value other than a node-set.
+    

+     document_expression provides the context
+     item for the row_expression. It must be a
+     well-formed XML document; fragments/forests are not accepted.
+     The BY REF clause
+     is accepted but ignored, as discussed in
+     Section D.3.2.
+     In the SQL standard, the xmltable function
+     evaluates expressions in the XML Query language,
+     but PostgreSQL allows only XPath 1.0
+     expressions, as discussed in
+     Section D.3.1.
     

      The mandatory COLUMNS clause specifies the list
      of columns in the output table.
-     If the COLUMNS clause is omitted, the rows in the result
-     set contain a single column of type xml containing the
-     data matched by row_expression.
-     If COLUMNS is specified, each entry describes a
-     single column.
+     Each entry describes a single column.
      See the syntax summary above for the format.
      The column name and type are required; the path, default and
      nullability clauses are optional.
     

      A column marked FOR ORDINALITY will be populated
-     with row numbers matching the order in which the
-     output rows appeared in the original input XML document.
+     with row numbers, starting with 1, in the order of nodes retrieved from
+     the row_expression's result node-set.
      At most one column may be marked FOR ORDINALITY.
-    

-     The column_expression for a column is an XPath expression
-     that is evaluated for each row, relative to the result of the
-     row_expression, to find the value of the column.
-     If no column_expression is given, then the column name
-     is used as an implicit path.
-    

-     If a column's XPath expression returns multiple elements, an error
-     is raised.
-     If the expression matches an empty tag, the result is an
-     empty string (not NULL).
-     Any xsi:nil attributes are ignored.
-    

-     The text body of the XML matched by the column_expression
-     is used as the column value. Multiple text() nodes
-     within an element are concatenated in order. Any child elements,
-     processing instructions, and comments are ignored, but the text contents
-     of child elements are concatenated to the result.
-     Note that the whitespace-only text() node between two non-text
-     elements is preserved, and that leading whitespace on a text()
-     node is not flattened.
-    

-     If the path expression does not match for a given row but
-     default_expression is specified, the value resulting
-     from evaluating that expression is used.
-     If no DEFAULT clause is given for the column,
-     the field will be set to NULL.
-     It is possible for a default_expression to reference
-     the value of output columns that appear prior to it in the column list,
-     so the default of one column may be based on the value of another
-     column.
+    
Note

+      XPath 1.0 does not specify an order for nodes in a node-set, so code
+      that relies on a particular order of the results will be
+      implementation-dependent.  Details can be found in
+      Section D.3.1.2.
+     

+     The column_expression for a column is an
+     XPath 1.0 expression that is evaluated for each row, with the current
+     node from the row_expression result as its
+     context item, to find the value of the column.  If
+     no column_expression is given, then the
+     column name is used as an implicit path.
+    

+     If a column's XPath expression returns a non-XML value (limited to
+     string, boolean, or double in XPath 1.0) and the column has a
+     PostgreSQL type other than xml, the column will be set
+     as if by assigning the value's string representation to the PostgreSQL
+     type. In this release, an XPath boolean or double result must be explicitly
+     cast to string (that is, the XPath 1.0 string function
+     wrapped around the original column expression);
+     PostgreSQL can then successfully assign the
+     string to an SQL result column of boolean or double type.
+     These conversion rules differ from those of the SQL
+     standard, as discussed in Section D.3.1.3.
+    

+     In this release, SQL result columns of xml type, or
+     column XPath expressions evaluating to an XML type, regardless of the
+     output column SQL type, are handled as described in
+     Section D.3.2; the behavior
+     changes significantly in PostgreSQL 12.
+    

+     If the path expression returns an empty node-set
+     (typically, when it does not match)
+     for a given row, the column will be set to NULL, unless
+     a default_expression is specified; then the
+     value resulting from evaluating that expression is used.
     

      Columns may be marked NOT NULL. If the
      column_expression for a NOT NULL column
@@ -514,20 +529,14 @@
      default_expression also evaluates to null, an error
      is reported.
     

-     Unlike regular PostgreSQL functions, column_expression
-     and default_expression are not evaluated to a simple
-     value before calling the function.
-     column_expression is normally evaluated
-     exactly once per input row, and default_expression
-     is evaluated each time a default is needed for a field.
-     If the expression qualifies as stable or immutable the repeat
+     A default_expression, rather than being
+     evaluated immediately when xmltable is called,
+     is evaluated each time a default is needed for the column.
+     If the expression qualifies as stable or immutable, the repeat
      evaluation may be skipped.
-     Effectively xmltable behaves more like a subquery than a
-     function call.
      This means that you can usefully use volatile functions like
-     nextval in default_expression, and
-     column_expression may depend on other parts of the
-     XML document.
+     nextval in
+     default_expression.
     

      Examples:
   
@@ -618,7 +627,7 @@
    4 |   5
 (3 rows)
 

-    
9.14.4. Mapping Tables to XML

+    
9.14.4. Mapping Tables to XML

     The following functions map the contents of relational tables to
     XML values.  They can be thought of as XML export functionality:
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/functions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
Table of Contents
9.1. Logical Operators
9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
9.4. String Functions and Operators
9.4.1. format
9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
9.7. Pattern Matching
9.7.1. LIKE
9.7.2. SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
9.7.3. POSIX Regular Expressions
9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
9.9.1. EXTRACT, date_part
9.9.2. date_trunc
9.9.3. AT TIME ZONE
9.9.4. Current Date/Time
9.9.5. Delaying Execution
9.10. Enum Support Functions
9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
9.14. XML Functions
9.14.1. Producing XML Content
9.14.2. XML Predicates
9.14.3. Processing XML
9.14.4. Mapping Tables to XML
9.15. JSON Functions and Operators
9.16. Sequence Manipulation Functions
9.17. Conditional Expressions
9.17.1. CASE
9.17.2. COALESCE
9.17.3. NULLIF
9.17.4. GREATEST and LEAST
9.18. Array Functions and Operators
9.19. Range Functions and Operators
9.20. Aggregate Functions
9.21. Window Functions
9.22. Subquery Expressions
9.22.1. EXISTS
9.22.2. IN
9.22.3. NOT IN
9.22.4. ANY/SOME
9.22.5. ALL
9.22.6. Single-row Comparison
9.23. Row and Array Comparisons
9.23.1. IN
9.23.2. NOT IN
9.23.3. ANY/SOME (array)
9.23.4. ALL (array)
9.23.5. Row Constructor Comparison
9.23.6. Composite Type Comparison
9.24. Set Returning Functions
9.25. System Information Functions
9.26. System Administration Functions
9.26.1. Configuration Settings Functions
9.26.2. Server Signaling Functions
9.26.3. Backup Control Functions
9.26.4. Recovery Control Functions
9.26.5. Snapshot Synchronization Functions
9.26.6. Replication Functions
9.26.7. Database Object Management Functions
9.26.8. Index Maintenance Functions
9.26.9. Generic File Access Functions
9.26.10. Advisory Lock Functions
9.27. Trigger Functions
9.28. Event Trigger Functions
9.28.1. Capturing Changes at Command End
9.28.2. Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
9.28.3. Handling a Table Rewrite Event

+Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 9. Functions and Operators
Table of Contents
9.1. Logical Operators
9.2. Comparison Functions and Operators
9.3. Mathematical Functions and Operators
9.4. String Functions and Operators
9.4.1. format
9.5. Binary String Functions and Operators
9.6. Bit String Functions and Operators
9.7. Pattern Matching
9.7.1. LIKE
9.7.2. SIMILAR TO Regular Expressions
9.7.3. POSIX Regular Expressions
9.8. Data Type Formatting Functions
9.9. Date/Time Functions and Operators
9.9.1. EXTRACT, date_part
9.9.2. date_trunc
9.9.3. AT TIME ZONE
9.9.4. Current Date/Time
9.9.5. Delaying Execution
9.10. Enum Support Functions
9.11. Geometric Functions and Operators
9.12. Network Address Functions and Operators
9.13. Text Search Functions and Operators
9.14. XML Functions
9.14.1. Producing XML Content
9.14.2. XML Predicates
9.14.3. Processing XML
9.14.4. Mapping Tables to XML
9.15. JSON Functions and Operators
9.16. Sequence Manipulation Functions
9.17. Conditional Expressions
9.17.1. CASE
9.17.2. COALESCE
9.17.3. NULLIF
9.17.4. GREATEST and LEAST
9.18. Array Functions and Operators
9.19. Range Functions and Operators
9.20. Aggregate Functions
9.21. Window Functions
9.22. Subquery Expressions
9.22.1. EXISTS
9.22.2. IN
9.22.3. NOT IN
9.22.4. ANY/SOME
9.22.5. ALL
9.22.6. Single-row Comparison
9.23. Row and Array Comparisons
9.23.1. IN
9.23.2. NOT IN
9.23.3. ANY/SOME (array)
9.23.4. ALL (array)
9.23.5. Row Constructor Comparison
9.23.6. Composite Type Comparison
9.24. Set Returning Functions
9.25. System Information Functions
9.26. System Administration Functions
9.26.1. Configuration Settings Functions
9.26.2. Server Signaling Functions
9.26.3. Backup Control Functions
9.26.4. Recovery Control Functions
9.26.5. Snapshot Synchronization Functions
9.26.6. Replication Functions
9.26.7. Database Object Management Functions
9.26.8. Index Maintenance Functions
9.26.9. Generic File Access Functions
9.26.10. Advisory Lock Functions
9.27. Trigger Functions
9.28. Event Trigger Functions
9.28.1. Capturing Changes at Command End
9.28.2. Processing Objects Dropped by a DDL Command
9.28.3. Handling a Table Rewrite Event

    PostgreSQL provides a large number of
    functions and operators for the built-in data types.  Users can also
    define their own functions and operators, as described in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/fuzzystrmatch.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.15. fuzzystrmatch
F.15. fuzzystrmatch
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.15. fuzzystrmatch
F.15.1. Soundex
F.15.2. Levenshtein
F.15.3. Metaphone
F.15.4. Double Metaphone

+F.15. fuzzystrmatch
F.15. fuzzystrmatch
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.15. fuzzystrmatch
F.15.1. Soundex
F.15.2. Levenshtein
F.15.3. Metaphone
F.15.4. Double Metaphone

   The fuzzystrmatch module provides several
   functions to determine similarities and distance between strings.
  
Caution

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/generic-wal.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 62. Generic WAL Records
Chapter 62. Generic WAL Records
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 62. Generic WAL Records

+Chapter 62. Generic WAL Records
Chapter 62. Generic WAL Records
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 62. Generic WAL Records

    Although all built-in WAL-logged modules have their own types of WAL
    records, there is also a generic WAL record type, which describes changes
    to pages in a generic way.  This is useful for extensions that provide
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-biblio.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-60.4. Further Reading
60.4. Further Reading
Prev UpChapter 60. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next
60.4. Further Reading

+60.4. Further Reading
60.4. Further Reading
Prev UpChapter 60. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next
60.4. Further Reading

    The following resources contain additional information about
    genetic algorithms:
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-60.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
60.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
Prev UpChapter 60. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next
60.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem

+60.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
60.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
Prev UpChapter 60. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next
60.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem

     Among all relational operators the most difficult one to process
     and optimize is the join. The number of
     possible query plans grows exponentially with the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-intro2.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-60.2. Genetic Algorithms
60.2. Genetic Algorithms
Prev UpChapter 60. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next
60.2. Genetic Algorithms

+60.2. Genetic Algorithms
60.2. Genetic Algorithms
Prev UpChapter 60. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next
60.2. Genetic Algorithms

     The genetic algorithm (GA) is a heuristic optimization method which
     operates through randomized search. The set of possible solutions for the
     optimization problem is considered as a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo-pg-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-60.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
60.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
Prev UpChapter 60. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next
60.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
60.3.1. Generating Possible Plans with GEQO
60.3.2. Future Implementation Tasks for
+60.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
60.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
Prev UpChapter 60. Genetic Query OptimizerHome Next
60.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
60.3.1. Generating Possible Plans with GEQO
60.3.2. Future Implementation Tasks for
     PostgreSQL GEQO

     The GEQO module approaches the query
     optimization problem as though it were the well-known traveling salesman
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/geqo.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 60. Genetic Query Optimizer
Chapter 60. Genetic Query Optimizer
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 60. Genetic Query Optimizer
Table of Contents
60.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
60.2. Genetic Algorithms
60.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
60.3.1. Generating Possible Plans with GEQO
60.3.2. Future Implementation Tasks for
+Chapter 60. Genetic Query Optimizer
Chapter 60. Genetic Query Optimizer
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 60. Genetic Query Optimizer
Table of Contents
60.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
60.2. Genetic Algorithms
60.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
60.3.1. Generating Possible Plans with GEQO
60.3.2. Future Implementation Tasks for
     PostgreSQL GEQO
60.4. Further Reading

    
Author

      Written by Martin Utesch ()
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-builtin-opclasses.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-66.2. Built-in Operator Classes
66.2. Built-in Operator Classes
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.2. Built-in Operator Classes

+66.2. Built-in Operator Classes
66.2. Built-in Operator Classes
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.2. Built-in Operator Classes

   The core PostgreSQL distribution
   includes the GIN operator classes shown in
   Table 66.1.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-examples.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-66.7. Examples
66.7. Examples
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.7. Examples

+66.7. Examples
66.7. Examples
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.7. Examples

   The core PostgreSQL distribution
   includes the GIN operator classes previously shown in
   Table 66.1.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-extensibility.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-66.3. Extensibility
66.3. Extensibility
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.3. Extensibility

+66.3. Extensibility
66.3. Extensibility
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.3. Extensibility

    The GIN interface has a high level of abstraction,
    requiring the access method implementer only to implement the semantics of
    the data type being accessed.  The GIN layer itself
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-implementation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-66.4. Implementation
66.4. Implementation
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.4. Implementation
66.4.1. GIN Fast Update Technique
66.4.2. Partial Match Algorithm

+66.4. Implementation
66.4. Implementation
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.4. Implementation
66.4.1. GIN Fast Update Technique
66.4.2. Partial Match Algorithm

   Internally, a GIN index contains a B-tree index
   constructed over keys, where each key is an element of one or more indexed
   items (a member of an array, for example) and where each tuple in a leaf
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-66.1. Introduction
66.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.1. Introduction

+66.1. Introduction
66.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.1. Introduction

   GIN stands for Generalized Inverted Index.
   GIN is designed for handling cases where the items
   to be indexed are composite values, and the queries to be handled by
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-limit.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-66.6. Limitations
66.6. Limitations
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.6. Limitations

+66.6. Limitations
66.6. Limitations
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.6. Limitations

   GIN assumes that indexable operators are strict.  This
   means that extractValue will not be called at all on a null
   item value (instead, a placeholder index entry is created automatically),
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin-tips.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-66.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
66.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
Create vs. insert

+66.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
66.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
Prev UpChapter 66. GIN IndexesHome Next
66.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
Create vs. insert

      Insertion into a GIN index can be slow
      due to the likelihood of many keys being inserted for each item.
      So, for bulk insertions into a table it is advisable to drop the GIN
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gin.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Chapter 66. GIN Indexes
Chapter 66. GIN Indexes
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
65.5. Examples Home 66.1. Introduction

\ No newline at end of file
+Chapter 66. GIN Indexes
Chapter 66. GIN Indexes
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
65.5. Examples Home 66.1. Introduction

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-builtin-opclasses.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-64.2. Built-in Operator Classes
64.2. Built-in Operator Classes
Prev UpChapter 64. GiST IndexesHome Next
64.2. Built-in Operator Classes

+64.2. Built-in Operator Classes
64.2. Built-in Operator Classes
Prev UpChapter 64. GiST IndexesHome Next
64.2. Built-in Operator Classes

   The core PostgreSQL distribution
   includes the GiST operator classes shown in
   Table 64.1.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-examples.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-64.5. Examples
64.5. Examples
Prev UpChapter 64. GiST IndexesHome Next
64.5. Examples

+64.5. Examples
64.5. Examples
Prev UpChapter 64. GiST IndexesHome Next
64.5. Examples

   The PostgreSQL source distribution includes
   several examples of index methods implemented using
   GiST.  The core system currently provides text search
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-extensibility.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-64.3. Extensibility
64.3. Extensibility
Prev UpChapter 64. GiST IndexesHome Next
64.3. Extensibility

+64.3. Extensibility
64.3. Extensibility
Prev UpChapter 64. GiST IndexesHome Next
64.3. Extensibility

    Traditionally, implementing a new index access method meant a lot of
    difficult work.  It was necessary to understand the inner workings of the
    database, such as the lock manager and Write-Ahead Log.  The
@@ -398,8 +398,8 @@
 
         /*
          * Choose where to put the index entries and update unionL and unionR
-         * accordingly. Append the entries to either v_spl_left or
-         * v_spl_right, and care about the counters.
+         * accordingly. Append the entries to either v->spl_left or
+         * v->spl_right, and care about the counters.
          */
 
         if (my_choice_is_left(unionL, curl, unionR, curr))
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@
 my_fetch(PG_FUNCTION_ARGS)
 {
     GISTENTRY  *entry = (GISTENTRY *) PG_GETARG_POINTER(0);
-    input_data_type *in = DatumGetP(entry->key);
+    input_data_type *in = DatumGetPointer(entry->key);
     fetched_data_type *fetched_data;
     GISTENTRY  *retval;
 
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
      * Convert 'fetched_data' into the a Datum of the original datatype.
      */
 
-    /* fill *retval from fetch_data. */
+    /* fill *retval from fetched_data. */
     gistentryinit(*retval, PointerGetDatum(converted_datum),
                   entry->rel, entry->page, entry->offset, FALSE);
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-implementation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-64.4. Implementation
64.4. Implementation
Prev UpChapter 64. GiST IndexesHome Next
64.4. Implementation
64.4.1. GiST buffering build
64.4.1. GiST buffering build

+64.4. Implementation
64.4. Implementation
Prev UpChapter 64. GiST IndexesHome Next
64.4. Implementation
64.4.1. GiST buffering build
64.4.1. GiST buffering build

    Building large GiST indexes by simply inserting all the tuples tends to be
    slow, because if the index tuples are scattered across the index and the
    index is large enough to not fit in cache, the insertions need to perform
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-64.1. Introduction
64.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 64. GiST IndexesHome Next
64.1. Introduction

+64.1. Introduction
64.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 64. GiST IndexesHome Next
64.1. Introduction

    GiST stands for Generalized Search Tree.  It is a
    balanced, tree-structured access method, that acts as a base template in
    which to implement arbitrary indexing schemes. B-trees, R-trees and many
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gist.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Chapter 64. GiST Indexes
Chapter 64. GiST Indexes
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
63.4. Implementation Home 64.1. Introduction

\ No newline at end of file
+Chapter 64. GiST Indexes
Chapter 64. GiST Indexes
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
63.4. Implementation Home 64.1. Introduction

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/git.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/git.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/git.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/git.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-I.1. Getting The Source via Git
I.1. Getting The Source via Git
Prev UpAppendix I. The Source Code RepositoryHome Next
I.1. Getting The Source via Git

+I.1. Getting The Source via Git
I.1. Getting The Source via Git
Prev UpAppendix I. The Source Code RepositoryHome Next
I.1. Getting The Source via Git

    With Git you will make a copy of the entire code repository
    on your local machine, so you will have access to all history and branches
    offline. This is the fastest and most flexible way to develop or test
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/gssapi-auth.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.6. GSSAPI Authentication
20.6. GSSAPI Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.6. GSSAPI Authentication

+20.6. GSSAPI Authentication
20.6. GSSAPI Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.6. GSSAPI Authentication

     GSSAPI is an industry-standard protocol
     for secure authentication defined in RFC 2743.
     PostgreSQL supports
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/high-availability.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Chapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Table of Contents
26.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
26.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
26.2.1. Planning
26.2.2. Standby Server Operation
26.2.3. Preparing the Master for Standby Servers
26.2.4. Setting Up a Standby Server
26.2.5. Streaming Replication
26.2.6. Replication Slots
26.2.7. Cascading Replication
26.2.8. Synchronous Replication
26.2.9. Continuous archiving in standby
26.3. Failover
26.4. Alternative Method for Log Shipping
26.4.1. Implementation
26.4.2. Record-based Log Shipping
26.5. Hot Standby
26.5.1. User's Overview
26.5.2. Handling Query Conflicts
26.5.3. Administrator's Overview
26.5.4. Hot Standby Parameter Reference
26.5.5. Caveats

+Chapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Chapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
Table of Contents
26.1. Comparison of Different Solutions
26.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
26.2.1. Planning
26.2.2. Standby Server Operation
26.2.3. Preparing the Master for Standby Servers
26.2.4. Setting Up a Standby Server
26.2.5. Streaming Replication
26.2.6. Replication Slots
26.2.7. Cascading Replication
26.2.8. Synchronous Replication
26.2.9. Continuous archiving in standby
26.3. Failover
26.4. Alternative Method for Log Shipping
26.4.1. Implementation
26.4.2. Record-based Log Shipping
26.5. Hot Standby
26.5.1. User's Overview
26.5.2. Handling Query Conflicts
26.5.3. Administrator's Overview
26.5.4. Hot Standby Parameter Reference
26.5.5. Caveats

   Database servers can work together to allow a second server to
   take over quickly if the primary server fails (high
   availability), or to allow several computers to serve the same
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/history.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/history.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/history.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/history.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
Prev UpPrefaceHome Next
2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
2.1. The Berkeley POSTGRES Project
2.2. Postgres95
2.3. PostgreSQL

+2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
Prev UpPrefaceHome Next
2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
2.1. The Berkeley POSTGRES Project
2.2. Postgres95
2.3. PostgreSQL

   The object-relational database management system now known as
   PostgreSQL is derived from the
   POSTGRES package written at the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/hot-standby.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-26.5. Hot Standby
26.5. Hot Standby
Prev UpChapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next
26.5. Hot Standby
26.5.1. User's Overview
26.5.2. Handling Query Conflicts
26.5.3. Administrator's Overview
26.5.4. Hot Standby Parameter Reference
26.5.5. Caveats

+26.5. Hot Standby
26.5. Hot Standby
Prev UpChapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next
26.5. Hot Standby
26.5.1. User's Overview
26.5.2. Handling Query Conflicts
26.5.3. Administrator's Overview
26.5.4. Hot Standby Parameter Reference
26.5.5. Caveats

     Hot Standby is the term used to describe the ability to connect to
     the server and run read-only queries while the server is in archive
     recovery or standby mode. This
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/how-parallel-query-works.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-15.1. How Parallel Query Works
15.1. How Parallel Query Works
Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next
15.1. How Parallel Query Works

+15.1. How Parallel Query Works
15.1. How Parallel Query Works
Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next
15.1. How Parallel Query Works

     When the optimizer determines that parallel query is the fastest execution
     strategy for a particular query, it will create a query plan which includes
     a Gather or Gather Merge
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/hstore.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.16. hstore
F.16. hstore
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.16. hstore
F.16.1. hstore External Representation
F.16.2. hstore Operators and Functions
F.16.3. Indexes
F.16.4. Examples
F.16.5. Statistics
F.16.6. Compatibility
F.16.7. Transforms
F.16.8. Authors

+F.16. hstore
F.16. hstore
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.16. hstore
F.16.1. hstore External Representation
F.16.2. hstore Operators and Functions
F.16.3. Indexes
F.16.4. Examples
F.16.5. Statistics
F.16.6. Compatibility
F.16.7. Transforms
F.16.8. Authors

   This module implements the hstore data type for storing sets of
   key/value pairs within a single PostgreSQL value.
   This can be useful in various scenarios, such as rows with many attributes
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-api.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-61.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
61.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes

+61.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
61.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes

    Each index access method is described by a row in the
    pg_am
    system catalog.  The pg_am entry
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-cost-estimation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-61.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
61.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions

+61.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
61.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions

    The amcostestimate function is given information describing
    a possible index scan, including lists of WHERE and ORDER BY clauses that
    have been determined to be usable with the index.  It must return estimates
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-functions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-61.2. Index Access Method Functions
61.2. Index Access Method Functions
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.2. Index Access Method Functions

+61.2. Index Access Method Functions
61.2. Index Access Method Functions
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.2. Index Access Method Functions

    The index construction and maintenance functions that an index access
    method must provide in IndexAmRoutine are:
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-locking.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-61.4. Index Locking Considerations
61.4. Index Locking Considerations
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.4. Index Locking Considerations

+61.4. Index Locking Considerations
61.4. Index Locking Considerations
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.4. Index Locking Considerations

    Index access methods must handle concurrent updates
    of the index by multiple processes.
    The core PostgreSQL system obtains
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-scanning.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-61.3. Index Scanning
61.3. Index Scanning
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.3. Index Scanning

+61.3. Index Scanning
61.3. Index Scanning
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.3. Index Scanning

    In an index scan, the index access method is responsible for regurgitating
    the TIDs of all the tuples it has been told about that match the
    scan keys.  The access method is not involved in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index-unique-checks.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-61.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
61.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.5. Index Uniqueness Checks

+61.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
61.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
Prev UpChapter 61. Index Access Method Interface DefinitionHome Next
61.5. Index Uniqueness Checks

    PostgreSQL enforces SQL uniqueness constraints
    using unique indexes, which are indexes that disallow
    multiple entries with identical keys.  An access method that supports this
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/index.html	2019-08-05 21:28:53.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/index.html	2019-11-11 22:18:58.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
     Next
PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
Copyright © 1996-2019 The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
Table of Contents
Preface
1.  What is PostgreSQL?
2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
3. Conventions
4. Further Information
5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
I. Tutorial
1. Getting Started
2. The SQL Language
3. Advanced Features
II. The SQL Language
4. SQL Syntax
5. Data Definition
6. Data Manipulation
7. Queries
8. Data Types
9. Functions and Operators
10. Type Conversion
11. Indexes
12. Full Text Search
13. Concurrency Control
14. Performance Tips
15. Parallel Query
III. Server Administration
16. Installation from Source Code
17. Installation from Source Code on Windows
18. Server Setup and Operation
19. Server Configuration
20. Client Authentication
21. Database Roles
22. Managing Databases
23. Localization
24. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
25. Backup and Restore
26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
27. Recovery Configuration
28. Monitoring Database Activity
29. Monitoring Disk Usage
30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
31. Logical Replication
32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
33. Regression Tests
IV. Client Interfaces
34. libpq - C Library
35. Large Objects
36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
37. The Information Schema
V. Server Programming
38. Extending SQL
39. Triggers
40. Event Triggers
41. The Rule System
42. Procedural Languages
43. PL/pgSQL - SQL Procedural Language
44. PL/Tcl - Tcl Procedural Language
45. PL/Perl - Perl Procedural Language
46. PL/Python - Python Procedural Language
47. Server Programming Interface
48. Background Worker Processes
49. Logical Decoding
50. Replication Progress Tracking
VI. Reference
I. SQL Commands
II. PostgreSQL Client Applications
III. PostgreSQL Server Applications
VII. Internals
51. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
52. System Catalogs
53. Frontend/Backend Protocol
54. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
55. Native Language Support
56. Writing A Procedural Language Handler
57. Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
58. Writing A Table Sampling Method
59. Writing A Custom Scan Provider
60. Genetic Query Optimizer
61. Index Access Method Interface Definition
62. Generic WAL Records
63. B-Tree Indexes
64. GiST Indexes
65. SP-GiST Indexes
66. GIN Indexes
67. BRIN Indexes
68. Database Physical Storage
69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
70. How the Planner Uses Statistics
VIII. Appendixes
A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
B. Date/Time Support
C. SQL Key Words
D. SQL Conformance
E. Release Notes
F. Additional Supplied Modules
G. Additional Supplied Programs
H. External Projects
I. The Source Code Repository
J. Documentation
K. Acronyms
Bibliography
Index
   Next
   Preface

\ No newline at end of file
+PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
     Next
PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
Copyright © 1996-2019 The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
Table of Contents
Preface
1.  What is PostgreSQL?
2. A Brief History of PostgreSQL
3. Conventions
4. Further Information
5. Bug Reporting Guidelines
I. Tutorial
1. Getting Started
2. The SQL Language
3. Advanced Features
II. The SQL Language
4. SQL Syntax
5. Data Definition
6. Data Manipulation
7. Queries
8. Data Types
9. Functions and Operators
10. Type Conversion
11. Indexes
12. Full Text Search
13. Concurrency Control
14. Performance Tips
15. Parallel Query
III. Server Administration
16. Installation from Source Code
17. Installation from Source Code on Windows
18. Server Setup and Operation
19. Server Configuration
20. Client Authentication
21. Database Roles
22. Managing Databases
23. Localization
24. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks
25. Backup and Restore
26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and Replication
27. Recovery Configuration
28. Monitoring Database Activity
29. Monitoring Disk Usage
30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
31. Logical Replication
32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
33. Regression Tests
IV. Client Interfaces
34. libpq - C Library
35. Large Objects
36. ECPG - Embedded SQL in C
37. The Information Schema
V. Server Programming
38. Extending SQL
39. Triggers
40. Event Triggers
41. The Rule System
42. Procedural Languages
43. PL/pgSQL - SQL Procedural Language
44. PL/Tcl - Tcl Procedural Language
45. PL/Perl - Perl Procedural Language
46. PL/Python - Python Procedural Language
47. Server Programming Interface
48. Background Worker Processes
49. Logical Decoding
50. Replication Progress Tracking
VI. Reference
I. SQL Commands
II. PostgreSQL Client Applications
III. PostgreSQL Server Applications
VII. Internals
51. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
52. System Catalogs
53. Frontend/Backend Protocol
54. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
55. Native Language Support
56. Writing A Procedural Language Handler
57. Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
58. Writing A Table Sampling Method
59. Writing A Custom Scan Provider
60. Genetic Query Optimizer
61. Index Access Method Interface Definition
62. Generic WAL Records
63. B-Tree Indexes
64. GiST Indexes
65. SP-GiST Indexes
66. GIN Indexes
67. BRIN Indexes
68. Database Physical Storage
69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
70. How the Planner Uses Statistics
VIII. Appendixes
A. PostgreSQL Error Codes
B. Date/Time Support
C. SQL Key Words
D. SQL Conformance
E. Release Notes
F. Additional Supplied Modules
G. Additional Supplied Programs
H. External Projects
I. The Source Code Repository
J. Documentation
K. Acronyms
Bibliography
Index
   Next
   Preface

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexam.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 61. Index Access Method Interface Definition
Chapter 61. Index Access Method Interface Definition
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 61. Index Access Method Interface Definition
Table of Contents
61.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
61.2. Index Access Method Functions
61.3. Index Scanning
61.4. Index Locking Considerations
61.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
61.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions

+Chapter 61. Index Access Method Interface Definition
Chapter 61. Index Access Method Interface Definition
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 61. Index Access Method Interface Definition
Table of Contents
61.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
61.2. Index Access Method Functions
61.3. Index Scanning
61.4. Index Locking Considerations
61.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
61.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions

    This chapter defines the interface between the core
    PostgreSQL system and index access
    methods, which manage individual index types.  The core system
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-bitmap-scans.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes

+11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes

    A single index scan can only use query clauses that use the index's
    columns with operators of its operator class and are joined with
    AND.  For example, given an index on (a, b)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-collations.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.11. Indexes and Collations
11.11. Indexes and Collations
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.11. Indexes and Collations

+11.11. Indexes and Collations
11.11. Indexes and Collations
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.11. Indexes and Collations

    An index can support only one collation per index column.
    If multiple collations are of interest, multiple indexes may be needed.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-examine.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.12. Examining Index Usage
11.12. Examining Index Usage
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.12. Examining Index Usage

+11.12. Examining Index Usage
11.12. Examining Index Usage
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.12. Examining Index Usage

    Although indexes in PostgreSQL do not need
    maintenance or tuning, it is still important to check
    which indexes are actually used by the real-life query workload.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-expressional.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.7. Indexes on Expressions
11.7. Indexes on Expressions
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.7. Indexes on Expressions

+11.7. Indexes on Expressions
11.7. Indexes on Expressions
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.7. Indexes on Expressions

    An index column need not be just a column of the underlying table,
    but can be a function or scalar expression computed from one or
    more columns of the table.  This feature is useful to obtain fast
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-index-only-scans.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes

+11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes

    All indexes in PostgreSQL
    are secondary indexes, meaning that each index is
    stored separately from the table's main data area (which is called the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.1. Introduction
11.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.1. Introduction

+11.1. Introduction
11.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.1. Introduction

    Suppose we have a table similar to this:
 
 CREATE TABLE test1 (
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-multicolumn.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.3. Multicolumn Indexes

+11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.3. Multicolumn Indexes

    An index can be defined on more than one column of a table.  For example, if
    you have a table of this form:
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-opclass.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families

+11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families

    An index definition can specify an operator
    class for each column of an index.
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-ordering.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY

+11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY

    In addition to simply finding the rows to be returned by a query,
    an index may be able to deliver them in a specific sorted order.
    This allows a query's ORDER BY specification to be honored
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-partial.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.8. Partial Indexes
11.8. Partial Indexes
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.8. Partial Indexes

+11.8. Partial Indexes
11.8. Partial Indexes
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.8. Partial Indexes

    A partial index is an index built over a
    subset of a table; the subset is defined by a conditional
    expression (called the predicate of the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-types.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.2. Index Types
11.2. Index Types
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.2. Index Types

+11.2. Index Types
11.2. Index Types
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.2. Index Types

    PostgreSQL provides several index types:
    B-tree, Hash, GiST, SP-GiST, GIN and BRIN.
    Each index type uses a different
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes-unique.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-11.6. Unique Indexes
11.6. Unique Indexes
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.6. Unique Indexes

+11.6. Unique Indexes
11.6. Unique Indexes
Prev UpChapter 11. IndexesHome Next
11.6. Unique Indexes

    Indexes can also be used to enforce uniqueness of a column's value,
    or the uniqueness of the combined values of more than one column.
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/indexes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 11. Indexes
Chapter 11. Indexes
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 11. Indexes
Table of Contents
11.1. Introduction
11.2. Index Types
11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
11.6. Unique Indexes
11.7. Indexes on Expressions
11.8. Partial Indexes
11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
11.11. Indexes and Collations
11.12. Examining Index Usage

+Chapter 11. Indexes
Chapter 11. Indexes
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 11. Indexes
Table of Contents
11.1. Introduction
11.2. Index Types
11.3. Multicolumn Indexes
11.4. Indexes and ORDER BY
11.5. Combining Multiple Indexes
11.6. Unique Indexes
11.7. Indexes on Expressions
11.8. Partial Indexes
11.9. Index-Only Scans and Covering Indexes
11.10. Operator Classes and Operator Families
11.11. Indexes and Collations
11.12. Examining Index Usage

   Indexes are a common way to enhance database performance.  An index
   allows the database server to find and retrieve specific rows much
   faster than it could do without an index.  But indexes also add
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/information-schema.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 37. The Information Schema
Chapter 37. The Information Schema
Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next
Chapter 37. The Information Schema
Table of Contents
37.1. The Schema
37.2. Data Types
37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
37.4. administrable_role_authorizations
37.5. applicable_roles
37.6. attributes
37.7. character_sets
37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
37.9. check_constraints
37.10. collations
37.11. collation_character_set_applicability
37.12. column_domain_usage
37.13. column_options
37.14. column_privileges
37.15. column_udt_usage
37.16. columns
37.17. constraint_column_usage
37.18. constraint_table_usage
37.19. data_type_privileges
37.20. domain_constraints
37.21. domain_udt_usage
37.22. domains
37.23. element_types
37.24. enabled_roles
37.25. foreign_data_wrapper_options
37.26. foreign_data_wrappers
37.27. foreign_server_options
37.28. foreign_servers
37.29. foreign_table_options
37.30. foreign_tables
37.31. key_column_usage
37.32. parameters
37.33. referential_constraints
37.34. role_column_grants
37.35. role_routine_grants
37.36. role_table_grants
37.37. role_udt_grants
37.38. role_usage_grants
37.39. routine_privileges
37.40. routines
37.41. schemata
37.42. sequences
37.43. sql_features
37.44. sql_implementation_info
37.45. sql_languages
37.46. sql_packages
37.47. sql_parts
37.48. sql_sizing
37.49. sql_sizing_profiles
37.50. table_constraints
37.51. table_privileges
37.52. tables
37.53. transforms
37.54. triggered_update_columns
37.55. triggers
37.56. udt_privileges
37.57. usage_privileges
37.58. user_defined_types
37.59. user_mapping_options
37.60. user_mappings
37.61. view_column_usage
37.62. view_routine_usage
37.63. view_table_usage
37.64. views

+Chapter 37. The Information Schema
Chapter 37. The Information Schema
Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next
Chapter 37. The Information Schema
Table of Contents
37.1. The Schema
37.2. Data Types
37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
37.4. administrable_role_authorizations
37.5. applicable_roles
37.6. attributes
37.7. character_sets
37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
37.9. check_constraints
37.10. collations
37.11. collation_character_set_applicability
37.12. column_domain_usage
37.13. column_options
37.14. column_privileges
37.15. column_udt_usage
37.16. columns
37.17. constraint_column_usage
37.18. constraint_table_usage
37.19. data_type_privileges
37.20. domain_constraints
37.21. domain_udt_usage
37.22. domains
37.23. element_types
37.24. enabled_roles
37.25. foreign_data_wrapper_options
37.26. foreign_data_wrappers
37.27. foreign_server_options
37.28. foreign_servers
37.29. foreign_table_options
37.30. foreign_tables
37.31. key_column_usage
37.32. parameters
37.33. referential_constraints
37.34. role_column_grants
37.35. role_routine_grants
37.36. role_table_grants
37.37. role_udt_grants
37.38. role_usage_grants
37.39. routine_privileges
37.40. routines
37.41. schemata
37.42. sequences
37.43. sql_features
37.44. sql_implementation_info
37.45. sql_languages
37.46. sql_packages
37.47. sql_parts
37.48. sql_sizing
37.49. sql_sizing_profiles
37.50. table_constraints
37.51. table_privileges
37.52. tables
37.53. transforms
37.54. triggered_update_columns
37.55. triggers
37.56. udt_privileges
37.57. usage_privileges
37.58. user_defined_types
37.59. user_mapping_options
37.60. user_mappings
37.61. view_column_usage
37.62. view_routine_usage
37.63. view_table_usage
37.64. views

   The information schema consists of a set of views that contain
   information about the objects defined in the current database.  The
   information schema is defined in the SQL standard and can therefore
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-administrable-role-authorizations.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.4. administrable_role_authorizations
37.4. administrable_role_authorizations
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.4. administrable_role_authorizations

+37.4. administrable_role_authorizations
37.4. administrable_role_authorizations
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.4. administrable_role_authorizations

    The view administrable_role_authorizations
    identifies all roles that the current user has the admin option
    for.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-applicable-roles.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.5. applicable_roles
37.5. applicable_roles
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.5. applicable_roles

+37.5. applicable_roles
37.5. applicable_roles
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.5. applicable_roles

    The view applicable_roles identifies all roles
    whose privileges the current user can use.  This means there is
    some chain of role grants from the current user to the role in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-attributes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.6. attributes
37.6. attributes
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.6. attributes

+37.6. attributes
37.6. attributes
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.6. attributes

    The view attributes contains information about
    the attributes of composite data types defined in the database.
    (Note that the view does not give information about table columns,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-character-sets.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.7. character_sets
37.7. character_sets
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.7. character_sets

+37.7. character_sets
37.7. character_sets
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.7. character_sets

    The view character_sets identifies the character
    sets available in the current database.  Since PostgreSQL does not
    support multiple character sets within one database, this view only
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraint-routine-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage

+37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.8. check_constraint_routine_usage

    The view check_constraint_routine_usage
    identifies routines (functions and procedures) that are used by a
    check constraint.  Only those routines are shown that are owned by
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-check-constraints.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.9. check_constraints
37.9. check_constraints
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.9. check_constraints

+37.9. check_constraints
37.9. check_constraints
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.9. check_constraints

    The view check_constraints contains all check
    constraints, either defined on a table or on a domain, that are
    owned by a currently enabled role.  (The owner of the table or
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collation-character-set-applicab.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.11. collation_character_set_applicability
37.11. collation_character_set_applicability
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.11. collation_character_set_applicability

+37.11. collation_character_set_applicability
37.11. collation_character_set_applicability
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.11. collation_character_set_applicability

    The view collation_character_set_applicability
    identifies which character set the available collations are
    applicable to.  In PostgreSQL, there is only one character set per
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-collations.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.10. collations
37.10. collations
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.10. collations

+37.10. collations
37.10. collations
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.10. collations

    The view collations contains the collations
    available in the current database.
   
Table 37.8. collations Columns
NameData TypeDescription
collation_catalogsql_identifierName of the database containing the collation (always the current database)
collation_schemasql_identifierName of the schema containing the collation
collation_namesql_identifierName of the default collation
pad_attributecharacter_data
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-domain-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.12. column_domain_usage
37.12. column_domain_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.12. column_domain_usage

+37.12. column_domain_usage
37.12. column_domain_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.12. column_domain_usage

    The view column_domain_usage identifies all
    columns (of a table or a view) that make use of some domain defined
    in the current database and owned by a currently enabled role.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-options.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.13. column_options
37.13. column_options
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.13. column_options

+37.13. column_options
37.13. column_options
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.13. column_options

    The view column_options contains all the
    options defined for foreign table columns in the current database.  Only
    those foreign table columns are shown that the current user has access to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-privileges.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.14. column_privileges
37.14. column_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.14. column_privileges

+37.14. column_privileges
37.14. column_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.14. column_privileges

    The view column_privileges identifies all
    privileges granted on columns to a currently enabled role or by a
    currently enabled role.  There is one row for each combination of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-column-udt-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.15. column_udt_usage
37.15. column_udt_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.15. column_udt_usage

+37.15. column_udt_usage
37.15. column_udt_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.15. column_udt_usage

    The view column_udt_usage identifies all columns
    that use data types owned by a currently enabled role.  Note that in
    PostgreSQL, built-in data types behave
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-columns.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.16. columns
37.16. columns
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.16. columns

+37.16. columns
37.16. columns
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.16. columns

    The view columns contains information about all
    table columns (or view columns) in the database.  System columns
    (oid, etc.) are not included.  Only those columns are
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-column-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.17. constraint_column_usage
37.17. constraint_column_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.17. constraint_column_usage

+37.17. constraint_column_usage
37.17. constraint_column_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.17. constraint_column_usage

    The view constraint_column_usage identifies all
    columns in the current database that are used by some constraint.
    Only those columns are shown that are contained in a table owned by
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-constraint-table-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.18. constraint_table_usage
37.18. constraint_table_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.18. constraint_table_usage

+37.18. constraint_table_usage
37.18. constraint_table_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.18. constraint_table_usage

    The view constraint_table_usage identifies all
    tables in the current database that are used by some constraint and
    are owned by a currently enabled role.  (This is different from the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-data-type-privileges.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.19. data_type_privileges
37.19. data_type_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.19. data_type_privileges

+37.19. data_type_privileges
37.19. data_type_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.19. data_type_privileges

    The view data_type_privileges identifies all
    data type descriptors that the current user has access to, by way
    of being the owner of the described object or having some privilege
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-datatypes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.2. Data Types
37.2. Data Types
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.2. Data Types

+37.2. Data Types
37.2. Data Types
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.2. Data Types

    The columns of the information schema views use special data types
    that are defined in the information schema.  These are defined as
    simple domains over ordinary built-in types.  You should not use
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-constraints.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.20. domain_constraints
37.20. domain_constraints
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.20. domain_constraints

+37.20. domain_constraints
37.20. domain_constraints
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.20. domain_constraints

    The view domain_constraints contains all constraints
    belonging to domains defined in the current database.  Only those domains
    are shown that the current user has access to (by way of being the owner or
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domain-udt-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.21. domain_udt_usage
37.21. domain_udt_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.21. domain_udt_usage

+37.21. domain_udt_usage
37.21. domain_udt_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.21. domain_udt_usage

    The view domain_udt_usage identifies all domains
    that are based on data types owned by a currently enabled role.
    Note that in PostgreSQL, built-in data
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-domains.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.22. domains
37.22. domains
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.22. domains

+37.22. domains
37.22. domains
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.22. domains

    The view domains contains all domains defined in the
    current database.  Only those domains are shown that the current user has
    access to (by way of being the owner or having some privilege).
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-element-types.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.23. element_types
37.23. element_types
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.23. element_types

+37.23. element_types
37.23. element_types
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.23. element_types

    The view element_types contains the data type
    descriptors of the elements of arrays.  When a table column, composite-type attribute,
    domain, function parameter, or function return value is defined to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-enabled-roles.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.24. enabled_roles
37.24. enabled_roles
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.24. enabled_roles

+37.24. enabled_roles
37.24. enabled_roles
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.24. enabled_roles

    The view enabled_roles identifies the currently
    “enabled roles”.  The enabled roles are recursively
    defined as the current user together with all roles that have been
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrapper-options.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.25. foreign_data_wrapper_options
37.25. foreign_data_wrapper_options
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.25. foreign_data_wrapper_options

+37.25. foreign_data_wrapper_options
37.25. foreign_data_wrapper_options
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.25. foreign_data_wrapper_options

    The view foreign_data_wrapper_options contains
    all the options defined for foreign-data wrappers in the current
    database.  Only those foreign-data wrappers are shown that the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-data-wrappers.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.26. foreign_data_wrappers
37.26. foreign_data_wrappers
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.26. foreign_data_wrappers

+37.26. foreign_data_wrappers
37.26. foreign_data_wrappers
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.26. foreign_data_wrappers

    The view foreign_data_wrappers contains all
    foreign-data wrappers defined in the current database.  Only those
    foreign-data wrappers are shown that the current user has access to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-server-options.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.27. foreign_server_options
37.27. foreign_server_options
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.27. foreign_server_options

+37.27. foreign_server_options
37.27. foreign_server_options
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.27. foreign_server_options

    The view foreign_server_options contains all the
    options defined for foreign servers in the current database.  Only
    those foreign servers are shown that the current user has access to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-servers.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.28. foreign_servers
37.28. foreign_servers
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.28. foreign_servers

+37.28. foreign_servers
37.28. foreign_servers
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.28. foreign_servers

    The view foreign_servers contains all foreign
    servers defined in the current database.  Only those foreign
    servers are shown that the current user has access to (by way of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-table-options.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.29. foreign_table_options
37.29. foreign_table_options
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.29. foreign_table_options

+37.29. foreign_table_options
37.29. foreign_table_options
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.29. foreign_table_options

    The view foreign_table_options contains all the
    options defined for foreign tables in the current database.  Only
    those foreign tables are shown that the current user has access to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-foreign-tables.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.30. foreign_tables
37.30. foreign_tables
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.30. foreign_tables

+37.30. foreign_tables
37.30. foreign_tables
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.30. foreign_tables

    The view foreign_tables contains all foreign
    tables defined in the current database.  Only those foreign
    tables are shown that the current user has access to (by way of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-information-schema-catalog-name.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.3. information_schema_catalog_name

+37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
37.3. information_schema_catalog_name
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.3. information_schema_catalog_name

    information_schema_catalog_name is a table that
    always contains one row and one column containing the name of the
    current database (current catalog, in SQL terminology).
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-key-column-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.31. key_column_usage
37.31. key_column_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.31. key_column_usage

+37.31. key_column_usage
37.31. key_column_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.31. key_column_usage

    The view key_column_usage identifies all columns
    in the current database that are restricted by some unique, primary
    key, or foreign key constraint.  Check constraints are not included
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-parameters.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.32. parameters
37.32. parameters
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.32. parameters

+37.32. parameters
37.32. parameters
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.32. parameters

    The view parameters contains information about
    the parameters (arguments) of all functions in the current database.
    Only those functions are shown that the current user has access to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-referential-constraints.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.33. referential_constraints
37.33. referential_constraints
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.33. referential_constraints

+37.33. referential_constraints
37.33. referential_constraints
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.33. referential_constraints

    The view referential_constraints contains all
    referential (foreign key) constraints in the current database.
    Only those constraints are shown for which the current user has
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-column-grants.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.34. role_column_grants
37.34. role_column_grants
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.34. role_column_grants

+37.34. role_column_grants
37.34. role_column_grants
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.34. role_column_grants

    The view role_column_grants identifies all
    privileges granted on columns where the grantor or grantee is a
    currently enabled role.  Further information can be found under
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-routine-grants.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.35. role_routine_grants
37.35. role_routine_grants
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.35. role_routine_grants

+37.35. role_routine_grants
37.35. role_routine_grants
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.35. role_routine_grants

    The view role_routine_grants identifies all
    privileges granted on functions where the grantor or grantee is a
    currently enabled role.  Further information can be found under
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-table-grants.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.36. role_table_grants
37.36. role_table_grants
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.36. role_table_grants

+37.36. role_table_grants
37.36. role_table_grants
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.36. role_table_grants

    The view role_table_grants identifies all
    privileges granted on tables or views where the grantor or grantee
    is a currently enabled role.  Further information can be found
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-udt-grants.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.37. role_udt_grants
37.37. role_udt_grants
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.37. role_udt_grants

+37.37. role_udt_grants
37.37. role_udt_grants
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.37. role_udt_grants

    The view role_udt_grants is intended to identify
    USAGE privileges granted on user-defined types
    where the grantor or grantee is a currently enabled role.  Further
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-role-usage-grants.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.38. role_usage_grants
37.38. role_usage_grants
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.38. role_usage_grants

+37.38. role_usage_grants
37.38. role_usage_grants
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.38. role_usage_grants

    The view role_usage_grants identifies
    USAGE privileges granted on various kinds of
    objects where the grantor or grantee is a currently enabled role.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routine-privileges.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.39. routine_privileges
37.39. routine_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.39. routine_privileges

+37.39. routine_privileges
37.39. routine_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.39. routine_privileges

    The view routine_privileges identifies all
    privileges granted on functions to a currently enabled role or by a
    currently enabled role.  There is one row for each combination of function,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-routines.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.40. routines
37.40. routines
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.40. routines

+37.40. routines
37.40. routines
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.40. routines

    The view routines contains all functions and procedures in the
    current database.  Only those functions and procedures are shown that the current
    user has access to (by way of being the owner or having some
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schema.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.1. The Schema
37.1. The Schema
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.1. The Schema

+37.1. The Schema
37.1. The Schema
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.1. The Schema

    The information schema itself is a schema named
    information_schema.  This schema automatically
    exists in all databases.  The owner of this schema is the initial
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-schemata.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.41. schemata
37.41. schemata
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.41. schemata

+37.41. schemata
37.41. schemata
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.41. schemata

    The view schemata contains all schemas in the current
    database that the current user has access to (by way of being the owner or
    having some privilege).
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sequences.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.42. sequences
37.42. sequences
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.42. sequences

+37.42. sequences
37.42. sequences
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.42. sequences

    The view sequences contains all sequences
    defined in the current database.  Only those sequences are shown
    that the current user has access to (by way of being the owner or
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-features.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.43. sql_features
37.43. sql_features
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.43. sql_features

+37.43. sql_features
37.43. sql_features
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.43. sql_features

    The table sql_features contains information
    about which formal features defined in the SQL standard are
    supported by PostgreSQL.  This is the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-implementation-info.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.44. sql_implementation_info
37.44. sql_implementation_info
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.44. sql_implementation_info

+37.44. sql_implementation_info
37.44. sql_implementation_info
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.44. sql_implementation_info

    The table sql_implementation_info contains
    information about various aspects that are left
    implementation-defined by the SQL standard.  This information is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-languages.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-languages.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-languages.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-languages.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.45. sql_languages
37.45. sql_languages
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.45. sql_languages

+37.45. sql_languages
37.45. sql_languages
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.45. sql_languages

    The table sql_languages contains one row for
    each SQL language binding that is supported by
    PostgreSQL.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-packages.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-packages.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-packages.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-packages.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.46. sql_packages
37.46. sql_packages
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.46. sql_packages

+37.46. sql_packages
37.46. sql_packages
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.46. sql_packages

    The table sql_packages contains information
    about which feature packages defined in the SQL standard are
    supported by PostgreSQL.  Refer to Appendix D for background information on feature packages.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-parts.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.47. sql_parts
37.47. sql_parts
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.47. sql_parts

+37.47. sql_parts
37.47. sql_parts
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.47. sql_parts

    The table sql_parts contains information about
    which of the several parts of the SQL standard are supported by
    PostgreSQL.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing-profiles.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.49. sql_sizing_profiles
37.49. sql_sizing_profiles
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.49. sql_sizing_profiles

+37.49. sql_sizing_profiles
37.49. sql_sizing_profiles
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.49. sql_sizing_profiles

    The table sql_sizing_profiles contains
    information about the sql_sizing values that are
    required by various profiles of the SQL standard.  PostgreSQL does
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-sql-sizing.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.48. sql_sizing
37.48. sql_sizing
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.48. sql_sizing

+37.48. sql_sizing
37.48. sql_sizing
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.48. sql_sizing

    The table sql_sizing contains information about
    various size limits and maximum values in
    PostgreSQL.  This information is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-constraints.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.50. table_constraints
37.50. table_constraints
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.50. table_constraints

+37.50. table_constraints
37.50. table_constraints
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.50. table_constraints

    The view table_constraints contains all
    constraints belonging to tables that the current user owns or has
    some privilege other than SELECT on.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-table-privileges.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.51. table_privileges
37.51. table_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.51. table_privileges

+37.51. table_privileges
37.51. table_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.51. table_privileges

    The view table_privileges identifies all
    privileges granted on tables or views to a currently enabled role
    or by a currently enabled role.  There is one row for each
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-tables.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.52. tables
37.52. tables
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.52. tables

+37.52. tables
37.52. tables
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.52. tables

    The view tables contains all tables and views
    defined in the current database.  Only those tables and views are
    shown that the current user has access to (by way of being the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-transforms.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.53. transforms
37.53. transforms
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.53. transforms

+37.53. transforms
37.53. transforms
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.53. transforms

    The view transforms contains information about the
    transforms defined in the current database.  More precisely, it contains a
    row for each function contained in a transform (the “from SQL”
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html	2019-08-05 21:28:34.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggered-update-columns.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.54. triggered_update_columns
37.54. triggered_update_columns
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.54. triggered_update_columns

+37.54. triggered_update_columns
37.54. triggered_update_columns
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.54. triggered_update_columns

    For triggers in the current database that specify a column list
    (like UPDATE OF column1, column2), the
    view triggered_update_columns identifies these
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-triggers.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.55. triggers
37.55. triggers
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.55. triggers

+37.55. triggers
37.55. triggers
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.55. triggers

    The view triggers contains all triggers defined
    in the current database on tables and views that the current user owns
    or has some privilege other than SELECT on.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-udt-privileges.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.56. udt_privileges
37.56. udt_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.56. udt_privileges

+37.56. udt_privileges
37.56. udt_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.56. udt_privileges

    The view udt_privileges identifies
    USAGE privileges granted on user-defined types to a
    currently enabled role or by a currently enabled role.  There is one row for
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-usage-privileges.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.57. usage_privileges
37.57. usage_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.57. usage_privileges

+37.57. usage_privileges
37.57. usage_privileges
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.57. usage_privileges

    The view usage_privileges identifies
    USAGE privileges granted on various kinds of
    objects to a currently enabled role or by a currently enabled role.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-defined-types.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.58. user_defined_types
37.58. user_defined_types
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.58. user_defined_types

+37.58. user_defined_types
37.58. user_defined_types
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.58. user_defined_types

    The view user_defined_types currently contains
    all composite types defined in the current database.
    Only those types are shown that the current user has access to (by way
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mapping-options.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.59. user_mapping_options
37.59. user_mapping_options
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.59. user_mapping_options

+37.59. user_mapping_options
37.59. user_mapping_options
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.59. user_mapping_options

    The view user_mapping_options contains all the
    options defined for user mappings in the current database.  Only
    those user mappings are shown where the current user has access to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-user-mappings.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.60. user_mappings
37.60. user_mappings
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.60. user_mappings

+37.60. user_mappings
37.60. user_mappings
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.60. user_mappings

    The view user_mappings contains all user
    mappings defined in the current database.  Only those user mappings
    are shown where the current user has access to the corresponding
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-column-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.61. view_column_usage
37.61. view_column_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.61. view_column_usage

+37.61. view_column_usage
37.61. view_column_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.61. view_column_usage

    The view view_column_usage identifies all
    columns that are used in the query expression of a view (the
    SELECT statement that defines the view).  A
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-routine-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.62. view_routine_usage
37.62. view_routine_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.62. view_routine_usage

+37.62. view_routine_usage
37.62. view_routine_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.62. view_routine_usage

    The view view_routine_usage identifies all
    routines (functions and procedures) that are used in the query
    expression of a view (the SELECT statement that
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-view-table-usage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.63. view_table_usage
37.63. view_table_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.63. view_table_usage

+37.63. view_table_usage
37.63. view_table_usage
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.63. view_table_usage

    The view view_table_usage identifies all tables
    that are used in the query expression of a view (the
    SELECT statement that defines the view).  A
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/infoschema-views.html	2019-11-11 22:18:39.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-37.64. views
37.64. views
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.64. views

+37.64. views
37.64. views
Prev UpChapter 37. The Information SchemaHome Next
37.64. views

    The view views contains all views defined in the
    current database.  Only those views are shown that the current user
    has access to (by way of being the owner or having some privilege).
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-getsource.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
 
-16.3. Getting The Source
16.3. Getting The Source
Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
16.3. Getting The Source

-   The PostgreSQL 11.5 sources can be obtained from the
+16.3. Getting The Source
16.3. Getting The Source
Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
16.3. Getting The Source

+   The PostgreSQL 11.6 sources can be obtained from the
    download section of our
    website: https://www.postgresql.org/download/.  You
-   should get a file named postgresql-11.5.tar.gz
-   or postgresql-11.5.tar.bz2. After
+   should get a file named postgresql-11.6.tar.gz
+   or postgresql-11.6.tar.bz2. After
    you have obtained the file, unpack it:
 
-gunzip postgresql-11.5.tar.gz
-tar xf postgresql-11.5.tar
+gunzip postgresql-11.6.tar.gz
+tar xf postgresql-11.6.tar
 

    (Use bunzip2 instead of gunzip if you
    have the .bz2 file.)
    This will create a directory
-   postgresql-11.5 under the current directory
+   postgresql-11.6 under the current directory
    with the PostgreSQL sources.
    Change into that directory for the rest
    of the installation procedure.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-post.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-16.5. Post-Installation Setup
16.5. Post-Installation Setup
Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
16.5. Post-Installation Setup
16.5.1. Shared Libraries
16.5.2. Environment Variables
16.5.1. Shared Libraries

+16.5. Post-Installation Setup
16.5. Post-Installation Setup
Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
16.5. Post-Installation Setup
16.5.1. Shared Libraries
16.5.2. Environment Variables
16.5.1. Shared Libraries

     On some systems with shared libraries
     you need to tell the system how to find the newly installed
     shared libraries.  The systems on which this is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-procedure.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-16.4. Installation Procedure
16.4. Installation Procedure
Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
16.4. Installation Procedure
  1. Configuration
    
+16.4. Installation Procedure
    16.4. Installation Procedure
    Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
    16.4. Installation Procedure
    1. Configuration
      
     The first step of the installation procedure is to configure the
     source tree for your system and choose the options you would like.
     This is done by running the configure script. For a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-requirements.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-16.2. Requirements
      16.2. Requirements
      Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
      16.2. Requirements
      
+16.2. Requirements
      16.2. Requirements
      Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
      16.2. Requirements
      
    In general, a modern Unix-compatible platform should be able to run
    PostgreSQL.
    The platforms that had received specific testing at the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-short.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-16.1. Short Version
      16.1. Short Version
      Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
      16.1. Short Version
      
+16.1. Short Version
      16.1. Short Version
      Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
      16.1. Short Version
      
 
       ./configure
 make
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows-full.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,20 +1,21 @@
 
 17.1. Building with Visual C++ or the Microsoft Windows SDK
      17.1. Building with Visual C++ or the
-  Microsoft Windows SDK
      Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source Code on WindowsHome Next
      17.1. Building with Visual C++ or the
+  Microsoft Windows SDK
Prev UpChapter 17. Installation from Source Code on WindowsHome Next
17.1. Building with Visual C++ or the
   Microsoft Windows SDK
17.1.1. Requirements
17.1.2. Special Considerations for 64-bit Windows
17.1.3. Building
17.1.4. Cleaning and Installing
17.1.5. Running the Regression Tests
17.1.6. Building the Documentation

   PostgreSQL can be built using the Visual C++ compiler suite from Microsoft.
   These compilers can be either from Visual Studio,
   Visual Studio Express or some versions of the
   Microsoft Windows SDK. If you do not already have a
   Visual Studio environment set up, the easiest
-  ways are to use the compilers from Visual Studio Express 2019
-  for Windows Desktop or those in the Windows SDK
-  10, which are both free downloads from Microsoft.
+  ways are to use the compilers from
+  Visual Studio 2019 or those in the
+  Windows SDK 10, which are both free downloads
+  from Microsoft.
  

   Both 32-bit and 64-bit builds are possible with the Microsoft Compiler suite.
   32-bit PostgreSQL builds are possible with
   Visual Studio 2005 to
-  Visual Studio 2019 (including Express editions),
+  Visual Studio 2019,
   as well as standalone Windows SDK releases 6.0 to 10.
   64-bit PostgreSQL builds are supported with
   Microsoft Windows SDK version 6.0a to 10 or
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/install-windows.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code on Windows
Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code on Windows
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code on Windows
Table of Contents
17.1. Building with Visual C++ or the
+Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code on Windows
Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code on Windows
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 17. Installation from Source Code on Windows
Table of Contents
17.1. Building with Visual C++ or the
   Microsoft Windows SDK
17.1.1. Requirements
17.1.2. Special Considerations for 64-bit Windows
17.1.3. Building
17.1.4. Cleaning and Installing
17.1.5. Running the Regression Tests
17.1.6. Building the Documentation

   It is recommended that most users download the binary distribution for
   Windows, available as a graphical installer package
@@ -9,9 +9,8 @@
  

   There are several different ways of building PostgreSQL on
   Windows. The simplest way to build with
-  Microsoft tools is to install Visual Studio Express 2019
-  for Windows Desktop and use the included
-  compiler. It is also possible to build with the full
+  Microsoft tools is to install Visual Studio 2019
+  and use the included compiler. It is also possible to build with the full
   Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 to 2019.
   In some cases that requires the installation of the
   Windows SDK in addition to the compiler.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/installation-platform-notes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-16.7. Platform-specific Notes
16.7. Platform-specific Notes
Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
16.7. Platform-specific Notes
16.7.1. AIX
16.7.2. Cygwin
16.7.3. HP-UX
16.7.4. macOS
16.7.5. MinGW/Native Windows
16.7.6. Solaris

+16.7. Platform-specific Notes
16.7. Platform-specific Notes
Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
16.7. Platform-specific Notes
16.7.1. AIX
16.7.2. Cygwin
16.7.3. HP-UX
16.7.4. macOS
16.7.5. MinGW/Native Windows
16.7.6. Solaris

    This section documents additional platform-specific issues
    regarding the installation and setup of PostgreSQL.  Be sure to
    read the installation instructions, and in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/installation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 16. Installation from Source Code
Chapter 16. Installation from Source Code
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 16. Installation from Source Code
Table of Contents
16.1. Short Version
16.2. Requirements
16.3. Getting The Source
16.4. Installation Procedure
16.5. Post-Installation Setup
16.5.1. Shared Libraries
16.5.2. Environment Variables
16.6. Supported Platforms
16.7. Platform-specific Notes
16.7.1. AIX
16.7.2. Cygwin
16.7.3. HP-UX
16.7.4. macOS
16.7.5. MinGW/Native Windows
16.7.6. Solaris

+Chapter 16. Installation from Source Code
Chapter 16. Installation from Source Code
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 16. Installation from Source Code
Table of Contents
16.1. Short Version
16.2. Requirements
16.3. Getting The Source
16.4. Installation Procedure
16.5. Post-Installation Setup
16.5.1. Shared Libraries
16.5.2. Environment Variables
16.6. Supported Platforms
16.7. Platform-specific Notes
16.7.1. AIX
16.7.2. Cygwin
16.7.3. HP-UX
16.7.4. macOS
16.7.5. MinGW/Native Windows
16.7.6. Solaris

   This chapter describes the installation of
   PostgreSQL using the source code
   distribution.  (If you are installing a pre-packaged distribution,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/intagg.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.17. intagg
F.17. intagg
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.17. intagg
F.17.1. Functions
F.17.2. Sample Uses

+F.17. intagg
F.17. intagg
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.17. intagg
F.17.1. Functions
F.17.2. Sample Uses

   The intagg module provides an integer aggregator and an
   enumerator.  intagg is now obsolete, because there
   are built-in functions that provide a superset of its capabilities.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/intarray.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.18. intarray
F.18. intarray
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.18. intarray
F.18.1. intarray Functions and Operators
F.18.2. Index Support
F.18.3. Example
F.18.4. Benchmark
F.18.5. Authors

+F.18. intarray
F.18. intarray
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.18. intarray
F.18.1. intarray Functions and Operators
F.18.2. Index Support
F.18.3. Example
F.18.4. Benchmark
F.18.5. Authors

   The intarray module provides a number of useful functions
   and operators for manipulating null-free arrays of integers.
   There is also support for indexed searches using some of the operators.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html	2019-08-05 21:28:48.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/internals.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Part VII. Internals
Part VII. Internals
Prev   Home Next
Part VII. Internals

+Part VII. Internals
Part VII. Internals
Prev   Home Next
Part VII. Internals

     This part contains assorted information that might be of use to
     PostgreSQL developers.
    
Table of Contents
51. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals
51.1. The Path of a Query
51.2. How Connections are Established
51.3. The Parser Stage
51.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
51.5. Planner/Optimizer
51.6. Executor
52. System Catalogs
52.1. Overview
52.2. pg_aggregate
52.3. pg_am
52.4. pg_amop
52.5. pg_amproc
52.6. pg_attrdef
52.7. pg_attribute
52.8. pg_authid
52.9. pg_auth_members
52.10. pg_cast
52.11. pg_class
52.12. pg_collation
52.13. pg_constraint
52.14. pg_conversion
52.15. pg_database
52.16. pg_db_role_setting
52.17. pg_default_acl
52.18. pg_depend
52.19. pg_description
52.20. pg_enum
52.21. pg_event_trigger
52.22. pg_extension
52.23. pg_foreign_data_wrapper
52.24. pg_foreign_server
52.25. pg_foreign_table
52.26. pg_index
52.27. pg_inherits
52.28. pg_init_privs
52.29. pg_language
52.30. pg_largeobject
52.31. pg_largeobject_metadata
52.32. pg_namespace
52.33. pg_opclass
52.34. pg_operator
52.35. pg_opfamily
52.36. pg_partitioned_table
52.37. pg_pltemplate
52.38. pg_policy
52.39. pg_proc
52.40. pg_publication
52.41. pg_publication_rel
52.42. pg_range
52.43. pg_replication_origin
52.44. pg_rewrite
52.45. pg_seclabel
52.46. pg_sequence
52.47. pg_shdepend
52.48. pg_shdescription
52.49. pg_shseclabel
52.50. pg_statistic
52.51. pg_statistic_ext
52.52. pg_subscription
52.53. pg_subscription_rel
52.54. pg_tablespace
52.55. pg_transform
52.56. pg_trigger
52.57. pg_ts_config
52.58. pg_ts_config_map
52.59. pg_ts_dict
52.60. pg_ts_parser
52.61. pg_ts_template
52.62. pg_type
52.63. pg_user_mapping
52.64. System Views
52.65. pg_available_extensions
52.66. pg_available_extension_versions
52.67. pg_config
52.68. pg_cursors
52.69. pg_file_settings
52.70. pg_group
52.71. pg_hba_file_rules
52.72. pg_indexes
52.73. pg_locks
52.74. pg_matviews
52.75. pg_policies
52.76. pg_prepared_statements
52.77. pg_prepared_xacts
52.78. pg_publication_tables
52.79. pg_replication_origin_status
52.80. pg_replication_slots
52.81. pg_roles
52.82. pg_rules
52.83. pg_seclabels
52.84. pg_sequences
52.85. pg_settings
52.86. pg_shadow
52.87. pg_stats
52.88. pg_tables
52.89. pg_timezone_abbrevs
52.90. pg_timezone_names
52.91. pg_user
52.92. pg_user_mappings
52.93. pg_views
53. Frontend/Backend Protocol
53.1. Overview
53.2. Message Flow
53.3. SASL Authentication
53.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
53.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
53.6. Message Data Types
53.7. Message Formats
53.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
53.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
54. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
54.1. Formatting
54.2. Reporting Errors Within the Server
54.3. Error Message Style Guide
54.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
55. Native Language Support
55.1. For the Translator
55.2. For the Programmer
56. Writing A Procedural Language Handler
57. Writing A Foreign Data Wrapper
57.1. Foreign Data Wrapper Functions
57.2. Foreign Data Wrapper Callback Routines
57.3. Foreign Data Wrapper Helper Functions
57.4. Foreign Data Wrapper Query Planning
57.5. Row Locking in Foreign Data Wrappers
58. Writing A Table Sampling Method
58.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
59. Writing A Custom Scan Provider
59.1. Creating Custom Scan Paths
59.2. Creating Custom Scan Plans
59.3. Executing Custom Scans
60. Genetic Query Optimizer
60.1. Query Handling as a Complex Optimization Problem
60.2. Genetic Algorithms
60.3. Genetic Query Optimization (GEQO) in PostgreSQL
60.4. Further Reading
61. Index Access Method Interface Definition
61.1. Basic API Structure for Indexes
61.2. Index Access Method Functions
61.3. Index Scanning
61.4. Index Locking Considerations
61.5. Index Uniqueness Checks
61.6. Index Cost Estimation Functions
62. Generic WAL Records
63. B-Tree Indexes
63.1. Introduction
63.2. Behavior of B-Tree Operator Classes
63.3. B-Tree Support Functions
63.4. Implementation
64. GiST Indexes
64.1. Introduction
64.2. Built-in Operator Classes
64.3. Extensibility
64.4. Implementation
64.5. Examples
65. SP-GiST Indexes
65.1. Introduction
65.2. Built-in Operator Classes
65.3. Extensibility
65.4. Implementation
65.5. Examples
66. GIN Indexes
66.1. Introduction
66.2. Built-in Operator Classes
66.3. Extensibility
66.4. Implementation
66.5. GIN Tips and Tricks
66.6. Limitations
66.7. Examples
67. BRIN Indexes
67.1. Introduction
67.2. Built-in Operator Classes
67.3. Extensibility
68. Database Physical Storage
68.1. Database File Layout
68.2. TOAST
68.3. Free Space Map
68.4. Visibility Map
68.5. The Initialization Fork
68.6. Database Page Layout
69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial Contents
69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
69.3. BKI File Format
69.4. BKI Commands
69.5. Structure of the Bootstrap BKI File
69.6. BKI Example
70. How the Planner Uses Statistics
70.1. Row Estimation Examples
70.2. Multivariate Statistics Examples
70.3. Planner Statistics and Security
Prev   Next
postmaster Home Chapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL Internals

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/intro-whatis.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-1.  What is PostgreSQL?
1.  What is PostgreSQL?
Prev UpPrefaceHome Next
1.  What is PostgreSQL?

+1.  What is PostgreSQL?
1.  What is PostgreSQL?
Prev UpPrefaceHome Next
1.  What is PostgreSQL?

    PostgreSQL is an object-relational
    database management system (ORDBMS) based on
    
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/isn.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.19. isn
F.19. isn
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.19.1. Data Types
F.19.2. Casts
F.19.3. Functions and Operators
F.19.4. Examples
F.19.5. Bibliography
F.19.6. Author

+F.19. isn
F.19. isn
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.19. isn
F.19.1. Data Types
F.19.2. Casts
F.19.3. Functions and Operators
F.19.4. Examples
F.19.5. Bibliography
F.19.6. Author

   The isn module provides data types for the following
   international product numbering standards: EAN13, UPC, ISBN (books), ISMN
   (music), and ISSN (serials).  Numbers are validated on input according to a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-configuration.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-32.3. Configuration
32.3. Configuration
Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next
32.3. Configuration

+32.3. Configuration
32.3. Configuration
Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next
32.3. Configuration

    The configuration variable
    jit determines whether JIT
    compilation is enabled or disabled.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-decision.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-32.2. When to JIT?
32.2. When to JIT?
Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next
32.2. When to JIT?

+32.2. When to JIT?
32.2. When to JIT?
Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next
32.2. When to JIT?

    JIT compilation is beneficial primarily for long-running
    CPU-bound queries. Frequently these will be analytical queries.  For short
    queries the added overhead of performing JIT compilation
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-extensibility.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-32.4. Extensibility
32.4. Extensibility
Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next
32.4. Extensibility
32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions
32.4.2. Pluggable JIT Providers
32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions

+32.4. Extensibility
32.4. Extensibility
Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next
32.4. Extensibility
32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions
32.4.2. Pluggable JIT Providers
32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions

     PostgreSQL's JIT
     implementation can inline the bodies of functions
     of types C and internal, as well as
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/jit-reason.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-32.1. What is JIT compilation?
32.1. What is JIT compilation?
Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next
32.1. What is JIT compilation?
32.1.1. JIT Accelerated Operations
32.1.2. Inlining
32.1.3. Optimization

+32.1. What is JIT compilation?
32.1. What is JIT compilation?
Prev UpChapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)Home Next
32.1. What is JIT compilation?
32.1.1. JIT Accelerated Operations
32.1.2. Inlining
32.1.3. Optimization

    Just-in-Time (JIT) compilation is the process of turning
    some form of interpreted program evaluation into a native program, and
    doing so at run time.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/jit.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
Table of Contents
32.1. What is JIT compilation?
32.1.1. JIT Accelerated Operations
32.1.2. Inlining
32.1.3. Optimization
32.2. When to JIT?
32.3. Configuration
32.4. Extensibility
32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions
32.4.2. Pluggable JIT Providers

+Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 32. Just-in-Time Compilation (JIT)
Table of Contents
32.1. What is JIT compilation?
32.1.1. JIT Accelerated Operations
32.1.2. Inlining
32.1.3. Optimization
32.2. When to JIT?
32.3. Configuration
32.4. Extensibility
32.4.1. Inlining Support for Extensions
32.4.2. Pluggable JIT Providers

   This chapter explains what just-in-time compilation is, and how it can be
   configured in PostgreSQL.
  
Prev Up Next
31.9. Quick Setup Home 32.1. What is JIT compilation?

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/kernel-resources.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-18.4. Managing Kernel Resources
18.4. Managing Kernel Resources
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.4. Managing Kernel Resources
18.4.1. Shared Memory and Semaphores
18.4.2. systemd RemoveIPC
18.4.3. Resource Limits
18.4.4. Linux Memory Overcommit
18.4.5. Linux Huge Pages

+18.4. Managing Kernel Resources
18.4. Managing Kernel Resources
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.4. Managing Kernel Resources
18.4.1. Shared Memory and Semaphores
18.4.2. systemd RemoveIPC
18.4.3. Resource Limits
18.4.4. Linux Memory Overcommit
18.4.5. Linux Huge Pages

    PostgreSQL can sometimes exhaust various operating system
    resource limits, especially when multiple copies of the server are running
    on the same system, or in very large installations.  This section explains
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/largeobjects.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 35. Large Objects
Chapter 35. Large Objects
Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next
Chapter 35. Large Objects
Table of Contents
35.1. Introduction
35.2. Implementation Features
35.3. Client Interfaces
35.3.1. Creating a Large Object
35.3.2. Importing a Large Object
35.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
35.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
35.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
35.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
35.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
35.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
35.3.9. Truncating a Large Object
35.3.10. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
35.3.11. Removing a Large Object
35.4. Server-side Functions
35.5. Example Program

+Chapter 35. Large Objects
Chapter 35. Large Objects
Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next
Chapter 35. Large Objects
Table of Contents
35.1. Introduction
35.2. Implementation Features
35.3. Client Interfaces
35.3.1. Creating a Large Object
35.3.2. Importing a Large Object
35.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
35.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
35.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
35.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
35.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
35.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
35.3.9. Truncating a Large Object
35.3.10. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
35.3.11. Removing a Large Object
35.4. Server-side Functions
35.5. Example Program

     PostgreSQL has a large object
     facility, which provides stream-style access to user data that is stored
     in a special large-object structure.  Streaming access is useful
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-async.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing

+34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing

    The PQexec function is adequate for submitting
    commands in normal, synchronous applications.  It has a few
    deficiencies, however, that can be of importance to some users:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-build.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.20. Building libpq Programs
34.20. Building libpq Programs
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.20. Building libpq Programs

+34.20. Building libpq Programs
34.20. Building libpq Programs
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.20. Building libpq Programs

    To build (i.e., compile and link) a program using
    libpq you need to do all of the following
    things:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-cancel.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.6. Canceling Queries in Progress
34.6. Canceling Queries in Progress
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.6. Canceling Queries in Progress

+34.6. Canceling Queries in Progress
34.6. Canceling Queries in Progress
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.6. Canceling Queries in Progress

    A client application can request cancellation of a command that is
    still being processed by the server, using the functions described in
    this section.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-connect.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
34.1.1. Connection Strings
34.1.2. Parameter Key Words

+34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
34.1.1. Connection Strings
34.1.2. Parameter Key Words

    The following functions deal with making a connection to a
    PostgreSQL backend server.  An
    application program can have several backend connections open at
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-control.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.10. Control Functions
34.10. Control Functions
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.10. Control Functions

+34.10. Control Functions
34.10. Control Functions
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.10. Control Functions

    These functions control miscellaneous details of libpq's
    behavior.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-copy.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.9. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
34.9. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.9. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
34.9.1. Functions for Sending COPY Data
34.9.2. Functions for Receiving COPY Data
34.9.3. Obsolete Functions for COPY

+34.9. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
34.9. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.9. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
34.9.1. Functions for Sending COPY Data
34.9.2. Functions for Receiving COPY Data
34.9.3. Obsolete Functions for COPY

    The COPY command in
    PostgreSQL has options to read from or write
    to the network connection used by libpq.
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@
        It should either be issued when the  last  string  has  been sent
        to  the  server using PQputline or when the
        last string has been  received  from  the  server using
-       PGgetline.  It must be issued or the server
+       PQgetline.  It must be issued or the server
        will get “out of sync” with  the client.   Upon return
        from this function, the server is ready to receive the next SQL
        command.  The return value is 0  on  successful  completion,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-envars.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.14. Environment Variables
34.14. Environment Variables
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.14. Environment Variables

+34.14. Environment Variables
34.14. Environment Variables
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.14. Environment Variables

    The following environment variables can be used to select default
    connection parameter values, which will be used by
    PQconnectdb, PQsetdbLogin and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-events.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.13. Event System
34.13. Event System
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.13. Event System
34.13.1. Event Types
34.13.2. Event Callback Procedure
34.13.3. Event Support Functions
34.13.4. Event Example

+34.13. Event System
34.13. Event System
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.13. Event System
34.13.1. Event Types
34.13.2. Event Callback Procedure
34.13.3. Event Support Functions
34.13.4. Event Example

    libpq's event system is designed to notify
    registered event handlers about interesting
    libpq events, such as the creation or
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-example.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.21. Example Programs
34.21. Example Programs
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.21. Example Programs

+34.21. Example Programs
34.21. Example Programs
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.21. Example Programs

    These examples and others can be found in the
    directory src/test/examples in the source code
    distribution.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-exec.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.3. Command Execution Functions
34.3. Command Execution Functions
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.3. Command Execution Functions
34.3.1. Main Functions
34.3.2. Retrieving Query Result Information
34.3.3. Retrieving Other Result Information
34.3.4. Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands

+34.3. Command Execution Functions
34.3. Command Execution Functions
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.3. Command Execution Functions
34.3.1. Main Functions
34.3.2. Retrieving Query Result Information
34.3.3. Retrieving Other Result Information
34.3.4. Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands

    Once a connection to a database server has been successfully
    established, the functions described here are used to perform
    SQL queries and commands.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-fastpath.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.7. The Fast-Path Interface
34.7. The Fast-Path Interface
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.7. The Fast-Path Interface

+34.7. The Fast-Path Interface
34.7. The Fast-Path Interface
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.7. The Fast-Path Interface

    PostgreSQL provides a fast-path interface
    to send simple function calls to the server.
   
Tip

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ldap.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.17. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
34.17. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.17. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters

+34.17. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
34.17. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.17. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters

    If libpq has been compiled with LDAP support (option
    --with-ldap for configure)
    it is possible to retrieve connection options like host
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-misc.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.11. Miscellaneous Functions
34.11. Miscellaneous Functions
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.11. Miscellaneous Functions

+34.11. Miscellaneous Functions
34.11. Miscellaneous Functions
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.11. Miscellaneous Functions

    As always, there are some functions that just don't fit anywhere.
   

      PQfreemem
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notice-processing.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.12. Notice Processing
34.12. Notice Processing
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.12. Notice Processing

+34.12. Notice Processing
34.12. Notice Processing
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.12. Notice Processing

    Notice and warning messages generated by the server are not returned
    by the query execution functions, since they do not imply failure of
    the query.  Instead they are passed to a notice handling function, and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-notify.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.8. Asynchronous Notification
34.8. Asynchronous Notification
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.8. Asynchronous Notification

+34.8. Asynchronous Notification
34.8. Asynchronous Notification
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.8. Asynchronous Notification

    PostgreSQL offers asynchronous notification
    via the LISTEN and NOTIFY
    commands.  A client session registers its interest in a particular
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgpass.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.15. The Password File
34.15. The Password File
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.15. The Password File

+34.15. The Password File
34.15. The Password File
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.15. The Password File

    The file .pgpass in a user's home directory can
    contain passwords to
    be used if the connection requires a password (and no password has been
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-pgservice.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.16. The Connection Service File
34.16. The Connection Service File
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.16. The Connection Service File

+34.16. The Connection Service File
34.16. The Connection Service File
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.16. The Connection Service File

    The connection service file allows libpq connection parameters to be
    associated with a single service name. That service name can then be
    specified by a libpq connection, and the associated settings will be
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-single-row-mode.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.5. Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
34.5. Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.5. Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row

+34.5. Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
34.5. Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.5. Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row

    Ordinarily, libpq collects a SQL command's
    entire result and returns it to the application as a single
    PGresult.  This can be unworkable for commands
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-ssl.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.18. SSL Support
34.18. SSL Support
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.18. SSL Support
34.18.1. Client Verification of Server Certificates
34.18.2. Client Certificates
34.18.3. Protection Provided in Different Modes
34.18.4. SSL Client File Usage
34.18.5. SSL Library Initialization

+34.18. SSL Support
34.18. SSL Support
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.18. SSL Support
34.18.1. Client Verification of Server Certificates
34.18.2. Client Certificates
34.18.3. Protection Provided in Different Modes
34.18.4. SSL Client File Usage
34.18.5. SSL Library Initialization

    PostgreSQL has native support for using SSL
    connections to encrypt client/server communications for increased
    security. See Section 18.9 for details about the server-side
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-status.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.2. Connection Status Functions
34.2. Connection Status Functions
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.2. Connection Status Functions

+34.2. Connection Status Functions
34.2. Connection Status Functions
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.2. Connection Status Functions

    These functions can be used to interrogate the status
    of an existing database connection object.
   
Tip

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq-threading.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-34.19. Behavior in Threaded Programs
34.19. Behavior in Threaded Programs
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.19. Behavior in Threaded Programs

+34.19. Behavior in Threaded Programs
34.19. Behavior in Threaded Programs
Prev UpChapter 34. libpq - C LibraryHome Next
34.19. Behavior in Threaded Programs

    libpq is reentrant and thread-safe by default.
    You might need to use special compiler command-line
    options when you compile your application code.  Refer to your
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/libpq.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 34. libpq - C Library
Chapter 34. libpq - C Library
Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next
Chapter 34. libpq - C Library
Table of Contents
34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
34.1.1. Connection Strings
34.1.2. Parameter Key Words
34.2. Connection Status Functions
34.3. Command Execution Functions
34.3.1. Main Functions
34.3.2. Retrieving Query Result Information
34.3.3. Retrieving Other Result Information
34.3.4. Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
34.5. Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
34.6. Canceling Queries in Progress
34.7. The Fast-Path Interface
34.8. Asynchronous Notification
34.9. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
34.9.1. Functions for Sending COPY Data
34.9.2. Functions for Receiving COPY Data
34.9.3. Obsolete Functions for COPY
34.10. Control Functions
34.11. Miscellaneous Functions
34.12. Notice Processing
34.13. Event System
34.13.1. Event Types
34.13.2. Event Callback Procedure
34.13.3. Event Support Functions
34.13.4. Event Example
34.14. Environment Variables
34.15. The Password File
34.16. The Connection Service File
34.17. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
34.18. SSL Support
34.18.1. Client Verification of Server Certificates
34.18.2. Client Certificates
34.18.3. Protection Provided in Different Modes
34.18.4. SSL Client File Usage
34.18.5. SSL Library Initialization
34.19. Behavior in Threaded Programs
34.20. Building libpq Programs
34.21. Example Programs

+Chapter 34. libpq - C Library
Chapter 34. libpq - C Library
Prev UpPart IV. Client InterfacesHome Next
Chapter 34. libpq - C Library
Table of Contents
34.1. Database Connection Control Functions
34.1.1. Connection Strings
34.1.2. Parameter Key Words
34.2. Connection Status Functions
34.3. Command Execution Functions
34.3.1. Main Functions
34.3.2. Retrieving Query Result Information
34.3.3. Retrieving Other Result Information
34.3.4. Escaping Strings for Inclusion in SQL Commands
34.4. Asynchronous Command Processing
34.5. Retrieving Query Results Row-By-Row
34.6. Canceling Queries in Progress
34.7. The Fast-Path Interface
34.8. Asynchronous Notification
34.9. Functions Associated with the COPY Command
34.9.1. Functions for Sending COPY Data
34.9.2. Functions for Receiving COPY Data
34.9.3. Obsolete Functions for COPY
34.10. Control Functions
34.11. Miscellaneous Functions
34.12. Notice Processing
34.13. Event System
34.13.1. Event Types
34.13.2. Event Callback Procedure
34.13.3. Event Support Functions
34.13.4. Event Example
34.14. Environment Variables
34.15. The Password File
34.16. The Connection Service File
34.17. LDAP Lookup of Connection Parameters
34.18. SSL Support
34.18.1. Client Verification of Server Certificates
34.18.2. Client Certificates
34.18.3. Protection Provided in Different Modes
34.18.4. SSL Client File Usage
34.18.5. SSL Library Initialization
34.19. Behavior in Threaded Programs
34.20. Building libpq Programs
34.21. Example Programs

   libpq is the C
   application programmer's interface to PostgreSQL.
   libpq is a set of library functions that allow
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-examplesect.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-35.5. Example Program
35.5. Example Program
Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
35.5. Example Program

+35.5. Example Program
35.5. Example Program
Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
35.5. Example Program

      Example 35.1 is a sample program which shows how the large object
      interface
      in libpq can be used.  Parts of the program are
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-funcs.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-35.4. Server-side Functions
35.4. Server-side Functions
Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
35.4. Server-side Functions

+35.4. Server-side Functions
35.4. Server-side Functions
Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
35.4. Server-side Functions

    Server-side functions tailored for manipulating large objects from SQL are
    listed in Table 35.1.
   
Table 35.1. SQL-oriented Large Object Functions
FunctionReturn TypeDescriptionExampleResult

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-implementation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-35.2. Implementation Features
35.2. Implementation Features
Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
35.2. Implementation Features

+35.2. Implementation Features
35.2. Implementation Features
Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
35.2. Implementation Features

     The large object implementation breaks large
     objects up into “chunks” and stores the chunks in
     rows in the database.  A B-tree index guarantees fast
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-interfaces.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-35.3. Client Interfaces
35.3. Client Interfaces
Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
35.3. Client Interfaces
35.3.1. Creating a Large Object
35.3.2. Importing a Large Object
35.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
35.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
35.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
35.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
35.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
35.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
35.3.9. Truncating a Large Object
35.3.10. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
35.3.11. Removing a Large Object

+35.3. Client Interfaces
35.3. Client Interfaces
Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
35.3. Client Interfaces
35.3.1. Creating a Large Object
35.3.2. Importing a Large Object
35.3.3. Exporting a Large Object
35.3.4. Opening an Existing Large Object
35.3.5. Writing Data to a Large Object
35.3.6. Reading Data from a Large Object
35.3.7. Seeking in a Large Object
35.3.8. Obtaining the Seek Position of a Large Object
35.3.9. Truncating a Large Object
35.3.10. Closing a Large Object Descriptor
35.3.11. Removing a Large Object

     This section describes the facilities that
     PostgreSQL's libpq
     client interface library provides for accessing large objects.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:33.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:38.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-35.1. Introduction
35.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
35.1. Introduction

+35.1. Introduction
35.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 35. Large ObjectsHome Next
35.1. Introduction

     All large objects are stored in a single system table named pg_largeobject.
     Each large object also has an entry in the system table pg_largeobject_metadata.
     Large objects can be created, modified, and deleted using a read/write API
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/lo.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.20. lo
F.20. lo
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.20. lo
F.20.1. Rationale
F.20.2. How to Use It
F.20.3. Limitations
F.20.4. Author

+F.20. lo
F.20. lo
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.20. lo
F.20.1. Rationale
F.20.2. How to Use It
F.20.3. Limitations
F.20.4. Author

   The lo module provides support for managing Large Objects
   (also called LOs or BLOBs).  This includes a data type lo
   and a trigger lo_manage.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/locale.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-23.1. Locale Support
23.1. Locale Support
Prev UpChapter 23. LocalizationHome Next
23.1. Locale Support
23.1.1. Overview
23.1.2. Behavior
23.1.3. Problems

+23.1. Locale Support
23.1. Locale Support
Prev UpChapter 23. LocalizationHome Next
23.1. Locale Support
23.1.1. Overview
23.1.2. Behavior
23.1.3. Problems

    Locale support refers to an application respecting
    cultural preferences regarding alphabets, sorting, number
    formatting, etc.  PostgreSQL uses the standard ISO
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/locking-indexes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-13.6. Locking and Indexes
13.6. Locking and Indexes
Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next
13.6. Locking and Indexes

+13.6. Locking and Indexes
13.6. Locking and Indexes
Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next
13.6. Locking and Indexes

     Though PostgreSQL
     provides nonblocking read/write access to table
     data, nonblocking read/write access is not currently offered for every
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/log-shipping-alternative.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/log-shipping-alternative.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/log-shipping-alternative.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/log-shipping-alternative.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-26.4. Alternative Method for Log Shipping
26.4. Alternative Method for Log Shipping
Prev UpChapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next
26.4. Alternative Method for Log Shipping
26.4.1. Implementation
26.4.2. Record-based Log Shipping

+26.4. Alternative Method for Log Shipping
26.4. Alternative Method for Log Shipping
Prev UpChapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next
26.4. Alternative Method for Log Shipping
26.4.1. Implementation
26.4.2. Record-based Log Shipping

     An alternative to the built-in standby mode described in the previous
     sections is to use a restore_command that polls the archive location.
     This was the only option available in versions 8.4 and below. In this
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logfile-maintenance.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-24.3. Log File Maintenance
24.3. Log File Maintenance
Prev UpChapter 24. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next
24.3. Log File Maintenance

+24.3. Log File Maintenance
24.3. Log File Maintenance
Prev UpChapter 24. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next
24.3. Log File Maintenance

    It is a good idea to save the database server's log output
    somewhere, rather than just discarding it via /dev/null.
    The log output is invaluable when diagnosing
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-architecture.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-architecture.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-architecture.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-architecture.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-31.5. Architecture
31.5. Architecture
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.5. Architecture
31.5.1. Initial Snapshot

+31.5. Architecture
31.5. Architecture
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.5. Architecture
31.5.1. Initial Snapshot

    Logical replication starts by copying a snapshot of the data on the
    publisher database.  Once that is done, changes on the publisher are sent
    to the subscriber as they occur in real time.  The subscriber applies data
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-config.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-31.8. Configuration Settings
31.8. Configuration Settings
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.8. Configuration Settings

+31.8. Configuration Settings
31.8. Configuration Settings
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.8. Configuration Settings

    Logical replication requires several configuration options to be set.
   

    On the publisher side, wal_level must be set to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-conflicts.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-31.3. Conflicts
31.3. Conflicts
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.3. Conflicts

+31.3. Conflicts
31.3. Conflicts
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.3. Conflicts

    Logical replication behaves similarly to normal DML operations in that
    the data will be updated even if it was changed locally on the subscriber
    node.  If incoming data violates any constraints the replication will
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-monitoring.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-31.6. Monitoring
31.6. Monitoring
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.6. Monitoring

+31.6. Monitoring
31.6. Monitoring
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.6. Monitoring

    Because logical replication is based on a similar architecture as
    physical streaming replication,
    the monitoring on a publication node is similar to monitoring of a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-publication.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-31.1. Publication
31.1. Publication
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.1. Publication

+31.1. Publication
31.1. Publication
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.1. Publication

    A publication can be defined on any physical
    replication master.  The node where a publication is defined is referred to
    as publisher.  A publication is a set of changes
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-quick-setup.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-31.9. Quick Setup
31.9. Quick Setup
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.9. Quick Setup

+31.9. Quick Setup
31.9. Quick Setup
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.9. Quick Setup

    First set the configuration options in postgresql.conf:
 
 wal_level = logical
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-restrictions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-restrictions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-restrictions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/logical-replication-restrictions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-31.4. Restrictions
31.4. Restrictions
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.4. Restrictions

+31.4. Restrictions
31.4. Restrictions
Prev UpChapter 31. Logical ReplicationHome Next
31.4. Restrictions

    Logical replication currently has the following restrictions or missing
    functionality.  These might be addressed in future releases.
   

      

      bt_page_items(relname text, blkno int) returns setof record
-     
+     
     

       bt_page_items returns detailed information about
       all of the items on a B-tree index page.  For example:
@@ -199,7 +203,7 @@
       downlink in its ctid field, however.
      

      bt_page_items(page bytea) returns setof record
-     
+     
     

       It is also possible to pass a page to bt_page_items
       as a bytea value.  A page image obtained
@@ -219,9 +223,9 @@
           8 | (0,8)   |      12 | f     | f    | 2a 27 00 00
 

       All the other details are the same as explained in the previous item.
-     
F.22.3. BRIN Functions

+     
F.22.4. BRIN Functions

      brin_page_type(page bytea) returns text
-     
+     
     

       brin_page_type returns the page type of the given
       BRIN index page, or throws an error if the page is
@@ -234,7 +238,7 @@
 

      

      brin_metapage_info(page bytea) returns record
-     
+     
     

       brin_metapage_info returns assorted information
       about a BRIN index metapage.  For example:
@@ -246,7 +250,7 @@
 

      

      brin_revmap_data(page bytea) returns setof tid
-     
+     
     

       brin_revmap_data returns the list of tuple
       identifiers in a BRIN index range map page.
@@ -263,7 +267,7 @@
 

      

      brin_page_items(page bytea, index oid) returns setof record
-     
+     
     

       brin_page_items returns the data stored in the
       BRIN data page.  For example:
@@ -283,9 +287,9 @@
       The returned columns correspond to the fields in the
       BrinMemTuple and BrinValues structs.
       See src/include/access/brin_tuple.h for details.
-     
F.22.4. GIN Functions

+     
F.22.5. GIN Functions

      gin_metapage_info(page bytea) returns record
-     
+     
     

       gin_metapage_info returns information about
       a GIN index metapage.  For example:
@@ -305,7 +309,7 @@
 

      

      gin_page_opaque_info(page bytea) returns record
-     
+     
     

       gin_page_opaque_info returns information about
       a GIN index opaque area, like the page type.
@@ -319,7 +323,7 @@
 

      

      gin_leafpage_items(page bytea) returns setof record
-     
+     
     

       gin_leafpage_items returns information about
       the data stored in a GIN leaf page.  For example:
@@ -337,9 +341,9 @@
  (173,44)  |    197 | {"(173,44)","(173,45)","(173,46)","(173,47)","(173,48)"}
 (7 rows)
 

-     
F.22.5. Hash Functions

+     
F.22.6. Hash Functions

      hash_page_type(page bytea) returns text
-     
+     
     

       hash_page_type returns page type of
       the given HASH index page.  For example:
@@ -351,7 +355,7 @@
 

      

      hash_page_stats(page bytea) returns setof record
-     
+     
     

       hash_page_stats returns information about
       a bucket or overflow page of a HASH index.
@@ -371,7 +375,7 @@
 

      

      hash_page_items(page bytea) returns setof record
-     
+     
     

       hash_page_items returns information about
       the data stored in a bucket or overflow page of a HASH
@@ -388,7 +392,7 @@
 

      

      hash_bitmap_info(index oid, blkno int) returns record
-     
+     
     

       hash_bitmap_info shows the status of a bit
       in the bitmap page for a particular overflow page of HASH
@@ -401,7 +405,7 @@
 

      

      hash_metapage_info(page bytea) returns record
-     
+     
     

       hash_metapage_info returns information stored
       in meta page of a HASH index.  For example:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-plans.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-15.3. Parallel Plans
15.3. Parallel Plans
Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next
15.3. Parallel Plans
15.3.1. Parallel Scans
15.3.2. Parallel Joins
15.3.3. Parallel Aggregation
15.3.4. Parallel Append
15.3.5. Parallel Plan Tips

+15.3. Parallel Plans
15.3. Parallel Plans
Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next
15.3. Parallel Plans
15.3.1. Parallel Scans
15.3.2. Parallel Joins
15.3.3. Parallel Aggregation
15.3.4. Parallel Append
15.3.5. Parallel Plan Tips

     Because each worker executes the parallel portion of the plan to
     completion, it is not possible to simply take an ordinary query plan
     and run it using multiple workers.  Each worker would produce a full
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-query.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 15. Parallel Query
Chapter 15. Parallel Query
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 15. Parallel Query
Table of Contents
15.1. How Parallel Query Works
15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
15.3. Parallel Plans
15.3.1. Parallel Scans
15.3.2. Parallel Joins
15.3.3. Parallel Aggregation
15.3.4. Parallel Append
15.3.5. Parallel Plan Tips
15.4. Parallel Safety
15.4.1. Parallel Labeling for Functions and Aggregates

+Chapter 15. Parallel Query
Chapter 15. Parallel Query
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 15. Parallel Query
Table of Contents
15.1. How Parallel Query Works
15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
15.3. Parallel Plans
15.3.1. Parallel Scans
15.3.2. Parallel Joins
15.3.3. Parallel Aggregation
15.3.4. Parallel Append
15.3.5. Parallel Plan Tips
15.4. Parallel Safety
15.4.1. Parallel Labeling for Functions and Aggregates

    PostgreSQL can devise query plans which can leverage
    multiple CPUs in order to answer queries faster.  This feature is known
    as parallel query.  Many queries cannot benefit from parallel query, either
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/parallel-safety.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-15.4. Parallel Safety
15.4. Parallel Safety
Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next
15.4. Parallel Safety
15.4.1. Parallel Labeling for Functions and Aggregates

+15.4. Parallel Safety
15.4. Parallel Safety
Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next
15.4. Parallel Safety
15.4.1. Parallel Labeling for Functions and Aggregates

     The planner classifies operations involved in a query as either
     parallel safe, parallel restricted,
     or parallel unsafe.  A parallel safe operation is one which
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/parser-stage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-51.3. The Parser Stage
51.3. The Parser Stage
Prev UpChapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next
51.3. The Parser Stage
51.3.1. Parser
51.3.2. Transformation Process

+51.3. The Parser Stage
51.3. The Parser Stage
Prev UpChapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next
51.3. The Parser Stage
51.3.1. Parser
51.3.2. Transformation Process

     The parser stage consists of two parts:
 
     

- 
Prev   Next
PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation Home 1.  What is PostgreSQL?

\ No newline at end of file
+ 
Prev   Next
PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation Home 1.  What is PostgreSQL?

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/preventing-server-spoofing.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-18.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
18.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.7. Preventing Server Spoofing

+18.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
18.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.7. Preventing Server Spoofing

    While the server is running, it is not possible for a malicious user
    to take the place of the normal database server.  However, when the
    server is down, it is possible for a local user to spoof the normal
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/progress-reporting.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-28.4. Progress Reporting
28.4. Progress Reporting
Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next
28.4. Progress Reporting
28.4.1. VACUUM Progress Reporting

+28.4. Progress Reporting
28.4. Progress Reporting
Prev UpChapter 28. Monitoring Database ActivityHome Next
28.4. Progress Reporting
28.4.1. VACUUM Progress Reporting

    PostgreSQL has the ability to report the progress of
    certain commands during command execution.  Currently, the only command
    which supports progress reporting is VACUUM.  This may be
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-changes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0

+53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0

 This section provides a quick checklist of changes, for the benefit of
 developers trying to update existing client libraries to protocol 3.0.
 

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-error-fields.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-53.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
53.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.8. Error and Notice Message Fields

+53.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
53.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.8. Error and Notice Message Fields

 This section describes the fields that can appear in ErrorResponse and
 NoticeResponse messages.  Each field type has a single-byte identification
 token.  Note that any given field type should appear at most once per
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-flow.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-53.2. Message Flow
53.2. Message Flow
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.2. Message Flow
53.2.1. Start-up
53.2.2. Simple Query
53.2.3. Extended Query
53.2.4. Function Call
53.2.5. COPY Operations
53.2.6. Asynchronous Operations
53.2.7. Canceling Requests in Progress
53.2.8. Termination
53.2.9. SSL Session Encryption

+53.2. Message Flow
53.2. Message Flow
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.2. Message Flow
53.2.1. Start-up
53.2.2. Simple Query
53.2.3. Extended Query
53.2.4. Function Call
53.2.5. COPY Operations
53.2.6. Asynchronous Operations
53.2.7. Canceling Requests in Progress
53.2.8. Termination
53.2.9. SSL Session Encryption

    This section describes the message flow and the semantics of each
    message type.  (Details of the exact representation of each message
    appear in Section 53.7.)  There are
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logical-replication.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-53.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
53.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
53.5.1. Logical Streaming Replication Parameters
53.5.2. Logical Replication Protocol Messages
53.5.3. Logical Replication Protocol Message Flow

+53.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
53.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
53.5.1. Logical Streaming Replication Parameters
53.5.2. Logical Replication Protocol Messages
53.5.3. Logical Replication Protocol Message Flow

   This section describes the logical replication protocol, which is the message
   flow started by the START_REPLICATION
   SLOT slot_name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-logicalrep-message-formats.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-53.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
53.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.9. Logical Replication Message Formats

+53.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
53.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.9. Logical Replication Message Formats

 This section describes the detailed format of each logical replication message.
 These messages are returned either by the replication slot SQL interface or are
 sent by a walsender. In case of a walsender they are encapsulated inside the replication
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-formats.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-53.7. Message Formats
53.7. Message Formats
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.7. Message Formats

+53.7. Message Formats
53.7. Message Formats
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.7. Message Formats

 This section describes the detailed format of each message.  Each is marked to
 indicate that it can be sent by a frontend (F), a backend (B), or both
 (F & B).
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-message-types.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-53.6. Message Data Types
53.6. Message Data Types
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.6. Message Data Types

+53.6. Message Data Types
53.6. Message Data Types
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.6. Message Data Types

 This section describes the base data types used in messages.
 
 

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-overview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-53.1. Overview
53.1. Overview
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.1. Overview
53.1.1. Messaging Overview
53.1.2. Extended Query Overview
53.1.3. Formats and Format Codes

+53.1. Overview
53.1. Overview
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.1. Overview
53.1.1. Messaging Overview
53.1.2. Extended Query Overview
53.1.3. Formats and Format Codes

    The protocol has separate phases for startup and normal operation.
    In the startup phase, the frontend opens a connection to the server
    and authenticates itself to the satisfaction of the server.  (This might
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol-replication.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-53.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
53.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.4. Streaming Replication Protocol

+53.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
53.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.4. Streaming Replication Protocol

 To initiate streaming replication, the frontend sends the
 replication parameter in the startup message. A Boolean
 value of true (or on,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/protocol.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 53. Frontend/Backend Protocol
Chapter 53. Frontend/Backend Protocol
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 53. Frontend/Backend Protocol
Table of Contents
53.1. Overview
53.1.1. Messaging Overview
53.1.2. Extended Query Overview
53.1.3. Formats and Format Codes
53.2. Message Flow
53.2.1. Start-up
53.2.2. Simple Query
53.2.3. Extended Query
53.2.4. Function Call
53.2.5. COPY Operations
53.2.6. Asynchronous Operations
53.2.7. Canceling Requests in Progress
53.2.8. Termination
53.2.9. SSL Session Encryption
53.3. SASL Authentication
53.3.1. SCRAM-SHA-256 authentication
53.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
53.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
53.5.1. Logical Streaming Replication Parameters
53.5.2. Logical Replication Protocol Messages
53.5.3. Logical Replication Protocol Message Flow
53.6. Message Data Types
53.7. Message Formats
53.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
53.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0

+Chapter 53. Frontend/Backend Protocol
Chapter 53. Frontend/Backend Protocol
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 53. Frontend/Backend Protocol
Table of Contents
53.1. Overview
53.1.1. Messaging Overview
53.1.2. Extended Query Overview
53.1.3. Formats and Format Codes
53.2. Message Flow
53.2.1. Start-up
53.2.2. Simple Query
53.2.3. Extended Query
53.2.4. Function Call
53.2.5. COPY Operations
53.2.6. Asynchronous Operations
53.2.7. Canceling Requests in Progress
53.2.8. Termination
53.2.9. SSL Session Encryption
53.3. SASL Authentication
53.3.1. SCRAM-SHA-256 authentication
53.4. Streaming Replication Protocol
53.5. Logical Streaming Replication Protocol
53.5.1. Logical Streaming Replication Parameters
53.5.2. Logical Replication Protocol Messages
53.5.3. Logical Replication Protocol Message Flow
53.6. Message Data Types
53.7. Message Formats
53.8. Error and Notice Message Fields
53.9. Logical Replication Message Formats
53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0

   PostgreSQL uses a message-based protocol
   for communication between frontends and backends (clients and servers).
   The protocol is supported over TCP/IP and also over
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-limit.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET

+7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET

    LIMIT and OFFSET allow you to retrieve just
    a portion of the rows that are generated by the rest of the query:
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-order.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-7.5. Sorting Rows
7.5. Sorting Rows
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.5. Sorting Rows

+7.5. Sorting Rows
7.5. Sorting Rows
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.5. Sorting Rows

    After a query has produced an output table (after the select list
    has been processed) it can optionally be sorted.  If sorting is not
    chosen, the rows will be returned in an unspecified order.  The actual
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-overview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-7.1. Overview
7.1. Overview
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.1. Overview

+7.1. Overview
7.1. Overview
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.1. Overview

    The process of retrieving or the command to retrieve data from a
    database is called a query.  In SQL the
    SELECT command is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-select-lists.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-7.3. Select Lists
7.3. Select Lists
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.3. Select Lists
7.3.1. Select-List Items
7.3.2. Column Labels
7.3.3. DISTINCT

+7.3. Select Lists
7.3. Select Lists
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.3. Select Lists
7.3.1. Select-List Items
7.3.2. Column Labels
7.3.3. DISTINCT

    As shown in the previous section,
    the table expression in the SELECT command
    constructs an intermediate virtual table by possibly combining
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-table-expressions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-7.2. Table Expressions
7.2. Table Expressions
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.2. Table Expressions
7.2.1. The FROM Clause
7.2.2. The WHERE Clause
7.2.3. The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
7.2.4. GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
7.2.5. Window Function Processing

+7.2. Table Expressions
7.2. Table Expressions
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.2. Table Expressions
7.2.1. The FROM Clause
7.2.2. The WHERE Clause
7.2.3. The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
7.2.4. GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
7.2.5. Window Function Processing

    A table expression computes a table.  The
    table expression contains a FROM clause that is
    optionally followed by WHERE, GROUP BY, and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-union.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-7.4. Combining Queries
7.4. Combining Queries
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.4. Combining Queries

+7.4. Combining Queries
7.4. Combining Queries
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.4. Combining Queries

    The results of two queries can be combined using the set operations
    union, intersection, and difference.  The syntax is
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-values.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-7.7. VALUES Lists
7.7. VALUES Lists
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.7. VALUES Lists

+7.7. VALUES Lists
7.7. VALUES Lists
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.7. VALUES Lists

    VALUES provides a way to generate a “constant table”
    that can be used in a query without having to actually create and populate
    a table on-disk.  The syntax is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries-with.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
7.8.1. SELECT in WITH
7.8.2. Data-Modifying Statements in WITH

+7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
Prev UpChapter 7. QueriesHome Next
7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
7.8.1. SELECT in WITH
7.8.2. Data-Modifying Statements in WITH

    WITH provides a way to write auxiliary statements for use in a
    larger query.  These statements, which are often referred to as Common
    Table Expressions or CTEs, can be thought of as defining
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/queries.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 7. Queries
Chapter 7. Queries
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 7. Queries
Table of Contents
7.1. Overview
7.2. Table Expressions
7.2.1. The FROM Clause
7.2.2. The WHERE Clause
7.2.3. The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
7.2.4. GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
7.2.5. Window Function Processing
7.3. Select Lists
7.3.1. Select-List Items
7.3.2. Column Labels
7.3.3. DISTINCT
7.4. Combining Queries
7.5. Sorting Rows
7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
7.7. VALUES Lists
7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
7.8.1. SELECT in WITH
7.8.2. Data-Modifying Statements in WITH

+Chapter 7. Queries
Chapter 7. Queries
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 7. Queries
Table of Contents
7.1. Overview
7.2. Table Expressions
7.2.1. The FROM Clause
7.2.2. The WHERE Clause
7.2.3. The GROUP BY and HAVING Clauses
7.2.4. GROUPING SETS, CUBE, and ROLLUP
7.2.5. Window Function Processing
7.3. Select Lists
7.3.1. Select-List Items
7.3.2. Column Labels
7.3.3. DISTINCT
7.4. Combining Queries
7.5. Sorting Rows
7.6. LIMIT and OFFSET
7.7. VALUES Lists
7.8. WITH Queries (Common Table Expressions)
7.8.1. SELECT in WITH
7.8.2. Data-Modifying Statements in WITH

   The previous chapters explained how to create tables, how to fill
   them with data, and how to manipulate that data.  Now we finally
   discuss how to retrieve the data from the database.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/query-path.html	2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-51.1. The Path of a Query
51.1. The Path of a Query
Prev UpChapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next
51.1. The Path of a Query

+51.1. The Path of a Query
51.1. The Path of a Query
Prev UpChapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next
51.1. The Path of a Query

     Here we give a short overview of the stages a query has to pass in
     order to obtain a result.
    
  1. 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/querytree.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-41.1. The Query Tree
    41.1. The Query Tree
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
    41.1. The Query Tree
    
+41.1. The Query Tree
    41.1. The Query Tree
    Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
    41.1. The Query Tree
    
     To understand how the rule system works it is necessary to know
     when it is invoked and what its input and results are.
 
    
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rangetypes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:31.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-8.17. Range Types
    8.17. Range Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next
    8.17. Range Types
    8.17.1. Built-in Range Types
    8.17.2. Examples
    8.17.3. Inclusive and Exclusive Bounds
    8.17.4. Infinite (Unbounded) Ranges
    8.17.5. Range Input/Output
    8.17.6. Constructing Ranges
    8.17.7. Discrete Range Types
    8.17.8. Defining New Range Types
    8.17.9. Indexing
    8.17.10. Constraints on Ranges
    
+8.17. Range Types
    8.17. Range Types
    Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next
    8.17. Range Types
    8.17.1. Built-in Range Types
    8.17.2. Examples
    8.17.3. Inclusive and Exclusive Bounds
    8.17.4. Infinite (Unbounded) Ranges
    8.17.5. Range Input/Output
    8.17.6. Constructing Ranges
    8.17.7. Discrete Range Types
    8.17.8. Defining New Range Types
    8.17.9. Indexing
    8.17.10. Constraints on Ranges
    
   Range types are data types representing a range of values of some
   element type (called the range's subtype).
   For instance, ranges
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-config.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 27. Recovery Configuration
    Chapter 27. Recovery Configuration
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
    Chapter 27. Recovery Configuration
    Table of Contents
    27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
    27.2. Recovery Target Settings
    27.3. Standby Server Settings
    
+Chapter 27. Recovery Configuration
    Chapter 27. Recovery Configuration
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
    Chapter 27. Recovery Configuration
    Table of Contents
    27.1. Archive Recovery Settings
    27.2. Recovery Target Settings
    27.3. Standby Server Settings
    
     This chapter describes the settings available in the
     recovery.conf
     file. They apply only for the duration of the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-target-settings.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-target-settings.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-target-settings.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/recovery-target-settings.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-27.2. Recovery Target Settings
    27.2. Recovery Target Settings
    Prev UpChapter 27. Recovery ConfigurationHome Next
    27.2. Recovery Target Settings
    
+27.2. Recovery Target Settings
    27.2. Recovery Target Settings
    Prev UpChapter 27. Recovery ConfigurationHome Next
    27.2. Recovery Target Settings
    
       By default, recovery will recover to the end of the WAL log. The
       following parameters can be used to specify an earlier stopping point.
       At most one of recovery_target,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-client.html	2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-PostgreSQL Client Applications
    PostgreSQL Client Applications
    Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next
    PostgreSQL Client Applications
    
+PostgreSQL Client Applications
    PostgreSQL Client Applications
    Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next
    PostgreSQL Client Applications
    
     This part contains reference information for
     PostgreSQL client applications and
     utilities.  Not all of these commands are of general utility; some
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/reference-server.html	2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-PostgreSQL Server Applications
    PostgreSQL Server Applications
    Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next
    PostgreSQL Server Applications
    
+PostgreSQL Server Applications
    PostgreSQL Server Applications
    Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next
    PostgreSQL Server Applications
    
     This part contains reference information for
     PostgreSQL server applications and
     support utilities.  These commands can only be run usefully on the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/reference.html	2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Part VI. Reference
    Part VI. Reference
    Prev   Home Next
    Part VI. Reference
    
+Part VI. Reference
    Part VI. Reference
    Prev   Home Next
    Part VI. Reference
    
    The entries in this Reference are meant to provide in reasonable
    length an authoritative, complete, and formal summary about their
    respective subjects.  More information about the use of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-coverage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next
    33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    
+33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next
    33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    
     The PostgreSQL source code can be compiled with coverage testing
     instrumentation, so that it becomes possible to examine which
     parts of the code are covered by the regression tests or any other
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-evaluation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-33.2. Test Evaluation
    33.2. Test Evaluation
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next
    33.2. Test Evaluation
    33.2.1. Error Message Differences
    33.2.2. Locale Differences
    33.2.3. Date and Time Differences
    33.2.4. Floating-Point Differences
    33.2.5. Row Ordering Differences
    33.2.6. Insufficient Stack Depth
    33.2.7. The “random” Test
    33.2.8. Configuration Parameters
    
+33.2. Test Evaluation
    33.2. Test Evaluation
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next
    33.2. Test Evaluation
    33.2.1. Error Message Differences
    33.2.2. Locale Differences
    33.2.3. Date and Time Differences
    33.2.4. Floating-Point Differences
    33.2.5. Row Ordering Differences
    33.2.6. Insufficient Stack Depth
    33.2.7. The “random” Test
    33.2.8. Configuration Parameters
    
     Some properly installed and fully functional
     PostgreSQL installations can
     “fail” some of these regression tests due to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-run.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-33.1. Running the Tests
    33.1. Running the Tests
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next
    33.1. Running the Tests
    33.1.1. Running the Tests Against a Temporary Installation
    33.1.2. Running the Tests Against an Existing Installation
    33.1.3. Additional Test Suites
    33.1.4. Locale and Encoding
    33.1.5. Extra Tests
    33.1.6. Testing Hot Standby
    
+33.1. Running the Tests
    33.1. Running the Tests
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next
    33.1. Running the Tests
    33.1.1. Running the Tests Against a Temporary Installation
    33.1.2. Running the Tests Against an Existing Installation
    33.1.3. Additional Test Suites
    33.1.4. Locale and Encoding
    33.1.5. Extra Tests
    33.1.6. Testing Hot Standby
    
    The regression tests can be run against an already installed and
    running server, or using a temporary installation within the build
    tree.  Furthermore, there is a “parallel” and a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-tap.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-33.4. TAP Tests
    33.4. TAP Tests
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next
    33.4. TAP Tests
    
+33.4. TAP Tests
    33.4. TAP Tests
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next
    33.4. TAP Tests
    
     Various tests, particularly the client program tests
     under src/bin, use the Perl TAP tools and are run
     using the Perl testing program prove.  You can pass
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress-variant.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next
    33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    
+33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    Prev UpChapter 33. Regression TestsHome Next
    33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    
     Since some of the tests inherently produce environment-dependent
     results, we have provided ways to specify alternate “expected”
     result files.  Each regression test can have several comparison files
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/regress.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
    Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    Table of Contents
    33.1. Running the Tests
    33.1.1. Running the Tests Against a Temporary Installation
    33.1.2. Running the Tests Against an Existing Installation
    33.1.3. Additional Test Suites
    33.1.4. Locale and Encoding
    33.1.5. Extra Tests
    33.1.6. Testing Hot Standby
    33.2. Test Evaluation
    33.2.1. Error Message Differences
    33.2.2. Locale Differences
    33.2.3. Date and Time Differences
    33.2.4. Floating-Point Differences
    33.2.5. Row Ordering Differences
    33.2.6. Insufficient Stack Depth
    33.2.7. The “random” Test
    33.2.8. Configuration Parameters
    33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    33.4. TAP Tests
    33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    
+Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
    Chapter 33. Regression Tests
    Table of Contents
    33.1. Running the Tests
    33.1.1. Running the Tests Against a Temporary Installation
    33.1.2. Running the Tests Against an Existing Installation
    33.1.3. Additional Test Suites
    33.1.4. Locale and Encoding
    33.1.5. Extra Tests
    33.1.6. Testing Hot Standby
    33.2. Test Evaluation
    33.2.1. Error Message Differences
    33.2.2. Locale Differences
    33.2.3. Date and Time Differences
    33.2.4. Floating-Point Differences
    33.2.5. Row Ordering Differences
    33.2.6. Insufficient Stack Depth
    33.2.7. The “random” Test
    33.2.8. Configuration Parameters
    33.3. Variant Comparison Files
    33.4. TAP Tests
    33.5. Test Coverage Examination
    
    The regression tests are a comprehensive set of tests for the SQL
    implementation in PostgreSQL.  They test
    standard SQL operations as well as the extended capabilities of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-1.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-1.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-1.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-1.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 
-E.5. Release 11.1
    E.5. Release 11.1
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
    E.5. Release 11.1
    E.5.1. Migration to Version 11.1
    E.5.2. Changes
    Release date: 2018-11-08
    
+E.6. Release 11.1
    E.6. Release 11.1
    Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
    E.6. Release 11.1
    E.6.1. Migration to Version 11.1
    E.6.2. Changes
    Release date: 2018-11-08
    
    This release contains a variety of fixes from 11.0.
    For information about new features in major release 11, see
-   Section E.6.
-  
    E.5.1. Migration to Version 11.1
    
+   Section E.7.
+  
    E.6.1. Migration to Version 11.1
    
     A dump/restore is not required for those running 11.X.
    
    
     However, if you use the pg_stat_statements extension,
     see the changelog entry below about that.
-   
    E.5.2. Changes
    • 
+   
    E.6.2. Changes
    • 
       Ensure proper quoting of transition table names
       when pg_dump emits CREATE TRIGGER
       ... REFERENCING commands (Tom Lane)
@@ -157,4 +157,4 @@
       release 2018g for DST law changes in Chile, Fiji, Morocco, and Russia
       (Volgograd), plus historical corrections for China, Hawaii, Japan,
       Macau, and North Korea.
-     
    Prev Up Next
    E.4. Release 11.2 Home E.6. Release 11
    
\ No newline at end of file
+     
Prev Up Next
E.5. Release 11.2 Home E.7. Release 11

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-2.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-2.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-2.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-2.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 
-E.4. Release 11.2
E.4. Release 11.2
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.4. Release 11.2
E.4.1. Migration to Version 11.2
E.4.2. Changes
Release date: 2019-02-14

+E.5. Release 11.2
E.5. Release 11.2
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.5. Release 11.2
E.5.1. Migration to Version 11.2
E.5.2. Changes
Release date: 2019-02-14

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 11.1.
    For information about new features in major release 11, see
-   Section E.6.
-  
E.4.1. Migration to Version 11.2

+   Section E.7.
+  
E.5.1. Migration to Version 11.2

     A dump/restore is not required for those running 11.X.
    

     However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 11.1,
-    see Section E.5.
-   
E.4.2. Changes
E.5.2. Changes
  • 
       By default, panic instead of retrying
       after fsync() failure, to avoid possible data
       corruption (Craig Ringer, Thomas Munro)
@@ -422,4 +422,4 @@
       creating a new zone Asia/Qostanay, as some areas did not change UTC
       offset.  Historical corrections for Hong Kong and numerous Pacific
       islands.
-     
Prev Up Next
E.3. Release 11.3 Home E.5. Release 11.1

\ No newline at end of file
+     
Prev Up Next
E.4. Release 11.3 Home E.6. Release 11.1

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-3.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-3.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-3.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-3.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 
-E.3. Release 11.3
E.3. Release 11.3
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.3. Release 11.3
E.3.1. Migration to Version 11.3
E.3.2. Changes
Release date: 2019-05-09

+E.4. Release 11.3
E.4. Release 11.3
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.4. Release 11.3
E.4.1. Migration to Version 11.3
E.4.2. Changes
Release date: 2019-05-09

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 11.2.
    For information about new features in major release 11, see
-   Section E.6.
-  
E.3.1. Migration to Version 11.3

+   Section E.7.
+  
E.4.1. Migration to Version 11.3

     A dump/restore is not required for those running 11.X.
    

     However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 11.1,
-    see Section E.5.
-   
E.3.2. Changes
E.4.2. Changes
  • 
       Prevent row-level security policies from being bypassed via
       selectivity estimators (Dean Rasheed)
      
    
@@ -402,4 +402,4 @@
       typically a typo.  PostgreSQL will still
       accept UCT as an input zone abbreviation, but it
       won't output it.
-     
Prev Up Next
E.2. Release 11.4 Home E.4. Release 11.2

\ No newline at end of file
+     
Prev Up Next
E.3. Release 11.4 Home E.5. Release 11.2

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-4.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-4.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-4.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-4.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 
-E.2. Release 11.4
E.2. Release 11.4
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.2. Release 11.4
E.2.1. Migration to Version 11.4
E.2.2. Changes
Release date: 2019-06-20

+E.3. Release 11.4
E.3. Release 11.4
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.3. Release 11.4
E.3.1. Migration to Version 11.4
E.3.2. Changes
Release date: 2019-06-20

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 11.3.
    For information about new features in major release 11, see
-   Section E.6.
-  
E.2.1. Migration to Version 11.4

+   Section E.7.
+  
E.3.1. Migration to Version 11.4

     A dump/restore is not required for those running 11.X.
    

     However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 11.1,
-    see Section E.5.
-   
E.2.2. Changes
E.3.2. Changes
  • 
       Fix buffer-overflow hazards in SCRAM verifier parsing
       (Jonathan Katz, Heikki Linnakangas, Michael Paquier)
      
    
@@ -195,4 +195,4 @@
      
  • 
       Make PL/pgSQL's header files C++-safe
       (George Tarasov)
-     
Prev Up Next
E.1. Release 11.5 Home E.3. Release 11.3

\ No newline at end of file
+     
Prev Up Next
E.2. Release 11.5 Home E.4. Release 11.3

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-5.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-5.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-5.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-5.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 
-E.1. Release 11.5
E.1. Release 11.5
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.1. Release 11.5
E.1.1. Migration to Version 11.5
E.1.2. Changes
Release date: 2019-08-08

+E.2. Release 11.5
E.2. Release 11.5
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.2. Release 11.5
E.2.1. Migration to Version 11.5
E.2.2. Changes
Release date: 2019-08-08

    This release contains a variety of fixes from 11.4.
    For information about new features in major release 11, see
-   Section E.6.
-  
E.1.1. Migration to Version 11.5

+   Section E.7.
+  
E.2.1. Migration to Version 11.5

     A dump/restore is not required for those running 11.X.
    

     However, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 11.1,
-    see Section E.5.
-   
E.1.2. Changes
E.2.2. Changes
  • 
       Require schema qualification to cast to a temporary type when using
       functional cast syntax (Noah Misch)
      
    
@@ -282,4 +282,4 @@
       Update time zone data files to tzdata
       release 2019b for DST law changes in Brazil, plus
       historical corrections for Hong Kong, Italy, and Palestine.
-     
Prev Up Next
Appendix E. Release Notes Home E.2. Release 11.4

\ No newline at end of file
+     
Prev Up Next
E.1. Release 11.6 Home E.3. Release 11.4

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-6.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-6.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-6.html	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11-6.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+
+E.1. Release 11.6
E.1. Release 11.6
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.1. Release 11.6
E.1.1. Migration to Version 11.6
E.1.2. Changes
Release date: 2019-11-14

+   This release contains a variety of fixes from 11.5.
+   For information about new features in major release 11, see
+   Section E.7.
+  
E.1.1. Migration to Version 11.6

+    A dump/restore is not required for those running 11.X.
+   

+    However, if you use the contrib/intarray
+    extension with a GiST index, and you rely on indexed searches
+    for the <@ operator, see the entry below
+    about that.
+   

+    Also, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 11.1,
+    see Section E.6.
+   
E.1.2. Changes
  • 
+      Fix failure of ALTER TABLE SET with a custom
+      relation option (Michael Paquier)
+     
  • 
+      Disallow changing a multiply-inherited column's type if not all
+      parent tables were changed (Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      Previously, this was allowed, whereupon queries on the
+      now-out-of-sync parent would fail.
+     
  • 
+      Avoid failure if the same target table is specified twice in
+      an ANALYZE command inside a transaction block
+      (Tom Lane)
+     
  • 
+      Prevent VACUUM from trying to freeze
+      an old multixact ID involving a still-running transaction
+      (Nathan Bossart, Jeremy Schneider)
+     
    
+      This case would lead to VACUUM failing until the
+      old transaction terminates.
+     
  • 
+      SET CONSTRAINTS ... DEFERRED failed on
+      partitioned tables, incorrectly complaining about lack of triggers
+      (Álvaro Herrera)
+     
  • 
+      Fix failure when creating indexes for a partition, if the parent
+      partitioned table contains any dropped columns (Michael Paquier)
+     
  • 
+      Fix planner's test for case-foldable characters
+      in ILIKE with an ICU collation (Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      This mistake caused the planner to treat too much of the pattern as
+      being a fixed prefix, so that indexscans derived from
+      an ILIKE clause might miss entries that they
+      should find.
+     
  • 
+      Ensure that offset expressions in WINDOW clauses
+      are processed when a query's expressions are manipulated (Andrew Gierth)
+     
    
+      This oversight could result in assorted failures when the offsets
+      are nontrivial expressions.  One example is that a function
+      parameter reference in such an expression would fail if the function
+      was inlined.
+     
  • 
+      Fix handling of whole-row variables in WITH CHECK
+      OPTION expressions and row-level-security policy expressions
+      (Andres Freund)
+     
    
+      Previously, such usage might result in bogus errors about row type
+      mismatches.
+     
  • 
+      Avoid postmaster failure if a parallel query requests a background
+      worker when no postmaster child process array slots remain free
+      (Tom Lane)
+     
  • 
+      Prevent possible double-free if a BEFORE UPDATE
+      trigger returns the old tuple as-is, and it is not the last such
+      trigger (Thomas Munro)
+     
  • 
+      Fix crash if x = ANY
+      (array), or related operations,
+      contains a constant-null array (Tom Lane)
+     
  • 
+      Fix “unexpected relkind” error when a query tries to
+      access a TOAST table (John Hsu, Michael Paquier, Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      The error should say that permission is denied, but this case got
+      broken during code refactoring.
+     
  • 
+      Provide a relevant error context line when an error occurs while
+      setting GUC parameters during parallel worker startup (Thomas Munro)
+     
  • 
+      In serializable mode, ensure that row-level predicate locks are
+      acquired on the correct version of the row (Thomas Munro, Heikki
+      Linnakangas)
+     
    
+      If the visible version of the row is HOT-updated, the lock might be
+      taken on its now-dead predecessor, resulting in subtle failures to
+      guarantee serialization.
+     
  • 
+      Ensure that fsync() is applied only to files
+      that are opened read/write (Andres Freund, Michael Paquier)
+     
    
+      Some code paths tried to do this after opening a file read-only,
+      but on some platforms that causes “bad file descriptor”
+      or similar errors.
+     
  • 
+      Allow encoding conversion to succeed on longer strings than before
+      (Álvaro Herrera, Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      Previously, there was a hard limit of 0.25GB on the input string,
+      but now it will work as long as the converted output is not over 1GB.
+     
  • 
+      Avoid an unnecessary catalog lookup during heap page pruning
+      (Thomas Munro)
+     
    
+      It's no longer necessary to check for unlogged indexes here, and the
+      check caused significant performance problems in some workloads.
+      There was also at least a theoretical possibility of deadlock.
+     
  • 
+      Avoid creating unnecessarily-bulky tuple stores for window functions
+      (Andrew Gierth)
+     
    
+      In some cases the tuple storage would include all columns of the
+      source table(s), not just the ones that are needed by the query.
+     
  • 
+      Fix failure to JIT-compile equality comparisons for grouping hash
+      tables, leading to performance loss (Andres Freund)
+     
  • 
+      Allow repalloc() to give back space when a
+      large chunk is reduced in size (Tom Lane)
+     
  • 
+      Ensure that temporary WAL and history files are removed at the end
+      of archive recovery (Sawada Masahiko)
+     
  • 
+      Avoid failure in archive recovery
+      if recovery_min_apply_delay is enabled
+      (Fujii Masao)
+     
    
+      recovery_min_apply_delay is not typically used in
+      this configuration, but it should work.
+     
  • 
+      Fix logical replication failure when publisher and subscriber have
+      different ideas about a table's replica identity columns
+      (Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais, Peter Eisentraut)
+     
    
+      Declaring a column as part of the replica identity on the
+      subscriber, when it does not exist at all on the publisher, led
+      to “negative bitmapset member not allowed” errors.
+     
  • 
+      Avoid unwanted delay during shutdown of a logical replication
+      walsender (Craig Ringer, Álvaro Herrera)
+     
  • 
+      Fix timeout handling in logical replication walreceiver processes
+      (Julien Rouhaud)
+     
    
+      Erroneous logic prevented wal_receiver_timeout
+      from working in logical replication deployments.
+     
  • 
+      Correctly time-stamp replication messages for logical
+      decoding (Jeff Janes)
+     
    
+      This oversight resulted, for example,
+      in pg_stat_subscription.last_msg_send_time
+      usually reading as NULL.
+     
  • 
+      In logical decoding, ensure that sub-transactions are correctly
+      accounted for when reconstructing a snapshot (Masahiko Sawada)
+     
    
+      This error leads to assertion failures; it's unclear whether any
+      bad effects exist in production builds.
+     
  • 
+      Fix race condition during backend exit, when the backend process has
+      previously waited for synchronous replication to occur (Dongming Liu)
+     
  • 
+      Fix ALTER SYSTEM to cope with duplicate entries
+      in postgresql.auto.conf (Ian Barwick)
+     
    
+      ALTER SYSTEM itself will not generate such a state,
+      but external tools that modify postgresql.auto.conf
+      could do so.  Duplicate entries for the target variable will now be
+      removed, and then the new setting (if any) will be appended at the end.
+     
  • 
+      Reject include directives with empty file names in configuration
+      files, and report include-file recursion more clearly
+      (Ian Barwick, Tom Lane)
+     
  • 
+      Avoid logging complaints about abandoned connections when using PAM
+      authentication (Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      libpq-based clients will typically make two connection attempts when
+      a password is required, since they don't prompt their user for a
+      password until their first connection attempt fails.  Therefore the
+      server is coded not to generate useless log spam when a client
+      closes the connection upon being asked for a password.  However,
+      the PAM authentication code hadn't gotten that memo, and would
+      generate several messages about a phantom authentication failure.
+     
  • 
+      Fix some cases where an incomplete date specification is not
+      detected in time with time zone input (Alexander Lakhin)
+     
    
+      If a time zone with a time-varying UTC offset is specified, then a
+      date must be as well, so that the offset can be resolved.  Depending
+      on the syntax used, this check was not enforced in some cases,
+      allowing bogus output to be produced.
+     
  • 
+      Fix misbehavior of bitshiftright() (Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      The bitstring right shift operator failed to zero out padding space
+      that exists in the last byte of the result when the bitstring length
+      is not a multiple of 8.  While invisible to most operations, any
+      nonzero bits there would result in unexpected comparison behavior,
+      since bitstring comparisons don't bother to ignore the extra bits,
+      expecting them to always be zero.
+     
    
+      If you have inconsistent data as a result of saving the output
+      of bitshiftright() in a table, it's possible to
+      fix it with something like
+
    +UPDATE mytab SET bitcol = ~(~bitcol) WHERE bitcol != ~(~bitcol);
+
    
+     
  • 
+      Restore the ability to take type information from
+      an AS clause
+      in json[b]_populate_record()
+      and json[b]_populate_recordset()
+      (Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      If the record argument is NULL and has no declared composite type,
+      try to use the AS clause instead.  This isn't
+      recommended usage, but it used to work, and now does again.
+     
  • 
+      Avoid crash when selecting a namespace node
+      in XMLTABLE (Chapman Flack)
+     
  • 
+      Fix detection of edge-case integer overflow in interval
+      multiplication (Yuya Watari)
+     
  • 
+      Fix memory leaks
+      in lower(), upper(),
+      and initcap() functions when using ICU
+      collations (Konstantin Knizhnik)
+     
  • 
+      Avoid crashes if ispell text search dictionaries
+      contain wrong affix data (Arthur Zakirov)
+     
  • 
+      Fix incorrect compression logic for GIN posting lists
+      (Heikki Linnakangas)
+     
    
+      A GIN posting list item can require 7 bytes if the distance between
+      adjacent indexed TIDs exceeds 16TB.  One step in the logic was out
+      of sync with that, and might try to write the value into a 6-byte
+      buffer.  In principle this could cause a stack overrun, but on most
+      architectures it's likely that the next byte would be unused
+      alignment padding, making the bug harmless.  In any case the bug
+      would be very difficult to hit.
+     
  • 
+      Fix handling of infinity, NaN, and NULL values in KNN-GiST
+      (Alexander Korotkov)
+     
    
+      The query's output order could be wrong (different from a plain
+      sort's result) if some distances computed for non-null column values
+      are infinity or NaN.
+     
  • 
+      Fix handling of searches for NULL in KNN-SP-GiST (Nikita Glukhov)
+     
  • 
+      On Windows, recognize additional spellings of the “Norwegian
+      (Bokmål)” locale name (Tom Lane)
+     
  • 
+      Avoid compile failure if an ECPG client
+      includes ecpglib.h while
+      having ENABLE_NLS defined (Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      This risk was created by a misplaced
+      declaration: ecpg_gettext() should not be
+      visible to client code.
+     
  • 
+      In psql, resynchronize internal state
+      about the server after an unexpected connection loss and successful
+      reconnection (Peter Billen, Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      Ordinarily this is unnecessary since the state would be the same
+      anyway.  But it can matter in corner cases, such as where the
+      connection might lead to one of several servers.  This change
+      causes psql to re-issue any interactive
+      messages that it would have issued at startup, for example about
+      whether SSL is in use.
+     
  • 
+      Avoid platform-specific null pointer dereference
+      in psql (Quentin Rameau)
+     
  • 
+      In pg_dump, ensure stable output order
+      for similarly-named triggers and row-level-security policy objects
+      (Benjie Gillam)
+     
    
+      Previously, if two triggers on different tables had the same names,
+      they would be sorted in OID-based order, which is less desirable
+      than sorting them by table name.  Likewise for RLS policies.
+     
  • 
+      Fix pg_dump to work again with pre-8.3
+      source servers (Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      A previous fix caused pg_dump to always
+      try to query pg_opfamily, but that catalog
+      doesn't exist before version 8.3.
+     
  • 
+      In pg_restore, treat
+      -f - as meaning “output to stdout”
+      (Álvaro Herrera)
+     
    
+      This synchronizes pg_restore's behavior
+      with some other applications, and in particular makes pre-v12 branches
+      act similarly to version 12's pg_restore,
+      simplifying creation of dump/restore scripts that work across
+      multiple PostgreSQL versions.  Before this
+      change, pg_restore interpreted such a
+      switch as meaning “output to a file
+      named -”, but few people would want that.
+     
  • 
+      Improve pg_upgrade's checks for the use
+      of a data type that has changed representation, such
+      as line (Tomas Vondra)
+     
    
+      The previous coding could be fooled by cases where the data type of
+      interest underlies a stored column of a domain or composite type.
+     
  • 
+      Detect file read errors
+      during pg_basebackup (Jeevan Chalke)
+     
  • 
+      In pg_basebackup, don't fsync output files
+      until the end of backup (Michael Paquier)
+     
    
+      The previous coding could result in timeout failures if fsync was slow.
+     
  • 
+      In pg_rewind with an online source
+      cluster, disable timeouts, much
+      as pg_dump does (Alexander Kukushkin)
+     
  • 
+      Fix failure in pg_waldump with
+      the -s option, when a continuation WAL record ends
+      exactly at a page boundary (Andrey Lepikhov)
+     
  • 
+      In pg_waldump,
+      include the newitemoff field in btree page split
+      records (Peter Geoghegan)
+     
  • 
+      In pg_waldump with
+      the --bkp-details option, avoid emitting extra
+      newlines for WAL records involving full-page writes (Andres Freund)
+     
  • 
+      Fix small memory leak in pg_waldump
+      (Andres Freund)
+     
  • 
+      Fix vacuumdb with a
+      high --jobs option to handle running out of file
+      descriptors better (Michael Paquier)
+     
  • 
+      Fix PL/pgSQL to handle replacements of composite types better
+      (Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      Cover the case where a composite type is dropped entirely, and
+      then a new type of the same name is created, between executions
+      of a PL/pgSQL function.  Variables of the composite type will now
+      update to match the new definition.
+     
  • 
+      Fix contrib/amcheck to skip unlogged indexes
+      during hot standby (Andrey Borodin, Peter Geoghegan)
+     
    
+      An unlogged index won't necessarily contain valid data in this
+      context, so don't try to check it.
+     
  • 
+      Fix contrib/intarray's GiST opclasses to not
+      fail for empty arrays with <@ (Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      A clause like array_column
+      <@ constant_array is
+      considered indexable, but the index search may not find empty array
+      values; of course, such entries should trivially match the search.
+     
    
+      The only practical back-patchable fix for this requires
+      making <@ index searches scan the whole index,
+      which is what this patch does.  This is unfortunate: it means that
+      the query performance is likely worse than a plain sequential scan
+      would be.
+     
    
+      Applications whose performance is adversely impacted by this change
+      have a couple of options.  They could switch to a GIN index, which
+      doesn't have this bug, or they could replace
+      array_column
+      <@ constant_array
+      with array_column
+      <@ constant_array
+      AND array_column
+      && constant_array.
+      That will provide about the same performance as before, and it will
+      find all non-empty subsets of the given constant array, which is all
+      that could reliably be expected of the query before.
+     
  • 
+      Fix configure's test for presence of
+      libperl so that it works on recent Red Hat releases (Tom Lane)
+     
    
+      Previously, it could fail if the user sets CFLAGS
+      to -O0.
+     
  • 
+      Ensure correct code generation for spinlocks on PowerPC (Noah Misch)
+     
    
+      The previous spinlock coding allowed the compiler to select register
+      zero for use with an assembly instruction that does not accept that
+      register, causing a build failure.  We have seen only one long-ago
+      report that matches this bug, but it could cause problems for people
+      trying to build modified PostgreSQL code
+      or use atypical compiler options.
+     
  • 
+      On PowerPC, avoid depending on the xlc
+      compiler's __fetch_and_add() function
+      (Noah Misch)
+     
    
+      xlc 13 and newer interpret this function in a way incompatible with
+      our usage, resulting in an unusable build
+      of PostgreSQL.  Fix by using custom
+      assembly code instead.
+     
  • 
+      On AIX, don't use the compiler option -qsrcmsg
+      (Noah Misch)
+     
    
+      This avoids an internal compiler error with xlc v16.1.0, with little
+      consequence other than changing the format of compiler error messages.
+     
  • 
+      Fix MSVC build process to cope with spaces in the file path of
+      OpenSSL (Andrew Dunstan)
+     
  • 
+      Update time zone data files to tzdata
+      release 2019c for DST law changes in Fiji and Norfolk Island, plus
+      historical corrections for Alberta, Austria, Belgium, British
+      Columbia, Cambodia, Hong Kong, Indiana (Perry County), Kaliningrad,
+      Kentucky, Michigan, Norfolk Island, South Korea, and Turkey.
+     
Prev Up Next
Appendix E. Release Notes Home E.2. Release 11.5

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-11.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-E.6. Release 11
E.6. Release 11
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.6. Release 11
E.6.1. Overview
E.6.2. Migration to Version 11
E.6.3. Changes
E.6.4. Acknowledgments
Release date: 2018-10-18
E.6.1. Overview

+E.7. Release 11
E.7. Release 11
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.7. Release 11
E.7.1. Overview
E.7.2. Migration to Version 11
E.7.3. Changes
E.7.4. Acknowledgments
Release date: 2018-10-18
E.7.1. Overview

     Major enhancements in PostgreSQL 11 include:
    
  • 
       Improvements to partitioning functionality, including:
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
       with a non-null column default
      

     The above items are explained in more detail in the sections below.
-   
E.6.2. Migration to Version 11

+   
E.7.2. Migration to Version 11

     A dump/restore using pg_dumpall, or use of pg_upgrade, is required for those wishing to migrate data
     from any previous release.
    

@@ -247,11 +247,11 @@
        

         Previously, references to these variables could be parsed but not
         executed.
-       
E.6.3. Changes

+       
E.7.3. Changes

     Below you will find a detailed account of the changes between
     PostgreSQL 11 and the previous major
     release.
-   
E.6.3.1. Server
E.6.3.1.1. Partitioning
  • 
+   
    E.7.3.1. Server
    E.7.3.1.1. Partitioning
    • 
         Allow the creation of partitions based on hashing a key column
         (Amul Sul)
        
    • 
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
         Allow postgres_fdw
         to push down aggregates to foreign tables that are partitions
         (Jeevan Chalke)
-       
    E.6.3.1.2. Parallel Queries
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.2. Parallel Queries
    • 
         Allow parallel building of a btree index (Peter Geoghegan,
         Rushabh Lathia, Heikki Linnakangas)
        
    • 
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
        
    • 
         Add reporting of parallel workers' sort activity in
         EXPLAIN (Robert Haas, Tom Lane)
-       
    E.6.3.1.3. Indexes
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.3. Indexes
    • 
         Allow B-tree indexes to include columns that are not part of the
         search key or unique constraint, but are available to be read by
         index-only scans (Anastasia Lubennikova, Alexander Korotkov, Teodor
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
        
      
         This reduces the likelihood of serialization conflicts in
         serializable-mode transactions.
-       
    E.6.3.1.3.1. SP-Gist
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.3.1. SP-Gist
    • 
         Add prefix-match
         operator text ^@ text,
         which is supported by SP-GiST (Ildus Kurbangaliev)
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
        
    • 
         Allow SP-GiST to use lossy representation of leaf keys (Teodor Sigaev,
         Heikki Linnakangas, Alexander Korotkov, Nikita Glukhov)
-       
    E.6.3.1.4. Optimizer
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.4. Optimizer
    • 
         Improve selection of the most common values for statistics
         (Jeff Janes, Dean Rasheed)
        
      
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
        
    • 
         Make the optimizer account for evaluation costs and selectivity
         of HAVING clauses (Tom Lane)
-       
    E.6.3.1.5. General Performance
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.5. General Performance
    • 
         Add Just-in-Time
         (JIT) compilation of some parts of query plans
         to improve execution speed (Andres Freund)
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
        
      
         This is controlled by the huge_pages configuration
         parameter.
-       
    E.6.3.1.6. Monitoring
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.6. Monitoring
    E.6.3.1.6.1. Information Schema
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.6.1. Information Schema
    • 
         Add information_schema columns related to table
         constraints and triggers (Peter Eisentraut)
        
      
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@
         are now populated, where before they were always null.  Also,
         table_constraints.enforced
         now exists but is not yet usefully populated.
-       
    E.6.3.1.7. Authentication
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.7. Authentication
    • 
         Allow the server to specify more complex LDAP specifications
         in search+bind mode (Thomas Munro)
        
      
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@
         or ldapurl=ldaps://.
        
    • 
         Improve logging of LDAP errors (Thomas Munro)
-       
    E.6.3.1.8. Permissions
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.8. Permissions
    • 
         Add default roles that
         enable file system access (Stephen Frost)
        
      
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
        
    • 
         Fix invalid locking permission check in SELECT FOR
         UPDATE on views (Tom Lane)
-       
    E.6.3.1.9. Server Configuration
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.9. Server Configuration
    • 
         Add server setting ssl_passphrase_command
         to allow supplying of the passphrase for SSL
         key files (Peter Eisentraut)
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
         The new unit suffix is “B”.  This is in addition to the
         existing units “kB”, “MB”, “GB”
         and “TB”.
-       
    E.6.3.1.10. Write-Ahead Log (WAL)
    • 
+       
    E.7.3.1.10. Write-Ahead Log (WAL)
    • 
         Allow the WAL file size to be set
         during initdb (Beena Emerson)
        
      
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@
         Fill the unused portion of force-switched WAL
         segment files with zeros for improved compressibility (Chapman
         Flack)
-       
    E.6.3.2. Base Backup and Streaming Replication
    • 
+       
E.7.3.2. Base Backup and Streaming Replication
  • 
         Replicate TRUNCATE activity when using logical
         replication (Simon Riggs, Marco Nenciarini, Peter Eisentraut)
        
  • 
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
         Add host and port connection information to the
         pg_stat_wal_receiver system view
         (Haribabu Kommi)
-       
E.6.3.3. Utility Commands
  • 
+       
E.7.3.3. Utility Commands
  • 
         Allow ALTER TABLE to add a column with
         a non-null default without doing a table rewrite (Andrew Dunstan,
         Serge Rielau)
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@
        
    
         This is helpful for allowing user-defined aggregate functions to be
         optimized and to work as window functions.
-       
E.6.3.4. Data Types
  • 
+       
E.7.3.4. Data Types
  • 
         Allow the creation of arrays of domains (Tom Lane)
        
    
         This also allows array_agg() to be used
@@ -683,7 +683,7 @@
        
  • 
         Add casts from JSONB scalars to numeric and boolean data
         types (Anastasia Lubennikova)
-       
E.6.3.5. Functions
  • 
+       
E.7.3.5. Functions
  • 
         Add all window function framing
         options specified by SQL:2011 (Oliver Ford, Tom Lane)
        
    
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@
         Add functions json(b)_to_tsvector()
         to create a text search query for matching
         JSON/JSONB values (Dmitry Dolgov)
-       
E.6.3.6. Server-Side Languages
  • 
+       
E.7.3.6. Server-Side Languages
  • 
         Add SQL-level procedures, which can start and commit their own
         transactions (Peter Eisentraut)
        
    
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@
        
  • 
         Add extension jsonb_plperl to transform
         JSONB to/from PL/Perl types (Anthony Bykov)
-       
E.6.3.7. Client Interfaces
  • 
+       
E.7.3.7. Client Interfaces
  • 
         Change libpq to disable compression by default (Peter Eisentraut)
        
    
         Compression is already disabled in modern OpenSSL versions, so that
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@
         Pro*C-style handling of char arrays.
        
    
         This mode is enabled with -C.
-       
E.6.3.8. Client Applications
E.6.3.8.1. psql
  • 
+       
E.7.3.8. Client Applications
E.7.3.8.1. psql
  • 
         Add psql command \gdesc
         to display the names and types of the columns in a query result
         (Pavel Stehule)
@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@
         (Tom Lane)
        
    
         Previously, tab completion queries could fail against older servers.
-       
E.6.3.8.2. pgbench
  • 
+       
E.7.3.8.2. pgbench
  • 
         Add pgbench expression support for
         NULLs, booleans, and some functions and operators (Fabien Coelho)
        
  • 
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@
         Make pgbench statistics more
         accurate when using --latency-limit and
         --rate (Fabien Coelho)
-       
E.6.3.9. Server Applications
  • 
+       
E.7.3.9. Server Applications
  • 
         Add an option to pg_basebackup
         that creates a named replication slot (Michael Banck)
        
    
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@
        
  • 
         Prevent pg_rewind from running as
         root (Michael Paquier)
-       
E.6.3.9.1. pg_dump,
+       
  • 
         Add pg_dumpall option
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@
         pg_dumpall, and
         pg_restore option is
         --no-comments.
-       
E.6.3.10. Source Code
  • 
+       
E.7.3.10. Source Code
  • 
         Add PGXS support for installing include
         files (Andrew Gierth)
        
    
@@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@
        
  • 
         Update to use perltidy version
         20170521 (Tom Lane, Peter Eisentraut)
-       
E.6.3.11. Additional Modules
  • 
+       
E.7.3.11. Additional Modules
  • 
         Allow extension pg_prewarm
         to restore the previous shared buffer contents on startup (Mithun
         Cy, Robert Haas)
@@ -1041,14 +1041,6 @@
         parts of words, while strict_word_similarity()
         computes the similarity to whole words.
        
  • 
-        Allow creation of indexes that can be used by LIKE
-        comparisons
-        on citext columns
-        (Alexey Chernyshov)
-       
    
-        To do this, the index must be created using the
-        citext_pattern_ops operator class.
-       
  • 
         Allow btree_gin
         to index bool, bpchar, name
         and uuid data types (Matheus Oliveira)
@@ -1091,8 +1083,8 @@
        
    
         This extension is no longer considered to be a usable security tool
         or example of how to write an extension.
-       
E.6.4. Acknowledgments

+       
E.7.4. Acknowledgments

     The following individuals (in alphabetical order) have contributed to this
     release as patch authors, committers, reviewers, testers, or reporters of
     issues.
-   
Abhijit Menon-Sen
Adam Bielanski
Adam Brightwell
Adam Brusselback
Aditya Toshniwal
Adrián Escoms
Adrien Nayrat
Akos Vandra
Aleksander Alekseev
Aleksandr Parfenov
Alexander Korotkov
Alexander Kukushkin
Alexander Kuzmenkov
Alexander Lakhin
Alexandre Garcia
Alexey Bashtanov
Alexey Chernyshov
Alexey Kryuchkov
Alik Khilazhev
Álvaro Herrera
Amit Kapila
Amit Khandekar
Amit Langote
Amul Sul
Anastasia Lubennikova
Andreas Joseph Krogh
Andreas Karlsson
Andreas Seltenreich
André Hänsel
Andrei Gorita
Andres Freund
Andrew Dunstan
Andrew Fletcher
Andrew Gierth
Andrew Grossman
Andrew Krasichkov
Andrey Borodin
Andrey Lizenko
Andy Abelisto
Anthony Bykov
Antoine Scemama
Anton Dignös
Antonin Houska
Arseniy Sharoglazov
Arseny Sher
Arthur Zakirov
Ashutosh Bapat
Ashutosh Sharma
Ashwin Agrawal
Asim Praveen
Atsushi Torikoshi
Badrul Chowdhury
Balazs Szilfai
Basil Bourque
Beena Emerson
Ben Chobot
Benjamin Coutu
Bernd Helmle
Blaz Merela
Brad DeJong
Brent Dearth
Brian Cloutier
Bruce Momjian
Catalin Iacob
Chad Trabant
Chapman Flack
Christian Duta
Christian Ullrich
Christoph Berg
Christoph Dreis
Christophe Courtois
Christopher Jones
Claudio Freire
Clayton Salem
Craig Ringer
Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Dan Vianello
Dan Watson
Dang Minh Huong
Daniel Gustafsson
Daniel Vérité
Daniel Westermann
Daniel Wood
Darafei Praliaskouski
Dave Cramer
Dave Page
David Binderman
David Carlier
David Fetter
David G. Johnston
David Gould
David Hinkle
David Pereiro Lagares
David Rader
David Rowley
David Steele
Davy Machado
Dean Rasheed
Dian Fay
Dilip Kumar
Dmitriy Sarafannikov
Dmitry Dolgov
Dmitry Ivanov
Dmitry Shalashov
Don Seiler
Doug Doole
Doug Rady
Edmund Horner
Eiji Seki
Elvis Pranskevichus
Emre Hasegeli
Erik Rijkers
Erwin Brandstetter
Etsuro Fujita
Euler Taveira
Everaldo Canuto
Fabien Coelho
Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Feike Steenbergen
Frits Jalvingh
Fujii Masao
Gao Zengqi
Gianni Ciolli
Greg Stark
Gunnlaugur Thor Briem
Guo Xiang Tan
Hadi Moshayedi
Hailong Li
Haribabu Kommi
Heath Lord
Heikki Linnakangas
Hugo Mercier
Igor Korot
Igor Neyman
Ildar Musin
Ildus Kurbangaliev
Ioseph Kim
Jacob Champion
Jaime Casanova
Jakob Egger
Jean-Pierre Pelletier
Jeevan Chalke
Jeevan Ladhe
Jeff Davis
Jeff Janes
Jeremy Evans
Jeremy Finzel
Jeremy Schneider
Jesper Pedersen
Jim Nasby
Jimmy Yih
Jing Wang
Jobin Augustine
Joe Conway
John Gorman
John Naylor
Jon Nelson
Jon Wolski
Jonathan Allen
Jonathan S. Katz
Julien Rouhaud
Jürgen Purtz
Justin Pryzby
KaiGai Kohei
Kaiting Chen
Karl Lehenbauer
Keith Fiske
Kevin Bloch
Kha Nguyen
Kim Rose Carlsen
Konstantin Knizhnik
Kuntal Ghosh
Kyle Samson
Kyotaro Horiguchi
Lætitia Avrot
Lars Kanis
Laurenz Albe
Leonardo Cecchi
Liudmila Mantrova
Lixian Zou
Lloyd Albin
Luca Ferrari
Lucas Fairchild
Lukas Eder
Lukas Fittl
Magnus Hagander
Mai Peng
Maksim Milyutin
Maksym Boguk
Mansur Galiev
Marc Dilger
Marco Nenciarini
Marina Polyakova
Mario de Frutos Dieguez
Mark Cave-Ayland
Mark Dilger
Mark Wood
Marko Tiikkaja
Markus Winand
Martín Marqués
Masahiko Sawada
Matheus Oliveira
Matthew Stickney
Metin Doslu
Michael Banck
Michael Meskes
Michael Paquier
Michail Nikolaev
Mike Blackwell
Minh-Quan Tran
Mithun Cy
Morgan Owens
Nathan Bossart
Nathan Wagner
Neil Conway
Nick Barnes
Nicolas Thauvin
Nikhil Sontakke
Nikita Glukhov
Nikolay Shaplov
Noah Misch
Noriyoshi Shinoda
Oleg Bartunov
Oleg Samoilov
Oliver Ford
Pan Bian
Pascal Legrand
Patrick Hemmer
Patrick Krecker
Paul Bonaud
Paul Guo
Paul Ramsey
Pavan Deolasee
Pavan Maddamsetti
Pavel Golub
Pavel Stehule
Peter Eisentraut
Peter Geoghegan
Petr Jelínek
Petru-Florin Mihancea
Phil Florent
Philippe Beaudoin
Pierre Ducroquet
Piotr Stefaniak
Prabhat Sahu
Pu Qun
QL Zhuo
Rafia Sabih
Rahila Syed
Rainer Orth
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi
Raúl Marín Rodríguez
Regina Obe
Richard Yen
Robert Haas
Robins Tharakan
Rod Taylor
Rushabh Lathia
Ryan Murphy
Sahap Asci
Samuel Horwitz
Scott Ure
Sean Johnston
Shao Bret
Shay Rojansky
Shubham Barai
Simon Riggs
Simone Gotti
Sivasubramanian Ramasubramanian
Stas Kelvich
Stefan Kaltenbrunner
Stephen Froehlich
Stephen Frost
Steve Singer
Steven Winfield
Sven Kunze
Taiki Kondo
Takayuki Tsunakawa
Takeshi Ideriha
Tatsuo Ishii
Tatsuro Yamada
Teodor Sigaev
Thom Brown
Thomas Kellerer
Thomas Munro
Thomas Reiss
Tobias Bussmann
Todd A. Cook
Tom Kazimiers
Tom Lane
Tomas Vondra
Tomonari Katsumata
Torsten Grust
Tushar Ahuja
Vaishnavi Prabakaran
Vasundhar Boddapati
Victor Drobny
Victor Wagner
Victor Yegorov
Vik Fearing
Vinayak Pokale
Vincent Lachenal
Vitaliy Garnashevich
Vitaly Burovoy
Vladimir Baranoff
Xin Zhang
Yi Wen Wong
Yorick Peterse
Yugo Nagata
Yuqi Gu
Yura Sokolov
Yves Goergen
Zhou Digoal
Prev Up Next
E.5. Release 11.1 Home E.7. Prior Releases

\ No newline at end of file
+   
Abhijit Menon-Sen
Adam Bielanski
Adam Brightwell
Adam Brusselback
Aditya Toshniwal
Adrián Escoms
Adrien Nayrat
Akos Vandra
Aleksander Alekseev
Aleksandr Parfenov
Alexander Korotkov
Alexander Kukushkin
Alexander Kuzmenkov
Alexander Lakhin
Alexandre Garcia
Alexey Bashtanov
Alexey Chernyshov
Alexey Kryuchkov
Alik Khilazhev
Álvaro Herrera
Amit Kapila
Amit Khandekar
Amit Langote
Amul Sul
Anastasia Lubennikova
Andreas Joseph Krogh
Andreas Karlsson
Andreas Seltenreich
André Hänsel
Andrei Gorita
Andres Freund
Andrew Dunstan
Andrew Fletcher
Andrew Gierth
Andrew Grossman
Andrew Krasichkov
Andrey Borodin
Andrey Lizenko
Andy Abelisto
Anthony Bykov
Antoine Scemama
Anton Dignös
Antonin Houska
Arseniy Sharoglazov
Arseny Sher
Arthur Zakirov
Ashutosh Bapat
Ashutosh Sharma
Ashwin Agrawal
Asim Praveen
Atsushi Torikoshi
Badrul Chowdhury
Balazs Szilfai
Basil Bourque
Beena Emerson
Ben Chobot
Benjamin Coutu
Bernd Helmle
Blaz Merela
Brad DeJong
Brent Dearth
Brian Cloutier
Bruce Momjian
Catalin Iacob
Chad Trabant
Chapman Flack
Christian Duta
Christian Ullrich
Christoph Berg
Christoph Dreis
Christophe Courtois
Christopher Jones
Claudio Freire
Clayton Salem
Craig Ringer
Dagfinn Ilmari Mannsåker
Dan Vianello
Dan Watson
Dang Minh Huong
Daniel Gustafsson
Daniel Vérité
Daniel Westermann
Daniel Wood
Darafei Praliaskouski
Dave Cramer
Dave Page
David Binderman
David Carlier
David Fetter
David G. Johnston
David Gould
David Hinkle
David Pereiro Lagares
David Rader
David Rowley
David Steele
Davy Machado
Dean Rasheed
Dian Fay
Dilip Kumar
Dmitriy Sarafannikov
Dmitry Dolgov
Dmitry Ivanov
Dmitry Shalashov
Don Seiler
Doug Doole
Doug Rady
Edmund Horner
Eiji Seki
Elvis Pranskevichus
Emre Hasegeli
Erik Rijkers
Erwin Brandstetter
Etsuro Fujita
Euler Taveira
Everaldo Canuto
Fabien Coelho
Fabrízio de Royes Mello
Feike Steenbergen
Frits Jalvingh
Fujii Masao
Gao Zengqi
Gianni Ciolli
Greg Stark
Gunnlaugur Thor Briem
Guo Xiang Tan
Hadi Moshayedi
Hailong Li
Haribabu Kommi
Heath Lord
Heikki Linnakangas
Hugo Mercier
Igor Korot
Igor Neyman
Ildar Musin
Ildus Kurbangaliev
Ioseph Kim
Jacob Champion
Jaime Casanova
Jakob Egger
Jean-Pierre Pelletier
Jeevan Chalke
Jeevan Ladhe
Jeff Davis
Jeff Janes
Jeremy Evans
Jeremy Finzel
Jeremy Schneider
Jesper Pedersen
Jim Nasby
Jimmy Yih
Jing Wang
Jobin Augustine
Joe Conway
John Gorman
John Naylor
Jon Nelson
Jon Wolski
Jonathan Allen
Jonathan S. Katz
Julien Rouhaud
Jürgen Purtz
Justin Pryzby
KaiGai Kohei
Kaiting Chen
Karl Lehenbauer
Keith Fiske
Kevin Bloch
Kha Nguyen
Kim Rose Carlsen
Konstantin Knizhnik
Kuntal Ghosh
Kyle Samson
Kyotaro Horiguchi
Lætitia Avrot
Lars Kanis
Laurenz Albe
Leonardo Cecchi
Liudmila Mantrova
Lixian Zou
Lloyd Albin
Luca Ferrari
Lucas Fairchild
Lukas Eder
Lukas Fittl
Magnus Hagander
Mai Peng
Maksim Milyutin
Maksym Boguk
Mansur Galiev
Marc Dilger
Marco Nenciarini
Marina Polyakova
Mario de Frutos Dieguez
Mark Cave-Ayland
Mark Dilger
Mark Wood
Marko Tiikkaja
Markus Winand
Martín Marqués
Masahiko Sawada
Matheus Oliveira
Matthew Stickney
Metin Doslu
Michael Banck
Michael Meskes
Michael Paquier
Michail Nikolaev
Mike Blackwell
Minh-Quan Tran
Mithun Cy
Morgan Owens
Nathan Bossart
Nathan Wagner
Neil Conway
Nick Barnes
Nicolas Thauvin
Nikhil Sontakke
Nikita Glukhov
Nikolay Shaplov
Noah Misch
Noriyoshi Shinoda
Oleg Bartunov
Oleg Samoilov
Oliver Ford
Pan Bian
Pascal Legrand
Patrick Hemmer
Patrick Krecker
Paul Bonaud
Paul Guo
Paul Ramsey
Pavan Deolasee
Pavan Maddamsetti
Pavel Golub
Pavel Stehule
Peter Eisentraut
Peter Geoghegan
Petr Jelínek
Petru-Florin Mihancea
Phil Florent
Philippe Beaudoin
Pierre Ducroquet
Piotr Stefaniak
Prabhat Sahu
Pu Qun
QL Zhuo
Rafia Sabih
Rahila Syed
Rainer Orth
Rajkumar Raghuwanshi
Raúl Marín Rodríguez
Regina Obe
Richard Yen
Robert Haas
Robins Tharakan
Rod Taylor
Rushabh Lathia
Ryan Murphy
Sahap Asci
Samuel Horwitz
Scott Ure
Sean Johnston
Shao Bret
Shay Rojansky
Shubham Barai
Simon Riggs
Simone Gotti
Sivasubramanian Ramasubramanian
Stas Kelvich
Stefan Kaltenbrunner
Stephen Froehlich
Stephen Frost
Steve Singer
Steven Winfield
Sven Kunze
Taiki Kondo
Takayuki Tsunakawa
Takeshi Ideriha
Tatsuo Ishii
Tatsuro Yamada
Teodor Sigaev
Thom Brown
Thomas Kellerer
Thomas Munro
Thomas Reiss
Tobias Bussmann
Todd A. Cook
Tom Kazimiers
Tom Lane
Tomas Vondra
Tomonari Katsumata
Torsten Grust
Tushar Ahuja
Vaishnavi Prabakaran
Vasundhar Boddapati
Victor Drobny
Victor Wagner
Victor Yegorov
Vik Fearing
Vinayak Pokale
Vincent Lachenal
Vitaliy Garnashevich
Vitaly Burovoy
Vladimir Baranoff
Xin Zhang
Yi Wen Wong
Yorick Peterse
Yugo Nagata
Yuqi Gu
Yura Sokolov
Yves Goergen
Zhou Digoal
Prev Up Next
E.6. Release 11.1 Home E.8. Prior Releases

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release-prior.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-E.7. Prior Releases
E.7. Prior Releases
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.7. Prior Releases

+E.8. Prior Releases
E.8. Prior Releases
Prev UpAppendix E. Release NotesHome Next
E.8. Prior Releases

    Release notes for prior release branches can be found at
    https://www.postgresql.org/docs/release/
-  
Prev Up Next
E.6. Release 11 Home Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules

\ No newline at end of file
+  
Prev Up Next
E.7. Release 11 Home Appendix F. Additional Supplied Modules

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/release.html	2019-08-05 21:28:50.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/release.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Appendix E. Release Notes
Appendix E. Release Notes
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
Appendix E. Release Notes
Table of Contents
E.1. Release 11.5
E.1.1. Migration to Version 11.5
E.1.2. Changes
E.2. Release 11.4
E.2.1. Migration to Version 11.4
E.2.2. Changes
E.3. Release 11.3
E.3.1. Migration to Version 11.3
E.3.2. Changes
E.4. Release 11.2
E.4.1. Migration to Version 11.2
E.4.2. Changes
E.5. Release 11.1
E.5.1. Migration to Version 11.1
E.5.2. Changes
E.6. Release 11
E.6.1. Overview
E.6.2. Migration to Version 11
E.6.3. Changes
E.6.4. Acknowledgments
E.7. Prior Releases

+Appendix E. Release Notes
Appendix E. Release Notes
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
Appendix E. Release Notes
Table of Contents
E.1. Release 11.6
E.1.1. Migration to Version 11.6
E.1.2. Changes
E.2. Release 11.5
E.2.1. Migration to Version 11.5
E.2.2. Changes
E.3. Release 11.4
E.3.1. Migration to Version 11.4
E.3.2. Changes
E.4. Release 11.3
E.4.1. Migration to Version 11.3
E.4.2. Changes
E.5. Release 11.2
E.5.1. Migration to Version 11.2
E.5.2. Changes
E.6. Release 11.1
E.6.1. Migration to Version 11.1
E.6.2. Changes
E.7. Release 11
E.7.1. Overview
E.7.2. Migration to Version 11
E.7.3. Changes
E.7.4. Acknowledgments
E.8. Prior Releases

    The release notes contain the significant changes in each
    PostgreSQL release, with major features and migration
    issues listed at the top.  The release notes do not contain changes
@@ -18,4 +18,4 @@
    The name appearing next to each item represents the major developer for
    that item.  Of course all changes involve community discussion and patch
    review, so each item is truly a community effort.
-  
Prev Up Next
D.2. Unsupported Features Home E.1. Release 11.5

\ No newline at end of file
+  
Prev Up Next
D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML Home E.1. Release 11.6

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/replication-origins.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking
Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking

+Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking
Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 50. Replication Progress Tracking

   Replication origins are intended to make it easier to implement
   logical replication solutions on top
   of logical decoding.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/resources.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-4. Further Information
4. Further Information
Prev UpPrefaceHome Next
4. Further Information

+4. Further Information
4. Further Information
Prev UpPrefaceHome Next
4. Further Information

   Besides the documentation, that is, this book, there are other
   resources about PostgreSQL:
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/role-attributes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-21.2. Role Attributes
21.2. Role Attributes
Prev UpChapter 21. Database RolesHome Next
21.2. Role Attributes

+21.2. Role Attributes
21.2. Role Attributes
Prev UpChapter 21. Database RolesHome Next
21.2. Role Attributes

     A database role can have a number of attributes that define its
     privileges and interact with the client authentication system.
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/role-membership.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-21.3. Role Membership
21.3. Role Membership
Prev UpChapter 21. Database RolesHome Next
21.3. Role Membership

+21.3. Role Membership
21.3. Role Membership
Prev UpChapter 21. Database RolesHome Next
21.3. Role Membership

    It is frequently convenient to group users together to ease
    management of privileges: that way, privileges can be granted to, or
    revoked from, a group as a whole.  In PostgreSQL
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/role-removal.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-21.4. Dropping Roles
21.4. Dropping Roles
Prev UpChapter 21. Database RolesHome Next
21.4. Dropping Roles

+21.4. Dropping Roles
21.4. Dropping Roles
Prev UpChapter 21. Database RolesHome Next
21.4. Dropping Roles

    Because roles can own database objects and can hold privileges
    to access other objects, dropping a role is often not just a matter of a
    quick DROP ROLE.  Any objects owned by the role must
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-reindex.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-24.2. Routine Reindexing
24.2. Routine Reindexing
Prev UpChapter 24. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next
24.2. Routine Reindexing

+24.2. Routine Reindexing
24.2. Routine Reindexing
Prev UpChapter 24. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next
24.2. Routine Reindexing

    In some situations it is worthwhile to rebuild indexes periodically
    with the REINDEX command or a series of individual
    rebuilding steps.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/routine-vacuuming.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-24.1. Routine Vacuuming
24.1. Routine Vacuuming
Prev UpChapter 24. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next
24.1. Routine Vacuuming
24.1.1. Vacuuming Basics
24.1.2. Recovering Disk Space
24.1.3. Updating Planner Statistics
24.1.4. Updating The Visibility Map
24.1.5. Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
24.1.6. The Autovacuum Daemon

+24.1. Routine Vacuuming
24.1. Routine Vacuuming
Prev UpChapter 24. Routine Database Maintenance TasksHome Next
24.1. Routine Vacuuming
24.1.1. Vacuuming Basics
24.1.2. Recovering Disk Space
24.1.3. Updating Planner Statistics
24.1.4. Updating The Visibility Map
24.1.5. Preventing Transaction ID Wraparound Failures
24.1.6. The Autovacuum Daemon

    PostgreSQL databases require periodic
    maintenance known as vacuuming.  For many installations, it
    is sufficient to let vacuuming be performed by the autovacuum
@@ -574,4 +574,18 @@
     per-table autovacuum_vacuum_cost_delay or
     autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit storage parameters have been set
     are not considered in the balancing algorithm.
-   
Prev Up Next
Chapter 24. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks Home 24.2. Routine Reindexing

\ No newline at end of file
+   

+    Autovacuum workers generally don't block other commands.  If a process
+    attempts to acquire a lock that conflicts with the
+    SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE lock held by autovacuum, lock
+    acquisition will interrupt the autovacuum.  For conflicting lock modes,
+    see Table 13.2.  However, if the autovacuum
+    is running to prevent transaction ID wraparound (i.e., the autovacuum query
+    name in the pg_stat_activity view ends with
+    (to prevent wraparound)), the autovacuum is not
+    automatically interrupted.
+   
Warning

+     Regularly running commands that acquire locks conflicting with a
+     SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE lock (e.g., ANALYZE) can
+     effectively prevent autovacuums from ever completing.
+    
Prev Up Next
Chapter 24. Routine Database Maintenance Tasks Home 24.2. Routine Reindexing

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html	2019-08-05 21:28:48.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/row-estimation-examples.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-70.1. Row Estimation Examples
70.1. Row Estimation Examples
Prev UpChapter 70. How the Planner Uses StatisticsHome Next
70.1. Row Estimation Examples

+70.1. Row Estimation Examples
70.1. Row Estimation Examples
Prev UpChapter 70. How the Planner Uses StatisticsHome Next
70.1. Row Estimation Examples

    The examples shown below use tables in the PostgreSQL
    regression test database.
    The outputs shown are taken from version 8.3.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:26.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rowtypes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:31.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-8.16. Composite Types
8.16. Composite Types
Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next
8.16. Composite Types
8.16.1. Declaration of Composite Types
8.16.2. Constructing Composite Values
8.16.3. Accessing Composite Types
8.16.4. Modifying Composite Types
8.16.5. Using Composite Types in Queries
8.16.6. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax

+8.16. Composite Types
8.16. Composite Types
Prev UpChapter 8. Data TypesHome Next
8.16. Composite Types
8.16.1. Declaration of Composite Types
8.16.2. Constructing Composite Values
8.16.3. Accessing Composite Types
8.16.4. Modifying Composite Types
8.16.5. Using Composite Types in Queries
8.16.6. Composite Type Input and Output Syntax

   A composite type represents the structure of a row or record;
   it is essentially just a list of field names and their data types.
   PostgreSQL allows  composite types to be
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html	2019-08-05 21:28:44.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rule-system.html	2019-11-11 22:18:49.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-51.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
51.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
Prev UpChapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next
51.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System

+51.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
51.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System
Prev UpChapter 51. Overview of PostgreSQL InternalsHome Next
51.4. The PostgreSQL Rule System

     PostgreSQL supports a powerful
     rule system for the specification
     of views and ambiguous view updates.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-materializedviews.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-41.3. Materialized Views
41.3. Materialized Views
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.3. Materialized Views

+41.3. Materialized Views
41.3. Materialized Views
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.3. Materialized Views

     Materialized views in PostgreSQL use the
     rule system like views do, but persist the results in a table-like form.
     The main differences between:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-privileges.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-41.5. Rules and Privileges
41.5. Rules and Privileges
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.5. Rules and Privileges

+41.5. Rules and Privileges
41.5. Rules and Privileges
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.5. Rules and Privileges

     Due to rewriting of queries by the PostgreSQL
     rule system, other tables/views than those used in the original
     query get accessed. When update rules are used, this can include write access
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-status.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-41.6. Rules and Command Status
41.6. Rules and Command Status
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.6. Rules and Command Status

+41.6. Rules and Command Status
41.6. Rules and Command Status
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.6. Rules and Command Status

     The PostgreSQL server returns a command
     status string, such as INSERT 149592 1, for each
     command it receives.  This is simple enough when there are no rules
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-triggers.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.7. Rules Versus Triggers

+41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
41.7. Rules Versus Triggers
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.7. Rules Versus Triggers

     Many things that can be done using triggers can also be
     implemented using the PostgreSQL
     rule system.  One of the things that cannot be implemented by
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-update.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
41.4.1. How Update Rules Work
41.4.2. Cooperation with Views

+41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
41.4.1. How Update Rules Work
41.4.2. Cooperation with Views

     Rules that are defined on INSERT, UPDATE,
     and DELETE are significantly different from the view rules
     described in the previous section. First, their CREATE
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules-views.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-41.2. Views and the Rule System
41.2. Views and the Rule System
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.2. Views and the Rule System
41.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
41.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
41.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
41.2.4. Updating a View

+41.2. Views and the Rule System
41.2. Views and the Rule System
Prev UpChapter 41. The Rule SystemHome Next
41.2. Views and the Rule System
41.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
41.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
41.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
41.2.4. Updating a View

     Views in PostgreSQL are implemented
     using the rule system. In fact, there is essentially no difference
     between:
@@ -47,15 +47,6 @@
     example that covers all the points discussed step by step rather
     than having many different ones that might mix up in mind.
 

-For the example, we need a little min function that
-returns the lower of 2 integer values. We create that as:
-
-
-CREATE FUNCTION min(integer, integer) RETURNS integer AS $$
-    SELECT CASE WHEN $1 < $2 THEN $1 ELSE $2 END
-$$ LANGUAGE SQL STRICT;
-

-

     The real tables we need in the first two rule system descriptions
     are these:
 
@@ -115,7 +106,7 @@
            rsh.sh_avail,
            rsl.sl_name,
            rsl.sl_avail,
-           min(rsh.sh_avail, rsl.sl_avail) AS total_avail
+           least(rsh.sh_avail, rsl.sl_avail) AS total_avail
       FROM shoe rsh, shoelace rsl
      WHERE rsl.sl_color = rsh.slcolor
        AND rsl.sl_len_cm >= rsh.slminlen_cm
@@ -278,7 +269,7 @@
                rsh.sh_avail,
                rsl.sl_name,
                rsl.sl_avail,
-               min(rsh.sh_avail, rsl.sl_avail) AS total_avail
+               least(rsh.sh_avail, rsl.sl_avail) AS total_avail
           FROM shoe rsh, shoelace rsl
          WHERE rsl.sl_color = rsh.slcolor
            AND rsl.sl_len_cm >= rsh.slminlen_cm
@@ -298,7 +289,7 @@
                rsh.sh_avail,
                rsl.sl_name,
                rsl.sl_avail,
-               min(rsh.sh_avail, rsl.sl_avail) AS total_avail
+               least(rsh.sh_avail, rsl.sl_avail) AS total_avail
           FROM (SELECT sh.shoename,
                        sh.sh_avail,
                        sh.slcolor,
@@ -323,16 +314,11 @@
  WHERE shoe_ready.total_avail > 2;
 

    

-    It turns out that the planner will collapse this tree into a
-    two-level query tree: the bottommost SELECT
-    commands will be “pulled up” into the middle
-    SELECT since there's no need to process them
-    separately.  But the middle SELECT will remain
-    separate from the top, because it contains aggregate functions.
-    If we pulled those up it would change the behavior of the topmost
-    SELECT, which we don't want.  However,
-    collapsing the query tree is an optimization that the rewrite
-    system doesn't have to concern itself with.
+    This might look inefficient, but the planner will collapse this into a
+    single-level query tree by “pulling up” the subqueries,
+    and then it will plan the joins just as if we'd written them out
+    manually.  So collapsing the query tree is an optimization that the
+    rewrite system doesn't have to concern itself with.
    
41.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements

     Two details of the query tree aren't touched in the description of
     view rules above. These are the command type and the result relation.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/rules.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 41. The Rule System
Chapter 41. The Rule System
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 41. The Rule System
Table of Contents
41.1. The Query Tree
41.2. Views and the Rule System
41.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
41.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
41.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
41.2.4. Updating a View
41.3. Materialized Views
41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
41.4.1. How Update Rules Work
41.4.2. Cooperation with Views
41.5. Rules and Privileges
41.6. Rules and Command Status
41.7. Rules Versus Triggers

+Chapter 41. The Rule System
Chapter 41. The Rule System
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 41. The Rule System
Table of Contents
41.1. The Query Tree
41.2. Views and the Rule System
41.2.1. How SELECT Rules Work
41.2.2. View Rules in Non-SELECT Statements
41.2.3. The Power of Views in PostgreSQL
41.2.4. Updating a View
41.3. Materialized Views
41.4. Rules on INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE
41.4.1. How Update Rules Work
41.4.2. Cooperation with Views
41.5. Rules and Privileges
41.6. Rules and Command Status
41.7. Rules Versus Triggers

      This chapter discusses the rule system in
      PostgreSQL.  Production rule systems
      are conceptually simple, but there are many subtle points
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-autovacuum.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.10. Automatic Vacuuming
19.10. Automatic Vacuuming
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.10. Automatic Vacuuming

+19.10. Automatic Vacuuming
19.10. Automatic Vacuuming
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.10. Automatic Vacuuming

       These settings control the behavior of the autovacuum
       feature.  Refer to Section 24.1.6 for more information.
       Note that many of these settings can be overridden on a per-table
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-client.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.11. Client Connection Defaults
19.11. Client Connection Defaults
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.11. Client Connection Defaults
19.11.1. Statement Behavior
19.11.2. Locale and Formatting
19.11.3. Shared Library Preloading
19.11.4. Other Defaults
19.11.1. Statement Behavior
client_min_messages (enum)
+19.11. Client Connection Defaults
19.11. Client Connection Defaults
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.11. Client Connection Defaults
19.11.1. Statement Behavior
19.11.2. Locale and Formatting
19.11.3. Shared Library Preloading
19.11.4. Other Defaults
19.11.1. Statement Behavior
client_min_messages (enum)
       
       

         Controls which
@@ -246,15 +246,15 @@
         each lock acquisition attempt.  The limit applies both to explicit
         locking requests (such as LOCK TABLE, or SELECT
         FOR UPDATE without NOWAIT) and to implicitly-acquired
-        locks.  If log_min_error_statement is set to
-        ERROR or lower, the statement that timed out will be
-        logged.  A value of zero (the default) turns this off.
+        locks.  A value of zero (the default) turns this off.
        

         Unlike statement_timeout, this timeout can only occur
         while waiting for locks.  Note that if statement_timeout
         is nonzero, it is rather pointless to set lock_timeout to
         the same or larger value, since the statement timeout would always
-        trigger first.
+        trigger first.  If log_min_error_statement is set to
+        ERROR or lower, the statement that timed out will be
+        logged.  
        

         Setting lock_timeout in
         postgresql.conf is not recommended because it would
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-compatible.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
19.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
19.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions
19.13.2. Platform and Client Compatibility
19.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions
array_nulls (boolean)
+19.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
19.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
19.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions
19.13.2. Platform and Client Compatibility
19.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions
array_nulls (boolean)
       
       

         This controls whether the array input parser recognizes
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-connection.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.3. Connections and Authentication
19.3. Connections and Authentication
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.3. Connections and Authentication
19.3.1. Connection Settings
19.3.2. Authentication
19.3.3. SSL
19.3.1. Connection Settings
listen_addresses (string)
+19.3. Connections and Authentication
19.3. Connections and Authentication
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.3. Connections and Authentication
19.3.1. Connection Settings
19.3.2. Authentication
19.3.3. SSL
19.3.1. Connection Settings
listen_addresses (string)
       
       

          Specifies the TCP/IP address(es) on which the server is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-custom.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.16. Customized Options
19.16. Customized Options
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.16. Customized Options

+19.16. Customized Options
19.16. Customized Options
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.16. Customized Options

      This feature was designed to allow parameters not normally known to
      PostgreSQL to be added by add-on modules
      (such as procedural languages).  This allows extension modules to be
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-developer.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.17. Developer Options
19.17. Developer Options
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.17. Developer Options

+19.17. Developer Options
19.17. Developer Options
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.17. Developer Options

      The following parameters are intended for work on the
      PostgreSQL source code, and in some cases
      to assist with recovery of severely damaged databases.  There
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-error-handling.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.14. Error Handling
19.14. Error Handling
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.14. Error Handling
exit_on_error (boolean)
+19.14. Error Handling
19.14. Error Handling
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.14. Error Handling
exit_on_error (boolean)
       
       

         If true, any error will terminate the current session.  By default,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-file-locations.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.2. File Locations
19.2. File Locations
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.2. File Locations

+19.2. File Locations
19.2. File Locations
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.2. File Locations

       In addition to the postgresql.conf file
       already mentioned, PostgreSQL uses
       two other manually-edited configuration files, which control
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-locks.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.12. Lock Management
19.12. Lock Management
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.12. Lock Management
deadlock_timeout (integer)
+19.12. Lock Management
19.12. Lock Management
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.12. Lock Management
deadlock_timeout (integer)
       
       
       
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-logging.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.8. Error Reporting and Logging
19.8. Error Reporting and Logging
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.8. Error Reporting and Logging
19.8.1. Where To Log
19.8.2. When To Log
19.8.3. What To Log
19.8.4. Using CSV-Format Log Output
19.8.5. Process Title
19.8.1. Where To Log
log_destination (string)
+19.8. Error Reporting and Logging
19.8. Error Reporting and Logging
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.8. Error Reporting and Logging
19.8.1. Where To Log
19.8.2. When To Log
19.8.3. What To Log
19.8.4. Using CSV-Format Log Output
19.8.5. Process Title
19.8.1. Where To Log
log_destination (string)
       
       

         PostgreSQL supports several methods
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-preset.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.15. Preset Options
19.15. Preset Options
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.15. Preset Options

+19.15. Preset Options
19.15. Preset Options
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.15. Preset Options

      The following “parameters” are read-only, and are determined
      when PostgreSQL is compiled or when it is
      installed. As such, they have been excluded from the sample
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-query.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.7. Query Planning
19.7. Query Planning
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.7. Query Planning
19.7.1. Planner Method Configuration
19.7.2. Planner Cost Constants
19.7.3. Genetic Query Optimizer
19.7.4. Other Planner Options
19.7.1. Planner Method Configuration

+19.7. Query Planning
19.7. Query Planning
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.7. Query Planning
19.7.1. Planner Method Configuration
19.7.2. Planner Cost Constants
19.7.3. Genetic Query Optimizer
19.7.4. Other Planner Options
19.7.1. Planner Method Configuration

        These configuration parameters provide a crude method of
        influencing the query plans chosen by the query optimizer. If
        the default plan chosen by the optimizer for a particular query
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-replication.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.6. Replication
19.6. Replication
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.6. Replication
19.6.1. Sending Servers
19.6.2. Master Server
19.6.3. Standby Servers
19.6.4. Subscribers

+19.6. Replication
19.6. Replication
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.6. Replication
19.6.1. Sending Servers
19.6.2. Master Server
19.6.3. Standby Servers
19.6.4. Subscribers

      These settings control the behavior of the built-in
      streaming replication feature (see
      Section 26.2.5).  Servers will be either a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-resource.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.4. Resource Consumption
19.4. Resource Consumption
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.4. Resource Consumption
19.4.1. Memory
19.4.2. Disk
19.4.3. Kernel Resource Usage
19.4.4. Cost-based Vacuum Delay
19.4.5. Background Writer
19.4.6. Asynchronous Behavior
19.4.1. Memory
shared_buffers (integer)
+19.4. Resource Consumption
19.4. Resource Consumption
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.4. Resource Consumption
19.4.1. Memory
19.4.2. Disk
19.4.3. Kernel Resource Usage
19.4.4. Cost-based Vacuum Delay
19.4.5. Background Writer
19.4.6. Asynchronous Behavior
19.4.1. Memory
shared_buffers (integer)
       
       

         Sets the amount of memory the database server uses for shared
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-short.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.18. Short Options
19.18. Short Options
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.18. Short Options

+19.18. Short Options
19.18. Short Options
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.18. Short Options

     For convenience there are also single letter command-line option
     switches available for some parameters.  They are described in
     Table 19.2.  Some of these
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-statistics.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.9. Run-time Statistics
19.9. Run-time Statistics
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.9. Run-time Statistics
19.9.1. Query and Index Statistics Collector
19.9.2. Statistics Monitoring
19.9.1. Query and Index Statistics Collector

+19.9. Run-time Statistics
19.9. Run-time Statistics
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.9. Run-time Statistics
19.9.1. Query and Index Statistics Collector
19.9.2. Statistics Monitoring
19.9.1. Query and Index Statistics Collector

       These parameters control server-wide statistics collection features.
       When statistics collection is enabled, the data that is produced can be
       accessed via the pg_stat and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config-wal.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-19.5. Write Ahead Log
19.5. Write Ahead Log
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.5. Write Ahead Log
19.5.1. Settings
19.5.2. Checkpoints
19.5.3. Archiving

+19.5. Write Ahead Log
19.5. Write Ahead Log
Prev UpChapter 19. Server ConfigurationHome Next
19.5. Write Ahead Log
19.5.1. Settings
19.5.2. Checkpoints
19.5.3. Archiving

     For additional information on tuning these settings,
     see Section 30.4.
    
19.5.1. Settings
wal_level (enum)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime-config.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 19. Server Configuration
Chapter 19. Server Configuration
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 19. Server Configuration
Table of Contents
19.1. Setting Parameters
19.1.1. Parameter Names and Values
19.1.2. Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
19.1.3. Parameter Interaction via SQL
19.1.4. Parameter Interaction via the Shell
19.1.5. Managing Configuration File Contents
19.2. File Locations
19.3. Connections and Authentication
19.3.1. Connection Settings
19.3.2. Authentication
19.3.3. SSL
19.4. Resource Consumption
19.4.1. Memory
19.4.2. Disk
19.4.3. Kernel Resource Usage
19.4.4. Cost-based Vacuum Delay
19.4.5. Background Writer
19.4.6. Asynchronous Behavior
19.5. Write Ahead Log
19.5.1. Settings
19.5.2. Checkpoints
19.5.3. Archiving
19.6. Replication
19.6.1. Sending Servers
19.6.2. Master Server
19.6.3. Standby Servers
19.6.4. Subscribers
19.7. Query Planning
19.7.1. Planner Method Configuration
19.7.2. Planner Cost Constants
19.7.3. Genetic Query Optimizer
19.7.4. Other Planner Options
19.8. Error Reporting and Logging
19.8.1. Where To Log
19.8.2. When To Log
19.8.3. What To Log
19.8.4. Using CSV-Format Log Output
19.8.5. Process Title
19.9. Run-time Statistics
19.9.1. Query and Index Statistics Collector
19.9.2. Statistics Monitoring
19.10. Automatic Vacuuming
19.11. Client Connection Defaults
19.11.1. Statement Behavior
19.11.2. Locale and Formatting
19.11.3. Shared Library Preloading
19.11.4. Other Defaults
19.12. Lock Management
19.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
19.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions
19.13.2. Platform and Client Compatibility
19.14. Error Handling
19.15. Preset Options
19.16. Customized Options
19.17. Developer Options
19.18. Short Options

+Chapter 19. Server Configuration
Chapter 19. Server Configuration
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 19. Server Configuration
Table of Contents
19.1. Setting Parameters
19.1.1. Parameter Names and Values
19.1.2. Parameter Interaction via the Configuration File
19.1.3. Parameter Interaction via SQL
19.1.4. Parameter Interaction via the Shell
19.1.5. Managing Configuration File Contents
19.2. File Locations
19.3. Connections and Authentication
19.3.1. Connection Settings
19.3.2. Authentication
19.3.3. SSL
19.4. Resource Consumption
19.4.1. Memory
19.4.2. Disk
19.4.3. Kernel Resource Usage
19.4.4. Cost-based Vacuum Delay
19.4.5. Background Writer
19.4.6. Asynchronous Behavior
19.5. Write Ahead Log
19.5.1. Settings
19.5.2. Checkpoints
19.5.3. Archiving
19.6. Replication
19.6.1. Sending Servers
19.6.2. Master Server
19.6.3. Standby Servers
19.6.4. Subscribers
19.7. Query Planning
19.7.1. Planner Method Configuration
19.7.2. Planner Cost Constants
19.7.3. Genetic Query Optimizer
19.7.4. Other Planner Options
19.8. Error Reporting and Logging
19.8.1. Where To Log
19.8.2. When To Log
19.8.3. What To Log
19.8.4. Using CSV-Format Log Output
19.8.5. Process Title
19.9. Run-time Statistics
19.9.1. Query and Index Statistics Collector
19.9.2. Statistics Monitoring
19.10. Automatic Vacuuming
19.11. Client Connection Defaults
19.11.1. Statement Behavior
19.11.2. Locale and Formatting
19.11.3. Shared Library Preloading
19.11.4. Other Defaults
19.12. Lock Management
19.13. Version and Platform Compatibility
19.13.1. Previous PostgreSQL Versions
19.13.2. Platform and Client Compatibility
19.14. Error Handling
19.15. Preset Options
19.16. Customized Options
19.17. Developer Options
19.18. Short Options

    There are many configuration parameters that affect the behavior of
    the database system. In the first section of this chapter we
    describe how to interact with configuration parameters. The subsequent sections
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/runtime.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 18. Server Setup and Operation
Chapter 18. Server Setup and Operation
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Chapter 18. Server Setup and Operation
Table of Contents
18.1. The PostgreSQL User Account
18.2. Creating a Database Cluster
18.2.1. Use of Secondary File Systems
18.2.2. Use of Network File Systems
18.3. Starting the Database Server
18.3.1. Server Start-up Failures
18.3.2. Client Connection Problems
18.4. Managing Kernel Resources
18.4.1. Shared Memory and Semaphores
18.4.2. systemd RemoveIPC
18.4.3. Resource Limits
18.4.4. Linux Memory Overcommit
18.4.5. Linux Huge Pages
18.5. Shutting Down the Server
18.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
18.6.1. Upgrading Data via pg_dumpall
18.6.2. Upgrading Data via pg_upgrade
18.6.3. Upgrading Data via Replication
18.7. Preventing Server Spoofing
18.8. Encryption Options
18.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
18.9.1. Basic Setup
18.9.2. OpenSSL Configuration
18.9.3. Using Client Certificates
18.9.4. SSL Server File Usage
18.9.5. Creating Certificates
18.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
18.11. Registering Event Log on Windows

+Chapter 18. Server Setup and Operation
Chapter 18. Server Setup and Operation
Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
Prev Up Next
17.1. Building with Visual C++ or the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sasl-authentication.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-53.3. SASL Authentication
53.3. SASL Authentication
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.3. SASL Authentication
53.3.1. SCRAM-SHA-256 authentication

+53.3. SASL Authentication
53.3. SASL Authentication
Prev UpChapter 53. Frontend/Backend ProtocolHome Next
53.3. SASL Authentication
53.3.1. SCRAM-SHA-256 authentication

 SASL is a framework for authentication in connection-oriented
 protocols. At the moment, PostgreSQL implements two SASL
 authentication mechanisms, SCRAM-SHA-256 and SCRAM-SHA-256-PLUS. More
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/seg.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.34. seg
F.34. seg
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.34. seg
F.34.1. Rationale
F.34.2. Syntax
F.34.3. Precision
F.34.4. Usage
F.34.5. Notes
F.34.6. Credits

+F.34. seg
F.34. seg
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.34. seg
F.34.1. Rationale
F.34.2. Syntax
F.34.3. Precision
F.34.4. Usage
F.34.5. Notes
F.34.6. Credits

   This module implements a data type seg for
   representing line segments, or floating point intervals.
   seg can represent uncertainty in the interval endpoints,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sepgsql.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.35. sepgsql
F.35. sepgsql
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.35. sepgsql
F.35.1. Overview
F.35.2. Installation
F.35.3. Regression Tests
F.35.4. GUC Parameters
F.35.5. Features
F.35.6. Sepgsql Functions
F.35.7. Limitations
F.35.8. External Resources
F.35.9. Author

+F.35. sepgsql
F.35. sepgsql
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.35. sepgsql
F.35.1. Overview
F.35.2. Installation
F.35.3. Regression Tests
F.35.4. GUC Parameters
F.35.5. Features
F.35.6. Sepgsql Functions
F.35.7. Limitations
F.35.8. External Resources
F.35.9. Author

   sepgsql is a loadable module that supports label-based
   mandatory access control (MAC) based on SELinux security
   policy.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/server-programming.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Part V. Server Programming
Part V. Server Programming
Prev   Home Next
Part V. Server Programming

+Part V. Server Programming
Part V. Server Programming
Prev   Home Next
Part V. Server Programming

     This part is about extending the server functionality with
     user-defined functions, data types, triggers, etc.  These are
     advanced topics which should probably be approached only after all
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/server-shutdown.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-18.5. Shutting Down the Server
18.5. Shutting Down the Server
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.5. Shutting Down the Server

+18.5. Shutting Down the Server
18.5. Shutting Down the Server
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.5. Shutting Down the Server

    There are several ways to shut down the database server. You control
    the type of shutdown by sending different signals to the master
    postgres process.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/server-start.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-18.3. Starting the Database Server
18.3. Starting the Database Server
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.3. Starting the Database Server
18.3.1. Server Start-up Failures
18.3.2. Client Connection Problems

+18.3. Starting the Database Server
18.3. Starting the Database Server
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.3. Starting the Database Server
18.3.1. Server Start-up Failures
18.3.2. Client Connection Problems

    Before anyone can access the database, you must start the database
    server. The database server program is called
    postgres.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/source-conventions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-54.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
54.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
Prev UpChapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next
54.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
C Standard

+54.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
54.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
Prev UpChapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next
54.4. Miscellaneous Coding Conventions
C Standard

      Code in PostgreSQL should only rely on language
      features available in the C89 standard. That means a conforming
      C89 compiler has to be able to compile postgres, at least aside
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
      used, if a fallback is provided.
     

      For example static inline and
-     _StaticAssert() are currently used, even
+     _Static_assert() are currently used, even
      though they are from newer revisions of the C standard. If not
      available we respectively fall back to defining the functions
      without inline, and to using a C89 compatible replacement that
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/source-format.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-54.1. Formatting
54.1. Formatting
Prev UpChapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next
54.1. Formatting

+54.1. Formatting
54.1. Formatting
Prev UpChapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding ConventionsHome Next
54.1. Formatting

     Source code formatting uses 4 column tab spacing, with
     tabs preserved (i.e., tabs are not expanded to spaces).
     Each logical indentation level is one additional tab stop.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/source.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/source.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/source.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/source.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Chapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
Chapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0 Home 54.1. Formatting

\ No newline at end of file
+Chapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
Chapter 54. PostgreSQL Coding Conventions
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
53.10. Summary of Changes since Protocol 2.0 Home 54.1. Formatting

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sourcerepo.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
Table of Contents
I.1. Getting The Source via Git

+Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
Appendix I. The Source Code Repository
Table of Contents
I.1. Getting The Source via Git

   The PostgreSQL source code is stored and managed
   using the Git version control system. A public
   mirror of the master repository is available; it is updated within a minute
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-builtin-opclasses.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-65.2. Built-in Operator Classes
65.2. Built-in Operator Classes
Prev UpChapter 65. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next
65.2. Built-in Operator Classes

+65.2. Built-in Operator Classes
65.2. Built-in Operator Classes
Prev UpChapter 65. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next
65.2. Built-in Operator Classes

   The core PostgreSQL distribution
   includes the SP-GiST operator classes shown in
   Table 65.1.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-examples.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-65.5. Examples
65.5. Examples
Prev UpChapter 65. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next
65.5. Examples

+65.5. Examples
65.5. Examples
Prev UpChapter 65. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next
65.5. Examples

   The PostgreSQL source distribution includes
   several examples of index operator classes for SP-GiST,
   as described in Table 65.1.  Look
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-extensibility.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-65.3. Extensibility
65.3. Extensibility
Prev UpChapter 65. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next
65.3. Extensibility

+65.3. Extensibility
65.3. Extensibility
Prev UpChapter 65. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next
65.3. Extensibility

   SP-GiST offers an interface with a high level of
   abstraction, requiring the access method developer to implement only
   methods specific to a given data type. The SP-GiST core
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-implementation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-65.4. Implementation
65.4. Implementation
Prev UpChapter 65. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next
65.4. Implementation
65.4.1. SP-GiST Limits
65.4.2. SP-GiST Without Node Labels
65.4.3. “All-the-same” Inner Tuples

+65.4. Implementation
65.4. Implementation
Prev UpChapter 65. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next
65.4. Implementation
65.4.1. SP-GiST Limits
65.4.2. SP-GiST Without Node Labels
65.4.3. “All-the-same” Inner Tuples

    This section covers implementation details and other tricks that are
    useful for implementers of SP-GiST operator classes to
    know.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-65.1. Introduction
65.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 65. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next
65.1. Introduction

+65.1. Introduction
65.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 65. SP-GiST IndexesHome Next
65.1. Introduction

   SP-GiST is an abbreviation for space-partitioned
   GiST.  SP-GiST supports partitioned
   search trees, which facilitate development of a wide range of different
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spgist.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Chapter 65. SP-GiST Indexes
Chapter 65. SP-GiST Indexes
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
64.5. Examples Home 65.1. Introduction

\ No newline at end of file
+Chapter 65. SP-GiST Indexes
Chapter 65. SP-GiST Indexes
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
64.5. Examples Home 65.1. Introduction

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-examples.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-47.6. Examples
47.6. Examples
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.6. Examples

+47.6. Examples
47.6. Examples
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.6. Examples

    This section contains a very simple example of SPI usage. The
    C function execq takes an SQL command as its
    first argument and a row count as its second, executes the command
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface-support.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-47.2. Interface Support Functions
47.2. Interface Support Functions
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.2. Interface Support Functions
SPI_fname — determine the column name for the specified column number
SPI_fnumber — determine the column number for the specified column name
SPI_getvalue — return the string value of the specified column
SPI_getbinval — return the binary value of the specified column
SPI_gettype — return the data type name of the specified column
SPI_gettypeid — return the data type OID of the specified column
SPI_getrelname — return the name of the specified relation
SPI_getnspname — return the namespace of the specified relation
SPI_result_code_string — return error code as string

+47.2. Interface Support Functions
47.2. Interface Support Functions
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.2. Interface Support Functions
SPI_fname — determine the column name for the specified column number
SPI_fnumber — determine the column number for the specified column name
SPI_getvalue — return the string value of the specified column
SPI_getbinval — return the binary value of the specified column
SPI_gettype — return the data type name of the specified column
SPI_gettypeid — return the data type OID of the specified column
SPI_getrelname — return the name of the specified relation
SPI_getnspname — return the namespace of the specified relation
SPI_result_code_string — return error code as string

   The functions described here provide an interface for extracting
   information from result sets returned by SPI_execute and
   other SPI functions.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-interface.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-47.1. Interface Functions
47.1. Interface Functions
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.1. Interface Functions
SPI_connect — connect a C function to the SPI manager
SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
SPI_execute — execute a command
SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement
+47.1. Interface Functions
47.1. Interface Functions
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.1. Interface Functions
SPI_connect — connect a C function to the SPI manager
SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
SPI_execute — execute a command
SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement
   prepared by SPI_prepare
SPI_getargtypeid — return the data type OID for an argument of
   a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
SPI_is_cursor_plan — return true if a statement
   prepared by SPI_prepare can be used with
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-memory.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-47.3. Memory Management
47.3. Memory Management
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.3. Memory Management
SPI_palloc — allocate memory in the upper executor context
SPI_repalloc — reallocate memory in the upper executor context
SPI_pfree — free memory in the upper executor context
SPI_copytuple — make a copy of a row in the upper executor context
SPI_returntuple — prepare to return a tuple as a Datum
SPI_modifytuple — create a row by replacing selected fields of a given row
SPI_freetuple — free a row allocated in the upper executor context
SPI_freetuptable — free a row set created by SPI_execute or a similar
+47.3. Memory Management
47.3. Memory Management
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.3. Memory Management
SPI_palloc — allocate memory in the upper executor context
SPI_repalloc — reallocate memory in the upper executor context
SPI_pfree — free memory in the upper executor context
SPI_copytuple — make a copy of a row in the upper executor context
SPI_returntuple — prepare to return a tuple as a Datum
SPI_modifytuple — create a row by replacing selected fields of a given row
SPI_freetuple — free a row allocated in the upper executor context
SPI_freetuptable — free a row set created by SPI_execute or a similar
   function
SPI_freeplan — free a previously saved prepared statement

     
    PostgreSQL allocates memory within
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-realloc.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_repalloc
SPI_repalloc
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_repalloc
SPI_repalloc — reallocate memory in the upper executor context
Synopsis
+SPI_repalloc
SPI_repalloc
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_repalloc
SPI_repalloc — reallocate memory in the upper executor context
Synopsis
 void * SPI_repalloc(void * pointer, Size size)
 
Description

    SPI_repalloc changes the size of a memory
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-commit.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_commit
SPI_commit
Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next
SPI_commit
SPI_commit — commit the current transaction
Synopsis
+SPI_commit
SPI_commit
Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next
SPI_commit
SPI_commit — commit the current transaction
Synopsis
 void SPI_commit(void)
 
Description

    SPI_commit commits the current transaction.  It is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-connect.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_connect
SPI_connect
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_connect
SPI_connect, SPI_connect_ext — connect a C function to the SPI manager
Synopsis
+SPI_connect
SPI_connect
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_connect
SPI_connect, SPI_connect_ext — connect a C function to the SPI manager
Synopsis
 int SPI_connect(void)
 
 int SPI_connect_ext(int options)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-copytuple.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_copytuple
SPI_copytuple
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_copytuple
SPI_copytuple — make a copy of a row in the upper executor context
Synopsis
+SPI_copytuple
SPI_copytuple
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_copytuple
SPI_copytuple — make a copy of a row in the upper executor context
Synopsis
 HeapTuple SPI_copytuple(HeapTuple row)
 
Description

    SPI_copytuple makes a copy of a row in the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-close.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_cursor_close
SPI_cursor_close
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_close
SPI_cursor_close — close a cursor
Synopsis
+SPI_cursor_close
SPI_cursor_close
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_close
SPI_cursor_close — close a cursor
Synopsis
 void SPI_cursor_close(Portal portal)
 
Description

    SPI_cursor_close closes a previously created
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-fetch.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_cursor_fetch
SPI_cursor_fetch
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_fetch
SPI_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor
Synopsis
+SPI_cursor_fetch
SPI_cursor_fetch
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_fetch
SPI_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor
Synopsis
 void SPI_cursor_fetch(Portal portal, bool forward, long count)
 
Description

    SPI_cursor_fetch fetches some rows from a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-find.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_cursor_find
SPI_cursor_find
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_find
SPI_cursor_find — find an existing cursor by name
Synopsis
+SPI_cursor_find
SPI_cursor_find
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_find
SPI_cursor_find — find an existing cursor by name
Synopsis
 Portal SPI_cursor_find(const char * name)
 
Description

    SPI_cursor_find finds an existing portal by
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-move.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_cursor_move
SPI_cursor_move
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_move
SPI_cursor_move — move a cursor
Synopsis
+SPI_cursor_move
SPI_cursor_move
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_move
SPI_cursor_move — move a cursor
Synopsis
 void SPI_cursor_move(Portal portal, bool forward, long count)
 
Description

    SPI_cursor_move skips over some number of rows
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-args.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_cursor_open_with_args
SPI_cursor_open_with_args
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_open_with_args
SPI_cursor_open_with_args — set up a cursor using a query and parameters
Synopsis
+SPI_cursor_open_with_args
SPI_cursor_open_with_args
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_open_with_args
SPI_cursor_open_with_args — set up a cursor using a query and parameters
Synopsis
 Portal SPI_cursor_open_with_args(const char *name,
                                  const char *command,
                                  int nargs, Oid *argtypes,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open-with-paramlist.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist — set up a cursor using parameters
Synopsis
+SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist
SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist — set up a cursor using parameters
Synopsis
 Portal SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist(const char *name,
                                       SPIPlanPtr plan,
                                       ParamListInfo params,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-cursor-open.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_cursor_open
SPI_cursor_open
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_open
SPI_cursor_open — set up a cursor using a statement created with SPI_prepare
Synopsis
+SPI_cursor_open
SPI_cursor_open
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_cursor_open
SPI_cursor_open — set up a cursor using a statement created with SPI_prepare
Synopsis
 Portal SPI_cursor_open(const char * name, SPIPlanPtr plan,
                        Datum * values, const char * nulls,
                        bool read_only)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-exec.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_exec
SPI_exec
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_exec
SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
Synopsis
+SPI_exec
SPI_exec
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_exec
SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
Synopsis
 int SPI_exec(const char * command, long count)
 
Description

    SPI_exec is the same as
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execp.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_execp
SPI_execp
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_execp
SPI_execp — execute a statement in read/write mode
Synopsis
+SPI_execp
SPI_execp
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_execp
SPI_execp — execute a statement in read/write mode
Synopsis
 int SPI_execp(SPIPlanPtr plan, Datum * values, const char * nulls, long count)
 
Description

    SPI_execp is the same as
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan-with-paramlist.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
Synopsis
+SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist
SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
Synopsis
 int SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist(SPIPlanPtr plan,
                                     ParamListInfo params,
                                     bool read_only,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-plan.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_execute_plan
SPI_execute_plan
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_execute_plan
SPI_execute_plan — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
Synopsis
+SPI_execute_plan
SPI_execute_plan
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_execute_plan
SPI_execute_plan — execute a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
Synopsis
 int SPI_execute_plan(SPIPlanPtr plan, Datum * values, const char * nulls,
                      bool read_only, long count)
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute-with-args.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_execute_with_args
SPI_execute_with_args
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_execute_with_args
SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
Synopsis
+SPI_execute_with_args
SPI_execute_with_args
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_execute_with_args
SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
Synopsis
 int SPI_execute_with_args(const char *command,
                           int nargs, Oid *argtypes,
                           Datum *values, const char *nulls,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-execute.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_execute
SPI_execute
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_execute
SPI_execute — execute a command
Synopsis
+SPI_execute
SPI_execute
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_execute
SPI_execute — execute a command
Synopsis
 int SPI_execute(const char * command, bool read_only, long count)
 
Description

    SPI_execute executes the specified SQL command
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-finish.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_finish
SPI_finish
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_finish
SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
Synopsis
+SPI_finish
SPI_finish
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_finish
SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
Synopsis
 int SPI_finish(void)
 
Description

    SPI_finish closes an existing connection to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fname.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_fname
SPI_fname
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_fname
SPI_fname — determine the column name for the specified column number
Synopsis
+SPI_fname
SPI_fname
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_fname
SPI_fname — determine the column name for the specified column number
Synopsis
 char * SPI_fname(TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
 
Description

    SPI_fname returns a copy of the column name of the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-fnumber.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_fnumber
SPI_fnumber
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_fnumber
SPI_fnumber — determine the column number for the specified column name
Synopsis
+SPI_fnumber
SPI_fnumber
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_fnumber
SPI_fnumber — determine the column number for the specified column name
Synopsis
 int SPI_fnumber(TupleDesc rowdesc, const char * colname)
 
Description

    SPI_fnumber returns the column number for the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freeplan.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_freeplan
SPI_freeplan
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_freeplan
SPI_freeplan — free a previously saved prepared statement
Synopsis
+SPI_freeplan
SPI_freeplan
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_freeplan
SPI_freeplan — free a previously saved prepared statement
Synopsis
 int SPI_freeplan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
 
Description

    SPI_freeplan releases a prepared statement
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetuple.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_freetuple
SPI_freetuple
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_freetuple
SPI_freetuple — free a row allocated in the upper executor context
Synopsis
+SPI_freetuple
SPI_freetuple
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_freetuple
SPI_freetuple — free a row allocated in the upper executor context
Synopsis
 void SPI_freetuple(HeapTuple row)
 
Description

    SPI_freetuple frees a row previously allocated
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-freetupletable.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_freetuptable
SPI_freetuptable
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_freetuptable
SPI_freetuptable — free a row set created by SPI_execute or a similar
+SPI_freetuptable
SPI_freetuptable
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_freetuptable
SPI_freetuptable — free a row set created by SPI_execute or a similar
   function
Synopsis
 void SPI_freetuptable(SPITupleTable * tuptable)
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargcount.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_getargcount
SPI_getargcount
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getargcount
SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement
+SPI_getargcount
SPI_getargcount
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getargcount
SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement
   prepared by SPI_prepare
Synopsis
 int SPI_getargcount(SPIPlanPtr plan)
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getargtypeid.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_getargtypeid
SPI_getargtypeid
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getargtypeid
SPI_getargtypeid — return the data type OID for an argument of
+SPI_getargtypeid
SPI_getargtypeid
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getargtypeid
SPI_getargtypeid — return the data type OID for an argument of
   a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
Synopsis
 Oid SPI_getargtypeid(SPIPlanPtr plan, int argIndex)
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getbinval.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_getbinval
SPI_getbinval
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getbinval
SPI_getbinval — return the binary value of the specified column
Synopsis
+SPI_getbinval
SPI_getbinval
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getbinval
SPI_getbinval — return the binary value of the specified column
Synopsis
 Datum SPI_getbinval(HeapTuple row, TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber,
                     bool * isnull)
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getnspname.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_getnspname
SPI_getnspname
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getnspname
SPI_getnspname — return the namespace of the specified relation
Synopsis
+SPI_getnspname
SPI_getnspname
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getnspname
SPI_getnspname — return the namespace of the specified relation
Synopsis
 char * SPI_getnspname(Relation rel)
 
Description

    SPI_getnspname returns a copy of the name of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getrelname.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_getrelname
SPI_getrelname
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getrelname
SPI_getrelname — return the name of the specified relation
Synopsis
+SPI_getrelname
SPI_getrelname
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getrelname
SPI_getrelname — return the name of the specified relation
Synopsis
 char * SPI_getrelname(Relation rel)
 
Description

    SPI_getrelname returns a copy of the name of the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettype.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_gettype
SPI_gettype
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_gettype
SPI_gettype — return the data type name of the specified column
Synopsis
+SPI_gettype
SPI_gettype
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_gettype
SPI_gettype — return the data type name of the specified column
Synopsis
 char * SPI_gettype(TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
 
Description

    SPI_gettype returns a copy of the data type name of the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-gettypeid.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_gettypeid
SPI_gettypeid
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_gettypeid
SPI_gettypeid — return the data type OID of the specified column
Synopsis
+SPI_gettypeid
SPI_gettypeid
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_gettypeid
SPI_gettypeid — return the data type OID of the specified column
Synopsis
 Oid SPI_gettypeid(TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
 
Description

    SPI_gettypeid returns the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-getvalue.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_getvalue
SPI_getvalue
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getvalue
SPI_getvalue — return the string value of the specified column
Synopsis
+SPI_getvalue
SPI_getvalue
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_getvalue
SPI_getvalue — return the string value of the specified column
Synopsis
 char * SPI_getvalue(HeapTuple row, TupleDesc rowdesc, int colnumber)
 
Description

    SPI_getvalue returns the string representation
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-is-cursor-plan.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_is_cursor_plan
SPI_is_cursor_plan
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_is_cursor_plan
SPI_is_cursor_plan — return true if a statement
+SPI_is_cursor_plan
SPI_is_cursor_plan
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_is_cursor_plan
SPI_is_cursor_plan — return true if a statement
   prepared by SPI_prepare can be used with
   SPI_cursor_open
Synopsis
 bool SPI_is_cursor_plan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-keepplan.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_keepplan
SPI_keepplan
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_keepplan
SPI_keepplan — save a prepared statement
Synopsis
+SPI_keepplan
SPI_keepplan
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_keepplan
SPI_keepplan — save a prepared statement
Synopsis
 int SPI_keepplan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
 
Description

    SPI_keepplan saves a passed statement (prepared by
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-modifytuple.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_modifytuple
SPI_modifytuple
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_modifytuple
SPI_modifytuple — create a row by replacing selected fields of a given row
Synopsis
+SPI_modifytuple
SPI_modifytuple
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_modifytuple
SPI_modifytuple — create a row by replacing selected fields of a given row
Synopsis
 HeapTuple SPI_modifytuple(Relation rel, HeapTuple row, int ncols,
                           int * colnum, Datum * values, const char * nulls)
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-palloc.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_palloc
SPI_palloc
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_palloc
SPI_palloc — allocate memory in the upper executor context
Synopsis
+SPI_palloc
SPI_palloc
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_palloc
SPI_palloc — allocate memory in the upper executor context
Synopsis
 void * SPI_palloc(Size size)
 
Description

    SPI_palloc allocates memory in the upper
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-pfree.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_pfree
SPI_pfree
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_pfree
SPI_pfree — free memory in the upper executor context
Synopsis
+SPI_pfree
SPI_pfree
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_pfree
SPI_pfree — free memory in the upper executor context
Synopsis
 void SPI_pfree(void * pointer)
 
Description

    SPI_pfree frees memory previously allocated
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-cursor.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_prepare_cursor
SPI_prepare_cursor
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_prepare_cursor
SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
Synopsis
+SPI_prepare_cursor
SPI_prepare_cursor
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_prepare_cursor
SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
Synopsis
 SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare_cursor(const char * command, int nargs,
                               Oid * argtypes, int cursorOptions)
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare-params.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_prepare_params
SPI_prepare_params
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_prepare_params
SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
Synopsis
+SPI_prepare_params
SPI_prepare_params
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_prepare_params
SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
Synopsis
 SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare_params(const char * command,
                               ParserSetupHook parserSetup,
                               void * parserSetupArg,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-prepare.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_prepare
SPI_prepare
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_prepare
SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
Synopsis
+SPI_prepare
SPI_prepare
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_prepare
SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
Synopsis
 SPIPlanPtr SPI_prepare(const char * command, int nargs, Oid * argtypes)
 
Description

    SPI_prepare creates and returns a prepared
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-relation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_register_relation
SPI_register_relation
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_register_relation
SPI_register_relation — make an ephemeral named relation available by name in SPI queries
Synopsis
+SPI_register_relation
SPI_register_relation
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_register_relation
SPI_register_relation — make an ephemeral named relation available by name in SPI queries
Synopsis
 int SPI_register_relation(EphemeralNamedRelation enr)
 
Description

    SPI_register_relation makes an ephemeral named
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-register-trigger-data.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_register_trigger_data
SPI_register_trigger_data
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_register_trigger_data
SPI_register_trigger_data — make ephemeral trigger data available in SPI queries
Synopsis
+SPI_register_trigger_data
SPI_register_trigger_data
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_register_trigger_data
SPI_register_trigger_data — make ephemeral trigger data available in SPI queries
Synopsis
 int SPI_register_trigger_data(TriggerData *tdata)
 
Description

    SPI_register_trigger_data makes any ephemeral
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-result-code-string.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_result_code_string
SPI_result_code_string
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_result_code_string
SPI_result_code_string — return error code as string
Synopsis
+SPI_result_code_string
SPI_result_code_string
Prev Up47.2. Interface Support FunctionsHome Next
SPI_result_code_string
SPI_result_code_string — return error code as string
Synopsis
 const char * SPI_result_code_string(int code);
 
Description

    SPI_result_code_string returns a string representation
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-returntuple.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_returntuple
SPI_returntuple
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_returntuple
SPI_returntuple — prepare to return a tuple as a Datum
Synopsis
+SPI_returntuple
SPI_returntuple
Prev Up47.3. Memory ManagementHome Next
SPI_returntuple
SPI_returntuple — prepare to return a tuple as a Datum
Synopsis
 HeapTupleHeader SPI_returntuple(HeapTuple row, TupleDesc rowdesc)
 
Description

    SPI_returntuple makes a copy of a row in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-rollback.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_rollback
SPI_rollback
Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next
SPI_rollback
SPI_rollback — abort the current transaction
Synopsis
+SPI_rollback
SPI_rollback
Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next
SPI_rollback
SPI_rollback — abort the current transaction
Synopsis
 void SPI_rollback(void)
 
Description

    SPI_rollback rolls back the current transaction.  It
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-saveplan.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_saveplan
SPI_saveplan
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_saveplan
SPI_saveplan — save a prepared statement
Synopsis
+SPI_saveplan
SPI_saveplan
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_saveplan
SPI_saveplan — save a prepared statement
Synopsis
 SPIPlanPtr SPI_saveplan(SPIPlanPtr plan)
 
Description

    SPI_saveplan copies a passed statement (prepared by
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-fetch.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor
Synopsis
+SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch
SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch — fetch some rows from a cursor
Synopsis
 void SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch(Portal portal, FetchDirection direction,
                              long count)
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-scroll-cursor-move.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_scroll_cursor_move
SPI_scroll_cursor_move
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_scroll_cursor_move
SPI_scroll_cursor_move — move a cursor
Synopsis
+SPI_scroll_cursor_move
SPI_scroll_cursor_move
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_scroll_cursor_move
SPI_scroll_cursor_move — move a cursor
Synopsis
 void SPI_scroll_cursor_move(Portal portal, FetchDirection direction,
                             long count)
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-start-transaction.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_start_transaction
SPI_start_transaction
Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next
SPI_start_transaction
SPI_start_transaction — start a new transaction
Synopsis
+SPI_start_transaction
SPI_start_transaction
Prev Up47.4. Transaction ManagementHome Next
SPI_start_transaction
SPI_start_transaction — start a new transaction
Synopsis
 void SPI_start_transaction(void)
 
Description

    SPI_start_transaction starts a new transaction.  It
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-spi-unregister-relation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:41.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SPI_unregister_relation
SPI_unregister_relation
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_unregister_relation
SPI_unregister_relation — remove an ephemeral named relation from the registry
Synopsis
+SPI_unregister_relation
SPI_unregister_relation
Prev Up47.1. Interface FunctionsHome Next
SPI_unregister_relation
SPI_unregister_relation — remove an ephemeral named relation from the registry
Synopsis
 int SPI_unregister_relation(const char * name)
 
Description

    SPI_unregister_relation removes an ephemeral named
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-transaction.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-47.4. Transaction Management
47.4. Transaction Management
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.4. Transaction Management
SPI_commit — commit the current transaction
SPI_rollback — abort the current transaction
SPI_start_transaction — start a new transaction

+47.4. Transaction Management
47.4. Transaction Management
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.4. Transaction Management
SPI_commit — commit the current transaction
SPI_rollback — abort the current transaction
SPI_start_transaction — start a new transaction

    It is not possible to run transaction control commands such
    as COMMIT and ROLLBACK through SPI
    functions such as SPI_execute.  There are, however,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi-visibility.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.5. Visibility of Data Changes

+47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
47.5. Visibility of Data Changes
Prev UpChapter 47. Server Programming InterfaceHome Next
47.5. Visibility of Data Changes

    The following rules govern the visibility of data changes in
    functions that use SPI (or any other C function):
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/spi.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
Table of Contents
47.1. Interface Functions
SPI_connect — connect a C function to the SPI manager
SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
SPI_execute — execute a command
SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement
+Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
Chapter 47. Server Programming Interface
Table of Contents
47.1. Interface Functions
SPI_connect — connect a C function to the SPI manager
SPI_finish — disconnect a C function from the SPI manager
SPI_execute — execute a command
SPI_exec — execute a read/write command
SPI_execute_with_args — execute a command with out-of-line parameters
SPI_prepare — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_prepare_cursor — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_prepare_params — prepare a statement, without executing it yet
SPI_getargcount — return the number of arguments needed by a statement
   prepared by SPI_prepare
SPI_getargtypeid — return the data type OID for an argument of
   a statement prepared by SPI_prepare
SPI_is_cursor_plan — return true if a statement
   prepared by SPI_prepare can be used with
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-abort.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ABORT
ABORT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ABORT
ABORT — abort the current transaction
Synopsis
+ABORT
ABORT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ABORT
ABORT — abort the current transaction
Synopsis
 ABORT [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
 
Description

    ABORT rolls back the current transaction and causes
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteraggregate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER AGGREGATE
ALTER AGGREGATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER AGGREGATE
ALTER AGGREGATE — change the definition of an aggregate function
Synopsis
+ALTER AGGREGATE
ALTER AGGREGATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER AGGREGATE
ALTER AGGREGATE — change the definition of an aggregate function
Synopsis
 ALTER AGGREGATE name ( aggregate_signature ) RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER AGGREGATE name ( aggregate_signature )
                 OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altercollation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER COLLATION
ALTER COLLATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER COLLATION
ALTER COLLATION — change the definition of a collation
Synopsis
+ALTER COLLATION
ALTER COLLATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER COLLATION
ALTER COLLATION — change the definition of a collation
Synopsis
 ALTER COLLATION name REFRESH VERSION
 
 ALTER COLLATION name RENAME TO new_name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterconversion.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER CONVERSION
ALTER CONVERSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER CONVERSION
ALTER CONVERSION — change the definition of a conversion
Synopsis
+ALTER CONVERSION
ALTER CONVERSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER CONVERSION
ALTER CONVERSION — change the definition of a conversion
Synopsis
 ALTER CONVERSION name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER CONVERSION name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 ALTER CONVERSION name SET SCHEMA new_schema
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdatabase.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER DATABASE
ALTER DATABASE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER DATABASE
ALTER DATABASE — change a database
Synopsis
+ALTER DATABASE
ALTER DATABASE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER DATABASE
ALTER DATABASE — change a database
Synopsis
 ALTER DATABASE name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
 
 where option can be:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdefaultprivileges.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES — define default access privileges
Synopsis
+ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES — define default access privileges
Synopsis
 ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES
     [ FOR { ROLE | USER } target_role [, ...] ]
     [ IN SCHEMA schema_name [, ...] ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html	2019-08-05 21:28:37.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterdomain.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER DOMAIN
ALTER DOMAIN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER DOMAIN
ALTER DOMAIN — 
+ALTER DOMAIN
ALTER DOMAIN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER DOMAIN
ALTER DOMAIN — 
    change the definition of a domain
   
Synopsis
 ALTER DOMAIN name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altereventtrigger.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
ALTER EVENT TRIGGER — change the definition of an event trigger
Synopsis
+ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER EVENT TRIGGER
ALTER EVENT TRIGGER — change the definition of an event trigger
Synopsis
 ALTER EVENT TRIGGER name DISABLE
 ALTER EVENT TRIGGER name ENABLE [ REPLICA | ALWAYS ]
 ALTER EVENT TRIGGER name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterextension.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER EXTENSION
ALTER EXTENSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER EXTENSION
ALTER EXTENSION — 
+ALTER EXTENSION
ALTER EXTENSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER EXTENSION
ALTER EXTENSION — 
    change the definition of an extension
   
Synopsis
 ALTER EXTENSION name UPDATE [ TO new_version ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigndatawrapper.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — change the definition of a foreign-data wrapper
Synopsis
+ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — change the definition of a foreign-data wrapper
Synopsis
 ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER name
     [ HANDLER handler_function | NO HANDLER ]
     [ VALIDATOR validator_function | NO VALIDATOR ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterforeigntable.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
ALTER FOREIGN TABLE — change the definition of a foreign table
Synopsis
+ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER FOREIGN TABLE
ALTER FOREIGN TABLE — change the definition of a foreign table
Synopsis
 ALTER FOREIGN TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ]
     action [, ... ]
 ALTER FOREIGN TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterfunction.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER FUNCTION
ALTER FUNCTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER FUNCTION
ALTER FUNCTION — change the definition of a function
Synopsis
+ALTER FUNCTION
ALTER FUNCTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER FUNCTION
ALTER FUNCTION — change the definition of a function
Synopsis
 ALTER FUNCTION name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
     action [ ... ] [ RESTRICT ]
 ALTER FUNCTION name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altergroup.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER GROUP
ALTER GROUP
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER GROUP
ALTER GROUP — change role name or membership
Synopsis
+ALTER GROUP
ALTER GROUP
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER GROUP
ALTER GROUP — change role name or membership
Synopsis
 ALTER GROUP role_specification ADD USER user_name [, ... ]
 ALTER GROUP role_specification DROP USER user_name [, ... ]
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterindex.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER INDEX
ALTER INDEX
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER INDEX
ALTER INDEX — change the definition of an index
Synopsis
+ALTER INDEX
ALTER INDEX
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER INDEX
ALTER INDEX — change the definition of an index
Synopsis
 ALTER INDEX [ IF EXISTS ] name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER INDEX [ IF EXISTS ] name SET TABLESPACE tablespace_name
 ALTER INDEX name ATTACH PARTITION index_name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlanguage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER LANGUAGE
ALTER LANGUAGE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER LANGUAGE
ALTER LANGUAGE — change the definition of a procedural language
Synopsis
+ALTER LANGUAGE
ALTER LANGUAGE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER LANGUAGE
ALTER LANGUAGE — change the definition of a procedural language
Synopsis
 ALTER [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterlargeobject.html	2019-11-11 22:18:42.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER LARGE OBJECT
ALTER LARGE OBJECT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER LARGE OBJECT
ALTER LARGE OBJECT — change the definition of a large object
Synopsis
+ALTER LARGE OBJECT
ALTER LARGE OBJECT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER LARGE OBJECT
ALTER LARGE OBJECT — change the definition of a large object
Synopsis
 ALTER LARGE OBJECT large_object_oid OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 
Description

    ALTER LARGE OBJECT changes the definition of a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altermaterializedview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW — change the definition of a materialized view
Synopsis
+ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW
ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW — change the definition of a materialized view
Synopsis
 ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name
     action [, ... ]
 ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropclass.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS — change the definition of an operator class
Synopsis
+ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS
ALTER OPERATOR CLASS — change the definition of an operator class
Synopsis
 ALTER OPERATOR CLASS name USING index_method
     RENAME TO new_name
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteroperator.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER OPERATOR
ALTER OPERATOR
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER OPERATOR
ALTER OPERATOR — change the definition of an operator
Synopsis
+ALTER OPERATOR
ALTER OPERATOR
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER OPERATOR
ALTER OPERATOR — change the definition of an operator
Synopsis
 ALTER OPERATOR name ( { left_type | NONE } , { right_type | NONE } )
     OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteropfamily.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY — change the definition of an operator family
Synopsis
+ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY
ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY — change the definition of an operator family
Synopsis
 ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY name USING index_method ADD
   {  OPERATOR strategy_number operator_name ( op_type, op_type )
               [ FOR SEARCH | FOR ORDER BY sort_family_name ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpolicy.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER POLICY
ALTER POLICY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER POLICY
ALTER POLICY — change the definition of a row level security policy
Synopsis
+ALTER POLICY
ALTER POLICY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER POLICY
ALTER POLICY — change the definition of a row level security policy
Synopsis
 ALTER POLICY name ON table_name RENAME TO new_name
 
 ALTER POLICY name ON table_name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterprocedure.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER PROCEDURE
ALTER PROCEDURE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER PROCEDURE
ALTER PROCEDURE — change the definition of a procedure
Synopsis
+ALTER PROCEDURE
ALTER PROCEDURE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER PROCEDURE
ALTER PROCEDURE — change the definition of a procedure
Synopsis
 ALTER PROCEDURE name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
     action [ ... ] [ RESTRICT ]
 ALTER PROCEDURE name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterpublication.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER PUBLICATION
ALTER PUBLICATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER PUBLICATION
ALTER PUBLICATION — change the definition of a publication
Synopsis
+ALTER PUBLICATION
ALTER PUBLICATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER PUBLICATION
ALTER PUBLICATION — change the definition of a publication
Synopsis
 ALTER PUBLICATION name ADD TABLE [ ONLY ] table_name [ * ] [, ...]
 ALTER PUBLICATION name SET TABLE [ ONLY ] table_name [ * ] [, ...]
 ALTER PUBLICATION name DROP TABLE [ ONLY ] table_name [ * ] [, ...]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrole.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER ROLE
ALTER ROLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER ROLE
ALTER ROLE — change a database role
Synopsis
+ALTER ROLE
ALTER ROLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER ROLE
ALTER ROLE — change a database role
Synopsis
 ALTER ROLE role_specification [ WITH ] option [ ... ]
 
 where option can be:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterroutine.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER ROUTINE
ALTER ROUTINE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER ROUTINE
ALTER ROUTINE — change the definition of a routine
Synopsis
+ALTER ROUTINE
ALTER ROUTINE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER ROUTINE
ALTER ROUTINE — change the definition of a routine
Synopsis
 ALTER ROUTINE name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
     action [ ... ] [ RESTRICT ]
 ALTER ROUTINE name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterrule.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER RULE
ALTER RULE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER RULE
ALTER RULE — change the definition of a rule
Synopsis
+ALTER RULE
ALTER RULE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER RULE
ALTER RULE — change the definition of a rule
Synopsis
 ALTER RULE name ON table_name RENAME TO new_name
 
Description

    ALTER RULE changes properties of an existing
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterschema.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER SCHEMA
ALTER SCHEMA
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER SCHEMA
ALTER SCHEMA — change the definition of a schema
Synopsis
+ALTER SCHEMA
ALTER SCHEMA
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER SCHEMA
ALTER SCHEMA — change the definition of a schema
Synopsis
 ALTER SCHEMA name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER SCHEMA name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersequence.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER SEQUENCE
ALTER SEQUENCE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER SEQUENCE
ALTER SEQUENCE — 
+ALTER SEQUENCE
ALTER SEQUENCE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER SEQUENCE
ALTER SEQUENCE — 
    change the definition of a sequence generator
   
Synopsis
 ALTER SEQUENCE [ IF EXISTS ] name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterserver.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER SERVER
ALTER SERVER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER SERVER
ALTER SERVER — change the definition of a foreign server
Synopsis
+ALTER SERVER
ALTER SERVER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER SERVER
ALTER SERVER — change the definition of a foreign server
Synopsis
 ALTER SERVER name [ VERSION 'new_version' ]
     [ OPTIONS ( [ ADD | SET | DROP ] option ['value'] [, ... ] ) ]
 ALTER SERVER name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterstatistics.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER STATISTICS
ALTER STATISTICS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER STATISTICS
ALTER STATISTICS — 
+ALTER STATISTICS
ALTER STATISTICS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER STATISTICS
ALTER STATISTICS — 
    change the definition of an extended statistics object
   
Synopsis
 ALTER STATISTICS name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersubscription.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION — change the definition of a subscription
Synopsis
+ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION
ALTER SUBSCRIPTION — change the definition of a subscription
Synopsis
 ALTER SUBSCRIPTION name CONNECTION 'conninfo'
 ALTER SUBSCRIPTION name SET PUBLICATION publication_name [, ...] [ WITH ( set_publication_option [= value] [, ... ] ) ]
 ALTER SUBSCRIPTION name REFRESH PUBLICATION [ WITH ( refresh_option [= value] [, ... ] ) ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altersystem.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER SYSTEM
ALTER SYSTEM
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER SYSTEM
ALTER SYSTEM — change a server configuration parameter
Synopsis
+ALTER SYSTEM
ALTER SYSTEM
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER SYSTEM
ALTER SYSTEM — change a server configuration parameter
Synopsis
 ALTER SYSTEM SET configuration_parameter { TO | = } { value | 'value' | DEFAULT }
 
 ALTER SYSTEM RESET configuration_parameter
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertable.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER TABLE
ALTER TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TABLE
ALTER TABLE — change the definition of a table
Synopsis
+ALTER TABLE
ALTER TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TABLE
ALTER TABLE — change the definition of a table
Synopsis
 ALTER TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ]
     action [, ... ]
 ALTER TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ]
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@
       or as a default partition by using DEFAULT.
       For each index in the target table, a corresponding
       one will be created in the attached table; or, if an equivalent
-      index already exists, will be attached to the target table's index,
+      index already exists, it will be attached to the target table's index,
       as if ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION had been executed.
       Note that if the existing table is a foreign table, it is currently not
       allowed to attach the table as a partition of the target table if there
@@ -546,21 +546,22 @@
       already exist.
       If any of the CHECK constraints of the table being
       attached is marked NO INHERIT, the command will fail;
-      such a constraint must be recreated without the NO INHERIT
-      clause.
+      such constraints must be recreated without the
+      NO INHERIT clause.
      

       If the new partition is a regular table, a full table scan is performed
-      to check that no existing row in the table violates the partition
-      constraint.  It is possible to avoid this scan by adding a valid
-      CHECK constraint to the table that would allow only
-      the rows satisfying the desired partition constraint before running this
-      command.  It will be determined using such a constraint that the table
-      need not be scanned to validate the partition constraint.  This does not
-      work, however, if any of the partition keys is an expression and the
-      partition does not accept NULL values.  If attaching
-      a list partition that will not accept NULL values,
-      also add NOT NULL constraint to the partition key
-      column, unless it's an expression.
+      to check that existing rows in the table do not violate the partition
+      constraint. It is possible to avoid this scan by adding a valid
+      CHECK constraint to the table that allows only
+      rows satisfying the desired partition constraint before running this
+      command. The CHECK constraint will be used to
+      determine that the table need not be scanned to validate the partition
+      constraint. This does not work, however, if any of the partition keys
+      is an expression and the partition does not accept
+      NULL values. If attaching a list partition that will
+      not accept NULL values, also add
+      NOT NULL constraint to the partition key column,
+      unless it's an expression.
      

       If the new partition is a foreign table, nothing is done to verify
       that all the rows in the foreign table obey the partition constraint.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertablespace.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER TABLESPACE
ALTER TABLESPACE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TABLESPACE
ALTER TABLESPACE — change the definition of a tablespace
Synopsis
+ALTER TABLESPACE
ALTER TABLESPACE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TABLESPACE
ALTER TABLESPACE — change the definition of a tablespace
Synopsis
 ALTER TABLESPACE name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER TABLESPACE name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 ALTER TABLESPACE name SET ( tablespace_option = value [, ... ] )
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertrigger.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER TRIGGER
ALTER TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TRIGGER
ALTER TRIGGER — change the definition of a trigger
Synopsis
+ALTER TRIGGER
ALTER TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TRIGGER
ALTER TRIGGER — change the definition of a trigger
Synopsis
 ALTER TRIGGER name ON table_name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER TRIGGER name ON table_name DEPENDS ON EXTENSION extension_name
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsconfig.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — change the definition of a text search configuration
Synopsis
+ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — change the definition of a text search configuration
Synopsis
 ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION name
     ADD MAPPING FOR token_type [, ... ] WITH dictionary_name [, ... ]
 ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsdictionary.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — change the definition of a text search dictionary
Synopsis
+ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — change the definition of a text search dictionary
Synopsis
 ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY name (
     option [ = value ] [, ... ]
 )
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertsparser.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER — change the definition of a text search parser
Synopsis
+ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER
ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER — change the definition of a text search parser
Synopsis
 ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER name SET SCHEMA new_schema
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertstemplate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — change the definition of a text search template
Synopsis
+ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — change the definition of a text search template
Synopsis
 ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE name RENAME TO new_name
 ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE name SET SCHEMA new_schema
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-altertype.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER TYPE
ALTER TYPE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TYPE
ALTER TYPE — 
+ALTER TYPE
ALTER TYPE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER TYPE
ALTER TYPE — 
    change the definition of a type
   
Synopsis
 ALTER TYPE name action [, ... ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alteruser.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER USER
ALTER USER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER USER
ALTER USER — change a database role
Synopsis
+ALTER USER
ALTER USER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER USER
ALTER USER — change a database role
Synopsis
 ALTER USER role_specification [ WITH ] option [ ... ]
 
 where option can be:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterusermapping.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER USER MAPPING
ALTER USER MAPPING
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER USER MAPPING
ALTER USER MAPPING — change the definition of a user mapping
Synopsis
+ALTER USER MAPPING
ALTER USER MAPPING
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER USER MAPPING
ALTER USER MAPPING — change the definition of a user mapping
Synopsis
 ALTER USER MAPPING FOR { user_name | USER | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER | PUBLIC }
     SERVER server_name
     OPTIONS ( [ ADD | SET | DROP ] option ['value'] [, ... ] )
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-alterview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ALTER VIEW
ALTER VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER VIEW
ALTER VIEW — change the definition of a view
Synopsis
+ALTER VIEW
ALTER VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ALTER VIEW
ALTER VIEW — change the definition of a view
Synopsis
 ALTER VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name ALTER [ COLUMN ] column_name SET DEFAULT expression
 ALTER VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name ALTER [ COLUMN ] column_name DROP DEFAULT
 ALTER VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name OWNER TO { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html	2019-08-05 21:28:38.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-analyze.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ANALYZE
ANALYZE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ANALYZE
ANALYZE — collect statistics about a database
Synopsis
+ANALYZE
ANALYZE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ANALYZE
ANALYZE — collect statistics about a database
Synopsis
 ANALYZE [ ( option [, ...] ) ] [ table_and_columns [, ...] ]
 ANALYZE [ VERBOSE ] [ table_and_columns [, ...] ]
 
@@ -44,6 +44,14 @@
     progress messages to indicate which table is currently being
     processed.  Various statistics about the tables are printed as well.
    
Notes

+   To analyze a table, one must ordinarily be the table's owner or a
+   superuser.  However, database owners are allowed to
+   analyze all tables in their databases, except shared catalogs.
+   (The restriction for shared catalogs means that a true database-wide
+   ANALYZE can only be performed by a superuser.)
+   ANALYZE will skip over any tables that the calling user
+   does not have permission to analyze.
+  

    Foreign tables are analyzed only when explicitly selected.  Not all
    foreign data wrappers support ANALYZE.  If the table's
    wrapper does not support ANALYZE, the command prints a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-begin.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-BEGIN
BEGIN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
BEGIN
BEGIN — start a transaction block
Synopsis
+BEGIN
BEGIN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
BEGIN
BEGIN — start a transaction block
Synopsis
 BEGIN [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] [ transaction_mode [, ...] ]
 
 where transaction_mode is one of:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-call.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CALL
CALL
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CALL
CALL — invoke a procedure
Synopsis
+CALL
CALL
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CALL
CALL — invoke a procedure
Synopsis
 CALL name ( [ argument ] [, ...] )
 
Description

    CALL executes a procedure.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-checkpoint.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CHECKPOINT
CHECKPOINT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CHECKPOINT
CHECKPOINT — force a write-ahead log checkpoint
Synopsis
+CHECKPOINT
CHECKPOINT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CHECKPOINT
CHECKPOINT — force a write-ahead log checkpoint
Synopsis
 CHECKPOINT
 
Description

    A checkpoint is a point in the write-ahead log sequence at which
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-close.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CLOSE
CLOSE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CLOSE
CLOSE — close a cursor
Synopsis
+CLOSE
CLOSE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CLOSE
CLOSE — close a cursor
Synopsis
 CLOSE { name | ALL }
 
Description

    CLOSE frees the resources associated with an open cursor.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-cluster.html	2019-11-11 22:18:43.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CLUSTER
CLUSTER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CLUSTER
CLUSTER — cluster a table according to an index
Synopsis
+CLUSTER
CLUSTER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CLUSTER
CLUSTER — cluster a table according to an index
Synopsis
 CLUSTER [VERBOSE] table_name [ USING index_name ]
 CLUSTER [VERBOSE]
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commands.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SQL Commands
SQL Commands
Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next
SQL Commands

+SQL Commands
SQL Commands
Prev UpPart VI. ReferenceHome Next
SQL Commands

     This part contains reference information for the
     SQL commands supported by
     PostgreSQL.  By “SQL” the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-comment.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-COMMENT
COMMENT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
COMMENT
COMMENT — define or change the comment of an object
Synopsis
+COMMENT
COMMENT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
COMMENT
COMMENT — define or change the comment of an object
Synopsis
 COMMENT ON
 {
   ACCESS METHOD object_name |
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit-prepared.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-COMMIT PREPARED
COMMIT PREPARED
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
COMMIT PREPARED
COMMIT PREPARED — commit a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
Synopsis
+COMMIT PREPARED
COMMIT PREPARED
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
COMMIT PREPARED
COMMIT PREPARED — commit a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
Synopsis
 COMMIT PREPARED transaction_id
 
Description

    COMMIT PREPARED commits a transaction that is in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-commit.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-COMMIT
COMMIT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
COMMIT
COMMIT — commit the current transaction
Synopsis
+COMMIT
COMMIT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
COMMIT
COMMIT — commit the current transaction
Synopsis
 COMMIT [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
 
Description

    COMMIT commits the current transaction. All
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-copy.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-COPY
COPY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
COPY
COPY — copy data between a file and a table
Synopsis
+COPY
COPY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
COPY
COPY — copy data between a file and a table
Synopsis
 COPY table_name [ ( column_name [, ...] ) ]
     FROM { 'filename' | PROGRAM 'command' | STDIN }
     [ [ WITH ] ( option [, ...] ) ]
@@ -579,11 +579,11 @@
     [ [ WITH ]
           [ BINARY ]
           [ OIDS ]
-          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] 'delimiter' ]
+          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] 'delimiter_character' ]
           [ NULL [ AS ] 'null string' ]
           [ CSV [ HEADER ]
-                [ QUOTE [ AS ] 'quote' ]
-                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] 'escape' ]
+                [ QUOTE [ AS ] 'quote_character' ]
+                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] 'escape_character' ]
                 [ FORCE NOT NULL column_name [, ...] ] ] ]
 
 COPY { table_name [ ( column_name [, ...] ) ] | ( query ) }
@@ -591,11 +591,11 @@
     [ [ WITH ]
           [ BINARY ]
           [ OIDS ]
-          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] 'delimiter' ]
+          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] 'delimiter_character' ]
           [ NULL [ AS ] 'null string' ]
           [ CSV [ HEADER ]
-                [ QUOTE [ AS ] 'quote' ]
-                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] 'escape' ]
+                [ QUOTE [ AS ] 'quote_character' ]
+                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] 'escape_character' ]
                 [ FORCE QUOTE { column_name [, ...] | * } ] ] ]
 

 
@@ -609,11 +609,11 @@
 
 COPY [ BINARY ] table_name [ WITH OIDS ]
     FROM { 'filename' | STDIN }
-    [ [USING] DELIMITERS 'delimiter' ]
-    [ WITH NULL AS 'null string' ]
+    [ [USING] DELIMITERS 'delimiter_character' ]
+    [ WITH NULL AS 'null_string' ]
 
 COPY [ BINARY ] table_name [ WITH OIDS ]
     TO { 'filename' | STDOUT }
-    [ [USING] DELIMITERS 'delimiter' ]
-    [ WITH NULL AS 'null string' ]
+    [ [USING] DELIMITERS 'delimiter_character' ]
+    [ WITH NULL AS 'null_string' ]
 
Prev Up Next
COMMIT PREPARED Home CREATE ACCESS METHOD

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-create-access-method.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE ACCESS METHOD
CREATE ACCESS METHOD
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE ACCESS METHOD
CREATE ACCESS METHOD — define a new access method
Synopsis
+CREATE ACCESS METHOD
CREATE ACCESS METHOD
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE ACCESS METHOD
CREATE ACCESS METHOD — define a new access method
Synopsis
 CREATE ACCESS METHOD name
     TYPE access_method_type
     HANDLER handler_function
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createaggregate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE AGGREGATE
CREATE AGGREGATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE AGGREGATE
CREATE AGGREGATE — define a new aggregate function
Synopsis
+CREATE AGGREGATE
CREATE AGGREGATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE AGGREGATE
CREATE AGGREGATE — define a new aggregate function
Synopsis
 CREATE AGGREGATE name ( [ argmode ] [ argname ] arg_data_type [ , ... ] ) (
     SFUNC = sfunc,
     STYPE = state_data_type
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
    as described in Section 38.11.1.  This requires
    specifying the MSFUNC, MINVFUNC,
    and MSTYPE parameters, and optionally
-   the MSPACE, MFINALFUNC,
+   the MSSPACE, MFINALFUNC,
    MFINALFUNC_EXTRA, MFINALFUNC_MODIFY,
    and MINITCOND parameters.  Except for MINVFUNC,
    these parameters work like the corresponding simple-aggregate parameters
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcast.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE CAST
CREATE CAST
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE CAST
CREATE CAST — define a new cast
Synopsis
+CREATE CAST
CREATE CAST
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE CAST
CREATE CAST — define a new cast
Synopsis
 CREATE CAST (source_type AS target_type)
     WITH FUNCTION function_name [ (argument_type [, ...]) ]
     [ AS ASSIGNMENT | AS IMPLICIT ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createcollation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE COLLATION
CREATE COLLATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE COLLATION
CREATE COLLATION — define a new collation
Synopsis
+CREATE COLLATION
CREATE COLLATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE COLLATION
CREATE COLLATION — define a new collation
Synopsis
 CREATE COLLATION [ IF NOT EXISTS ] name (
     [ LOCALE = locale, ]
     [ LC_COLLATE = lc_collate, ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createconversion.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE CONVERSION
CREATE CONVERSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE CONVERSION
CREATE CONVERSION — define a new encoding conversion
Synopsis
+CREATE CONVERSION
CREATE CONVERSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE CONVERSION
CREATE CONVERSION — define a new encoding conversion
Synopsis
 CREATE [ DEFAULT ] CONVERSION name
     FOR source_encoding TO dest_encoding FROM function_name
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdatabase.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE DATABASE
CREATE DATABASE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE DATABASE
CREATE DATABASE — create a new database
Synopsis
+CREATE DATABASE
CREATE DATABASE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE DATABASE
CREATE DATABASE — create a new database
Synopsis
 CREATE DATABASE name
     [ [ WITH ] [ OWNER [=] user_name ]
            [ TEMPLATE [=] template ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createdomain.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE DOMAIN
CREATE DOMAIN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE DOMAIN
CREATE DOMAIN — define a new domain
Synopsis
+CREATE DOMAIN
CREATE DOMAIN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE DOMAIN
CREATE DOMAIN — define a new domain
Synopsis
 CREATE DOMAIN name [ AS ] data_type
     [ COLLATE collation ]
     [ DEFAULT expression ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createeventtrigger.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
CREATE EVENT TRIGGER — define a new event trigger
Synopsis
+CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE EVENT TRIGGER
CREATE EVENT TRIGGER — define a new event trigger
Synopsis
 CREATE EVENT TRIGGER name
     ON event
     [ WHEN filter_variable IN (filter_value [, ... ]) [ AND ... ] ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createextension.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE EXTENSION
CREATE EXTENSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE EXTENSION
CREATE EXTENSION — install an extension
Synopsis
+CREATE EXTENSION
CREATE EXTENSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE EXTENSION
CREATE EXTENSION — install an extension
Synopsis
 CREATE EXTENSION [ IF NOT EXISTS ] extension_name
     [ WITH ] [ SCHEMA schema_name ]
              [ VERSION version ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigndatawrapper.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — define a new foreign-data wrapper
Synopsis
+CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — define a new foreign-data wrapper
Synopsis
 CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER name
     [ HANDLER handler_function | NO HANDLER ]
     [ VALIDATOR validator_function | NO VALIDATOR ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createforeigntable.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE — define a new foreign table
Synopsis
+CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE
CREATE FOREIGN TABLE — define a new foreign table
Synopsis
 CREATE FOREIGN TABLE [ IF NOT EXISTS ] table_name ( [
   { column_name data_type [ OPTIONS ( option 'value' [, ... ] ) ] [ COLLATE collation ] [ column_constraint [ ... ] ]
     | table_constraint }
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createfunction.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE FUNCTION
CREATE FUNCTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE FUNCTION
CREATE FUNCTION — define a new function
Synopsis
+CREATE FUNCTION
CREATE FUNCTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE FUNCTION
CREATE FUNCTION — define a new function
Synopsis
 CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] FUNCTION
     name ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [ { DEFAULT | = } default_expr ] [, ...] ] )
     [ RETURNS rettype
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creategroup.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE GROUP
CREATE GROUP
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE GROUP
CREATE GROUP — define a new database role
Synopsis
+CREATE GROUP
CREATE GROUP
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE GROUP
CREATE GROUP — define a new database role
Synopsis
 CREATE GROUP name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
 
 where option can be:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createindex.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE INDEX
CREATE INDEX
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE INDEX
CREATE INDEX — define a new index
Synopsis
+CREATE INDEX
CREATE INDEX
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE INDEX
CREATE INDEX — define a new index
Synopsis
 CREATE [ UNIQUE ] INDEX [ CONCURRENTLY ] [ [ IF NOT EXISTS ] name ] ON [ ONLY ] table_name [ USING method ]
     ( { column_name | ( expression ) } [ COLLATE collation ] [ opclass ] [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS { FIRST | LAST } ] [, ...] )
     [ INCLUDE ( column_name [, ...] ) ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createlanguage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE LANGUAGE
CREATE LANGUAGE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE LANGUAGE
CREATE LANGUAGE — define a new procedural language
Synopsis
+CREATE LANGUAGE
CREATE LANGUAGE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE LANGUAGE
CREATE LANGUAGE — define a new procedural language
Synopsis
 CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name
 CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ TRUSTED ] [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE name
     HANDLER call_handler [ INLINE inline_handler ] [ VALIDATOR valfunction ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-creatematerializedview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW — define a new materialized view
Synopsis
+CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW — define a new materialized view
Synopsis
 CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW [ IF NOT EXISTS ] table_name
     [ (column_name [, ...] ) ]
     [ WITH ( storage_parameter [= value] [, ... ] ) ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopclass.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS — define a new operator class
Synopsis
+CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS
CREATE OPERATOR CLASS — define a new operator class
Synopsis
 CREATE OPERATOR CLASS name [ DEFAULT ] FOR TYPE data_type
   USING index_method [ FAMILY family_name ] AS
   {  OPERATOR strategy_number operator_name [ ( op_type, op_type ) ] [ FOR SEARCH | FOR ORDER BY sort_family_name ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createoperator.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE OPERATOR
CREATE OPERATOR
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE OPERATOR
CREATE OPERATOR — define a new operator
Synopsis
+CREATE OPERATOR
CREATE OPERATOR
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE OPERATOR
CREATE OPERATOR — define a new operator
Synopsis
 CREATE OPERATOR name (
     {FUNCTION|PROCEDURE} = function_name
     [, LEFTARG = left_type ] [, RIGHTARG = right_type ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createopfamily.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY — define a new operator family
Synopsis
+CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY
CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY — define a new operator family
Synopsis
 CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY name USING index_method
 
Description

    CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY creates a new operator family.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpolicy.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE POLICY
CREATE POLICY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE POLICY
CREATE POLICY — define a new row level security policy for a table
Synopsis
+CREATE POLICY
CREATE POLICY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE POLICY
CREATE POLICY — define a new row level security policy for a table
Synopsis
 CREATE POLICY name ON table_name
     [ AS { PERMISSIVE | RESTRICTIVE } ]
     [ FOR { ALL | SELECT | INSERT | UPDATE | DELETE } ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html	2019-08-05 21:28:39.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createprocedure.html	2019-11-11 22:18:44.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE PROCEDURE
CREATE PROCEDURE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE PROCEDURE
CREATE PROCEDURE — define a new procedure
Synopsis
+CREATE PROCEDURE
CREATE PROCEDURE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE PROCEDURE
CREATE PROCEDURE — define a new procedure
Synopsis
 CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] PROCEDURE
     name ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [ { DEFAULT | = } default_expr ] [, ...] ] )
   { LANGUAGE lang_name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createpublication.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE PUBLICATION
CREATE PUBLICATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE PUBLICATION
CREATE PUBLICATION — define a new publication
Synopsis
+CREATE PUBLICATION
CREATE PUBLICATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE PUBLICATION
CREATE PUBLICATION — define a new publication
Synopsis
 CREATE PUBLICATION name
     [ FOR TABLE [ ONLY ] table_name [ * ] [, ...]
       | FOR ALL TABLES ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrole.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE ROLE
CREATE ROLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE ROLE
CREATE ROLE — define a new database role
Synopsis
+CREATE ROLE
CREATE ROLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE ROLE
CREATE ROLE — define a new database role
Synopsis
 CREATE ROLE name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
 
 where option can be:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createrule.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE RULE
CREATE RULE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE RULE
CREATE RULE — define a new rewrite rule
Synopsis
+CREATE RULE
CREATE RULE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE RULE
CREATE RULE — define a new rewrite rule
Synopsis
 CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] RULE name AS ON event
     TO table_name [ WHERE condition ]
     DO [ ALSO | INSTEAD ] { NOTHING | command | ( command ; command ... ) }
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createschema.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE SCHEMA
CREATE SCHEMA
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE SCHEMA
CREATE SCHEMA — define a new schema
Synopsis
+CREATE SCHEMA
CREATE SCHEMA
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE SCHEMA
CREATE SCHEMA — define a new schema
Synopsis
 CREATE SCHEMA schema_name [ AUTHORIZATION role_specification ] [ schema_element [ ... ] ]
 CREATE SCHEMA AUTHORIZATION role_specification [ schema_element [ ... ] ]
 CREATE SCHEMA IF NOT EXISTS schema_name [ AUTHORIZATION role_specification ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsequence.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE SEQUENCE
CREATE SEQUENCE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE SEQUENCE
CREATE SEQUENCE — define a new sequence generator
Synopsis
+CREATE SEQUENCE
CREATE SEQUENCE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE SEQUENCE
CREATE SEQUENCE — define a new sequence generator
Synopsis
 CREATE [ TEMPORARY | TEMP ] SEQUENCE [ IF NOT EXISTS ] name
     [ AS data_type ]
     [ INCREMENT [ BY ] increment ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createserver.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE SERVER
CREATE SERVER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE SERVER
CREATE SERVER — define a new foreign server
Synopsis
+CREATE SERVER
CREATE SERVER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE SERVER
CREATE SERVER — define a new foreign server
Synopsis
 CREATE SERVER [ IF NOT EXISTS ] server_name [ TYPE 'server_type' ] [ VERSION 'server_version' ]
     FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER fdw_name
     [ OPTIONS ( option 'value' [, ... ] ) ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createstatistics.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE STATISTICS
CREATE STATISTICS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE STATISTICS
CREATE STATISTICS — define extended statistics
Synopsis
+CREATE STATISTICS
CREATE STATISTICS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE STATISTICS
CREATE STATISTICS — define extended statistics
Synopsis
 CREATE STATISTICS [ IF NOT EXISTS ] statistics_name
     [ ( statistics_kind [, ... ] ) ]
     ON column_name, column_name [, ...]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createsubscription.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION — define a new subscription
Synopsis
+CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION
CREATE SUBSCRIPTION — define a new subscription
Synopsis
 CREATE SUBSCRIPTION subscription_name
     CONNECTION 'conninfo'
     PUBLICATION publication_name [, ...]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtable.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE TABLE
CREATE TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TABLE
CREATE TABLE — define a new table
Synopsis
+CREATE TABLE
CREATE TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TABLE
CREATE TABLE — define a new table
Synopsis
 CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } | UNLOGGED ] TABLE [ IF NOT EXISTS ] table_name ( [
   { column_name data_type [ COLLATE collation ] [ column_constraint [ ... ] ]
     | table_constraint
@@ -250,8 +250,7 @@
       Creates the table as a partition of the specified
       parent table. The table can be created either as a partition for specific
       values using FOR VALUES or as a default partition
-      using DEFAULT.  This option is not available for
-      hash-partitioned tables.
+      using DEFAULT.
      

       The partition_bound_spec
       must correspond to the partitioning method and partition key of the
@@ -323,14 +322,13 @@
       allows precisely one value to be stored — "infinity".
      

       If DEFAULT is specified, the table will be
-      created as a default partition of the parent table. The parent can
-      either be a list or range partitioned table. A partition key value
+      created as the default partition of the parent table.  This option
+      is not available for hash-partitioned tables.  A partition key value
       not fitting into any other partition of the given parent will be
-      routed to the default partition. There can be only one default
-      partition for a given parent table.
+      routed to the default partition.
      

       When a table has an existing DEFAULT partition and
-      a new partition is added to it, the existing default partition must
+      a new partition is added to it, the default partition must
       be scanned to verify that it does not contain any rows which properly
       belong in the new partition.  If the default partition contains a
       large number of rows, this may be slow.  The scan will be skipped if
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtableas.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE TABLE AS
CREATE TABLE AS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TABLE AS
CREATE TABLE AS — define a new table from the results of a query
Synopsis
+CREATE TABLE AS
CREATE TABLE AS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TABLE AS
CREATE TABLE AS — define a new table from the results of a query
Synopsis
 CREATE [ [ GLOBAL | LOCAL ] { TEMPORARY | TEMP } | UNLOGGED ] TABLE [ IF NOT EXISTS ] table_name
     [ (column_name [, ...] ) ]
     [ WITH ( storage_parameter [= value] [, ... ] ) | WITH OIDS | WITHOUT OIDS ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtablespace.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE TABLESPACE
CREATE TABLESPACE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TABLESPACE
CREATE TABLESPACE — define a new tablespace
Synopsis
+CREATE TABLESPACE
CREATE TABLESPACE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TABLESPACE
CREATE TABLESPACE — define a new tablespace
Synopsis
 CREATE TABLESPACE tablespace_name
     [ OWNER { new_owner | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER } ]
     LOCATION 'directory'
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtransform.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE TRANSFORM
CREATE TRANSFORM
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TRANSFORM
CREATE TRANSFORM — define a new transform
Synopsis
+CREATE TRANSFORM
CREATE TRANSFORM
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TRANSFORM
CREATE TRANSFORM — define a new transform
Synopsis
 CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] TRANSFORM FOR type_name LANGUAGE lang_name (
     FROM SQL WITH FUNCTION from_sql_function_name [ (argument_type [, ...]) ],
     TO SQL WITH FUNCTION to_sql_function_name [ (argument_type [, ...]) ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtrigger.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE TRIGGER
CREATE TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TRIGGER
CREATE TRIGGER — define a new trigger
Synopsis
+CREATE TRIGGER
CREATE TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TRIGGER
CREATE TRIGGER — define a new trigger
Synopsis
 CREATE [ CONSTRAINT ] TRIGGER name { BEFORE | AFTER | INSTEAD OF } { event [ OR ... ] }
     ON table_name
     [ FROM referenced_table_name ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsconfig.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — define a new text search configuration
Synopsis
+CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — define a new text search configuration
Synopsis
 CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION name (
     PARSER = parser_name |
     COPY = source_config
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsdictionary.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — define a new text search dictionary
Synopsis
+CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — define a new text search dictionary
Synopsis
 CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY name (
     TEMPLATE = template
     [, option = value [, ... ]]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtsparser.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER — define a new text search parser
Synopsis
+CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER
CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER — define a new text search parser
Synopsis
 CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER name (
     START = start_function ,
     GETTOKEN = gettoken_function ,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtstemplate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — define a new text search template
Synopsis
+CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — define a new text search template
Synopsis
 CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE name (
     [ INIT = init_function , ]
     LEXIZE = lexize_function
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createtype.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE TYPE
CREATE TYPE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TYPE
CREATE TYPE — define a new data type
Synopsis
+CREATE TYPE
CREATE TYPE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE TYPE
CREATE TYPE — define a new data type
Synopsis
 CREATE TYPE name AS
     ( [ attribute_name data_type [ COLLATE collation ] [, ... ] ] )
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createuser.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE USER
CREATE USER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE USER
CREATE USER — define a new database role
Synopsis
+CREATE USER
CREATE USER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE USER
CREATE USER — define a new database role
Synopsis
 CREATE USER name [ [ WITH ] option [ ... ] ]
 
 where option can be:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createusermapping.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE USER MAPPING
CREATE USER MAPPING
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE USER MAPPING
CREATE USER MAPPING — define a new mapping of a user to a foreign server
Synopsis
+CREATE USER MAPPING
CREATE USER MAPPING
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE USER MAPPING
CREATE USER MAPPING — define a new mapping of a user to a foreign server
Synopsis
 CREATE USER MAPPING [ IF NOT EXISTS ] FOR { user_name | USER | CURRENT_USER | PUBLIC }
     SERVER server_name
     [ OPTIONS ( option 'value' [ , ... ] ) ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-createview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-CREATE VIEW
CREATE VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE VIEW
CREATE VIEW — define a new view
Synopsis
+CREATE VIEW
CREATE VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
CREATE VIEW
CREATE VIEW — define a new view
Synopsis
 CREATE [ OR REPLACE ] [ TEMP | TEMPORARY ] [ RECURSIVE ] VIEW name [ ( column_name [, ...] ) ]
     [ WITH ( view_option_name [= view_option_value] [, ... ] ) ]
     AS query
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-deallocate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DEALLOCATE
DEALLOCATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DEALLOCATE
DEALLOCATE — deallocate a prepared statement
Synopsis
+DEALLOCATE
DEALLOCATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DEALLOCATE
DEALLOCATE — deallocate a prepared statement
Synopsis
 DEALLOCATE [ PREPARE ] { name | ALL }
 
Description

    DEALLOCATE is used to deallocate a previously
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-declare.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DECLARE
DECLARE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DECLARE
DECLARE — define a cursor
Synopsis
+DECLARE
DECLARE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DECLARE
DECLARE — define a cursor
Synopsis
 DECLARE name [ BINARY ] [ INSENSITIVE ] [ [ NO ] SCROLL ]
     CURSOR [ { WITH | WITHOUT } HOLD ] FOR query
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-delete.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DELETE
DELETE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DELETE
DELETE — delete rows of a table
Synopsis
+DELETE
DELETE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DELETE
DELETE — delete rows of a table
Synopsis
 [ WITH [ RECURSIVE ] with_query [, ...] ]
 DELETE FROM [ ONLY ] table_name [ * ] [ [ AS ] alias ]
     [ USING using_list ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-discard.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DISCARD
DISCARD
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DISCARD
DISCARD — discard session state
Synopsis
+DISCARD
DISCARD
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DISCARD
DISCARD — discard session state
Synopsis
 DISCARD { ALL | PLANS | SEQUENCES | TEMPORARY | TEMP }
 
Description

    DISCARD releases internal resources associated with a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-do.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DO
DO
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DO
DO — execute an anonymous code block
Synopsis
+DO
DO
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DO
DO — execute an anonymous code block
Synopsis
 DO [ LANGUAGE lang_name ] code
 
Description

    DO executes an anonymous code block, or in other
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-access-method.html	2019-11-11 22:18:45.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP ACCESS METHOD
DROP ACCESS METHOD
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP ACCESS METHOD
DROP ACCESS METHOD — remove an access method
Synopsis
+DROP ACCESS METHOD
DROP ACCESS METHOD
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP ACCESS METHOD
DROP ACCESS METHOD — remove an access method
Synopsis
 DROP ACCESS METHOD [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP ACCESS METHOD removes an existing access method.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-drop-owned.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP OWNED
DROP OWNED
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP OWNED
DROP OWNED — remove database objects owned by a database role
Synopsis
+DROP OWNED
DROP OWNED
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP OWNED
DROP OWNED — remove database objects owned by a database role
Synopsis
 DROP OWNED BY { name | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER } [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP OWNED drops all the objects within the current
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropaggregate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP AGGREGATE
DROP AGGREGATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP AGGREGATE
DROP AGGREGATE — remove an aggregate function
Synopsis
+DROP AGGREGATE
DROP AGGREGATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP AGGREGATE
DROP AGGREGATE — remove an aggregate function
Synopsis
 DROP AGGREGATE [ IF EXISTS ] name ( aggregate_signature ) [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
 where aggregate_signature is:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcast.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP CAST
DROP CAST
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP CAST
DROP CAST — remove a cast
Synopsis
+DROP CAST
DROP CAST
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP CAST
DROP CAST — remove a cast
Synopsis
 DROP CAST [ IF EXISTS ] (source_type AS target_type) [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP CAST removes a previously defined cast.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropcollation.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP COLLATION
DROP COLLATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP COLLATION
DROP COLLATION — remove a collation
Synopsis
+DROP COLLATION
DROP COLLATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP COLLATION
DROP COLLATION — remove a collation
Synopsis
 DROP COLLATION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP COLLATION removes a previously defined collation.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropconversion.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP CONVERSION
DROP CONVERSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP CONVERSION
DROP CONVERSION — remove a conversion
Synopsis
+DROP CONVERSION
DROP CONVERSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP CONVERSION
DROP CONVERSION — remove a conversion
Synopsis
 DROP CONVERSION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP CONVERSION removes a previously defined conversion.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html	2019-08-05 21:28:40.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdatabase.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP DATABASE
DROP DATABASE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP DATABASE
DROP DATABASE — remove a database
Synopsis
+DROP DATABASE
DROP DATABASE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP DATABASE
DROP DATABASE — remove a database
Synopsis
 DROP DATABASE [ IF EXISTS ] name
 
Description

    DROP DATABASE drops a database. It removes the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropdomain.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP DOMAIN
DROP DOMAIN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP DOMAIN
DROP DOMAIN — remove a domain
Synopsis
+DROP DOMAIN
DROP DOMAIN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP DOMAIN
DROP DOMAIN — remove a domain
Synopsis
 DROP DOMAIN [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP DOMAIN removes a domain.  Only the owner of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropeventtrigger.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP EVENT TRIGGER
DROP EVENT TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP EVENT TRIGGER
DROP EVENT TRIGGER — remove an event trigger
Synopsis
+DROP EVENT TRIGGER
DROP EVENT TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP EVENT TRIGGER
DROP EVENT TRIGGER — remove an event trigger
Synopsis
 DROP EVENT TRIGGER [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP EVENT TRIGGER removes an existing event trigger.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropextension.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP EXTENSION
DROP EXTENSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP EXTENSION
DROP EXTENSION — remove an extension
Synopsis
+DROP EXTENSION
DROP EXTENSION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP EXTENSION
DROP EXTENSION — remove an extension
Synopsis
 DROP EXTENSION [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP EXTENSION removes extensions from the database.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigndatawrapper.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — remove a foreign-data wrapper
Synopsis
+DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER
DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER — remove a foreign-data wrapper
Synopsis
 DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER removes an existing
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropforeigntable.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP FOREIGN TABLE
DROP FOREIGN TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP FOREIGN TABLE
DROP FOREIGN TABLE — remove a foreign table
Synopsis
+DROP FOREIGN TABLE
DROP FOREIGN TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP FOREIGN TABLE
DROP FOREIGN TABLE — remove a foreign table
Synopsis
 DROP FOREIGN TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP FOREIGN TABLE removes a foreign table.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropfunction.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP FUNCTION
DROP FUNCTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP FUNCTION
DROP FUNCTION — remove a function
Synopsis
+DROP FUNCTION
DROP FUNCTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP FUNCTION
DROP FUNCTION — remove a function
Synopsis
 DROP FUNCTION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ] [, ...]
     [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropgroup.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP GROUP
DROP GROUP
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP GROUP
DROP GROUP — remove a database role
Synopsis
+DROP GROUP
DROP GROUP
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP GROUP
DROP GROUP — remove a database role
Synopsis
 DROP GROUP [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
 
Description

    DROP GROUP is now an alias for
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropindex.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP INDEX
DROP INDEX
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP INDEX
DROP INDEX — remove an index
Synopsis
+DROP INDEX
DROP INDEX
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP INDEX
DROP INDEX — remove an index
Synopsis
 DROP INDEX [ CONCURRENTLY ] [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP INDEX drops an existing index from the database
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droplanguage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP LANGUAGE
DROP LANGUAGE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP LANGUAGE
DROP LANGUAGE — remove a procedural language
Synopsis
+DROP LANGUAGE
DROP LANGUAGE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP LANGUAGE
DROP LANGUAGE — remove a procedural language
Synopsis
 DROP [ PROCEDURAL ] LANGUAGE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP LANGUAGE removes the definition of a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropmaterializedview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW — remove a materialized view
Synopsis
+DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW
DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW — remove a materialized view
Synopsis
 DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW drops an existing materialized
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopclass.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP OPERATOR CLASS
DROP OPERATOR CLASS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP OPERATOR CLASS
DROP OPERATOR CLASS — remove an operator class
Synopsis
+DROP OPERATOR CLASS
DROP OPERATOR CLASS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP OPERATOR CLASS
DROP OPERATOR CLASS — remove an operator class
Synopsis
 DROP OPERATOR CLASS [ IF EXISTS ] name USING index_method [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP OPERATOR CLASS drops an existing operator class.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropoperator.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP OPERATOR
DROP OPERATOR
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP OPERATOR
DROP OPERATOR — remove an operator
Synopsis
+DROP OPERATOR
DROP OPERATOR
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP OPERATOR
DROP OPERATOR — remove an operator
Synopsis
 DROP OPERATOR [ IF EXISTS ] name ( { left_type | NONE } , { right_type | NONE } ) [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP OPERATOR drops an existing operator from
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropopfamily.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
DROP OPERATOR FAMILY — remove an operator family
Synopsis
+DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP OPERATOR FAMILY
DROP OPERATOR FAMILY — remove an operator family
Synopsis
 DROP OPERATOR FAMILY [ IF EXISTS ] name USING index_method [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP OPERATOR FAMILY drops an existing operator family.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppolicy.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP POLICY
DROP POLICY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP POLICY
DROP POLICY — remove a row level security policy from a table
Synopsis
+DROP POLICY
DROP POLICY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP POLICY
DROP POLICY — remove a row level security policy from a table
Synopsis
 DROP POLICY [ IF EXISTS ] name ON table_name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP POLICY removes the specified policy from the table.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropprocedure.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP PROCEDURE
DROP PROCEDURE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP PROCEDURE
DROP PROCEDURE — remove a procedure
Synopsis
+DROP PROCEDURE
DROP PROCEDURE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP PROCEDURE
DROP PROCEDURE — remove a procedure
Synopsis
 DROP PROCEDURE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ] [, ...]
     [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droppublication.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP PUBLICATION
DROP PUBLICATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP PUBLICATION
DROP PUBLICATION — remove a publication
Synopsis
+DROP PUBLICATION
DROP PUBLICATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP PUBLICATION
DROP PUBLICATION — remove a publication
Synopsis
 DROP PUBLICATION [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP PUBLICATION removes an existing publication from
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprole.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP ROLE
DROP ROLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP ROLE
DROP ROLE — remove a database role
Synopsis
+DROP ROLE
DROP ROLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP ROLE
DROP ROLE — remove a database role
Synopsis
 DROP ROLE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
 
Description

    DROP ROLE removes the specified role(s).
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droproutine.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP ROUTINE
DROP ROUTINE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP ROUTINE
DROP ROUTINE — remove a routine
Synopsis
+DROP ROUTINE
DROP ROUTINE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP ROUTINE
DROP ROUTINE — remove a routine
Synopsis
 DROP ROUTINE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ ( [ [ argmode ] [ argname ] argtype [, ...] ] ) ] [, ...]
     [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droprule.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP RULE
DROP RULE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP RULE
DROP RULE — remove a rewrite rule
Synopsis
+DROP RULE
DROP RULE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP RULE
DROP RULE — remove a rewrite rule
Synopsis
 DROP RULE [ IF EXISTS ] name ON table_name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP RULE drops a rewrite rule.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropschema.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP SCHEMA
DROP SCHEMA
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP SCHEMA
DROP SCHEMA — remove a schema
Synopsis
+DROP SCHEMA
DROP SCHEMA
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP SCHEMA
DROP SCHEMA — remove a schema
Synopsis
 DROP SCHEMA [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP SCHEMA removes schemas from the database.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsequence.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP SEQUENCE
DROP SEQUENCE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP SEQUENCE
DROP SEQUENCE — remove a sequence
Synopsis
+DROP SEQUENCE
DROP SEQUENCE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP SEQUENCE
DROP SEQUENCE — remove a sequence
Synopsis
 DROP SEQUENCE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP SEQUENCE removes sequence number
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropserver.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP SERVER
DROP SERVER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP SERVER
DROP SERVER — remove a foreign server descriptor
Synopsis
+DROP SERVER
DROP SERVER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP SERVER
DROP SERVER — remove a foreign server descriptor
Synopsis
 DROP SERVER [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP SERVER removes an existing foreign server
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropstatistics.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP STATISTICS
DROP STATISTICS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP STATISTICS
DROP STATISTICS — remove extended statistics
Synopsis
+DROP STATISTICS
DROP STATISTICS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP STATISTICS
DROP STATISTICS — remove extended statistics
Synopsis
 DROP STATISTICS [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
 
Description

    DROP STATISTICS removes statistics object(s) from the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropsubscription.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP SUBSCRIPTION
DROP SUBSCRIPTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP SUBSCRIPTION
DROP SUBSCRIPTION — remove a subscription
Synopsis
+DROP SUBSCRIPTION
DROP SUBSCRIPTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP SUBSCRIPTION
DROP SUBSCRIPTION — remove a subscription
Synopsis
 DROP SUBSCRIPTION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP SUBSCRIPTION removes a subscription from the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptable.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP TABLE
DROP TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TABLE
DROP TABLE — remove a table
Synopsis
+DROP TABLE
DROP TABLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TABLE
DROP TABLE — remove a table
Synopsis
 DROP TABLE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP TABLE removes tables from the database.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptablespace.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP TABLESPACE
DROP TABLESPACE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TABLESPACE
DROP TABLESPACE — remove a tablespace
Synopsis
+DROP TABLESPACE
DROP TABLESPACE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TABLESPACE
DROP TABLESPACE — remove a tablespace
Synopsis
 DROP TABLESPACE [ IF EXISTS ] name
 
Description

    DROP TABLESPACE removes a tablespace from the system.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptransform.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP TRANSFORM
DROP TRANSFORM
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TRANSFORM
DROP TRANSFORM — remove a transform
Synopsis
+DROP TRANSFORM
DROP TRANSFORM
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TRANSFORM
DROP TRANSFORM — remove a transform
Synopsis
 DROP TRANSFORM [ IF EXISTS ] FOR type_name LANGUAGE lang_name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP TRANSFORM removes a previously defined transform.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptrigger.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP TRIGGER
DROP TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TRIGGER
DROP TRIGGER — remove a trigger
Synopsis
+DROP TRIGGER
DROP TRIGGER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TRIGGER
DROP TRIGGER — remove a trigger
Synopsis
 DROP TRIGGER [ IF EXISTS ] name ON table_name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP TRIGGER removes an existing
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsconfig.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — remove a text search configuration
Synopsis
+DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION
DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION — remove a text search configuration
Synopsis
 DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION drops an existing text
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsdictionary.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — remove a text search dictionary
Synopsis
+DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY
DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY — remove a text search dictionary
Synopsis
 DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY drops an existing text
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptsparser.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER — remove a text search parser
Synopsis
+DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER
DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER — remove a text search parser
Synopsis
 DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER drops an existing text search
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptstemplate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:46.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — remove a text search template
Synopsis
+DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE
DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE — remove a text search template
Synopsis
 DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE [ IF EXISTS ] name [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE drops an existing text search
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-droptype.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP TYPE
DROP TYPE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TYPE
DROP TYPE — remove a data type
Synopsis
+DROP TYPE
DROP TYPE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP TYPE
DROP TYPE — remove a data type
Synopsis
 DROP TYPE [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP TYPE removes a user-defined data type.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropuser.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP USER
DROP USER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP USER
DROP USER — remove a database role
Synopsis
+DROP USER
DROP USER
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP USER
DROP USER — remove a database role
Synopsis
 DROP USER [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...]
 
Description

    DROP USER is simply an alternate spelling of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropusermapping.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP USER MAPPING
DROP USER MAPPING
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP USER MAPPING
DROP USER MAPPING — remove a user mapping for a foreign server
Synopsis
+DROP USER MAPPING
DROP USER MAPPING
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP USER MAPPING
DROP USER MAPPING — remove a user mapping for a foreign server
Synopsis
 DROP USER MAPPING [ IF EXISTS ] FOR { user_name | USER | CURRENT_USER | PUBLIC } SERVER server_name
 
Description

    DROP USER MAPPING removes an existing user
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-dropview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-DROP VIEW
DROP VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP VIEW
DROP VIEW — remove a view
Synopsis
+DROP VIEW
DROP VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
DROP VIEW
DROP VIEW — remove a view
Synopsis
 DROP VIEW [ IF EXISTS ] name [, ...] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

    DROP VIEW drops an existing view.  To execute
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-end.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-END
END
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
END
END — commit the current transaction
Synopsis
+END
END
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
END
END — commit the current transaction
Synopsis
 END [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
 
Description

    END commits the current transaction. All changes
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-execute.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-EXECUTE
EXECUTE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
EXECUTE
EXECUTE — execute a prepared statement
Synopsis
+EXECUTE
EXECUTE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
EXECUTE
EXECUTE — execute a prepared statement
Synopsis
 EXECUTE name [ ( parameter [, ...] ) ]
 
Description

    EXECUTE is used to execute a previously prepared
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-explain.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-EXPLAIN
EXPLAIN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
EXPLAIN
EXPLAIN — show the execution plan of a statement
Synopsis
+EXPLAIN
EXPLAIN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
EXPLAIN
EXPLAIN — show the execution plan of a statement
Synopsis
 EXPLAIN [ ( option [, ...] ) ] statement
 EXPLAIN [ ANALYZE ] [ VERBOSE ] statement
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-expressions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-4.2. Value Expressions
4.2. Value Expressions
Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next
4.2. Value Expressions
4.2.1. Column References
4.2.2. Positional Parameters
4.2.3. Subscripts
4.2.4. Field Selection
4.2.5. Operator Invocations
4.2.6. Function Calls
4.2.7. Aggregate Expressions
4.2.8. Window Function Calls
4.2.9. Type Casts
4.2.10. Collation Expressions
4.2.11. Scalar Subqueries
4.2.12. Array Constructors
4.2.13. Row Constructors
4.2.14. Expression Evaluation Rules

+4.2. Value Expressions
4.2. Value Expressions
Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next
4.2. Value Expressions
4.2.1. Column References
4.2.2. Positional Parameters
4.2.3. Subscripts
4.2.4. Field Selection
4.2.5. Operator Invocations
4.2.6. Function Calls
4.2.7. Aggregate Expressions
4.2.8. Window Function Calls
4.2.9. Type Casts
4.2.10. Collation Expressions
4.2.11. Scalar Subqueries
4.2.12. Array Constructors
4.2.13. Row Constructors
4.2.14. Expression Evaluation Rules

    Value expressions are used in a variety of contexts, such
    as in the target list of the SELECT command, as
    new column values in INSERT or
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-fetch.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-FETCH
FETCH
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
FETCH
FETCH — retrieve rows from a query using a cursor
Synopsis
+FETCH
FETCH
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
FETCH
FETCH — retrieve rows from a query using a cursor
Synopsis
 FETCH [ direction [ FROM | IN ] ] cursor_name
 
 where direction can be empty or one of:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-grant.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-GRANT
GRANT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
GRANT
GRANT — define access privileges
Synopsis
+GRANT
GRANT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
GRANT
GRANT — define access privileges
Synopsis
 GRANT { { SELECT | INSERT | UPDATE | DELETE | TRUNCATE | REFERENCES | TRIGGER }
     [, ...] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] }
     ON { [ TABLE ] table_name [, ...]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html	2019-08-05 21:28:41.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-importforeignschema.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA — import table definitions from a foreign server
Synopsis
+IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA
IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA — import table definitions from a foreign server
Synopsis
 IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA remote_schema
     [ { LIMIT TO | EXCEPT } ( table_name [, ...] ) ]
     FROM SERVER server_name
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-insert.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-INSERT
INSERT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
INSERT
INSERT — create new rows in a table
Synopsis
+INSERT
INSERT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
INSERT
INSERT — create new rows in a table
Synopsis
 [ WITH [ RECURSIVE ] with_query [, ...] ]
 INSERT INTO table_name [ AS alias ] [ ( column_name [, ...] ) ]
     [ OVERRIDING { SYSTEM | USER} VALUE ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html	2019-08-05 21:28:49.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-keywords-appendix.html	2019-11-11 22:18:54.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 
-Appendix C. SQL Key Words
Appendix C. SQL Key Words
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
Appendix C. SQL Key Words

+Appendix C. SQL Key Words
Appendix C. SQL Key Words
Prev UpPart VIII. AppendixesHome Next
Appendix C. SQL Key Words

   Table C.1 lists all tokens that are key words
   in the SQL standard and in PostgreSQL
-  11.5.  Background information can be found in Section 4.1.1.
+  11.6.  Background information can be found in Section 4.1.1.
   (For space reasons, only the latest two versions of the SQL standard, and
   SQL-92 for historical comparison, are included.  The differences between
   those and the other intermediate standard versions are small.)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-listen.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-LISTEN
LISTEN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
LISTEN
LISTEN — listen for a notification
Synopsis
+LISTEN
LISTEN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
LISTEN
LISTEN — listen for a notification
Synopsis
 LISTEN channel
 
Description

    LISTEN registers the current session as a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-load.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-LOAD
LOAD
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
LOAD
LOAD — load a shared library file
Synopsis
+LOAD
LOAD
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
LOAD
LOAD — load a shared library file
Synopsis
 LOAD 'filename'
 
Description

    This command loads a shared library file into the PostgreSQL
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-lock.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-LOCK
LOCK
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
LOCK
LOCK — lock a table
Synopsis
+LOCK
LOCK
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
LOCK
LOCK — lock a table
Synopsis
 LOCK [ TABLE ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ] [, ...] [ IN lockmode MODE ] [ NOWAIT ]
 
 where lockmode is one of:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-move.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-MOVE
MOVE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
MOVE
MOVE — position a cursor
Synopsis
+MOVE
MOVE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
MOVE
MOVE — position a cursor
Synopsis
 MOVE [ direction [ FROM | IN ] ] cursor_name
 
 where direction can be empty or one of:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-notify.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-NOTIFY
NOTIFY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
NOTIFY
NOTIFY — generate a notification
Synopsis
+NOTIFY
NOTIFY
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
NOTIFY
NOTIFY — generate a notification
Synopsis
 NOTIFY channel [ , payload ]
 
Description

    The NOTIFY command sends a notification event together
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare-transaction.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-PREPARE TRANSACTION
PREPARE TRANSACTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
PREPARE TRANSACTION
PREPARE TRANSACTION — prepare the current transaction for two-phase commit
Synopsis
+PREPARE TRANSACTION
PREPARE TRANSACTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
PREPARE TRANSACTION
PREPARE TRANSACTION — prepare the current transaction for two-phase commit
Synopsis
 PREPARE TRANSACTION transaction_id
 
Description

    PREPARE TRANSACTION prepares the current transaction
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-prepare.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-PREPARE
PREPARE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
PREPARE
PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
Synopsis
+PREPARE
PREPARE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
PREPARE
PREPARE — prepare a statement for execution
Synopsis
 PREPARE name [ ( data_type [, ...] ) ] AS statement
 
Description

    PREPARE creates a prepared statement. A prepared
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reassign-owned.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-REASSIGN OWNED
REASSIGN OWNED
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
REASSIGN OWNED
REASSIGN OWNED — change the ownership of database objects owned by a database role
Synopsis
+REASSIGN OWNED
REASSIGN OWNED
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
REASSIGN OWNED
REASSIGN OWNED — change the ownership of database objects owned by a database role
Synopsis
 REASSIGN OWNED BY { old_role | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER } [, ...]
                TO { new_role | CURRENT_USER | SESSION_USER }
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-refreshmaterializedview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW — replace the contents of a materialized view
Synopsis
+REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW
REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW — replace the contents of a materialized view
Synopsis
 REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW [ CONCURRENTLY ] name
     [ WITH [ NO ] DATA ]
 
Description

@@ -24,8 +24,8 @@
      

       This option is only allowed if there is at least one
       UNIQUE index on the materialized view which uses only
-      column names and includes all rows; that is, it must not index on any
-      expressions nor include a WHERE clause.
+      column names and includes all rows;  that is, it must not be an
+      expression index or include a WHERE clause.
      

       This option may not be used when the materialized view is not already
       populated.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reindex.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-REINDEX
REINDEX
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
REINDEX
REINDEX — rebuild indexes
Synopsis
+REINDEX
REINDEX
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
REINDEX
REINDEX — rebuild indexes
Synopsis
 REINDEX [ ( VERBOSE ) ] { INDEX | TABLE | SCHEMA | DATABASE | SYSTEM } name
 
Description

    REINDEX rebuilds an index using the data
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-release-savepoint.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-RELEASE SAVEPOINT
RELEASE SAVEPOINT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
RELEASE SAVEPOINT
RELEASE SAVEPOINT — destroy a previously defined savepoint
Synopsis
+RELEASE SAVEPOINT
RELEASE SAVEPOINT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
RELEASE SAVEPOINT
RELEASE SAVEPOINT — destroy a previously defined savepoint
Synopsis
 RELEASE [ SAVEPOINT ] savepoint_name
 
Description

    RELEASE SAVEPOINT destroys a savepoint previously defined
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-reset.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-RESET
RESET
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
RESET
RESET — restore the value of a run-time parameter to the default value
Synopsis
+RESET
RESET
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
RESET
RESET — restore the value of a run-time parameter to the default value
Synopsis
 RESET configuration_parameter
 RESET ALL
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-revoke.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-REVOKE
REVOKE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
REVOKE
REVOKE — remove access privileges
Synopsis
+REVOKE
REVOKE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
REVOKE
REVOKE — remove access privileges
Synopsis
 REVOKE [ GRANT OPTION FOR ]
     { { SELECT | INSERT | UPDATE | DELETE | TRUNCATE | REFERENCES | TRIGGER }
     [, ...] | ALL [ PRIVILEGES ] }
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-prepared.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ROLLBACK PREPARED
ROLLBACK PREPARED
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ROLLBACK PREPARED
ROLLBACK PREPARED — cancel a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
Synopsis
+ROLLBACK PREPARED
ROLLBACK PREPARED
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ROLLBACK PREPARED
ROLLBACK PREPARED — cancel a transaction that was earlier prepared for two-phase commit
Synopsis
 ROLLBACK PREPARED transaction_id
 
Description

    ROLLBACK PREPARED rolls back a transaction that is in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback-to.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT — roll back to a savepoint
Synopsis
+ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT
ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT — roll back to a savepoint
Synopsis
 ROLLBACK [ WORK | TRANSACTION ] TO [ SAVEPOINT ] savepoint_name
 
Description

    Roll back all commands that were executed after the savepoint was
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-rollback.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-ROLLBACK
ROLLBACK
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ROLLBACK
ROLLBACK — abort the current transaction
Synopsis
+ROLLBACK
ROLLBACK
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
ROLLBACK
ROLLBACK — abort the current transaction
Synopsis
 ROLLBACK [ WORK | TRANSACTION ]
 
Description

    ROLLBACK rolls back the current transaction and causes
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-savepoint.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SAVEPOINT
SAVEPOINT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SAVEPOINT
SAVEPOINT — define a new savepoint within the current transaction
Synopsis
+SAVEPOINT
SAVEPOINT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SAVEPOINT
SAVEPOINT — define a new savepoint within the current transaction
Synopsis
 SAVEPOINT savepoint_name
 
Description

    SAVEPOINT establishes a new savepoint within
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-security-label.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SECURITY LABEL
SECURITY LABEL
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SECURITY LABEL
SECURITY LABEL — define or change a security label applied to an object
Synopsis
+SECURITY LABEL
SECURITY LABEL
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SECURITY LABEL
SECURITY LABEL — define or change a security label applied to an object
Synopsis
 SECURITY LABEL [ FOR provider ] ON
 {
   TABLE object_name |
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-select.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SELECT
SELECT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SELECT
SELECT, TABLE, WITH — retrieve rows from a table or view
Synopsis
+SELECT
SELECT
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SELECT
SELECT, TABLE, WITH — retrieve rows from a table or view
Synopsis
 [ WITH [ RECURSIVE ] with_query [, ...] ]
 SELECT [ ALL | DISTINCT [ ON ( expression [, ...] ) ] ]
     [ * | expression [ [ AS ] output_name ] [, ...] ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-selectinto.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SELECT INTO
SELECT INTO
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SELECT INTO
SELECT INTO — define a new table from the results of a query
Synopsis
+SELECT INTO
SELECT INTO
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SELECT INTO
SELECT INTO — define a new table from the results of a query
Synopsis
 [ WITH [ RECURSIVE ] with_query [, ...] ]
 SELECT [ ALL | DISTINCT [ ON ( expression [, ...] ) ] ]
     * | expression [ [ AS ] output_name ] [, ...]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-constraints.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SET CONSTRAINTS
SET CONSTRAINTS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SET CONSTRAINTS
SET CONSTRAINTS — set constraint check timing for the current transaction
Synopsis
+SET CONSTRAINTS
SET CONSTRAINTS
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SET CONSTRAINTS
SET CONSTRAINTS — set constraint check timing for the current transaction
Synopsis
 SET CONSTRAINTS { ALL | name [, ...] } { DEFERRED | IMMEDIATE }
 
Description

    SET CONSTRAINTS sets the behavior of constraint
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-role.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SET ROLE
SET ROLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SET ROLE
SET ROLE — set the current user identifier of the current session
Synopsis
+SET ROLE
SET ROLE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SET ROLE
SET ROLE — set the current user identifier of the current session
Synopsis
 SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] ROLE role_name
 SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] ROLE NONE
 RESET ROLE
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
    These forms can be executed by any user.
   
Notes

    Using this command, it is possible to either add privileges or restrict
-   one's privileges.  If the session user role has the INHERITS
+   one's privileges.  If the session user role has the INHERIT
    attribute, then it automatically has all the privileges of every role that
    it could SET ROLE to; in this case SET ROLE
    effectively drops all the privileges assigned directly to the session user
    and to the other roles it is a member of, leaving only the privileges
    available to the named role.  On the other hand, if the session user role
-   has the NOINHERITS attribute, SET ROLE drops the
+   has the NOINHERIT attribute, SET ROLE drops the
    privileges assigned directly to the session user and instead acquires the
    privileges available to the named role.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-session-authorization.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION — set the session user identifier and the current user identifier of the current session
Synopsis
+SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION — set the session user identifier and the current user identifier of the current session
Synopsis
 SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] SESSION AUTHORIZATION user_name
 SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] SESSION AUTHORIZATION DEFAULT
 RESET SESSION AUTHORIZATION
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set-transaction.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SET TRANSACTION
SET TRANSACTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SET TRANSACTION
SET TRANSACTION — set the characteristics of the current transaction
Synopsis
+SET TRANSACTION
SET TRANSACTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SET TRANSACTION
SET TRANSACTION — set the characteristics of the current transaction
Synopsis
 SET TRANSACTION transaction_mode [, ...]
 SET TRANSACTION SNAPSHOT snapshot_id
 SET SESSION CHARACTERISTICS AS TRANSACTION transaction_mode [, ...]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-set.html	2019-11-11 22:18:47.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SET
SET
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SET
SET — change a run-time parameter
Synopsis
+SET
SET
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SET
SET — change a run-time parameter
Synopsis
 SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] configuration_parameter { TO | = } { value | 'value' | DEFAULT }
 SET [ SESSION | LOCAL ] TIME ZONE { timezone | LOCAL | DEFAULT }
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-show.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-SHOW
SHOW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SHOW
SHOW — show the value of a run-time parameter
Synopsis
+SHOW
SHOW
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
SHOW
SHOW — show the value of a run-time parameter
Synopsis
 SHOW name
 SHOW ALL
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-start-transaction.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-START TRANSACTION
START TRANSACTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
START TRANSACTION
START TRANSACTION — start a transaction block
Synopsis
+START TRANSACTION
START TRANSACTION
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
START TRANSACTION
START TRANSACTION — start a transaction block
Synopsis
 START TRANSACTION [ transaction_mode [, ...] ]
 
 where transaction_mode is one of:
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-calling-funcs.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-4.3. Calling Functions
4.3. Calling Functions
Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next
4.3. Calling Functions
4.3.1. Using Positional Notation
4.3.2. Using Named Notation
4.3.3. Using Mixed Notation

+4.3. Calling Functions
4.3. Calling Functions
Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next
4.3. Calling Functions
4.3.1. Using Positional Notation
4.3.2. Using Named Notation
4.3.3. Using Mixed Notation

     PostgreSQL allows functions that have named
     parameters to be called using either positional or
     named notation.  Named notation is especially
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax-lexical.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-4.1. Lexical Structure
4.1. Lexical Structure
Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next
4.1. Lexical Structure
4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words
4.1.2. Constants
4.1.3. Operators
4.1.4. Special Characters
4.1.5. Comments
4.1.6. Operator Precedence

+4.1. Lexical Structure
4.1. Lexical Structure
Prev UpChapter 4. SQL SyntaxHome Next
4.1. Lexical Structure
4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words
4.1.2. Constants
4.1.3. Operators
4.1.4. Special Characters
4.1.5. Comments
4.1.6. Operator Precedence

    SQL input consists of a sequence of
    commands.  A command is composed of a
    sequence of tokens, terminated by a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-syntax.html	2019-11-11 22:18:30.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
Table of Contents
4.1. Lexical Structure
4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words
4.1.2. Constants
4.1.3. Operators
4.1.4. Special Characters
4.1.5. Comments
4.1.6. Operator Precedence
4.2. Value Expressions
4.2.1. Column References
4.2.2. Positional Parameters
4.2.3. Subscripts
4.2.4. Field Selection
4.2.5. Operator Invocations
4.2.6. Function Calls
4.2.7. Aggregate Expressions
4.2.8. Window Function Calls
4.2.9. Type Casts
4.2.10. Collation Expressions
4.2.11. Scalar Subqueries
4.2.12. Array Constructors
4.2.13. Row Constructors
4.2.14. Expression Evaluation Rules
4.3. Calling Functions
4.3.1. Using Positional Notation
4.3.2. Using Named Notation
4.3.3. Using Mixed Notation

+Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
Chapter 4. SQL Syntax
Table of Contents
4.1. Lexical Structure
4.1.1. Identifiers and Key Words
4.1.2. Constants
4.1.3. Operators
4.1.4. Special Characters
4.1.5. Comments
4.1.6. Operator Precedence
4.2. Value Expressions
4.2.1. Column References
4.2.2. Positional Parameters
4.2.3. Subscripts
4.2.4. Field Selection
4.2.5. Operator Invocations
4.2.6. Function Calls
4.2.7. Aggregate Expressions
4.2.8. Window Function Calls
4.2.9. Type Casts
4.2.10. Collation Expressions
4.2.11. Scalar Subqueries
4.2.12. Array Constructors
4.2.13. Row Constructors
4.2.14. Expression Evaluation Rules
4.3. Calling Functions
4.3.1. Using Positional Notation
4.3.2. Using Named Notation
4.3.3. Using Mixed Notation

   This chapter describes the syntax of SQL.  It forms the foundation
   for understanding the following chapters which will go into detail
   about how SQL commands are applied to define and modify data.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-truncate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-TRUNCATE
TRUNCATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
TRUNCATE
TRUNCATE — empty a table or set of tables
Synopsis
+TRUNCATE
TRUNCATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
TRUNCATE
TRUNCATE — empty a table or set of tables
Synopsis
 TRUNCATE [ TABLE ] [ ONLY ] name [ * ] [, ... ]
     [ RESTART IDENTITY | CONTINUE IDENTITY ] [ CASCADE | RESTRICT ]
 
Description

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-unlisten.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-UNLISTEN
UNLISTEN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
UNLISTEN
UNLISTEN — stop listening for a notification
Synopsis
+UNLISTEN
UNLISTEN
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
UNLISTEN
UNLISTEN — stop listening for a notification
Synopsis
 UNLISTEN { channel | * }
 
Description

    UNLISTEN is used to remove an existing
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-update.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-UPDATE
UPDATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
UPDATE
UPDATE — update rows of a table
Synopsis
+UPDATE
UPDATE
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
UPDATE
UPDATE — update rows of a table
Synopsis
 [ WITH [ RECURSIVE ] with_query [, ...] ]
 UPDATE [ ONLY ] table_name [ * ] [ [ AS ] alias ]
     SET { column_name = { expression | DEFAULT } |
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-vacuum.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-VACUUM
VACUUM
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
VACUUM
VACUUM — garbage-collect and optionally analyze a database
Synopsis
+VACUUM
VACUUM
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
VACUUM
VACUUM — garbage-collect and optionally analyze a database
Synopsis
 VACUUM [ ( option [, ...] ) ] [ table_and_columns [, ...] ]
 VACUUM [ FULL ] [ FREEZE ] [ VERBOSE ] [ ANALYZE ] [ table_and_columns [, ...] ]
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html	2019-08-05 21:28:42.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql-values.html	2019-11-11 22:18:48.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-VALUES
VALUES
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
VALUES
VALUES — compute a set of rows
Synopsis
+VALUES
VALUES
Prev UpSQL CommandsHome Next
VALUES
VALUES — compute a set of rows
Synopsis
 VALUES ( expression [, ...] ) [, ...]
     [ ORDER BY sort_expression [ ASC | DESC | USING operator ] [, ...] ]
     [ LIMIT { count | ALL } ]
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sql.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Part II. The SQL Language
Part II. The SQL Language
Prev   Home Next
Part II. The SQL Language

+Part II. The SQL Language
Part II. The SQL Language
Prev   Home Next
Part II. The SQL Language

     This part describes the use of the SQL language
     in PostgreSQL.  We start with
     describing the general syntax of SQL, then
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ssh-tunnels.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-18.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
18.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels

+18.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
18.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.10. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSH Tunnels

    It is possible to use SSH to encrypt the network
    connection between clients and a
    PostgreSQL server. Done properly, this
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/ssl-tcp.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-18.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
18.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
18.9.1. Basic Setup
18.9.2. OpenSSL Configuration
18.9.3. Using Client Certificates
18.9.4. SSL Server File Usage
18.9.5. Creating Certificates

+18.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
18.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
18.9. Secure TCP/IP Connections with SSL
18.9.1. Basic Setup
18.9.2. OpenSSL Configuration
18.9.3. Using Client Certificates
18.9.4. SSL Server File Usage
18.9.5. Creating Certificates

    PostgreSQL has native support for using
    SSL connections to encrypt client/server communications
    for increased security. This requires that
@@ -43,8 +43,8 @@
    If the private key is protected with a passphrase, the
    server will prompt for the passphrase and will not start until it has
    been entered.
-   Using a passphrase also disables the ability to change the server's SSL
-   configuration without a server restart.
+   Using a passphrase by default disables the ability to change the server's
+   SSL configuration without a server restart, but see ssl_passphrase_command_supports_reload.
    Furthermore, passphrase-protected private keys cannot be used at all
    on Windows.
   

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sslinfo.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.37. sslinfo
F.37. sslinfo
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.37. sslinfo
F.37.1. Functions Provided
F.37.2. Author

+F.37. sslinfo
F.37. sslinfo
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.37. sslinfo
F.37.1. Functions Provided
F.37.2. Author

   The sslinfo module provides information about the SSL
   certificate that the current client provided when connecting to
   PostgreSQL.  The module is useless (most functions
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
 localityName (alias L)
 stateOrProvinceName (alias ST)
 organizationName (alias O)
-organizationUnitName (alias OU)
+organizationalUnitName (alias OU)
 title
 description
 initials
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/sspi-auth.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-20.7. SSPI Authentication
20.7. SSPI Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.7. SSPI Authentication

+20.7. SSPI Authentication
20.7. SSPI Authentication
Prev UpChapter 20. Client AuthenticationHome Next
20.7. SSPI Authentication

     SSPI is a Windows
     technology for secure authentication with single sign-on.
     PostgreSQL will use SSPI in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/standby-settings.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/standby-settings.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/standby-settings.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/standby-settings.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-27.3. Standby Server Settings
27.3. Standby Server Settings
Prev UpChapter 27. Recovery ConfigurationHome Next
27.3. Standby Server Settings
standby_mode (boolean)
+27.3. Standby Server Settings
27.3. Standby Server Settings
Prev UpChapter 27. Recovery ConfigurationHome Next
27.3. Standby Server Settings
standby_mode (boolean)
         
         

           Specifies whether to start the PostgreSQL server as
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-file-layout.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-68.1. Database File Layout
68.1. Database File Layout
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.1. Database File Layout

+68.1. Database File Layout
68.1. Database File Layout
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.1. Database File Layout

 This section describes the storage format at the level of files and
 directories.
 

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-fsm.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-68.3. Free Space Map
68.3. Free Space Map
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.3. Free Space Map

+68.3. Free Space Map
68.3. Free Space Map
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.3. Free Space Map

 Each heap and index relation, except for hash indexes, has a Free Space Map
 (FSM) to keep track of available space in the relation. It's stored
 alongside the main relation data in a separate relation fork, named after the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-init.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-68.5. The Initialization Fork
68.5. The Initialization Fork
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.5. The Initialization Fork

+68.5. The Initialization Fork
68.5. The Initialization Fork
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.5. The Initialization Fork

 Each unlogged table, and each index on an unlogged table, has an initialization
 fork.  The initialization fork is an empty table or index of the appropriate
 type.  When an unlogged table must be reset to empty due to a crash, the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-page-layout.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-68.6. Database Page Layout
68.6. Database Page Layout
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.6. Database Page Layout
68.6.1. Table Row Layout

+68.6. Database Page Layout
68.6. Database Page Layout
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.6. Database Page Layout
68.6.1. Table Row Layout

 This section provides an overview of the page format used within
 PostgreSQL tables and indexes.[14]
 Sequences and TOAST tables are formatted just like a regular table.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-toast.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-68.2. TOAST
68.2. TOAST
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.2. TOAST
68.2.1. Out-of-line, on-disk TOAST storage
68.2.2. Out-of-line, in-memory TOAST storage

+68.2. TOAST
68.2. TOAST
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.2. TOAST
68.2.1. Out-of-line, on-disk TOAST storage
68.2.2. Out-of-line, in-memory TOAST storage

 This section provides an overview of TOAST (The
 Oversized-Attribute Storage Technique).
 

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage-vm.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-68.4. Visibility Map
68.4. Visibility Map
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.4. Visibility Map

+68.4. Visibility Map
68.4. Visibility Map
Prev UpChapter 68. Database Physical StorageHome Next
68.4. Visibility Map

 Each heap relation has a Visibility Map
 (VM) to keep track of which pages contain only tuples that are known to be
 visible to all active transactions; it also keeps track of which pages contain
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/storage.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 68. Database Physical Storage
Chapter 68. Database Physical Storage
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 68. Database Physical Storage
Table of Contents
68.1. Database File Layout
68.2. TOAST
68.2.1. Out-of-line, on-disk TOAST storage
68.2.2. Out-of-line, in-memory TOAST storage
68.3. Free Space Map
68.4. Visibility Map
68.5. The Initialization Fork
68.6. Database Page Layout
68.6.1. Table Row Layout

+Chapter 68. Database Physical Storage
Chapter 68. Database Physical Storage
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Prev Up Next
67.3. Extensibility Home 68.1. Database File Layout

\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/supported-platforms.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-16.6. Supported Platforms
16.6. Supported Platforms
Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
16.6. Supported Platforms

+16.6. Supported Platforms
16.6. Supported Platforms
Prev UpChapter 16. Installation from Source CodeHome Next
16.6. Supported Platforms

    A platform (that is, a CPU architecture and operating system combination)
    is considered supported by the PostgreSQL development
    community if the code contains provisions to work on that platform and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-declarations.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules

+69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.1. System Catalog Declaration Rules

    The key part of a catalog header file is a C structure definition
    describing the layout of each row of the catalog.  This begins with
    a CATALOG macro, which so far as the C compiler is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html	2019-08-05 21:28:48.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/system-catalog-initial-data.html	2019-11-11 22:18:53.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
69.2.1. Data File Format
69.2.2. OID Assignment
69.2.3. OID Reference Lookup
69.2.4. Recipes for Editing Data Files

+69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
Prev UpChapter 69. System Catalog Declarations and Initial ContentsHome Next
69.2. System Catalog Initial Data
69.2.1. Data File Format
69.2.2. OID Assignment
69.2.3. OID Reference Lookup
69.2.4. Recipes for Editing Data Files

    Each catalog that has any manually-created initial data (some do not)
    has a corresponding .dat file that contains its
    initial data in an editable format.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tablefunc.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.38. tablefunc
F.38. tablefunc
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.38. tablefunc
F.38.1. Functions Provided
F.38.2. Author

+F.38. tablefunc
F.38. tablefunc
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.38. tablefunc
F.38.1. Functions Provided
F.38.2. Author

   The tablefunc module includes various functions that return
   tables (that is, multiple rows).  These functions are useful both in their
   own right and as examples of how to write C functions that return
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-method.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 58. Writing A Table Sampling Method
Chapter 58. Writing A Table Sampling Method
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 58. Writing A Table Sampling Method
Table of Contents
58.1. Sampling Method Support Functions

+Chapter 58. Writing A Table Sampling Method
Chapter 58. Writing A Table Sampling Method
Prev UpPart VII. InternalsHome Next
Chapter 58. Writing A Table Sampling Method
Table of Contents
58.1. Sampling Method Support Functions

   PostgreSQL's implementation of the TABLESAMPLE
   clause supports custom table sampling methods, in addition to
   the BERNOULLI and SYSTEM methods that are required
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:47.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tablesample-support-functions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:52.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-58.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
58.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
Prev UpChapter 58. Writing A Table Sampling MethodHome Next
58.1. Sampling Method Support Functions

+58.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
58.1. Sampling Method Support Functions
Prev UpChapter 58. Writing A Table Sampling MethodHome Next
58.1. Sampling Method Support Functions

    The TSM handler function returns a palloc'd TsmRoutine struct
    containing pointers to the support functions described below.  Most of
    the functions are required, but some are optional, and those pointers can
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tcn.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.39. tcn
F.39. tcn
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.39. tcn

+F.39. tcn
F.39. tcn
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.39. tcn

   The tcn module provides a trigger function that notifies
   listeners of changes to any table on which it is attached.  It must be
   used as an AFTER trigger FOR EACH ROW.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/test-decoding.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.40. test_decoding
F.40. test_decoding
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.40. test_decoding

+F.40. test_decoding
F.40. test_decoding
Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
F.40. test_decoding

   test_decoding is an example of a logical decoding
   output plugin. It doesn't do anything especially useful, but can serve as
   a starting point for developing your own output plugin.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-configuration.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.7. Configuration Example
12.7. Configuration Example
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.7. Configuration Example

+12.7. Configuration Example
12.7. Configuration Example
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.7. Configuration Example

     A text search configuration specifies all options necessary to transform a
     document into a tsvector: the parser to use to break text
     into tokens, and the dictionaries to use to transform each token into a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-controls.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.3. Controlling Text Search
12.3. Controlling Text Search
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.3. Controlling Text Search
12.3.1. Parsing Documents
12.3.2. Parsing Queries
12.3.3. Ranking Search Results
12.3.4. Highlighting Results

+12.3. Controlling Text Search
12.3. Controlling Text Search
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.3. Controlling Text Search
12.3.1. Parsing Documents
12.3.2. Parsing Queries
12.3.3. Ranking Search Results
12.3.4. Highlighting Results

    To implement full text searching there must be a function to create a
    tsvector from a document and a tsquery from a
    user query. Also, we need to return results in a useful order, so we need
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-debugging.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
12.8.1. Configuration Testing
12.8.2. Parser Testing
12.8.3. Dictionary Testing

+12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.8. Testing and Debugging Text Search
12.8.1. Configuration Testing
12.8.2. Parser Testing
12.8.3. Dictionary Testing

    The behavior of a custom text search configuration can easily become
    confusing.  The functions described
    in this section are useful for testing text search objects.  You can
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-dictionaries.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.6. Dictionaries
12.6. Dictionaries
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.6. Dictionaries
12.6.1. Stop Words
12.6.2. Simple Dictionary
12.6.3. Synonym Dictionary
12.6.4. Thesaurus Dictionary
12.6.5. Ispell Dictionary
12.6.6. Snowball Dictionary

+12.6. Dictionaries
12.6. Dictionaries
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.6. Dictionaries
12.6.1. Stop Words
12.6.2. Simple Dictionary
12.6.3. Synonym Dictionary
12.6.4. Thesaurus Dictionary
12.6.5. Ispell Dictionary
12.6.6. Snowball Dictionary

    Dictionaries are used to eliminate words that should not be considered in a
    search (stop words), and to normalize words so
    that different derived forms of the same word will match.  A successfully
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-features.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.4. Additional Features
12.4. Additional Features
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.4. Additional Features
12.4.1. Manipulating Documents
12.4.2. Manipulating Queries
12.4.3. Triggers for Automatic Updates
12.4.4. Gathering Document Statistics

+12.4. Additional Features
12.4. Additional Features
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.4. Additional Features
12.4.1. Manipulating Documents
12.4.2. Manipulating Queries
12.4.3. Triggers for Automatic Updates
12.4.4. Gathering Document Statistics

    This section describes additional functions and operators that are
    useful in connection with text search.
   
12.4.1. Manipulating Documents

diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-indexes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.9. GIN and GiST Index Types
12.9. GIN and GiST Index Types
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.9. GIN and GiST Index Types

+12.9. GIN and GiST Index Types
12.9. GIN and GiST Index Types
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.9. GIN and GiST Index Types

    There are two kinds of indexes that can be used to speed up full text
    searches.
    Note that indexes are not mandatory for full text searching, but in
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.1. Introduction
12.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.1. Introduction
12.1.1. What Is a Document?
12.1.2. Basic Text Matching
12.1.3. Configurations

+12.1. Introduction
12.1. Introduction
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.1. Introduction
12.1.1. What Is a Document?
12.1.2. Basic Text Matching
12.1.3. Configurations

    Full Text Searching (or just text search) provides
    the capability to identify natural-language documents that
    satisfy a query, and optionally to sort them by
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-limitations.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.11. Limitations
12.11. Limitations
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.11. Limitations

+12.11. Limitations
12.11. Limitations
Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
12.11. Limitations

    The current limitations of PostgreSQL's
    text search features are:
    
  • The length of each lexeme must be less than 2K bytes
  • The length of a tsvector (lexemes + positions) must be
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-parsers.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.5. Parsers
    12.5. Parsers
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
    12.5. Parsers
    
+12.5. Parsers
    12.5. Parsers
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
    12.5. Parsers
    
    Text search parsers are responsible for splitting raw document text
    into tokens and identifying each token's type, where
    the set of possible types is defined by the parser itself.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-psql.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.10. psql Support
    12.10. psql Support
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
    12.10. psql Support
    
+12.10. psql Support
    12.10. psql Support
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
    12.10. psql Support
    
    Information about text search configuration objects can be obtained
    in psql using a set of commands:
 
    diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch-tables.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-12.2. Tables and Indexes
    12.2. Tables and Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
    12.2. Tables and Indexes
    12.2.1. Searching a Table
    12.2.2. Creating Indexes
    
+12.2. Tables and Indexes
    12.2. Tables and Indexes
    Prev UpChapter 12. Full Text SearchHome Next
    12.2. Tables and Indexes
    12.2.1. Searching a Table
    12.2.2. Creating Indexes
    
    The examples in the previous section illustrated full text matching using
    simple constant strings.  This section shows how to search table data,
    optionally using indexes.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/textsearch.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Chapter 12. Full Text Search
    Chapter 12. Full Text Search
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    11.12. Examining Index Usage Home 12.1. Introduction
    
\ No newline at end of file
+Chapter 12. Full Text Search
    Chapter 12. Full Text Search
    Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
    Prev Up Next
    11.12. Examining Index Usage Home 12.1. Introduction
    
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/transaction-iso.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-13.2. Transaction Isolation
    13.2. Transaction Isolation
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next
    13.2. Transaction Isolation
    13.2.1. Read Committed Isolation Level
    13.2.2. Repeatable Read Isolation Level
    13.2.3. Serializable Isolation Level
    
+13.2. Transaction Isolation
    13.2. Transaction Isolation
    Prev UpChapter 13. Concurrency ControlHome Next
    13.2. Transaction Isolation
    13.2.1. Read Committed Isolation Level
    13.2.2. Repeatable Read Isolation Level
    13.2.3. Serializable Isolation Level
    
     The SQL standard defines four levels of
     transaction isolation.  The most strict is Serializable,
     which is defined by the standard in a paragraph which says that any
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-datachanges.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    
+39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    
     If you execute SQL commands in your trigger function, and these
     commands access the table that the trigger is for, then
     you need to be aware of the data visibility rules, because they determine
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-definition.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    
+39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    
     A trigger is a specification that the database should automatically
     execute a particular function whenever a certain type of operation is
     performed.  Triggers can be attached to tables (partitioned or not),
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
     used to signal that the trigger performed the necessary data
     modifications in the view.  This will cause the count of the number
     of rows affected by the command to be incremented. For
-    INSERT and UPDATE operations, the trigger
+    INSERT and UPDATE operations only, the trigger
     may modify the NEW row before returning it.  This will
     change the data returned by
     INSERT RETURNING or UPDATE RETURNING,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-example.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    
+39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    
     Here is a very simple example of a trigger function written in C.
     (Examples of triggers written in procedural languages can be found
     in the documentation of the procedural languages.)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/trigger-interface.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    
+39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    Prev UpChapter 39. TriggersHome Next
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    
     This section describes the low-level details of the interface to a
     trigger function.  This information is only needed when writing
     trigger functions in C.  If you are using a higher-level language then
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/triggers.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 39. Triggers
    Chapter 39. Triggers
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
    Chapter 39. Triggers
    Table of Contents
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    
+Chapter 39. Triggers
    Chapter 39. Triggers
    Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
    Chapter 39. Triggers
    Table of Contents
    39.1. Overview of Trigger Behavior
    39.2. Visibility of Data Changes
    39.3. Writing Trigger Functions in C
    39.4. A Complete Trigger Example
    
    This chapter provides general information about writing trigger functions.
    Trigger functions can be written in most of the available procedural
    languages, including
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-rows.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.41. tsm_system_rows
    F.41. tsm_system_rows
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
    F.41. tsm_system_rows
    F.41.1. Examples
    
+F.41. tsm_system_rows
    F.41. tsm_system_rows
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
    F.41. tsm_system_rows
    F.41.1. Examples
    
   The tsm_system_rows module provides the table sampling method
   SYSTEM_ROWS, which can be used in
   the TABLESAMPLE clause of a SELECT
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tsm-system-time.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.42. tsm_system_time
    F.42. tsm_system_time
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
    F.42. tsm_system_time
    F.42.1. Examples
    
+F.42. tsm_system_time
    F.42. tsm_system_time
    Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
    F.42. tsm_system_time
    F.42.1. Examples
    
   The tsm_system_time module provides the table sampling method
   SYSTEM_TIME, which can be used in
   the TABLESAMPLE clause of a SELECT
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-accessdb.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-1.4. Accessing a Database
    1.4. Accessing a Database
    Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next
    1.4. Accessing a Database
    
+1.4. Accessing a Database
    1.4. Accessing a Database
    Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next
    1.4. Accessing a Database
    
     Once you have created a database, you can access it by:
 
     
    • 
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
     In psql, you will be greeted with the following
     message:
 
      -psql (11.5)
+psql (11.6)
 Type "help" for help.
 
 mydb=>
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
 mydb=> SELECT version();
                                          version
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- PostgreSQL 11.5 on x86_64-pc-linux-gnu, compiled by gcc (Debian 4.9.2-10) 4.9.2, 64-bit
+ PostgreSQL 11.6 on x86_64-pc-linux-gnu, compiled by gcc (Debian 4.9.2-10) 4.9.2, 64-bit
 (1 row)
 
 mydb=> SELECT current_date;
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-3.1. Introduction
      3.1. Introduction
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.1. Introduction
      
+3.1. Introduction
      3.1. Introduction
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.1. Introduction
      
     In the previous chapter we have covered the basics of using
     SQL to store and access your data in
     PostgreSQL.  We will now discuss some
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-advanced.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Chapter 3. Advanced Features
      Chapter 3. Advanced Features
      Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
      Prev Up Next
      2.9. Deletions Home 3.1. Introduction
      
\ No newline at end of file
+Chapter 3. Advanced Features
      Chapter 3. Advanced Features
      Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
      Prev Up Next
      2.9. Deletions Home 3.1. Introduction
      
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-agg.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-2.7. Aggregate Functions
      2.7. Aggregate Functions
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.7. Aggregate Functions
      
+2.7. Aggregate Functions
      2.7. Aggregate Functions
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.7. Aggregate Functions
      
     Like  most  other relational database products,
     PostgreSQL supports
     aggregate functions.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-arch.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
      1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
      Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next
      1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
      
+1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
      1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
      Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next
      1.2. Architectural Fundamentals
      
     Before we proceed, you should understand the basic
     PostgreSQL system architecture.
     Understanding how the parts of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-concepts.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-2.2. Concepts
      2.2. Concepts
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.2. Concepts
      
+2.2. Concepts
      2.2. Concepts
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.2. Concepts
      
     
     
     
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-conclusion.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-3.7. Conclusion
      3.7. Conclusion
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.7. Conclusion
      
+3.7. Conclusion
      3.7. Conclusion
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.7. Conclusion
      
     PostgreSQL has many features not
     touched upon in this tutorial introduction, which has been
     oriented toward newer users of SQL.  These
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-createdb.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-1.3. Creating a Database
      1.3. Creating a Database
      Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next
      1.3. Creating a Database
      
+1.3. Creating a Database
      1.3. Creating a Database
      Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next
      1.3. Creating a Database
      
     The first test to see whether you can access the database server
     is to try to create a database.  A running
     PostgreSQL server can manage many
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-delete.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-2.9. Deletions
      2.9. Deletions
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.9. Deletions
      
+2.9. Deletions
      2.9. Deletions
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.9. Deletions
      
     Rows can be removed from a table using the DELETE
     command.
     Suppose you are no longer interested in the weather of Hayward.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-fk.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-3.3. Foreign Keys
      3.3. Foreign Keys
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.3. Foreign Keys
      
+3.3. Foreign Keys
      3.3. Foreign Keys
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.3. Foreign Keys
      
     Recall the weather and
     cities tables from Chapter 2.  Consider the following problem:  You
     want to make sure that no one can insert rows in the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-inheritance.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-3.6. Inheritance
      3.6. Inheritance
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.6. Inheritance
      
+3.6. Inheritance
      3.6. Inheritance
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.6. Inheritance
      
     Inheritance is a concept from object-oriented databases.  It opens
     up interesting new possibilities of database design.
    
      
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-install.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-1.1. Installation
      1.1. Installation
      Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next
      1.1. Installation
      
+1.1. Installation
      1.1. Installation
      Prev UpChapter 1. Getting StartedHome Next
      1.1. Installation
      
     Before you can use PostgreSQL you need
     to install it, of course.  It is possible that
     PostgreSQL is already installed at your
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-join.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-2.6. Joins Between Tables
      2.6. Joins Between Tables
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.6. Joins Between Tables
      
+2.6. Joins Between Tables
      2.6. Joins Between Tables
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.6. Joins Between Tables
      
     Thus far, our queries have only accessed one table at a time.
     Queries can access multiple tables at once, or access the same
     table in such a way that multiple rows of the table are being
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-populate.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
      2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
      
+2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
      2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.4. Populating a Table With Rows
      
     The INSERT statement is used to populate a table  with
     rows:
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-select.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-2.5. Querying a Table
      2.5. Querying a Table
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.5. Querying a Table
      
+2.5. Querying a Table
      2.5. Querying a Table
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.5. Querying a Table
      
     
     
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-2.1. Introduction
      2.1. Introduction
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.1. Introduction
      
+2.1. Introduction
      2.1. Introduction
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.1. Introduction
      
     This chapter provides an overview of how to use
     SQL to perform simple operations.  This
     tutorial is only intended to give you an introduction and is in no
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-sql.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Chapter 2. The SQL Language
      Chapter 2. The SQL Language
      Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
      Prev Up Next
      1.4. Accessing a Database Home 2.1. Introduction
      
\ No newline at end of file
+Chapter 2. The SQL Language
      Chapter 2. The SQL Language
      Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
      Prev Up Next
      1.4. Accessing a Database Home 2.1. Introduction
      
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-start.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 
-Chapter 1. Getting Started
      Chapter 1. Getting Started
      Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
      Prev Up Next
      Part I. Tutorial Home 1.1. Installation
      
\ No newline at end of file
+Chapter 1. Getting Started
      Chapter 1. Getting Started
      Prev UpPart I. TutorialHome Next
      Prev Up Next
      Part I. Tutorial Home 1.1. Installation
      
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-table.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-2.3. Creating a New Table
      2.3. Creating a New Table
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.3. Creating a New Table
      
+2.3. Creating a New Table
      2.3. Creating a New Table
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.3. Creating a New Table
      
     You  can  create  a  new  table by specifying the table
     name, along with all column names and their types:
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-transactions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-3.4. Transactions
      3.4. Transactions
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.4. Transactions
      
+3.4. Transactions
      3.4. Transactions
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.4. Transactions
      
     Transactions are a fundamental concept of all database
     systems.  The essential point of a transaction is that it bundles
     multiple steps into a single, all-or-nothing operation.  The intermediate
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-update.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-2.8. Updates
      2.8. Updates
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.8. Updates
      
+2.8. Updates
      2.8. Updates
      Prev UpChapter 2. The SQL LanguageHome Next
      2.8. Updates
      
     You can update existing rows using the
     UPDATE command.
     Suppose you discover the temperature readings are
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-views.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-3.2. Views
      3.2. Views
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.2. Views
      
+3.2. Views
      3.2. Views
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.2. Views
      
     Refer back to the queries in Section 2.6.
     Suppose the combined listing of weather records and city location
     is of particular interest to your application, but you do not want
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial-window.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-3.5. Window Functions
      3.5. Window Functions
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.5. Window Functions
      
+3.5. Window Functions
      3.5. Window Functions
      Prev UpChapter 3. Advanced FeaturesHome Next
      3.5. Window Functions
      
     A window function performs a calculation across a set of
     table rows that are somehow related to the current row.  This is comparable
     to the type of calculation that can be done with an aggregate function.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html	2019-08-05 21:28:25.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/tutorial.html	2019-11-11 22:18:29.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Part I. Tutorial
      Part I. Tutorial
      Prev   Home Next
      Part I. Tutorial
      
+Part I. Tutorial
      Part I. Tutorial
      Prev   Home Next
      Part I. Tutorial
      
     Welcome to the PostgreSQL Tutorial.  The
     following few chapters are intended to give a simple introduction
     to PostgreSQL, relational database
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-func.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-10.3. Functions
      10.3. Functions
      Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
      10.3. Functions
      
+10.3. Functions
      10.3. Functions
      Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
      10.3. Functions
      
    The specific function that is referenced by a function call
    is determined using the following procedure.
   
      Function Type Resolution
      1. 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-oper.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-10.2. Operators
        10.2. Operators
        Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
        10.2. Operators
        
+10.2. Operators
        10.2. Operators
        Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
        10.2. Operators
        
    The specific operator that is referenced by an operator expression
    is determined using the following procedure.
    Note that this procedure is indirectly affected
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-overview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-10.1. Overview
        10.1. Overview
        Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
        10.1. Overview
        
+10.1. Overview
        10.1. Overview
        Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
        10.1. Overview
        
 SQL is a strongly typed language. That is, every data item
 has an associated data type which determines its behavior and allowed usage.
 PostgreSQL has an extensible type system that is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-query.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-10.4. Value Storage
        10.4. Value Storage
        Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
        10.4. Value Storage
        
+10.4. Value Storage
        10.4. Value Storage
        Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
        10.4. Value Storage
        
    Values to be inserted into a table are converted to the destination
    column's data type according to the
    following steps.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-select.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-10.6. SELECT Output Columns
        10.6. SELECT Output Columns
        Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
        10.6. SELECT Output Columns
        
+10.6. SELECT Output Columns
        10.6. SELECT Output Columns
        Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
        10.6. SELECT Output Columns
        
 The rules given in the preceding sections will result in assignment
 of non-unknown data types to all expressions in a SQL query,
 except for unspecified-type literals that appear as simple output
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv-union-case.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
        10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
        Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
        10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
        
+10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
        10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
        Prev UpChapter 10. Type ConversionHome Next
        10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
        
 SQL UNION constructs must match up possibly dissimilar
 types to become a single result set.  The resolution algorithm is
 applied separately to each output column of a union query.  The
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/typeconv.html	2019-11-11 22:18:33.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 10. Type Conversion
        Chapter 10. Type Conversion
        Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
        Chapter 10. Type Conversion
        Table of Contents
        10.1. Overview
        10.2. Operators
        10.3. Functions
        10.4. Value Storage
        10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
        10.6. SELECT Output Columns
        
+Chapter 10. Type Conversion
        Chapter 10. Type Conversion
        Prev UpPart II. The SQL LanguageHome Next
        Chapter 10. Type Conversion
        Table of Contents
        10.1. Overview
        10.2. Operators
        10.3. Functions
        10.4. Value Storage
        10.5. UNION, CASE, and Related Constructs
        10.6. SELECT Output Columns
        
 SQL statements can, intentionally or not, require
 the mixing of different data types in the same expression.
 PostgreSQL has extensive facilities for
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/unaccent.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.43. unaccent
        F.43. unaccent
        Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
        F.43. unaccent
        F.43.1. Configuration
        F.43.2. Usage
        F.43.3. Functions
        
+F.43. unaccent
        F.43. unaccent
        Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
        F.43. unaccent
        F.43.1. Configuration
        F.43.2. Usage
        F.43.3. Functions
        
   unaccent is a text search dictionary that removes accents
   (diacritic signs) from lexemes.
   It's a filtering dictionary, which means its output is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html	2019-08-05 21:28:49.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/unsupported-features-sql-standard.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 
-D.2. Unsupported Features
        D.2. Unsupported Features
        Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next
        D.2. Unsupported Features
        
+D.2. Unsupported Features
        D.2. Unsupported Features
        Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next
        D.2. Unsupported Features
        
     The following features defined in SQL:2011 are not
     implemented in this release of
     PostgreSQL. In a few cases, equivalent
     functionality is available.
 
-    
        IdentifierPackageDescriptionComment
        B011 Embedded Ada 
        B013 Embedded COBOL 
        B014 Embedded Fortran 
        B015 Embedded MUMPS 
        B016 Embedded Pascal 
        B017 Embedded PL/I 
        B031 Basic dynamic SQL 
        B032 Extended dynamic SQL 
        B032-01 <describe input statement> 
        B033 Untyped SQL-invoked function arguments 
        B034 Dynamic specification of cursor attributes 
        B035 Non-extended descriptor names 
        B041 Extensions to embedded SQL exception declarations 
        B051 Enhanced execution rights 
        B111 Module language Ada 
        B112 Module language C 
        B113 Module language COBOL 
        B114 Module language Fortran 
        B115 Module language MUMPS 
        B116 Module language Pascal 
        B117 Module language PL/I 
        B121 Routine language Ada 
        B122 Routine language C 
        B123 Routine language COBOL 
        B124 Routine language Fortran 
        B125 Routine language MUMPS 
        B126 Routine language Pascal 
        B127 Routine language PL/I 
        B128 Routine language SQL 
        B211 Module language Ada: VARCHAR and NUMERIC support 
        B221 Routine language Ada: VARCHAR and NUMERIC support 
        E182CoreModule language 
        F054 TIMESTAMP in DATE type precedence list 
        F121 Basic diagnostics management 
        F121-01 GET DIAGNOSTICS statement 
        F121-02 SET TRANSACTION statement: DIAGNOSTICS SIZE clause 
        F122 Enhanced diagnostics management 
        F123 All diagnostics 
        F181CoreMultiple module support 
        F263 Comma-separated predicates in simple CASE expression 
        F291 UNIQUE predicate 
        F301 CORRESPONDING in query expressions 
        F311CoreSchema definition statement 
        F312 MERGE statementconsider INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE
        F313 Enhanced MERGE statement 
        F314 MERGE statement with DELETE branch 
        F341 Usage tablesno ROUTINE_*_USAGE tables
        F385 Drop column generation expression clause 
        F394 Optional normal form specification 
        F403 Partitioned joined tables 
        F451 Character set definition 
        F461 Named character sets 
        F492 Optional table constraint enforcement 
        F521Enhanced integrity managementAssertions 
        F671Enhanced integrity managementSubqueries in CHECKintentionally omitted
        F693 SQL-session and client module collations 
        F695 Translation support 
        F696 Additional translation documentation 
        F721 Deferrable constraintsforeign and unique keys only
        F741 Referential MATCH typesno partial match yet
        F812CoreBasic flagging 
        F813 Extended flagging 
        F821 Local table references 
        F831 Full cursor update 
        F831-01 Updatable scrollable cursors 
        F831-02 Updatable ordered cursors 
        F841 LIKE_REGEX predicate 
        F842 OCCURRENCES_REGEX function 
        F843 POSITION_REGEX function 
        F844 SUBSTRING_REGEX function 
        F845 TRANSLATE_REGEX function 
        F846 Octet support in regular expression operators 
        F847 Nonconstant regular expressions 
        F866 FETCH FIRST clause: PERCENT option 
        F867 FETCH FIRST clause: WITH TIES option 
        S011CoreDistinct data types 
        S011-01CoreUSER_DEFINED_TYPES view 
        S023Basic object supportBasic structured types 
        S024Enhanced object supportEnhanced structured types 
        S025 Final structured types 
        S026 Self-referencing structured types 
        S027 Create method by specific method name 
        S028 Permutable UDT options list 
        S041Basic object supportBasic reference types 
        S043Enhanced object supportEnhanced reference types 
        S051Basic object supportCreate table of typepartially supported
        S081Enhanced object supportSubtables 
        S091 Basic array supportpartially supported
        S091-01 Arrays of built-in data types 
        S091-02 Arrays of distinct types 
        S091-03 Array expressions 
        S094 Arrays of reference types 
        S097 Array element assignment 
        S151Basic object supportType predicate 
        S161Enhanced object supportSubtype treatment 
        S162 Subtype treatment for references 
        S202 SQL-invoked routines on multisets 
        S231Enhanced object supportStructured type locators 
        S232 Array locators 
        S233 Multiset locators 
        S241 Transform functions 
        S242 Alter transform statement 
        S251 User-defined orderings 
        S261 Specific type method 
        S271 Basic multiset support 
        S272 Multisets of user-defined types 
        S274 Multisets of reference types 
        S275 Advanced multiset support 
        S281 Nested collection types 
        S291 Unique constraint on entire row 
        S401 Distinct types based on array types 
        S402 Distinct types based on distinct types 
        S403 ARRAY_MAX_CARDINALITY 
        S404 TRIM_ARRAY 
        T011 Timestamp in Information Schema 
        T021 BINARY and VARBINARY data types 
        T022 Advanced support for BINARY and VARBINARY data types 
        T023 Compound binary literal 
        T024 Spaces in binary literals 
        T041Basic object supportBasic LOB data type support 
        T041-01Basic object supportBLOB data type 
        T041-02Basic object supportCLOB data type 
        T041-03Basic object supportPOSITION, LENGTH, LOWER, TRIM, UPPER, and SUBSTRING functions for LOB data types 
        T041-04Basic object supportConcatenation of LOB data types 
        T041-05Basic object supportLOB locator: non-holdable 
        T042 Extended LOB data type support 
        T043 Multiplier T 
        T044 Multiplier P 
        T051 Row types 
        T052 MAX and MIN for row types 
        T053 Explicit aliases for all-fields reference 
        T061 UCS support 
        T101 Enhanced nullability determination 
        T111 Updatable joins, unions, and columns 
        T175 Generated columns 
        T176 Sequence generator support 
        T180 System-versioned tables 
        T181 Application-time period tables 
        T211Active database, Enhanced integrity managementBasic trigger capability 
        T211-06Active database, Enhanced integrity managementSupport for run-time rules for the interaction of triggers and constraints 
        T211-08Active database, Enhanced integrity managementMultiple triggers for the same event are executed in the order in which they were created in the catalogintentionally omitted
        T251 SET TRANSACTION statement: LOCAL option 
        T261 Chained transactions 
        T272 Enhanced savepoint management 
        T301 Functional dependenciespartially supported
        T321CoreBasic SQL-invoked routines 
        T321-05CoreRETURN statement 
        T322PSMDeclared data type attributes 
        T324 Explicit security for SQL routines 
        T326 Table functions 
        T332 Extended rolesmostly supported
        T434 GROUP BY DISTINCT 
        T471 Result sets return value 
        T472 DESCRIBE CURSOR 
        T495 Combined data change and retrievaldifferent syntax
        T502 Period predicates 
        T511 Transaction counts 
        T522 Default values for IN parameters of SQL-invoked proceduressupported except DEFAULT key word in invocation
        T561 Holdable locators 
        T571 Array-returning external SQL-invoked functions 
        T572 Multiset-returning external SQL-invoked functions 
        T601 Local cursor references 
        T612 Advanced OLAP operationssome forms supported
        T616 Null treatment option for LEAD and LAG functions 
        T618 NTH_VALUE functionfunction exists, but some options missing
        T619 Nested window functions 
        T641 Multiple column assignmentonly some syntax variants supported
        T652 SQL-dynamic statements in SQL routines 
        T653 SQL-schema statements in external routines 
        T654 SQL-dynamic statements in external routines 
        M001 Datalinks 
        M002 Datalinks via SQL/CLI 
        M003 Datalinks via Embedded SQL 
        M004 Foreign data supportpartially supported
        M005 Foreign schema support 
        M006 GetSQLString routine 
        M007 TransmitRequest 
        M009 GetOpts and GetStatistics routines 
        M010 Foreign data wrapper supportdifferent API
        M011 Datalinks via Ada 
        M012 Datalinks via C 
        M013 Datalinks via COBOL 
        M014 Datalinks via Fortran 
        M015 Datalinks via M 
        M016 Datalinks via Pascal 
        M017 Datalinks via PL/I 
        M018 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Ada 
        M019 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Cdifferent API
        M020 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in COBOL 
        M021 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Fortran 
        M022 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in MUMPS 
        M023 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Pascal 
        M024 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in PL/I 
        M030 SQL-server foreign data support 
        M031 Foreign data wrapper general routines 
        X012 Multisets of XML type 
        X013 Distinct types of XML type 
        X015 Fields of XML type 
        X025 XMLCast 
        X030 XMLDocument 
        X038 XMLText 
        X065 XMLParse: BLOB input and CONTENT option 
        X066 XMLParse: BLOB input and DOCUMENT option 
        X068 XMLSerialize: BOM 
        X069 XMLSerialize: INDENT 
        X073 XMLSerialize: BLOB serialization and CONTENT option 
        X074 XMLSerialize: BLOB serialization and DOCUMENT option 
        X075 XMLSerialize: BLOB serialization 
        X076 XMLSerialize: VERSION 
        X077 XMLSerialize: explicit ENCODING option 
        X078 XMLSerialize: explicit XML declaration 
        X080 Namespaces in XML publishing 
        X081 Query-level XML namespace declarations 
        X082 XML namespace declarations in DML 
        X083 XML namespace declarations in DDL 
        X084 XML namespace declarations in compound statements 
        X085 Predefined namespace prefixes 
        X086 XML namespace declarations in XMLTable 
        X091 XML content predicate 
        X096 XMLExistsXPath only
        X100 Host language support for XML: CONTENT option 
        X101 Host language support for XML: DOCUMENT option 
        X110 Host language support for XML: VARCHAR mapping 
        X111 Host language support for XML: CLOB mapping 
        X112 Host language support for XML: BLOB mapping 
        X113 Host language support for XML: STRIP WHITESPACE option 
        X114 Host language support for XML: PRESERVE WHITESPACE option 
        X131 Query-level XMLBINARY clause 
        X132 XMLBINARY clause in DML 
        X133 XMLBINARY clause in DDL 
        X134 XMLBINARY clause in compound statements 
        X135 XMLBINARY clause in subqueries 
        X141 IS VALID predicate: data-driven case 
        X142 IS VALID predicate: ACCORDING TO clause 
        X143 IS VALID predicate: ELEMENT clause 
        X144 IS VALID predicate: schema location 
        X145 IS VALID predicate outside check constraints 
        X151 IS VALID predicate with DOCUMENT option 
        X152 IS VALID predicate with CONTENT option 
        X153 IS VALID predicate with SEQUENCE option 
        X155 IS VALID predicate: NAMESPACE without ELEMENT clause 
        X157 IS VALID predicate: NO NAMESPACE with ELEMENT clause 
        X160 Basic Information Schema for registered XML Schemas 
        X161 Advanced Information Schema for registered XML Schemas 
        X170 XML null handling options 
        X171 NIL ON NO CONTENT option 
        X181 XML(DOCUMENT(UNTYPED)) type 
        X182 XML(DOCUMENT(ANY)) type 
        X190 XML(SEQUENCE) type 
        X191 XML(DOCUMENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
        X192 XML(CONTENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
        X200 XMLQuery 
        X201 XMLQuery: RETURNING CONTENT 
        X202 XMLQuery: RETURNING SEQUENCE 
        X203 XMLQuery: passing a context item 
        X204 XMLQuery: initializing an XQuery variable 
        X205 XMLQuery: EMPTY ON EMPTY option 
        X206 XMLQuery: NULL ON EMPTY option 
        X211 XML 1.1 support 
        X221 XML passing mechanism BY VALUE 
        X231 XML(CONTENT(UNTYPED)) type 
        X232 XML(CONTENT(ANY)) type 
        X241 RETURNING CONTENT in XML publishing 
        X242 RETURNING SEQUENCE in XML publishing 
        X251 Persistent XML values of XML(DOCUMENT(UNTYPED)) type 
        X252 Persistent XML values of XML(DOCUMENT(ANY)) type 
        X253 Persistent XML values of XML(CONTENT(UNTYPED)) type 
        X254 Persistent XML values of XML(CONTENT(ANY)) type 
        X255 Persistent XML values of XML(SEQUENCE) type 
        X256 Persistent XML values of XML(DOCUMENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
        X257 Persistent XML values of XML(CONTENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
        X260 XML type: ELEMENT clause 
        X261 XML type: NAMESPACE without ELEMENT clause 
        X263 XML type: NO NAMESPACE with ELEMENT clause 
        X264 XML type: schema location 
        X271 XMLValidate: data-driven case 
        X272 XMLValidate: ACCORDING TO clause 
        X273 XMLValidate: ELEMENT clause 
        X274 XMLValidate: schema location 
        X281 XMLValidate with DOCUMENT option 
        X282 XMLValidate with CONTENT option 
        X283 XMLValidate with SEQUENCE option 
        X284 XMLValidate: NAMESPACE without ELEMENT clause 
        X286 XMLValidate: NO NAMESPACE with ELEMENT clause 
        X300 XMLTableXPath only
        X305 XMLTable: initializing an XQuery variable 
        
-   
        Prev Up Next
        D.1. Supported Features Home Appendix E. Release Notes
        
\ No newline at end of file
+    
        IdentifierPackageDescriptionComment
        B011 Embedded Ada 
        B013 Embedded COBOL 
        B014 Embedded Fortran 
        B015 Embedded MUMPS 
        B016 Embedded Pascal 
        B017 Embedded PL/I 
        B031 Basic dynamic SQL 
        B032 Extended dynamic SQL 
        B032-01 <describe input statement> 
        B033 Untyped SQL-invoked function arguments 
        B034 Dynamic specification of cursor attributes 
        B035 Non-extended descriptor names 
        B041 Extensions to embedded SQL exception declarations 
        B051 Enhanced execution rights 
        B111 Module language Ada 
        B112 Module language C 
        B113 Module language COBOL 
        B114 Module language Fortran 
        B115 Module language MUMPS 
        B116 Module language Pascal 
        B117 Module language PL/I 
        B121 Routine language Ada 
        B122 Routine language C 
        B123 Routine language COBOL 
        B124 Routine language Fortran 
        B125 Routine language MUMPS 
        B126 Routine language Pascal 
        B127 Routine language PL/I 
        B128 Routine language SQL 
        B211 Module language Ada: VARCHAR and NUMERIC support 
        B221 Routine language Ada: VARCHAR and NUMERIC support 
        E182CoreModule language 
        F054 TIMESTAMP in DATE type precedence list 
        F121 Basic diagnostics management 
        F121-01 GET DIAGNOSTICS statement 
        F121-02 SET TRANSACTION statement: DIAGNOSTICS SIZE clause 
        F122 Enhanced diagnostics management 
        F123 All diagnostics 
        F181CoreMultiple module support 
        F263 Comma-separated predicates in simple CASE expression 
        F291 UNIQUE predicate 
        F301 CORRESPONDING in query expressions 
        F311CoreSchema definition statement 
        F312 MERGE statementconsider INSERT ... ON CONFLICT DO UPDATE
        F313 Enhanced MERGE statement 
        F314 MERGE statement with DELETE branch 
        F341 Usage tablesno ROUTINE_*_USAGE tables
        F385 Drop column generation expression clause 
        F394 Optional normal form specification 
        F403 Partitioned joined tables 
        F451 Character set definition 
        F461 Named character sets 
        F492 Optional table constraint enforcement 
        F521Enhanced integrity managementAssertions 
        F671Enhanced integrity managementSubqueries in CHECKintentionally omitted
        F693 SQL-session and client module collations 
        F695 Translation support 
        F696 Additional translation documentation 
        F721 Deferrable constraintsforeign and unique keys only
        F741 Referential MATCH typesno partial match yet
        F812CoreBasic flagging 
        F813 Extended flagging 
        F821 Local table references 
        F831 Full cursor update 
        F831-01 Updatable scrollable cursors 
        F831-02 Updatable ordered cursors 
        F841 LIKE_REGEX predicate 
        F842 OCCURRENCES_REGEX function 
        F843 POSITION_REGEX function 
        F844 SUBSTRING_REGEX function 
        F845 TRANSLATE_REGEX function 
        F846 Octet support in regular expression operators 
        F847 Nonconstant regular expressions 
        F866 FETCH FIRST clause: PERCENT option 
        F867 FETCH FIRST clause: WITH TIES option 
        S011CoreDistinct data types 
        S011-01CoreUSER_DEFINED_TYPES view 
        S023Basic object supportBasic structured types 
        S024Enhanced object supportEnhanced structured types 
        S025 Final structured types 
        S026 Self-referencing structured types 
        S027 Create method by specific method name 
        S028 Permutable UDT options list 
        S041Basic object supportBasic reference types 
        S043Enhanced object supportEnhanced reference types 
        S051Basic object supportCreate table of typepartially supported
        S081Enhanced object supportSubtables 
        S091 Basic array supportpartially supported
        S091-01 Arrays of built-in data types 
        S091-02 Arrays of distinct types 
        S091-03 Array expressions 
        S094 Arrays of reference types 
        S097 Array element assignment 
        S151Basic object supportType predicate 
        S161Enhanced object supportSubtype treatment 
        S162 Subtype treatment for references 
        S202 SQL-invoked routines on multisets 
        S231Enhanced object supportStructured type locators 
        S232 Array locators 
        S233 Multiset locators 
        S241 Transform functions 
        S242 Alter transform statement 
        S251 User-defined orderings 
        S261 Specific type method 
        S271 Basic multiset support 
        S272 Multisets of user-defined types 
        S274 Multisets of reference types 
        S275 Advanced multiset support 
        S281 Nested collection types 
        S291 Unique constraint on entire row 
        S401 Distinct types based on array types 
        S402 Distinct types based on distinct types 
        S403 ARRAY_MAX_CARDINALITY 
        S404 TRIM_ARRAY 
        T011 Timestamp in Information Schema 
        T021 BINARY and VARBINARY data types 
        T022 Advanced support for BINARY and VARBINARY data types 
        T023 Compound binary literal 
        T024 Spaces in binary literals 
        T041Basic object supportBasic LOB data type support 
        T041-01Basic object supportBLOB data type 
        T041-02Basic object supportCLOB data type 
        T041-03Basic object supportPOSITION, LENGTH, LOWER, TRIM, UPPER, and SUBSTRING functions for LOB data types 
        T041-04Basic object supportConcatenation of LOB data types 
        T041-05Basic object supportLOB locator: non-holdable 
        T042 Extended LOB data type support 
        T043 Multiplier T 
        T044 Multiplier P 
        T051 Row types 
        T052 MAX and MIN for row types 
        T053 Explicit aliases for all-fields reference 
        T061 UCS support 
        T101 Enhanced nullability determination 
        T111 Updatable joins, unions, and columns 
        T175 Generated columns 
        T176 Sequence generator support 
        T180 System-versioned tables 
        T181 Application-time period tables 
        T211Active database, Enhanced integrity managementBasic trigger capability 
        T211-06Active database, Enhanced integrity managementSupport for run-time rules for the interaction of triggers and constraints 
        T211-08Active database, Enhanced integrity managementMultiple triggers for the same event are executed in the order in which they were created in the catalogintentionally omitted
        T251 SET TRANSACTION statement: LOCAL option 
        T261 Chained transactions 
        T272 Enhanced savepoint management 
        T301 Functional dependenciespartially supported
        T321CoreBasic SQL-invoked routines 
        T321-05CoreRETURN statement 
        T322PSMDeclared data type attributes 
        T324 Explicit security for SQL routines 
        T326 Table functions 
        T332 Extended rolesmostly supported
        T434 GROUP BY DISTINCT 
        T471 Result sets return value 
        T472 DESCRIBE CURSOR 
        T495 Combined data change and retrievaldifferent syntax
        T502 Period predicates 
        T511 Transaction counts 
        T522 Default values for IN parameters of SQL-invoked proceduressupported except DEFAULT key word in invocation
        T561 Holdable locators 
        T571 Array-returning external SQL-invoked functions 
        T572 Multiset-returning external SQL-invoked functions 
        T601 Local cursor references 
        T612 Advanced OLAP operationssome forms supported
        T616 Null treatment option for LEAD and LAG functions 
        T618 NTH_VALUE functionfunction exists, but some options missing
        T619 Nested window functions 
        T641 Multiple column assignmentonly some syntax variants supported
        T652 SQL-dynamic statements in SQL routines 
        T653 SQL-schema statements in external routines 
        T654 SQL-dynamic statements in external routines 
        M001 Datalinks 
        M002 Datalinks via SQL/CLI 
        M003 Datalinks via Embedded SQL 
        M004 Foreign data supportpartially supported
        M005 Foreign schema support 
        M006 GetSQLString routine 
        M007 TransmitRequest 
        M009 GetOpts and GetStatistics routines 
        M010 Foreign data wrapper supportdifferent API
        M011 Datalinks via Ada 
        M012 Datalinks via C 
        M013 Datalinks via COBOL 
        M014 Datalinks via Fortran 
        M015 Datalinks via M 
        M016 Datalinks via Pascal 
        M017 Datalinks via PL/I 
        M018 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Ada 
        M019 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Cdifferent API
        M020 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in COBOL 
        M021 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Fortran 
        M022 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in MUMPS 
        M023 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in Pascal 
        M024 Foreign data wrapper interface routines in PL/I 
        M030 SQL-server foreign data support 
        M031 Foreign data wrapper general routines 
        X012 Multisets of XML type 
        X013 Distinct types of XML type 
        X015 Fields of XML type 
        X025 XMLCast 
        X030 XMLDocument 
        X038 XMLText 
        X065 XMLParse: BLOB input and CONTENT option 
        X066 XMLParse: BLOB input and DOCUMENT option 
        X068 XMLSerialize: BOM 
        X069 XMLSerialize: INDENT 
        X073 XMLSerialize: BLOB serialization and CONTENT option 
        X074 XMLSerialize: BLOB serialization and DOCUMENT option 
        X075 XMLSerialize: BLOB serialization 
        X076 XMLSerialize: VERSION 
        X077 XMLSerialize: explicit ENCODING option 
        X078 XMLSerialize: explicit XML declaration 
        X080 Namespaces in XML publishing 
        X081 Query-level XML namespace declarations 
        X082 XML namespace declarations in DML 
        X083 XML namespace declarations in DDL 
        X084 XML namespace declarations in compound statements 
        X085 Predefined namespace prefixes 
        X086 XML namespace declarations in XMLTable 
        X091 XML content predicate 
        X096 XMLExistsXPath 1.0 only
        X100 Host language support for XML: CONTENT option 
        X101 Host language support for XML: DOCUMENT option 
        X110 Host language support for XML: VARCHAR mapping 
        X111 Host language support for XML: CLOB mapping 
        X112 Host language support for XML: BLOB mapping 
        X113 Host language support for XML: STRIP WHITESPACE option 
        X114 Host language support for XML: PRESERVE WHITESPACE option 
        X131 Query-level XMLBINARY clause 
        X132 XMLBINARY clause in DML 
        X133 XMLBINARY clause in DDL 
        X134 XMLBINARY clause in compound statements 
        X135 XMLBINARY clause in subqueries 
        X141 IS VALID predicate: data-driven case 
        X142 IS VALID predicate: ACCORDING TO clause 
        X143 IS VALID predicate: ELEMENT clause 
        X144 IS VALID predicate: schema location 
        X145 IS VALID predicate outside check constraints 
        X151 IS VALID predicate with DOCUMENT option 
        X152 IS VALID predicate with CONTENT option 
        X153 IS VALID predicate with SEQUENCE option 
        X155 IS VALID predicate: NAMESPACE without ELEMENT clause 
        X157 IS VALID predicate: NO NAMESPACE with ELEMENT clause 
        X160 Basic Information Schema for registered XML Schemas 
        X161 Advanced Information Schema for registered XML Schemas 
        X170 XML null handling options 
        X171 NIL ON NO CONTENT option 
        X181 XML(DOCUMENT(UNTYPED)) type 
        X182 XML(DOCUMENT(ANY)) type 
        X190 XML(SEQUENCE) type 
        X191 XML(DOCUMENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
        X192 XML(CONTENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
        X200 XMLQuery 
        X201 XMLQuery: RETURNING CONTENT 
        X202 XMLQuery: RETURNING SEQUENCE 
        X203 XMLQuery: passing a context item 
        X204 XMLQuery: initializing an XQuery variable 
        X205 XMLQuery: EMPTY ON EMPTY option 
        X206 XMLQuery: NULL ON EMPTY option 
        X211 XML 1.1 support 
        X221 XML passing mechanism BY VALUE 
        X231 XML(CONTENT(UNTYPED)) type 
        X232 XML(CONTENT(ANY)) type 
        X241 RETURNING CONTENT in XML publishing 
        X242 RETURNING SEQUENCE in XML publishing 
        X251 Persistent XML values of XML(DOCUMENT(UNTYPED)) type 
        X252 Persistent XML values of XML(DOCUMENT(ANY)) type 
        X253 Persistent XML values of XML(CONTENT(UNTYPED)) type 
        X254 Persistent XML values of XML(CONTENT(ANY)) type 
        X255 Persistent XML values of XML(SEQUENCE) type 
        X256 Persistent XML values of XML(DOCUMENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
        X257 Persistent XML values of XML(CONTENT(XMLSCHEMA)) type 
        X260 XML type: ELEMENT clause 
        X261 XML type: NAMESPACE without ELEMENT clause 
        X263 XML type: NO NAMESPACE with ELEMENT clause 
        X264 XML type: schema location 
        X271 XMLValidate: data-driven case 
        X272 XMLValidate: ACCORDING TO clause 
        X273 XMLValidate: ELEMENT clause 
        X274 XMLValidate: schema location 
        X281 XMLValidate with DOCUMENT option 
        X282 XMLValidate with CONTENT option 
        X283 XMLValidate with SEQUENCE option 
        X284 XMLValidate: NAMESPACE without ELEMENT clause 
        X286 XMLValidate: NO NAMESPACE with ELEMENT clause 
        X300 XMLTableXPath 1.0 only
        X305 XMLTable: initializing an XQuery variable 
        
+   
        Prev Up Next
        D.1. Supported Features Home D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
        
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html	2019-08-05 21:28:30.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/upgrading.html	2019-11-11 22:18:35.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-18.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
        18.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
        Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
        18.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
        18.6.1. Upgrading Data via pg_dumpall
        18.6.2. Upgrading Data via pg_upgrade
        18.6.3. Upgrading Data via Replication
        
+18.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
        18.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
        Prev UpChapter 18. Server Setup and OperationHome Next
        18.6. Upgrading a PostgreSQL Cluster
        18.6.1. Upgrading Data via pg_dumpall
        18.6.2. Upgrading Data via pg_upgrade
        18.6.3. Upgrading Data via Replication
        
    This section discusses how to upgrade your database data from one
    PostgreSQL release to a newer one.
   
        
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
       To make the backup, you can use the pg_dumpall
       command from the version you are currently running;  see Section 25.1.2 for more details.  For best
       results, however, try to use the pg_dumpall
-      command from PostgreSQL 11.5,
+      command from PostgreSQL 11.6,
       since this version contains bug fixes and improvements over older
       versions.  While this advice might seem idiosyncratic since you
       haven't installed the new version yet, it is advisable to follow
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html	2019-08-05 21:28:31.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/user-manag.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 21. Database Roles
        Chapter 21. Database Roles
        Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
        Chapter 21. Database Roles
        Table of Contents
        21.1. Database Roles
        21.2. Role Attributes
        21.3. Role Membership
        21.4. Dropping Roles
        21.5. Default Roles
        21.6. Function Security
        
+Chapter 21. Database Roles
        Chapter 21. Database Roles
        Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
        Chapter 21. Database Roles
        Table of Contents
        21.1. Database Roles
        21.2. Role Attributes
        21.3. Role Membership
        21.4. Dropping Roles
        21.5. Default Roles
        21.6. Function Security
        
   PostgreSQL manages database access permissions
   using the concept of roles.  A role can be thought of as
   either a database user, or a group of database users, depending on how
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/using-explain.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-14.1. Using EXPLAIN
        14.1. Using EXPLAIN
        Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next
        14.1. Using EXPLAIN
        14.1.1. EXPLAIN Basics
        14.1.2. EXPLAIN ANALYZE
        14.1.3. Caveats
        
+14.1. Using EXPLAIN
        14.1. Using EXPLAIN
        Prev UpChapter 14. Performance TipsHome Next
        14.1. Using EXPLAIN
        14.1.1. EXPLAIN Basics
        14.1.2. EXPLAIN ANALYZE
        14.1.3. Caveats
        
     PostgreSQL devises a query
     plan for each query it receives.  Choosing the right
     plan to match the query structure and the properties of the data
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/uuid-ossp.html	2019-11-11 22:18:56.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.44. uuid-ossp
        F.44. uuid-ossp
        Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
        F.44. uuid-ossp
        F.44.1. uuid-ossp Functions
        F.44.2. Building uuid-ossp
        F.44.3. Author
        
+F.44. uuid-ossp
        F.44. uuid-ossp
        Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
        F.44. uuid-ossp
        F.44.1. uuid-ossp Functions
        F.44.2. Building uuid-ossp
        F.44.3. Author
        
   The uuid-ossp module provides functions to generate universally
   unique identifiers (UUIDs) using one of several standard algorithms.  There
   are also functions to produce certain special UUID constants.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/vacuumlo.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-vacuumlo
        vacuumlo
        Prev UpG.1. Client ApplicationsHome Next
        vacuumlo
        vacuumlo — remove orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database
        Synopsis
        vacuumlo [option...]  dbname... 
        Description
        
+vacuumlo
        vacuumlo
        Prev UpG.1. Client ApplicationsHome Next
        vacuumlo
        vacuumlo — remove orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database
        Synopsis
        vacuumlo [option...]  dbname... 
        Description
        
   vacuumlo is a simple utility program that will remove any
   “orphaned” large objects from a
   PostgreSQL database.  An orphaned large object (LO) is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extension-versions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.66. pg_available_extension_versions
        52.66. pg_available_extension_versions
        Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
        52.66. pg_available_extension_versions
        
+52.66. pg_available_extension_versions
        52.66. pg_available_extension_versions
        Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
        52.66. pg_available_extension_versions
        
    The pg_available_extension_versions view lists the
    specific extension versions that are available for installation.
    See also the pg_extension
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-available-extensions.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.65. pg_available_extensions
        52.65. pg_available_extensions
        Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
        52.65. pg_available_extensions
        
+52.65. pg_available_extensions
        52.65. pg_available_extensions
        Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
        52.65. pg_available_extensions
        
    The pg_available_extensions view lists the
    extensions that are available for installation.
    See also the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-config.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.67. pg_config
        52.67. pg_config
        Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
        52.67. pg_config
        
+52.67. pg_config
        52.67. pg_config
        Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
        52.67. pg_config
        
    The view pg_config describes the
    compile-time configuration parameters of the currently installed
    version of PostgreSQL. It is intended, for example, to
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-cursors.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.68. pg_cursors
        52.68. pg_cursors
        Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
        52.68. pg_cursors
        
+52.68. pg_cursors
        52.68. pg_cursors
        Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
        52.68. pg_cursors
        
    The pg_cursors view lists the cursors that
    are currently available. Cursors can be defined in several ways:
    
        • 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-file-settings.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.69. pg_file_settings
          52.69. pg_file_settings
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.69. pg_file_settings
          
+52.69. pg_file_settings
          52.69. pg_file_settings
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.69. pg_file_settings
          
    The view pg_file_settings provides a summary of
    the contents of the server's configuration file(s).  A row appears in
    this view for each “name = value” entry appearing in the files,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-group.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.70. pg_group
          52.70. pg_group
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.70. pg_group
          
+52.70. pg_group
          52.70. pg_group
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.70. pg_group
          
    The view pg_group exists for backwards
    compatibility: it emulates a catalog that existed in
    PostgreSQL before version 8.1.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-hba-file-rules.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.71. pg_hba_file_rules
          52.71. pg_hba_file_rules
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.71. pg_hba_file_rules
          
+52.71. pg_hba_file_rules
          52.71. pg_hba_file_rules
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.71. pg_hba_file_rules
          
    The view pg_hba_file_rules provides a summary of
    the contents of the client authentication configuration
    file, pg_hba.conf.  A row appears in this view for each
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-indexes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.72. pg_indexes
          52.72. pg_indexes
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.72. pg_indexes
          
+52.72. pg_indexes
          52.72. pg_indexes
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.72. pg_indexes
          
    The view pg_indexes provides access to
    useful information about each index in the database.
   
          Table 52.73. pg_indexes Columns
          NameTypeReferencesDescription
          schemanamenamepg_namespace.nspnameName of schema containing table and index
          tablenamenamepg_class.relnameName of table the index is for
          indexnamenamepg_class.relnameName of index
          tablespacenamepg_tablespace.spcnameName of tablespace containing index (null if default for database)
          indexdeftext Index definition (a reconstructed CREATE INDEX
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-locks.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.73. pg_locks
          52.73. pg_locks
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.73. pg_locks
          
+52.73. pg_locks
          52.73. pg_locks
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.73. pg_locks
          
    The view pg_locks provides access to
    information about the locks held by active processes within the
    database server.  See Chapter 13 for more discussion
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-matviews.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.74. pg_matviews
          52.74. pg_matviews
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.74. pg_matviews
          
+52.74. pg_matviews
          52.74. pg_matviews
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.74. pg_matviews
          
    The view pg_matviews provides access to
    useful information about each materialized view in the database.
   
          Table 52.75. pg_matviews Columns
          NameTypeReferencesDescription
          schemanamenamepg_namespace.nspnameName of schema containing materialized view
          matviewnamenamepg_class.relnameName of materialized view
          matviewownernamepg_authid.rolnameName of materialized view's owner
          tablespacenamepg_tablespace.spcnameName of tablespace containing materialized view (null if default for database)
          hasindexesboolean True if materialized view has (or recently had) any indexes
          ispopulatedboolean True if materialized view is currently populated
          definitiontext Materialized view definition (a reconstructed SELECT query)

          Prev Up Next
          52.73. pg_locks Home 52.75. pg_policies
          
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-policies.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.75. pg_policies
          52.75. pg_policies
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.75. pg_policies
          
+52.75. pg_policies
          52.75. pg_policies
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.75. pg_policies
          
    The view pg_policies provides access to
    useful information about each row-level security policy in the database.
   
          Table 52.76. pg_policies Columns
          NameTypeReferencesDescription
          schemanamenamepg_namespace.nspnameName of schema containing table policy is on
          tablenamenamepg_class.relnameName of table policy is on
          policynamenamepg_policy.polnameName of policy
          polpermissivetext Is the policy permissive or restrictive?
          rolesname[] The roles to which this policy applies
          cmdtext The command type to which the policy is applied
          qualtext The expression added to the security barrier qualifications for
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-statements.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.76. pg_prepared_statements
          52.76. pg_prepared_statements
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.76. pg_prepared_statements
          
+52.76. pg_prepared_statements
          52.76. pg_prepared_statements
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.76. pg_prepared_statements
          
    The pg_prepared_statements view displays
    all the prepared statements that are available in the current
    session. See PREPARE for more information about prepared
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-prepared-xacts.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.77. pg_prepared_xacts
          52.77. pg_prepared_xacts
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.77. pg_prepared_xacts
          
+52.77. pg_prepared_xacts
          52.77. pg_prepared_xacts
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.77. pg_prepared_xacts
          
    The view pg_prepared_xacts displays
    information about transactions that are currently prepared for two-phase
    commit (see PREPARE TRANSACTION for details).
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-publication-tables.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.78. pg_publication_tables
          52.78. pg_publication_tables
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.78. pg_publication_tables
          
+52.78. pg_publication_tables
          52.78. pg_publication_tables
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.78. pg_publication_tables
          
    The view pg_publication_tables provides
    information about the mapping between publications and the tables they
    contain.  Unlike the underlying
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-origin-status.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.79. pg_replication_origin_status
          52.79. pg_replication_origin_status
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.79. pg_replication_origin_status
          
+52.79. pg_replication_origin_status
          52.79. pg_replication_origin_status
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.79. pg_replication_origin_status
          
    The pg_replication_origin_status view
    contains information about how far replay for a certain origin has
    progressed.  For more on replication origins
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-replication-slots.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.80. pg_replication_slots
          52.80. pg_replication_slots
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.80. pg_replication_slots
          
+52.80. pg_replication_slots
          52.80. pg_replication_slots
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.80. pg_replication_slots
          
    The pg_replication_slots view provides a listing
    of all replication slots that currently exist on the database cluster,
    along with their current state.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-roles.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.81. pg_roles
          52.81. pg_roles
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.81. pg_roles
          
+52.81. pg_roles
          52.81. pg_roles
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.81. pg_roles
          
    The view pg_roles provides access to
    information about database roles.  This is simply a publicly
    readable view of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-rules.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.82. pg_rules
          52.82. pg_rules
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.82. pg_rules
          
+52.82. pg_rules
          52.82. pg_rules
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.82. pg_rules
          
    The view pg_rules provides access to
    useful information about query rewrite rules.
   
          Table 52.83. pg_rules Columns
          NameTypeReferencesDescription
          schemanamenamepg_namespace.nspnameName of schema containing table
          tablenamenamepg_class.relnameName of table the rule is for
          rulenamenamepg_rewrite.rulenameName of rule
          definitiontext Rule definition (a reconstructed creation command)

          
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-seclabels.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.83. pg_seclabels
          52.83. pg_seclabels
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.83. pg_seclabels
          
+52.83. pg_seclabels
          52.83. pg_seclabels
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.83. pg_seclabels
          
    The view pg_seclabels provides information about
    security labels.  It as an easier-to-query version of the
    pg_seclabel catalog.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-sequences.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.84. pg_sequences
          52.84. pg_sequences
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.84. pg_sequences
          
+52.84. pg_sequences
          52.84. pg_sequences
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.84. pg_sequences
          
    The view pg_sequences provides access to
    useful information about each sequence in the database.
   
          Table 52.85. pg_sequences Columns
          NameTypeReferencesDescription
          schemanamenamepg_namespace.nspnameName of schema containing sequence
          sequencenamenamepg_class.relnameName of sequence
          sequenceownernamepg_authid.rolnameName of sequence's owner
          data_typeregtypepg_type.oidData type of the sequence
          start_valuebigint Start value of the sequence
          min_valuebigint Minimum value of the sequence
          max_valuebigint Maximum value of the sequence
          increment_bybigint Increment value of the sequence
          cycleboolean Whether the sequence cycles
          cache_sizebigint Cache size of the sequence
          last_valuebigint The last sequence value written to disk.  If caching is used,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-settings.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.85. pg_settings
          52.85. pg_settings
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.85. pg_settings
          
+52.85. pg_settings
          52.85. pg_settings
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.85. pg_settings
          
    The view pg_settings provides access to
    run-time parameters of the server.  It is essentially an alternative
    interface to the SHOW
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-shadow.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.86. pg_shadow
          52.86. pg_shadow
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.86. pg_shadow
          
+52.86. pg_shadow
          52.86. pg_shadow
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.86. pg_shadow
          
    The view pg_shadow exists for backwards
    compatibility: it emulates a catalog that existed in
    PostgreSQL before version 8.1.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-stats.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.87. pg_stats
          52.87. pg_stats
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.87. pg_stats
          
+52.87. pg_stats
          52.87. pg_stats
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.87. pg_stats
          
    The view pg_stats provides access to
    the information stored in the pg_statistic
    catalog.  This view allows access only to rows of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-tables.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.88. pg_tables
          52.88. pg_tables
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.88. pg_tables
          
+52.88. pg_tables
          52.88. pg_tables
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.88. pg_tables
          
    The view pg_tables provides access to
    useful information about each table in the database.
   
          Table 52.89. pg_tables Columns
          NameTypeReferencesDescription
          schemanamenamepg_namespace.nspnameName of schema containing table
          tablenamenamepg_class.relnameName of table
          tableownernamepg_authid.rolnameName of table's owner
          tablespacenamepg_tablespace.spcnameName of tablespace containing table (null if default for database)
          hasindexesbooleanpg_class.relhasindexTrue if table has (or recently had) any indexes
          hasrulesbooleanpg_class.relhasrulesTrue if table has (or once had) rules
          hastriggersbooleanpg_class.relhastriggersTrue if table has (or once had) triggers
          rowsecuritybooleanpg_class.relrowsecurityTrue if row security is enabled on the table

          Prev Up Next
          52.87. pg_stats Home 52.89. pg_timezone_abbrevs
          
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-abbrevs.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.89. pg_timezone_abbrevs
          52.89. pg_timezone_abbrevs
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.89. pg_timezone_abbrevs
          
+52.89. pg_timezone_abbrevs
          52.89. pg_timezone_abbrevs
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.89. pg_timezone_abbrevs
          
    The view pg_timezone_abbrevs provides a list
    of time zone abbreviations that are currently recognized by the datetime
    input routines.  The contents of this view change when the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-timezone-names.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.90. pg_timezone_names
          52.90. pg_timezone_names
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.90. pg_timezone_names
          
+52.90. pg_timezone_names
          52.90. pg_timezone_names
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.90. pg_timezone_names
          
    The view pg_timezone_names provides a list
    of time zone names that are recognized by SET TIMEZONE,
    along with their associated abbreviations, UTC offsets,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user-mappings.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.92. pg_user_mappings
          52.92. pg_user_mappings
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.92. pg_user_mappings
          
+52.92. pg_user_mappings
          52.92. pg_user_mappings
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.92. pg_user_mappings
          
    The view pg_user_mappings provides access
    to information about user mappings.  This is essentially a publicly
    readable view of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-user.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.91. pg_user
          52.91. pg_user
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.91. pg_user
          
+52.91. pg_user
          52.91. pg_user
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.91. pg_user
          
    The view pg_user provides access to
    information about database users.  This is simply a publicly
    readable view of
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/view-pg-views.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.93. pg_views
          52.93. pg_views
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.93. pg_views
          
+52.93. pg_views
          52.93. pg_views
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.93. pg_views
          
    The view pg_views provides access to
    useful information about each view in the database.
   
          Table 52.94. pg_views Columns
          NameTypeReferencesDescription
          schemanamenamepg_namespace.nspnameName of schema containing view
          viewnamenamepg_class.relnameName of view
          viewownernamepg_authid.rolnameName of view's owner
          definitiontext View definition (a reconstructed SELECT query)

          Prev Up Next
          52.92. pg_user_mappings Home Chapter 53. Frontend/Backend Protocol
          
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html	2019-08-05 21:28:46.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/views-overview.html	2019-11-11 22:18:51.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-52.64. System Views
          52.64. System Views
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.64. System Views
          
+52.64. System Views
          52.64. System Views
          Prev UpChapter 52. System CatalogsHome Next
          52.64. System Views
          
    In addition to the system catalogs, PostgreSQL
    provides a number of built-in views.  Some system views provide convenient
    access to some commonly used queries on the system catalogs.  Other views
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-async-commit.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-30.3. Asynchronous Commit
          30.3. Asynchronous Commit
          Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next
          30.3. Asynchronous Commit
          
+30.3. Asynchronous Commit
          30.3. Asynchronous Commit
          Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next
          30.3. Asynchronous Commit
          
    Asynchronous commit is an option that allows transactions
    to complete more quickly, at the cost that the most recent transactions may
    be lost if the database should crash.  In many applications this is an
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-configuration.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-30.4. WAL Configuration
          30.4. WAL Configuration
          Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next
          30.4. WAL Configuration
          
+30.4. WAL Configuration
          30.4. WAL Configuration
          Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next
          30.4. WAL Configuration
          
    There are several WAL-related configuration parameters that
    affect database performance. This section explains their use.
    Consult Chapter 19 for general information about
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-internals.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-30.5. WAL Internals
          30.5. WAL Internals
          Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next
          30.5. WAL Internals
          
+30.5. WAL Internals
          30.5. WAL Internals
          Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next
          30.5. WAL Internals
          
    WAL is automatically enabled; no action is
    required from the administrator except ensuring that the
    disk-space requirements for the WAL logs are met,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-intro.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-30.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
          30.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
          Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next
          30.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
          
+30.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
          30.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
          Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next
          30.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
          
     Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
     is a standard method for ensuring data integrity.  A detailed
     description can be found in most (if not all) books about
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal-reliability.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-30.1. Reliability
          30.1. Reliability
          Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next
          30.1. Reliability
          
+30.1. Reliability
          30.1. Reliability
          Prev UpChapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead LogHome Next
          30.1. Reliability
          
    Reliability is an important property of any serious database
    system, and PostgreSQL does everything possible to
    guarantee reliable operation. One aspect of reliable operation is
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/wal.html	2019-11-11 22:18:37.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
          Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
          Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
          Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
          Table of Contents
          30.1. Reliability
          30.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
          30.3. Asynchronous Commit
          30.4. WAL Configuration
          30.5. WAL Internals
          
+Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
          Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
          Prev UpPart III. Server AdministrationHome Next
          Chapter 30. Reliability and the Write-Ahead Log
          Table of Contents
          30.1. Reliability
          30.2. Write-Ahead Logging (WAL)
          30.3. Asynchronous Commit
          30.4. WAL Configuration
          30.5. WAL Internals
          
   This chapter explains how the Write-Ahead Log is used to obtain
   efficient, reliable operation.
  
          Prev Up Next
          29.2. Disk Full Failure Home 30.1. Reliability
          
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby-failover.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-26.3. Failover
          26.3. Failover
          Prev UpChapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next
          26.3. Failover
          
+26.3. Failover
          26.3. Failover
          Prev UpChapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next
          26.3. Failover
          
     If the primary server fails then the standby server should begin
     failover procedures.
    
          
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html	2019-08-05 21:28:32.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/warm-standby.html	2019-11-11 22:18:36.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-26.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
          26.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
          Prev UpChapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next
          26.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
          26.2.1. Planning
          26.2.2. Standby Server Operation
          26.2.3. Preparing the Master for Standby Servers
          26.2.4. Setting Up a Standby Server
          26.2.5. Streaming Replication
          26.2.6. Replication Slots
          26.2.7. Cascading Replication
          26.2.8. Synchronous Replication
          26.2.9. Continuous archiving in standby
          
+26.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
          26.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
          Prev UpChapter 26. High Availability, Load Balancing, and ReplicationHome Next
          26.2. Log-Shipping Standby Servers
          26.2.1. Planning
          26.2.2. Standby Server Operation
          26.2.3. Preparing the Master for Standby Servers
          26.2.4. Setting Up a Standby Server
          26.2.5. Streaming Replication
          26.2.6. Replication Slots
          26.2.7. Cascading Replication
          26.2.8. Synchronous Replication
          26.2.9. Continuous archiving in standby
          
    Continuous archiving can be used to create a high
    availability (HA) cluster configuration with one or more
    standby servers ready to take over operations if the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html	2019-08-05 21:28:29.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/when-can-parallel-query-be-used.html	2019-11-11 22:18:34.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
          15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
          Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next
          15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
          
+15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
          15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
          Prev UpChapter 15. Parallel QueryHome Next
          15.2. When Can Parallel Query Be Used?
          
     There are several settings which can cause the query planner not to
     generate a parallel query plan under any circumstances.  In order for
     any parallel query plans whatsoever to be generated, the following
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xaggr.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.11. User-defined Aggregates
          38.11. User-defined Aggregates
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.11. User-defined Aggregates
          38.11.1. Moving-Aggregate Mode
          38.11.2. Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
          38.11.3. Ordered-Set Aggregates
          38.11.4. Partial Aggregation
          38.11.5. Support Functions for Aggregates
          
+38.11. User-defined Aggregates
          38.11. User-defined Aggregates
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.11. User-defined Aggregates
          38.11.1. Moving-Aggregate Mode
          38.11.2. Polymorphic and Variadic Aggregates
          38.11.3. Ordered-Set Aggregates
          38.11.4. Partial Aggregation
          38.11.5. Support Functions for Aggregates
          
    Aggregate functions in PostgreSQL
    are defined in terms of state values
    and state transition functions.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-c.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.10. C-Language Functions
          38.10. C-Language Functions
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.10. C-Language Functions
          38.10.1. Dynamic Loading
          38.10.2. Base Types in C-Language Functions
          38.10.3. Version 1 Calling Conventions
          38.10.4. Writing Code
          38.10.5. Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
          38.10.6. Composite-type Arguments
          38.10.7. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
          38.10.8. Returning Sets
          38.10.9. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
          38.10.10. Transform Functions
          38.10.11. Shared Memory and LWLocks
          38.10.12. Using C++ for Extensibility
          
+38.10. C-Language Functions
          38.10. C-Language Functions
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.10. C-Language Functions
          38.10.1. Dynamic Loading
          38.10.2. Base Types in C-Language Functions
          38.10.3. Version 1 Calling Conventions
          38.10.4. Writing Code
          38.10.5. Compiling and Linking Dynamically-loaded Functions
          38.10.6. Composite-type Arguments
          38.10.7. Returning Rows (Composite Types)
          38.10.8. Returning Sets
          38.10.9. Polymorphic Arguments and Return Types
          38.10.10. Transform Functions
          38.10.11. Shared Memory and LWLocks
          38.10.12. Using C++ for Extensibility
          
     User-defined functions can be written in C (or a language that can
     be made compatible with C, such as C++).  Such functions are
     compiled into dynamically loadable objects (also called shared
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-internal.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.9. Internal Functions
          38.9. Internal Functions
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.9. Internal Functions
          
+38.9. Internal Functions
          38.9. Internal Functions
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.9. Internal Functions
          
     Internal functions are functions written in C that have been statically
     linked into the PostgreSQL server.
     The “body” of the function definition
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-overload.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.6. Function Overloading
          38.6. Function Overloading
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.6. Function Overloading
          
+38.6. Function Overloading
          38.6. Function Overloading
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.6. Function Overloading
          
     More than one function can be defined with the same SQL name, so long
     as the arguments they take are different.  In other words,
     function names can be overloaded.  Whether or not
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-pl.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.8. Procedural Language Functions
          38.8. Procedural Language Functions
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.8. Procedural Language Functions
          
+38.8. Procedural Language Functions
          38.8. Procedural Language Functions
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.8. Procedural Language Functions
          
     PostgreSQL allows user-defined functions
     to be written in other languages besides SQL and C.  These other
     languages are generically called procedural
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-sql.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
          38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
          38.5.1. Arguments for SQL Functions
          38.5.2. SQL Functions on Base Types
          38.5.3. SQL Functions on Composite Types
          38.5.4. SQL Functions with Output Parameters
          38.5.5. SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
          38.5.6. SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
          38.5.7. SQL Functions as Table Sources
          38.5.8. SQL Functions Returning Sets
          38.5.9. SQL Functions Returning TABLE
          38.5.10. Polymorphic SQL Functions
          38.5.11. SQL Functions with Collations
          
+38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
          38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.5. Query Language (SQL) Functions
          38.5.1. Arguments for SQL Functions
          38.5.2. SQL Functions on Base Types
          38.5.3. SQL Functions on Composite Types
          38.5.4. SQL Functions with Output Parameters
          38.5.5. SQL Functions with Variable Numbers of Arguments
          38.5.6. SQL Functions with Default Values for Arguments
          38.5.7. SQL Functions as Table Sources
          38.5.8. SQL Functions Returning Sets
          38.5.9. SQL Functions Returning TABLE
          38.5.10. Polymorphic SQL Functions
          38.5.11. SQL Functions with Collations
          
     SQL functions execute an arbitrary list of SQL statements, returning
     the result of the last query in the list.
     In the simple (non-set)
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc-volatility.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.7. Function Volatility Categories
          38.7. Function Volatility Categories
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.7. Function Volatility Categories
          
+38.7. Function Volatility Categories
          38.7. Function Volatility Categories
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.7. Function Volatility Categories
          
     Every function has a volatility classification, with
     the possibilities being VOLATILE, STABLE, or
     IMMUTABLE.  VOLATILE is the default if the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xfunc.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.3. User-defined Functions
          38.3. User-defined Functions
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.3. User-defined Functions
          
+38.3. User-defined Functions
          38.3. User-defined Functions
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.3. User-defined Functions
          
    PostgreSQL provides four kinds of
    functions:
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xindex.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.15. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
          38.15. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.15. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
          38.15.1. Index Methods and Operator Classes
          38.15.2. Index Method Strategies
          38.15.3. Index Method Support Routines
          38.15.4. An Example
          38.15.5. Operator Classes and Operator Families
          38.15.6. System Dependencies on Operator Classes
          38.15.7. Ordering Operators
          38.15.8. Special Features of Operator Classes
          
+38.15. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
          38.15. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.15. Interfacing Extensions To Indexes
          38.15.1. Index Methods and Operator Classes
          38.15.2. Index Method Strategies
          38.15.3. Index Method Support Routines
          38.15.4. An Example
          38.15.5. Operator Classes and Operator Families
          38.15.6. System Dependencies on Operator Classes
          38.15.7. Ordering Operators
          38.15.8. Special Features of Operator Classes
          
    The procedures described thus far let you define new types, new
    functions, and new operators. However, we cannot yet define an
    index on a column of a new data type.  To do this, we must define an
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html	1970-01-01 00:00:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xml-limits-conformance.html	2019-11-11 22:18:55.000000000 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+
+D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
          D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
          Prev UpAppendix D. SQL ConformanceHome Next
          D.3. XML Limits and Conformance to SQL/XML
          D.3.1. Queries are restricted to XPath 1.0
          D.3.2. 
+     Incidental limits of the implementation
+    
          
+    Significant revisions to the XML-related specifications in ISO/IEC 9075-14
+    (SQL/XML) were introduced with SQL:2006.
+    PostgreSQL's implementation of the XML data
+    type and related functions largely follows the earlier 2003 edition,
+    with some borrowing from later editions.  In particular:
+    
          • 
+       Where the current standard provides a family of XML data types
+       to hold “document” or “content” in
+       untyped or XML Schema-typed variants, and a type
+       XML(SEQUENCE) to hold arbitrary pieces of XML content,
+       PostgreSQL provides the single
+       xml type, which can hold “document” or
+       “content”.  There is no equivalent of the
+       standard's “sequence” type.
+      
          • 
+       PostgreSQL provides two functions
+       introduced in SQL:2006, but in variants that use the XPath 1.0
+       language, rather than XML Query as specified for them in the
+       standard.
+      
          
+   
          
+    This section presents some of the resulting differences you may encounter.
+   
          D.3.1. Queries are restricted to XPath 1.0
          
+     The PostgreSQL-specific functions
+     xpath() and xpath_exists()
+     query XML documents using the XPath language.
+     PostgreSQL also provides XPath-only variants
+     of the standard functions XMLEXISTS and
+     XMLTABLE, which officially use
+     the XQuery language. For all of these functions,
+     PostgreSQL relies on the
+     libxml2 library, which provides only XPath 1.0.
+    
          
+     There is a strong connection between the XQuery language and XPath
+     versions 2.0 and later: any expression that is syntactically valid and
+     executes successfully in both produces the same result (with a minor
+     exception for expressions containing numeric character references or
+     predefined entity references, which XQuery replaces with the
+     corresponding character while XPath leaves them alone).  But there is
+     no such connection between these languages and XPath 1.0; it was an
+     earlier language and differs in many respects.
+    
          
+     There are two categories of limitation to keep in mind: the restriction
+     from XQuery to XPath for the functions specified in the SQL standard, and
+     the restriction of XPath to version 1.0 for both the standard and the
+     PostgreSQL-specific functions.
+    
          D.3.1.1. Restriction of XQuery to XPath
          
+      Features of XQuery beyond those of XPath include:
+
+      
          • 
+         XQuery expressions can construct and return new XML nodes, in
+         addition to all possible XPath values.  XPath can create and return
+         values of the atomic types (numbers, strings, and so on) but can
+         only return XML nodes that were already present in documents
+         supplied as input to the expression.
+        
          • 
+         XQuery has control constructs for iteration, sorting, and grouping.
+        
          • 
+         XQuery allows declaration and use of local functions.
+        
          
+     
          
+      Recent XPath versions begin to offer capabilities overlapping with
+      these (such as functional-style for-each and
+      sort, anonymous functions, and
+      parse-xml to create a node from a string),
+      but such features were not available before XPath 3.0.
+     
          D.3.1.2. Restriction of XPath to 1.0
          
+      For developers familiar with XQuery and XPath 2.0 or later, XPath 1.0
+      presents a number of differences to contend with:
+
+      
          • 
+         The fundamental type of an XQuery/XPath expression, the
+         sequence, which can contain XML nodes, atomic values,
+         or both, does not exist in XPath 1.0. A 1.0 expression can only
+         produce a node-set (containing zero or more XML nodes), or a single
+         atomic value.
+        
          • 
+          Unlike an XQuery/XPath sequence, which can contain any desired
+          items in any desired order, an XPath 1.0 node-set has no
+          guaranteed order and, like any set, does not allow multiple
+          appearances of the same item.
+         
            Note
            
+           The libxml2 library does seem to
+           always return node-sets to PostgreSQL
+           with their members in the same relative order they had in the
+           input document.  Its documentation does not commit to this
+           behavior, and an XPath 1.0 expression cannot control it.
+          
            
+        
          • 
+         While XQuery/XPath provides all of the types defined in XML Schema
+         and many operators and functions over those types, XPath 1.0 has only
+         node-sets and the three atomic types boolean,
+         double, and string.
+        
          • 
+         XPath 1.0 has no conditional operator. An XQuery/XPath expression
+         such as if ( hat ) then hat/@size else "no hat"
+         has no XPath 1.0 equivalent.
+        
          • 
+         XPath 1.0 has no ordering comparison operator for strings. Both
+         "cat" < "dog" and
+         "cat" > "dog" are false, because each is a
+         numeric comparison of two NaNs. In contrast,
+         = and != do compare the strings
+         as strings.
+        
          • 
+         XPath 1.0 blurs the distinction between
+         value comparisons and
+         general comparisons as XQuery/XPath define
+         them.  Both sale/@hatsize = 7 and
+         sale/@customer = "alice" are existentially
+         quantified comparisons, true if there is
+         any sale with the given value for the
+         attribute, but sale/@taxable = false() is a
+         value comparison to the
+         effective boolean value of a whole node-set.
+         It is true only if no sale has
+         a taxable attribute at all.
+        
          • 
+         In the XQuery/XPath data model, a document
+         node can have either document form (i.e., exactly one
+         top-level element, with only comments and processing instructions
+         outside of it) or content form (with those constraints
+         relaxed). Its equivalent in XPath 1.0, the
+         root node, can only be in document form.
+         This is part of the reason an xml value passed as the
+         context item to any PostgreSQL
+         XPath-based function must be in document form.
+        
          
+     
          
+      The differences highlighted here are not all of them. In XQuery and
+      the 2.0 and later versions of XPath, there is an XPath 1.0 compatibility
+      mode, and the W3C lists of
+      function library changes
+      and
+      language changes
+      applied in that mode offer a more complete (but still not exhaustive)
+      account of the differences.  The compatibility mode cannot make the
+      later languages exactly equivalent to XPath 1.0.
+     
          D.3.1.3. Mappings between SQL and XML data types and values
          
+      In SQL:2006 and later, both directions of conversion between standard SQL
+      data types and the XML Schema types are specified precisely. However, the
+      rules are expressed using the types and semantics of XQuery/XPath, and
+      have no direct application to the different data model of XPath 1.0.
+     
          
+      When PostgreSQL maps SQL data values to XML
+      (as in xmlelement), or XML to SQL (as in the output
+      columns of xmltable), except for a few cases
+      treated specially, PostgreSQL simply assumes
+      that the XML data type's XPath 1.0 string form will be valid as the
+      text-input form of the SQL datatype, and conversely. This rule has the
+      virtue of simplicity while producing, for many data types, results similar
+      to the mappings specified in the standard. In this release,
+      an explicit cast is needed if an xmltable column
+      expression produces a boolean or double value; see
+      Section D.3.2.
+     
          
+      Where interoperability with other systems is a concern, for some data
+      types, it may be necessary to use data type formatting functions (such
+      as those in Section 9.8) explicitly to
+      produce the standard mappings.
+     
          D.3.2. 
+     Incidental limits of the implementation
+    
          
+     This section concerns limits that are not inherent in the
+     libxml2 library, but apply to the current
+     implementation in PostgreSQL.
+    
          D.3.2.1. 
+      Cast needed for xmltable column
+      of boolean or double type
+     
          
+      An xmltable column expression evaluating to an XPath
+      boolean or number result will produce an “unexpected XPath object
+      type” error. The workaround is to rewrite the column expression to
+      be inside the XPath string function;
+      PostgreSQL will then assign the string value
+      successfully to an SQL output column of boolean or double type.
+     
          D.3.2.2. 
+      Column path result or SQL result column of XML type
+     
          
+      In this release, a xmltable column expression
+      that evaluates to an XML node-set can be assigned to an SQL result
+      column of XML type, producing a concatenation of: for most types of
+      node in the node-set, a text node containing the XPath 1.0
+      string-value of the node, but for an element node,
+      a copy of the node itself. Such a node-set may be assigned to an SQL
+      column of non-XML type only if the node-set has a single node, with the
+      string-value of most node types replaced with an empty string, the
+      string-value of an element node replaced with a concatenation of only its
+      direct text-node children (excluding those of descendants), and the
+      string-value of a text or attribute node being as defined in XPath 1.0.
+      An XPath string value assigned to a result column of XML type must be
+      parsable as XML.
+     
          
+      It is best not to develop code that relies on these behaviors, which have
+      little resemblance to the spec, and are changed in
+      PostgreSQL 12.
+     
          D.3.2.3. Only BY VALUE passing mechanism is supported
          
+      The SQL standard defines two passing mechanisms
+      that apply when passing an XML argument from SQL to an XML function or
+      receiving a result: BY REF, in which a particular XML
+      value retains its node identity, and BY VALUE, in which
+      the content of the XML is passed but node identity is not preserved. A
+      mechanism can be specified before a list of parameters, as the default
+      mechanism for all of them, or after any parameter, to override the
+      default.
+     
          
+      To illustrate the difference, if
+      x is an XML value, these two queries in
+      an SQL:2006 environment would produce true and false, respectively:
+
+
          +SELECT XMLQUERY('$a is $b' PASSING BY REF x AS a, x AS b NULL ON EMPTY);
+SELECT XMLQUERY('$a is $b' PASSING BY VALUE x AS a, x AS b NULL ON EMPTY);
+
          
+     
          
+      In this release, PostgreSQL will accept
+      BY REF in an
+      XMLEXISTS or XMLTABLE
+      construct, but will ignore it.  The xml data type holds
+      a character-string serialized representation, so there is no node
+      identity to preserve, and passing is always effectively BY
+      VALUE.
+     
          D.3.2.4. Cannot pass named parameters to queries
          
+      The XPath-based functions support passing one parameter to serve as the
+      XPath expression's context item, but do not support passing additional
+      values to be available to the expression as named parameters.
+     
          D.3.2.5. No XML(SEQUENCE) type
          
+      The PostgreSQL xml data type
+      can only hold a value in DOCUMENT
+      or CONTENT form.  An XQuery/XPath expression
+      context item must be a single XML node or atomic value, but XPath 1.0
+      further restricts it to be only an XML node, and has no node type
+      allowing CONTENT.  The upshot is that a
+      well-formed DOCUMENT is the only form of XML value
+      that PostgreSQL can supply as an XPath
+      context item.
+     
          Prev Up Next
          D.2. Unsupported Features Home Appendix E. Release Notes
          
\ No newline at end of file
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html	2019-08-05 21:28:51.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xml2.html	2019-11-11 22:18:57.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-F.45. xml2
          F.45. xml2
          Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
          F.45. xml2
          F.45.1. Deprecation Notice
          F.45.2. Description of Functions
          F.45.3. xpath_table
          F.45.4. XSLT Functions
          F.45.5. Author
          
+F.45. xml2
          F.45. xml2
          Prev UpAppendix F. Additional Supplied ModulesHome Next
          F.45. xml2
          F.45.1. Deprecation Notice
          F.45.2. Description of Functions
          F.45.3. xpath_table
          F.45.4. XSLT Functions
          F.45.5. Author
          
   The xml2 module provides XPath querying and
   XSLT functionality.
  
          F.45.1. Deprecation Notice
          
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper-optimization.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.14. Operator Optimization Information
          38.14. Operator Optimization Information
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.14. Operator Optimization Information
          38.14.1. COMMUTATOR
          38.14.2. NEGATOR
          38.14.3. RESTRICT
          38.14.4. JOIN
          38.14.5. HASHES
          38.14.6. MERGES
          
+38.14. Operator Optimization Information
          38.14. Operator Optimization Information
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.14. Operator Optimization Information
          38.14.1. COMMUTATOR
          38.14.2. NEGATOR
          38.14.3. RESTRICT
          38.14.4. JOIN
          38.14.5. HASHES
          38.14.6. MERGES
          
     A PostgreSQL operator definition can include
     several optional clauses that tell the system useful things about how
     the operator behaves.  These clauses should be provided whenever
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
    
          
     Additional optimization clauses might be added in future versions of
     PostgreSQL.  The ones described here are all
-    the ones that release 11.5 understands.
+    the ones that release 11.6 understands.
    
          38.14.1. COMMUTATOR
          
      The COMMUTATOR clause, if provided, names an operator that is the
      commutator of the operator being defined.  We say that operator A is the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xoper.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.13. User-defined Operators
          38.13. User-defined Operators
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.13. User-defined Operators
          
+38.13. User-defined Operators
          38.13. User-defined Operators
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.13. User-defined Operators
          
    Every operator is “syntactic sugar” for a call to an
    underlying function that does the real work; so you must
    first create the underlying function before you can create
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang-install.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
          42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
          Prev UpChapter 42. Procedural LanguagesHome Next
          42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
          
+42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
          42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
          Prev UpChapter 42. Procedural LanguagesHome Next
          42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
          
     A procedural language must be “installed” into each
     database where it is to be used.  But procedural languages installed in
     the database template1 are automatically available in all
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
      
        • 
       Finally, the PL must be declared with the command
 
          -CREATE [TRUSTED] [PROCEDURAL] LANGUAGE language-name
+CREATE [TRUSTED] [PROCEDURAL] LANGUAGE language_name
     HANDLER handler_function_name
     [INLINE inline_function_name]
     [VALIDATOR validator_function_name] ;
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html	2019-08-05 21:28:36.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xplang.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
          Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
          Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
          Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
          Table of Contents
          42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
          
+Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
          Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
          Prev UpPart V. Server ProgrammingHome Next
          Chapter 42. Procedural Languages
          Table of Contents
          42.1. Installing Procedural Languages
          
    PostgreSQL allows user-defined functions
    to be written in other languages besides SQL and C.  These other
    languages are generically called procedural
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xproc.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.4. User-defined Procedures
          38.4. User-defined Procedures
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.4. User-defined Procedures
          
+38.4. User-defined Procedures
          38.4. User-defined Procedures
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.4. User-defined Procedures
          
     A procedure is a database object similar to a function.  The difference is
     that a procedure does not return a value, so there is no return type
     declaration.  While a function is called as part of a query or DML
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html	2019-08-05 21:28:35.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/html/xtypes.html	2019-11-11 22:18:40.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-38.12. User-defined Types
          38.12. User-defined Types
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.12. User-defined Types
          38.12.1. TOAST Considerations
          
+38.12. User-defined Types
          38.12. User-defined Types
          Prev UpChapter 38. Extending SQLHome Next
          38.12. User-defined Types
          38.12.1. TOAST Considerations
          
    As described in Section 38.2,
    PostgreSQL can be extended to support new
    data types.  This section describes how to define new base types,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/install-windows.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/install-windows.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/install-windows.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/install-windows.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -19,9 +19,8 @@
  
   There are several different ways of building PostgreSQL on
   Windows. The simplest way to build with
-  Microsoft tools is to install Visual Studio Express 2019
-  for Windows Desktop and use the included
-  compiler. It is also possible to build with the full
+  Microsoft tools is to install Visual Studio 2019
+  and use the included compiler. It is also possible to build with the full
   Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 to 2019.
   In some cases that requires the installation of the
   Windows SDK in addition to the compiler.
@@ -69,16 +68,17 @@
   Visual Studio Express or some versions of the
   Microsoft Windows SDK. If you do not already have a
   Visual Studio environment set up, the easiest
-  ways are to use the compilers from Visual Studio Express 2019
-  for Windows Desktop or those in the Windows SDK
-  10, which are both free downloads from Microsoft.
+  ways are to use the compilers from
+  Visual Studio 2019 or those in the
+  Windows SDK 10, which are both free downloads
+  from Microsoft.
  
 
  
   Both 32-bit and 64-bit builds are possible with the Microsoft Compiler suite.
   32-bit PostgreSQL builds are possible with
   Visual Studio 2005 to
-  Visual Studio 2019 (including Express editions),
+  Visual Studio 2019,
   as well as standalone Windows SDK releases 6.0 to 10.
   64-bit PostgreSQL builds are supported with
   Microsoft Windows SDK version 6.0a to 10 or
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/libpq.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -5812,7 +5812,7 @@
        It should either be issued when the  last  string  has  been sent
        to  the  server using PQputline or when the
        last string has been  received  from  the  server using
-       PGgetline.  It must be issued or the server
+       PQgetline.  It must be issued or the server
        will get out of sync with  the client.   Upon return
        from this function, the server is ready to receive the next SQL
        command.  The return value is 0  on  successful  completion,
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/maintenance.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -825,6 +825,26 @@
     autovacuum_vacuum_cost_limit storage parameters have been set
     are not considered in the balancing algorithm.
    
+
+   
+    Autovacuum workers generally don't block other commands.  If a process
+    attempts to acquire a lock that conflicts with the
+    SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE lock held by autovacuum, lock
+    acquisition will interrupt the autovacuum.  For conflicting lock modes,
+    see .  However, if the autovacuum
+    is running to prevent transaction ID wraparound (i.e., the autovacuum query
+    name in the pg_stat_activity view ends with
+    (to prevent wraparound)), the autovacuum is not
+    automatically interrupted.
+   
+
+   
+    
+     Regularly running commands that acquire locks conflicting with a
+     SHARE UPDATE EXCLUSIVE lock (e.g., ANALYZE) can
+     effectively prevent autovacuums from ever completing.
+    
+   
   
  
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/clusterdb.1	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CLUSTERDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CLUSTERDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/createdb.1	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATEDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATEDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/createuser.1	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATEUSER" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATEUSER" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropdb.1	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROPDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROPDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/dropuser.1	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROPUSER" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROPUSER" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/ecpg.1	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ECPG" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ECPG" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/initdb.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "INITDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "INITDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/oid2name.1	2019-11-11 22:19:10.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "OID2NAME" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "OID2NAME" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_archivecleanup.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_ARCHIVECLEANUP" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_ARCHIVECLEANUP" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_basebackup.1	2019-11-11 22:19:08.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_BASEBACKUP" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_BASEBACKUP" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_config.1	2019-11-11 22:19:08.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_CONFIG" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_CONFIG" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_controldata.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_CONTROLDATA" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_CONTROLDATA" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_ctl.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_CTL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_CTL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dump.1	2019-11-11 22:19:08.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_DUMP" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_DUMP" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_dumpall.1	2019-11-11 22:19:08.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_DUMPALL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_DUMPALL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -52,7 +52,9 @@
 pg_dumpall
 reads tables from all databases you will most likely have to connect as a database superuser in order to produce a complete dump\&. Also you will need superuser privileges to execute the saved script in order to be allowed to add roles and create databases\&.
 .PP
-The SQL script will be written to the standard output\&. Use the [\-f|file] option or shell operators to redirect it into a file\&.
+The SQL script will be written to the standard output\&. Use the
+\fB\-f\fR/\fB\-\-file\fR
+option or shell operators to redirect it into a file\&.
 .PP
 pg_dumpall
 needs to connect several times to the
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_isready.1	2019-11-11 22:19:08.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_ISREADY" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_ISREADY" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_receivewal.1	2019-11-11 22:19:08.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_RECEIVEWAL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_RECEIVEWAL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_recvlogical.1	2019-11-11 22:19:08.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_RECVLOGICAL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_RECVLOGICAL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_resetwal.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_RESETWAL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_RESETWAL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_restore.1	2019-11-11 22:19:08.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_RESTORE" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_RESTORE" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -138,7 +138,9 @@
 \fB\-\-file=\fR\fB\fIfilename\fR\fR
 .RS 4
 Specify output file for generated script, or for the listing when used with
-\fB\-l\fR\&. Default is the standard output\&.
+\fB\-l\fR\&. Use
+\-
+for the standard output, which is also the default\&.
 .RE
 .PP
 \fB\-F \fR\fB\fIformat\fR\fR
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_rewind.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_REWIND" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_REWIND" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_standby.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_standby.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_standby.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_standby.1	2019-11-11 22:19:10.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_STANDBY" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_STANDBY" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_fsync.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_TEST_FSYNC" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_TEST_FSYNC" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_test_timing.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_TEST_TIMING" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_TEST_TIMING" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_upgrade.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_UPGRADE" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_UPGRADE" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verify_checksums.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verify_checksums.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verify_checksums.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_verify_checksums.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_VERIFY_CHECKSUMS" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_VERIFY_CHECKSUMS" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pg_waldump.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PG_WALDUMP" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PG_WALDUMP" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/pgbench.1	2019-11-11 22:19:08.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PGBENCH" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PGBENCH" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/postgres.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "POSTGRES" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "POSTGRES" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/postmaster.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "POSTMASTER" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "POSTMASTER" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/psql.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PSQL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PSQL" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@
 .\}
 .nf
 $ \fBpsql testdb\fR
-psql (11\&.5)
+psql (11\&.6)
 Type "help" for help\&.
 
 testdb=>
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/reindexdb.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "REINDEXDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "REINDEXDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1	2019-08-05 21:29:03.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumdb.1	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "VACUUMDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "VACUUMDB" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man1/vacuumlo.1	2019-11-11 22:19:10.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "VACUUMLO" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "VACUUMLO" "1" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_commit.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_COMMIT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_COMMIT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_connect.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_CONNECT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_CONNECT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_copytuple.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_COPYTUPLE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_COPYTUPLE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_close.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_CURSOR_CLOSE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_CURSOR_CLOSE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_fetch.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_CURSOR_FETCH" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_CURSOR_FETCH" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_find.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_CURSOR_FIND" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_CURSOR_FIND" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_move.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_CURSOR_MOVE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_CURSOR_MOVE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_args.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN_WITH_ARGS" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN_WITH_ARGS" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_cursor_open_with_paramlist.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN_WITH_PARAMLIST" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_CURSOR_OPEN_WITH_PARAMLIST" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_exec.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_EXEC" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_EXEC" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execp.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_EXECP" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_EXECP" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_EXECUTE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_EXECUTE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_PLAN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_PLAN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_plan_with_paramlist.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_PLAN_WITH_PARAMLIST" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_PLAN_WITH_PARAMLIST" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_execute_with_args.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_WITH_ARGS" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_EXECUTE_WITH_ARGS" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_finish.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_FINISH" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_FINISH" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fname.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_FNAME" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_FNAME" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_fnumber.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_FNUMBER" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_FNUMBER" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freeplan.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_FREEPLAN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_FREEPLAN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuple.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_FREETUPLE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_FREETUPLE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_freetuptable.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_FREETUPTABLE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_FREETUPTABLE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargcount.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_GETARGCOUNT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_GETARGCOUNT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getargtypeid.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_GETARGTYPEID" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_GETARGTYPEID" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getbinval.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_GETBINVAL" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_GETBINVAL" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getnspname.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_GETNSPNAME" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_GETNSPNAME" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getrelname.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_GETRELNAME" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_GETRELNAME" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettype.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_GETTYPE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_GETTYPE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_gettypeid.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_GETTYPEID" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_GETTYPEID" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_getvalue.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_GETVALUE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_GETVALUE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_is_cursor_plan.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_IS_CURSOR_PLAN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_IS_CURSOR_PLAN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_keepplan.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_KEEPPLAN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_KEEPPLAN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_modifytuple.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_MODIFYTUPLE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_MODIFYTUPLE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_palloc.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_PALLOC" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_PALLOC" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_pfree.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_PFREE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_PFREE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_PREPARE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_PREPARE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_cursor.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_PREPARE_CURSOR" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_PREPARE_CURSOR" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_prepare_params.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_PREPARE_PARAMS" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_PREPARE_PARAMS" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_relation.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_REGISTER_RELATION" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_REGISTER_RELATION" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_register_trigger_data.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_REGISTER_TRIGGER_DATA" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_REGISTER_TRIGGER_DATA" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_repalloc.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_REPALLOC" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_REPALLOC" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_result_code_string.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_RESULT_CODE_STRING" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_RESULT_CODE_STRING" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_returntuple.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_RETURNTUPLE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_RETURNTUPLE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_rollback.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_ROLLBACK" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_ROLLBACK" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_saveplan.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_SAVEPLAN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_SAVEPLAN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_fetch.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_SCROLL_CURSOR_FETCH" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_SCROLL_CURSOR_FETCH" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_scroll_cursor_move.3	2019-11-11 22:19:01.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_SCROLL_CURSOR_MOVE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_SCROLL_CURSOR_MOVE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_start_transaction.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_START_TRANSACTION" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_START_TRANSACTION" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3	2019-08-05 21:28:56.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/SPI_unregister_relation.3	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SPI_UNREGISTER_RELATION" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SPI_UNREGISTER_RELATION" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_delete.3	2019-11-11 22:19:10.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_DELETE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_DELETE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_insert.3	2019-11-11 22:19:10.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_INSERT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_INSERT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_build_sql_update.3	2019-11-11 22:19:10.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_UPDATE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_BUILD_SQL_UPDATE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_cancel_query.3	2019-11-11 22:19:10.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_CANCEL_QUERY" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_CANCEL_QUERY" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_close.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_CLOSE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_CLOSE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_CONNECT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_CONNECT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_connect_u.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_CONNECT_U" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_CONNECT_U" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_disconnect.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_DISCONNECT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_DISCONNECT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_error_message.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_ERROR_MESSAGE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_ERROR_MESSAGE" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_exec.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_EXEC" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_EXEC" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_fetch.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_FETCH" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_FETCH" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_connections.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_GET_CONNECTIONS" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_GET_CONNECTIONS" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_notify.3	2019-11-11 22:19:10.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_GET_NOTIFY" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_GET_NOTIFY" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_pkey.3	2019-11-11 22:19:10.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_GET_PKEY" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_GET_PKEY" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_get_result.3	2019-11-11 22:19:10.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_GET_RESULT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_GET_RESULT" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_is_busy.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_IS_BUSY" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_IS_BUSY" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_open.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_OPEN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_OPEN" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3	2019-08-05 21:29:04.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man3/dblink_send_query.3	2019-11-11 22:19:09.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DBLINK_SEND_QUERY" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DBLINK_SEND_QUERY" "3" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ABORT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ABORT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ABORT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_AGGREGATE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER AGGREGATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER AGGREGATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_COLLATION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER COLLATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER COLLATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_CONVERSION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER CONVERSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER CONVERSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DATABASE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER DATABASE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER DATABASE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DEFAULT_PRIVILEGES.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER DEFAULT PRIVILEGES" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_DOMAIN.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER DOMAIN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER DOMAIN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EVENT_TRIGGER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_EXTENSION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER EXTENSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER EXTENSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FOREIGN_TABLE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_FUNCTION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER FUNCTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER FUNCTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_GROUP.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER GROUP" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER GROUP" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_INDEX.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER INDEX" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER INDEX" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LANGUAGE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER LANGUAGE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER LANGUAGE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_LARGE_OBJECT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER LARGE OBJECT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER LARGE OBJECT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER OPERATOR" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER OPERATOR" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_CLASS.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_POLICY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER POLICY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER POLICY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PROCEDURE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:02.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER PROCEDURE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER PROCEDURE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_PUBLICATION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER PUBLICATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER PUBLICATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROLE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER ROLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER ROLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_ROUTINE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER ROUTINE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER ROUTINE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_RULE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER RULE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER RULE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SCHEMA.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER SCHEMA" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER SCHEMA" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SEQUENCE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER SEQUENCE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER SEQUENCE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SERVER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER SERVER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER SERVER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_STATISTICS.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER STATISTICS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER STATISTICS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SUBSCRIPTION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_SYSTEM.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER SYSTEM" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER SYSTEM" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@
 This form attaches an existing table (which might itself be partitioned) as a partition of the target table\&. The table can be attached as a partition for specific values using
 FOR VALUES
 or as a default partition by using
-DEFAULT\&. For each index in the target table, a corresponding one will be created in the attached table; or, if an equivalent index already exists, will be attached to the target table\*(Aqs index, as if
+DEFAULT\&. For each index in the target table, a corresponding one will be created in the attached table; or, if an equivalent index already exists, it will be attached to the target table\*(Aqs index, as if
 \fBALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION\fR
 had been executed\&. Note that if the existing table is a foreign table, it is currently not allowed to attach the table as a partition of the target table if there are
 UNIQUE
@@ -674,13 +674,15 @@
 constraints from the parent table will be created in the partition, if they don\*(Aqt already exist\&. If any of the
 CHECK
 constraints of the table being attached is marked
-NO INHERIT, the command will fail; such a constraint must be recreated without the
+NO INHERIT, the command will fail; such constraints must be recreated without the
 NO INHERIT
 clause\&.
 .sp
-If the new partition is a regular table, a full table scan is performed to check that no existing row in the table violates the partition constraint\&. It is possible to avoid this scan by adding a valid
+If the new partition is a regular table, a full table scan is performed to check that existing rows in the table do not violate the partition constraint\&. It is possible to avoid this scan by adding a valid
 CHECK
-constraint to the table that would allow only the rows satisfying the desired partition constraint before running this command\&. It will be determined using such a constraint that the table need not be scanned to validate the partition constraint\&. This does not work, however, if any of the partition keys is an expression and the partition does not accept
+constraint to the table that allows only rows satisfying the desired partition constraint before running this command\&. The
+CHECK
+constraint will be used to determine that the table need not be scanned to validate the partition constraint\&. This does not work, however, if any of the partition keys is an expression and the partition does not accept
 NULL
 values\&. If attaching a list partition that will not accept
 NULL
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TABLESPACE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER TABLESPACE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER TABLESPACE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7	2019-08-05 21:28:57.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TRIGGER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_TYPE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER TYPE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER TYPE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER USER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER USER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_USER_MAPPING.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER USER MAPPING" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER USER MAPPING" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ALTER_VIEW.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ALTER VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ALTER VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ANALYZE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ANALYZE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ANALYZE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -86,6 +86,12 @@
 emits progress messages to indicate which table is currently being processed\&. Various statistics about the tables are printed as well\&.
 .SH "NOTES"
 .PP
+To analyze a table, one must ordinarily be the table\*(Aqs owner or a superuser\&. However, database owners are allowed to analyze all tables in their databases, except shared catalogs\&. (The restriction for shared catalogs means that a true database\-wide
+\fBANALYZE\fR
+can only be performed by a superuser\&.)
+\fBANALYZE\fR
+will skip over any tables that the calling user does not have permission to analyze\&.
+.PP
 Foreign tables are analyzed only when explicitly selected\&. Not all foreign data wrappers support
 \fBANALYZE\fR\&. If the table\*(Aqs wrapper does not support
 \fBANALYZE\fR, the command prints a warning and does nothing\&.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/BEGIN.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "BEGIN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "BEGIN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CALL.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CALL" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CALL" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CHECKPOINT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CHECKPOINT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CHECKPOINT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLOSE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CLOSE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CLOSE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CLUSTER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CLUSTER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CLUSTER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMENT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "COMMENT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "COMMENT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "COMMIT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "COMMIT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/COMMIT_PREPARED.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "COMMIT PREPARED" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "COMMIT PREPARED" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/COPY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "COPY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "COPY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -917,11 +917,11 @@
     [ [ WITH ]
           [ BINARY ]
           [ OIDS ]
-          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIdelimiter\fR\*(Aq ]
+          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIdelimiter_character\fR\*(Aq ]
           [ NULL [ AS ] \*(Aq\fInull string\fR\*(Aq ]
           [ CSV [ HEADER ]
-                [ QUOTE [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIquote\fR\*(Aq ]
-                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIescape\fR\*(Aq ]
+                [ QUOTE [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIquote_character\fR\*(Aq ]
+                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIescape_character\fR\*(Aq ]
                 [ FORCE NOT NULL \fIcolumn_name\fR [, \&.\&.\&.] ] ] ]
 
 COPY { \fItable_name\fR [ ( \fIcolumn_name\fR [, \&.\&.\&.] ) ] | ( \fIquery\fR ) }
@@ -929,11 +929,11 @@
     [ [ WITH ]
           [ BINARY ]
           [ OIDS ]
-          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIdelimiter\fR\*(Aq ]
+          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIdelimiter_character\fR\*(Aq ]
           [ NULL [ AS ] \*(Aq\fInull string\fR\*(Aq ]
           [ CSV [ HEADER ]
-                [ QUOTE [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIquote\fR\*(Aq ]
-                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIescape\fR\*(Aq ]
+                [ QUOTE [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIquote_character\fR\*(Aq ]
+                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] \*(Aq\fIescape_character\fR\*(Aq ]
                 [ FORCE QUOTE { \fIcolumn_name\fR [, \&.\&.\&.] | * } ] ] ]
 .fi
 .if n \{\
@@ -958,13 +958,13 @@
 .nf
 COPY [ BINARY ] \fItable_name\fR [ WITH OIDS ]
     FROM { \*(Aq\fIfilename\fR\*(Aq | STDIN }
-    [ [USING] DELIMITERS \*(Aq\fIdelimiter\fR\*(Aq ]
-    [ WITH NULL AS \*(Aq\fInull string\fR\*(Aq ]
+    [ [USING] DELIMITERS \*(Aq\fIdelimiter_character\fR\*(Aq ]
+    [ WITH NULL AS \*(Aq\fInull_string\fR\*(Aq ]
 
 COPY [ BINARY ] \fItable_name\fR [ WITH OIDS ]
     TO { \*(Aq\fIfilename\fR\*(Aq | STDOUT }
-    [ [USING] DELIMITERS \*(Aq\fIdelimiter\fR\*(Aq ]
-    [ WITH NULL AS \*(Aq\fInull string\fR\*(Aq ]
+    [ [USING] DELIMITERS \*(Aq\fIdelimiter_character\fR\*(Aq ]
+    [ WITH NULL AS \*(Aq\fInull_string\fR\*(Aq ]
 .fi
 .if n \{\
 .RE
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ACCESS_METHOD.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE ACCESS METHOD" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE ACCESS METHOD" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_AGGREGATE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:03.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE AGGREGATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE AGGREGATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
 MINVFUNC, and
 MSTYPE
 parameters, and optionally the
-MSPACE,
+MSSPACE,
 MFINALFUNC,
 MFINALFUNC_EXTRA,
 MFINALFUNC_MODIFY, and
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CAST.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE CAST" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE CAST" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_COLLATION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE COLLATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE COLLATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_CONVERSION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE CONVERSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE CONVERSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DATABASE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE DATABASE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE DATABASE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_DOMAIN.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE DOMAIN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE DOMAIN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EVENT_TRIGGER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_EXTENSION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE EXTENSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE EXTENSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FOREIGN_TABLE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_FUNCTION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE FUNCTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE FUNCTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_GROUP.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE GROUP" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE GROUP" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_INDEX.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE INDEX" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE INDEX" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:58.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_LANGUAGE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE LANGUAGE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE LANGUAGE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE OPERATOR" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE OPERATOR" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_CLASS.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_POLICY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE POLICY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE POLICY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PROCEDURE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE PROCEDURE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE PROCEDURE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_PUBLICATION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE PUBLICATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE PUBLICATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_ROLE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE ROLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE ROLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_RULE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE RULE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE RULE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SCHEMA.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE SCHEMA" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE SCHEMA" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SEQUENCE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE SEQUENCE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE SEQUENCE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SERVER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE SERVER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE SERVER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_STATISTICS.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE STATISTICS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE STATISTICS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_SUBSCRIPTION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:04.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
 of the specified parent table\&. The table can be created either as a partition for specific values using
 FOR VALUES
 or as a default partition using
-DEFAULT\&. This option is not available for hash\-partitioned tables\&.
+DEFAULT\&.
 .sp
 The
 \fIpartition_bound_spec\fR
@@ -364,11 +364,11 @@
 .sp
 If
 DEFAULT
-is specified, the table will be created as a default partition of the parent table\&. The parent can either be a list or range partitioned table\&. A partition key value not fitting into any other partition of the given parent will be routed to the default partition\&. There can be only one default partition for a given parent table\&.
+is specified, the table will be created as the default partition of the parent table\&. This option is not available for hash\-partitioned tables\&. A partition key value not fitting into any other partition of the given parent will be routed to the default partition\&.
 .sp
 When a table has an existing
 DEFAULT
-partition and a new partition is added to it, the existing default partition must be scanned to verify that it does not contain any rows which properly belong in the new partition\&. If the default partition contains a large number of rows, this may be slow\&. The scan will be skipped if the default partition is a foreign table or if it has a constraint which proves that it cannot contain rows which should be placed in the new partition\&.
+partition and a new partition is added to it, the default partition must be scanned to verify that it does not contain any rows which properly belong in the new partition\&. If the default partition contains a large number of rows, this may be slow\&. The scan will be skipped if the default partition is a foreign table or if it has a constraint which proves that it cannot contain rows which should be placed in the new partition\&.
 .sp
 When creating a hash partition, a modulus and remainder must be specified\&. The modulus must be a positive integer, and the remainder must be a non\-negative integer less than the modulus\&. Typically, when initially setting up a hash\-partitioned table, you should choose a modulus equal to the number of partitions and assign every table the same modulus and a different remainder (see examples, below)\&. However, it is not required that every partition have the same modulus, only that every modulus which occurs among the partitions of a hash\-partitioned table is a factor of the next larger modulus\&. This allows the number of partitions to be increased incrementally without needing to move all the data at once\&. For example, suppose you have a hash\-partitioned table with 8 partitions, each of which has modulus 8, but find it necessary to increase the number of partitions to 16\&. You can detach one of the modulus\-8 partitions, create two new modulus\-16 partitions covering the same portion of the key space (one with a remainder equal to the remainder of the detached partition, and the other with a remainder equal to that value plus 8), and repopulate them with data\&. You can then repeat this \-\- perhaps at a later time \-\- for each modulus\-8 partition until none remain\&. While this may still involve a large amount of data movement at each step, it is still better than having to create a whole new table and move all the data at once\&.
 .sp
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLESPACE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE TABLESPACE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE TABLESPACE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TABLE_AS.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE TABLE AS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE TABLE AS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRANSFORM.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE TRANSFORM" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE TRANSFORM" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TRIGGER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_TYPE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE TYPE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE TYPE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE USER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE USER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7	2019-08-05 21:28:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_USER_MAPPING.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE USER MAPPING" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE USER MAPPING" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/CREATE_VIEW.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "CREATE VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "CREATE VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DEALLOCATE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DEALLOCATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DEALLOCATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DECLARE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DECLARE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DECLARE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DELETE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DELETE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DELETE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DISCARD.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DISCARD" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DISCARD" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DO.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DO" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DO" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ACCESS_METHOD.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP ACCESS METHOD" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP ACCESS METHOD" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_AGGREGATE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP AGGREGATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP AGGREGATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CAST.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP CAST" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP CAST" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_COLLATION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP COLLATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP COLLATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_CONVERSION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP CONVERSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP CONVERSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DATABASE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP DATABASE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP DATABASE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_DOMAIN.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP DOMAIN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP DOMAIN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EVENT_TRIGGER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP EVENT TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_EXTENSION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP EXTENSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP EXTENSION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_DATA_WRAPPER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP FOREIGN DATA WRAPPER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FOREIGN_TABLE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP FOREIGN TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_FUNCTION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP FUNCTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP FUNCTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_GROUP.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP GROUP" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP GROUP" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_INDEX.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP INDEX" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP INDEX" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_LANGUAGE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP LANGUAGE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP LANGUAGE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR.7	2019-11-11 22:19:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP OPERATOR" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP OPERATOR" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_CLASS.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP OPERATOR CLASS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OPERATOR_FAMILY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP OPERATOR FAMILY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_OWNED.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP OWNED" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP OWNED" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_POLICY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP POLICY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP POLICY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PROCEDURE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP PROCEDURE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP PROCEDURE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_PUBLICATION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP PUBLICATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP PUBLICATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROLE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP ROLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP ROLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_ROUTINE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP ROUTINE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP ROUTINE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_RULE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP RULE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP RULE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SCHEMA.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP SCHEMA" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP SCHEMA" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SEQUENCE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP SEQUENCE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP SEQUENCE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SERVER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP SERVER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP SERVER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_STATISTICS.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP STATISTICS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP STATISTICS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_SUBSCRIPTION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP SUBSCRIPTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP TABLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TABLESPACE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP TABLESPACE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP TABLESPACE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_CONFIGURATION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH CONFIGURATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_DICTIONARY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH DICTIONARY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_PARSER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH PARSER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TEXT_SEARCH_TEMPLATE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP TEXT SEARCH TEMPLATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRANSFORM.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP TRANSFORM" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP TRANSFORM" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7	2019-08-05 21:29:00.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TRIGGER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP TRIGGER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_TYPE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP TYPE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP TYPE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP USER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP USER" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_USER_MAPPING.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP USER MAPPING" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP USER MAPPING" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/DROP_VIEW.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "DROP VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "DROP VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/END.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "END" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "END" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXECUTE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "EXECUTE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "EXECUTE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/EXPLAIN.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "EXPLAIN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "EXPLAIN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/FETCH.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "FETCH" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "FETCH" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/GRANT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "GRANT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "GRANT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/IMPORT_FOREIGN_SCHEMA.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "IMPORT FOREIGN SCHEMA" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/INSERT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "INSERT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "INSERT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/LISTEN.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "LISTEN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "LISTEN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOAD.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "LOAD" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "LOAD" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/LOCK.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "LOCK" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "LOCK" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/MOVE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "MOVE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "MOVE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/NOTIFY.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "NOTIFY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "NOTIFY" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PREPARE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PREPARE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/PREPARE_TRANSACTION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "PREPARE TRANSACTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "PREPARE TRANSACTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/REASSIGN_OWNED.7	2019-11-11 22:19:06.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "REASSIGN OWNED" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "REASSIGN OWNED" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/REFRESH_MATERIALIZED_VIEW.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 .sp
 This option is only allowed if there is at least one
 UNIQUE
-index on the materialized view which uses only column names and includes all rows; that is, it must not index on any expressions nor include a
+index on the materialized view which uses only column names and includes all rows; that is, it must not be an expression index or include a
 WHERE
 clause\&.
 .sp
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/REINDEX.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "REINDEX" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "REINDEX" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/RELEASE_SAVEPOINT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "RELEASE SAVEPOINT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "RELEASE SAVEPOINT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/RESET.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "RESET" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "RESET" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/REVOKE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "REVOKE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "REVOKE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ROLLBACK" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ROLLBACK" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_PREPARED.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ROLLBACK PREPARED" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ROLLBACK PREPARED" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/ROLLBACK_TO_SAVEPOINT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SAVEPOINT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SAVEPOINT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SAVEPOINT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SECURITY_LABEL.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SECURITY LABEL" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SECURITY LABEL" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SELECT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SELECT" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7	2019-08-05 21:29:01.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SELECT_INTO.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SELECT INTO" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SELECT INTO" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SET" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SET" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_CONSTRAINTS.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SET CONSTRAINTS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SET CONSTRAINTS" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_ROLE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SET ROLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SET ROLE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -62,13 +62,13 @@
 .SH "NOTES"
 .PP
 Using this command, it is possible to either add privileges or restrict one\*(Aqs privileges\&. If the session user role has the
-INHERITS
+INHERIT
 attribute, then it automatically has all the privileges of every role that it could
 \fBSET ROLE\fR
 to; in this case
 \fBSET ROLE\fR
 effectively drops all the privileges assigned directly to the session user and to the other roles it is a member of, leaving only the privileges available to the named role\&. On the other hand, if the session user role has the
-NOINHERITS
+NOINHERIT
 attribute,
 \fBSET ROLE\fR
 drops the privileges assigned directly to the session user and instead acquires the privileges available to the named role\&.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_SESSION_AUTHORIZATION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SET_TRANSACTION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SET TRANSACTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SET TRANSACTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/SHOW.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "SHOW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "SHOW" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/START_TRANSACTION.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "START TRANSACTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "START TRANSACTION" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/TRUNCATE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "TRUNCATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "TRUNCATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/UNLISTEN.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "UNLISTEN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "UNLISTEN" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/UPDATE.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "UPDATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "UPDATE" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/VACUUM.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "VACUUM" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "VACUUM" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7 postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7	2019-08-05 21:29:02.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/man7/VALUES.7	2019-11-11 22:19:07.000000000 +0000
@@ -3,11 +3,11 @@
 .\"    Author: The PostgreSQL Global Development Group
 .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.79.1 
 .\"      Date: 2019
-.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation
-.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.5
+.\"    Manual: PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation
+.\"    Source: PostgreSQL 11.6
 .\"  Language: English
 .\"
-.TH "VALUES" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.5" "PostgreSQL 11.5 Documentation"
+.TH "VALUES" "7" "2019" "PostgreSQL 11.6" "PostgreSQL 11.6 Documentation"
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
 .\" * Define some portability stuff
 .\" -----------------------------------------------------------------
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/pageinspect.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/pageinspect.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/pageinspect.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/pageinspect.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -127,6 +127,39 @@
 
    
     
+     fsm_page_contents(page bytea) returns text
+     
+      fsm_page_contents
+     
+    
+
+    
+     
+      fsm_page_contents shows the internal node structure
+      of a FSM page.  For example:
+
+test=# SELECT fsm_page_contents(get_raw_page('pg_class', 'fsm', 0));
+
+      The output is a multiline string, with one line per node in the binary
+      tree within the page.  Only those nodes that are not zero are printed.
+      The so-called "next" pointer, which points to the next slot to be
+      returned from the page, is also printed.
+     
+     
+      See src/backend/storage/freespace/README for more
+      information on the structure of an FSM page.
+     
+    
+   
+  
+ 
+
+ 
+  Heap Functions
+
+  
+   
+    
      heap_page_items(page bytea) returns setof record
      
       heap_page_items
@@ -203,29 +236,6 @@
      
     
    
-
-   
-    
-     fsm_page_contents(page bytea) returns text
-     
-      fsm_page_contents
-     
-    
-
-    
-     
-      fsm_page_contents shows the internal node structure
-      of a FSM page. The output is a multiline string, with one line per
-      node in the binary tree within the page. Only those nodes that are not
-      zero are printed. The so-called "next" pointer, which points to the
-      next slot to be returned from the page, is also printed.
-     
-     
-      See src/backend/storage/freespace/README for more
-      information on the structure of an FSM page.
-     
-    
-   
   
  
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/plpgsql.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -2445,19 +2445,29 @@
      resulting from the query and the loop body is
      executed for each row. Here is an example:
 
-CREATE FUNCTION cs_refresh_mviews() RETURNS integer AS $$
+CREATE FUNCTION refresh_mviews() RETURNS integer AS $$
 DECLARE
     mviews RECORD;
 BEGIN
-    RAISE NOTICE 'Refreshing materialized views...';
+    RAISE NOTICE 'Refreshing all materialized views...';
 
-    FOR mviews IN SELECT * FROM cs_materialized_views ORDER BY sort_key LOOP
+    FOR mviews IN
+       SELECT n.nspname AS mv_schema,
+              c.relname AS mv_name,
+              pg_catalog.pg_get_userbyid(c.relowner) AS owner
+         FROM pg_catalog.pg_class c
+    LEFT JOIN pg_catalog.pg_namespace n ON (n.oid = c.relnamespace)
+        WHERE c.relkind = 'm'
+     ORDER BY 1
+    LOOP
 
-        -- Now "mviews" has one record from cs_materialized_views
+        -- Now "mviews" has one record with information about the materialized view
 
-        RAISE NOTICE 'Refreshing materialized view %s ...', quote_ident(mviews.mv_name);
-        EXECUTE format('TRUNCATE TABLE %I', mviews.mv_name);
-        EXECUTE format('INSERT INTO %I %s', mviews.mv_name, mviews.mv_query);
+        RAISE NOTICE 'Refreshing materialized view %.% (owner: %)...',
+                     quote_ident(mviews.mv_schema),
+                     quote_ident(mviews.mv_name),
+                     quote_ident(mviews.owner);
+        EXECUTE format('REFRESH MATERIALIZED VIEW %I.%I', mviews.mv_schema, mviews.mv_name);
     END LOOP;
 
     RAISE NOTICE 'Done refreshing materialized views.';
@@ -3734,9 +3744,9 @@
    
     If no condition name nor SQLSTATE is specified in a
     RAISE EXCEPTION command, the default is to use
-    RAISE_EXCEPTION (P0001).  If no message
-    text is specified, the default is to use the condition name or
-    SQLSTATE as message text.
+    ERRCODE_RAISE_EXCEPTION (P0001).
+    If no message text is specified, the default is to use the condition
+    name or SQLSTATE as message text.
    
 
    
@@ -5549,7 +5559,7 @@
     INSERT INTO cs_active_job(job_id) VALUES (v_job_id);
 
     BEGIN
-        INSERT INTO cs_jobs (job_id, start_stamp) VALUES (v_job_id, sysdate);
+        INSERT INTO cs_jobs (job_id, start_stamp) VALUES (v_job_id, now());
     EXCEPTION
         WHEN dup_val_on_index THEN NULL; -- don't worry if it already exists
     END;
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/postgres-fdw.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/postgres-fdw.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/postgres-fdw.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/postgres-fdw.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -483,6 +483,12 @@
    COMMITTED local transaction.  A future
    PostgreSQL release might modify these rules.
   
+
+  
+   Note that it is currently not supported by
+   postgres_fdw to prepare the remote transaction for
+   two-phase commit.
+  
  
 
  
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/problems.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/problems.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/problems.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/problems.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
       C library, processor, memory information, and so on. In most
       cases it is sufficient to report the vendor and version, but do
       not assume everyone knows what exactly Debian
-      contains or that everyone runs on i386s. If you have
+      contains or that everyone runs on x86_64. If you have
       installation problems then information about the toolchain on
       your machine (compiler, make, and so
       on) is also necessary.
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/alter_table.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -857,7 +857,7 @@
       or as a default partition by using DEFAULT.
       For each index in the target table, a corresponding
       one will be created in the attached table; or, if an equivalent
-      index already exists, will be attached to the target table's index,
+      index already exists, it will be attached to the target table's index,
       as if ALTER INDEX ATTACH PARTITION had been executed.
       Note that if the existing table is a foreign table, it is currently not
       allowed to attach the table as a partition of the target table if there
@@ -880,23 +880,24 @@
       already exist.
       If any of the CHECK constraints of the table being
       attached is marked NO INHERIT, the command will fail;
-      such a constraint must be recreated without the NO INHERIT
-      clause.
+      such constraints must be recreated without the
+      NO INHERIT clause.
      
 
      
       If the new partition is a regular table, a full table scan is performed
-      to check that no existing row in the table violates the partition
-      constraint.  It is possible to avoid this scan by adding a valid
-      CHECK constraint to the table that would allow only
-      the rows satisfying the desired partition constraint before running this
-      command.  It will be determined using such a constraint that the table
-      need not be scanned to validate the partition constraint.  This does not
-      work, however, if any of the partition keys is an expression and the
-      partition does not accept NULL values.  If attaching
-      a list partition that will not accept NULL values,
-      also add NOT NULL constraint to the partition key
-      column, unless it's an expression.
+      to check that existing rows in the table do not violate the partition
+      constraint. It is possible to avoid this scan by adding a valid
+      CHECK constraint to the table that allows only
+      rows satisfying the desired partition constraint before running this
+      command. The CHECK constraint will be used to
+      determine that the table need not be scanned to validate the partition
+      constraint. This does not work, however, if any of the partition keys
+      is an expression and the partition does not accept
+      NULL values. If attaching a list partition that will
+      not accept NULL values, also add
+      NOT NULL constraint to the partition key column,
+      unless it's an expression.
      
 
      
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/analyze.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -115,6 +115,16 @@
   Notes
 
   
+   To analyze a table, one must ordinarily be the table's owner or a
+   superuser.  However, database owners are allowed to
+   analyze all tables in their databases, except shared catalogs.
+   (The restriction for shared catalogs means that a true database-wide
+   ANALYZE can only be performed by a superuser.)
+   ANALYZE will skip over any tables that the calling user
+   does not have permission to analyze.
+  
+
+  
    Foreign tables are analyzed only when explicitly selected.  Not all
    foreign data wrappers support ANALYZE.  If the table's
    wrapper does not support ANALYZE, the command prints a
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/copy.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -1002,11 +1002,11 @@
     [ [ WITH ]
           [ BINARY ]
           [ OIDS ]
-          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] 'delimiter' ]
+          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] 'delimiter_character' ]
           [ NULL [ AS ] 'null string' ]
           [ CSV [ HEADER ]
-                [ QUOTE [ AS ] 'quote' ]
-                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] 'escape' ]
+                [ QUOTE [ AS ] 'quote_character' ]
+                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] 'escape_character' ]
                 [ FORCE NOT NULL column_name [, ...] ] ] ]
 
 COPY { table_name [ ( column_name [, ...] ) ] | ( query ) }
@@ -1014,11 +1014,11 @@
     [ [ WITH ]
           [ BINARY ]
           [ OIDS ]
-          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] 'delimiter' ]
+          [ DELIMITER [ AS ] 'delimiter_character' ]
           [ NULL [ AS ] 'null string' ]
           [ CSV [ HEADER ]
-                [ QUOTE [ AS ] 'quote' ]
-                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] 'escape' ]
+                [ QUOTE [ AS ] 'quote_character' ]
+                [ ESCAPE [ AS ] 'escape_character' ]
                 [ FORCE QUOTE { column_name [, ...] | * } ] ] ]
 
 
@@ -1034,13 +1034,13 @@
 
 COPY [ BINARY ] table_name [ WITH OIDS ]
     FROM { 'filename' | STDIN }
-    [ [USING] DELIMITERS 'delimiter' ]
-    [ WITH NULL AS 'null string' ]
+    [ [USING] DELIMITERS 'delimiter_character' ]
+    [ WITH NULL AS 'null_string' ]
 
 COPY [ BINARY ] table_name [ WITH OIDS ]
     TO { 'filename' | STDOUT }
-    [ [USING] DELIMITERS 'delimiter' ]
-    [ WITH NULL AS 'null string' ]
+    [ [USING] DELIMITERS 'delimiter_character' ]
+    [ WITH NULL AS 'null_string' ]
 
  
 
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_aggregate.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
    as described in .  This requires
    specifying the MSFUNC, MINVFUNC,
    and MSTYPE parameters, and optionally
-   the MSPACE, MFINALFUNC,
+   the MSSPACE, MFINALFUNC,
    MFINALFUNC_EXTRA, MFINALFUNC_MODIFY,
    and MINITCOND parameters.  Except for MINVFUNC,
    these parameters work like the corresponding simple-aggregate parameters
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/create_table.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -397,8 +397,7 @@
       Creates the table as a partition of the specified
       parent table. The table can be created either as a partition for specific
       values using FOR VALUES or as a default partition
-      using DEFAULT.  This option is not available for
-      hash-partitioned tables.
+      using DEFAULT.
      
 
      
@@ -488,16 +487,15 @@
 
      
       If DEFAULT is specified, the table will be
-      created as a default partition of the parent table. The parent can
-      either be a list or range partitioned table. A partition key value
+      created as the default partition of the parent table.  This option
+      is not available for hash-partitioned tables.  A partition key value
       not fitting into any other partition of the given parent will be
-      routed to the default partition. There can be only one default
-      partition for a given parent table.
+      routed to the default partition.
      
 
      
       When a table has an existing DEFAULT partition and
-      a new partition is added to it, the existing default partition must
+      a new partition is added to it, the default partition must
       be scanned to verify that it does not contain any rows which properly
       belong in the new partition.  If the default partition contains a
       large number of rows, this may be slow.  The scan will be skipped if
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_dumpall.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -52,7 +52,8 @@
 
   
    The SQL script will be written to the standard output.  Use the
-   [-f|file] option or shell operators to redirect it into a file.
+   / option or shell operators to
+   redirect it into a file.
   
 
   
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_restore.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_restore.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_restore.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/pg_restore.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -176,8 +176,8 @@
       
        
         Specify output file for generated script, or for the listing
-        when used with . Default is the standard
-        output.
+        when used with . Use -
+        for the standard output, which is also the default.
        
       
      
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/refresh_materialized_view.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/refresh_materialized_view.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/refresh_materialized_view.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/refresh_materialized_view.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@
      
       This option is only allowed if there is at least one
       UNIQUE index on the materialized view which uses only
-      column names and includes all rows; that is, it must not index on any
-      expressions nor include a WHERE clause.
+      column names and includes all rows;  that is, it must not be an
+      expression index or include a WHERE clause.
      
      
       This option may not be used when the materialized view is not already
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/ref/set_role.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -64,13 +64,13 @@
 
   
    Using this command, it is possible to either add privileges or restrict
-   one's privileges.  If the session user role has the INHERITS
+   one's privileges.  If the session user role has the INHERIT
    attribute, then it automatically has all the privileges of every role that
    it could SET ROLE to; in this case SET ROLE
    effectively drops all the privileges assigned directly to the session user
    and to the other roles it is a member of, leaving only the privileges
    available to the named role.  On the other hand, if the session user role
-   has the NOINHERITS attribute, SET ROLE drops the
+   has the NOINHERIT attribute, SET ROLE drops the
    privileges assigned directly to the session user and instead acquires the
    privileges available to the named role.
   
diff -Nru postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/release-11.sgml postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/release-11.sgml
--- postgresql-11-11.5/doc/src/sgml/release-11.sgml	2019-08-05 21:14:59.000000000 +0000
+++ postgresql-11-11.6/doc/src/sgml/release-11.sgml	2019-11-11 22:05:05.000000000 +0000
@@ -1,6 +1,1466 @@
 
 
 
+ 
+  Release 11.6
+
+  
+  Release date:
+  2019-11-14
+  
+
+  
+   This release contains a variety of fixes from 11.5.
+   For information about new features in major release 11, see
+   .
+  
+
+  
+   Migration to Version 11.6
+
+   
+    A dump/restore is not required for those running 11.X.
+   
+
+   
+    However, if you use the contrib/intarray
+    extension with a GiST index, and you rely on indexed searches
+    for the <@ operator, see the entry below
+    about that.
+   
+
+   
+    Also, if you are upgrading from a version earlier than 11.1,
+    see .
+   
+  
+
+  
+   Changes
+
+   
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix failure of ALTER TABLE SET with a custom
+      relation option (Michael Paquier)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Disallow changing a multiply-inherited column's type if not all
+      parent tables were changed (Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      Previously, this was allowed, whereupon queries on the
+      now-out-of-sync parent would fail.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid failure if the same target table is specified twice in
+      an ANALYZE command inside a transaction block
+      (Tom Lane)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Prevent VACUUM from trying to freeze
+      an old multixact ID involving a still-running transaction
+      (Nathan Bossart, Jeremy Schneider)
+     
+
+     
+      This case would lead to VACUUM failing until the
+      old transaction terminates.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      SET CONSTRAINTS ... DEFERRED failed on
+      partitioned tables, incorrectly complaining about lack of triggers
+      (Álvaro Herrera)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix failure when creating indexes for a partition, if the parent
+      partitioned table contains any dropped columns (Michael Paquier)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix planner's test for case-foldable characters
+      in ILIKE with an ICU collation (Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      This mistake caused the planner to treat too much of the pattern as
+      being a fixed prefix, so that indexscans derived from
+      an ILIKE clause might miss entries that they
+      should find.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Ensure that offset expressions in WINDOW clauses
+      are processed when a query's expressions are manipulated (Andrew Gierth)
+     
+
+     
+      This oversight could result in assorted failures when the offsets
+      are nontrivial expressions.  One example is that a function
+      parameter reference in such an expression would fail if the function
+      was inlined.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix handling of whole-row variables in WITH CHECK
+      OPTION expressions and row-level-security policy expressions
+      (Andres Freund)
+     
+
+     
+      Previously, such usage might result in bogus errors about row type
+      mismatches.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid postmaster failure if a parallel query requests a background
+      worker when no postmaster child process array slots remain free
+      (Tom Lane)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Prevent possible double-free if a BEFORE UPDATE
+      trigger returns the old tuple as-is, and it is not the last such
+      trigger (Thomas Munro)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix crash if x = ANY
+      (array), or related operations,
+      contains a constant-null array (Tom Lane)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix unexpected relkind error when a query tries to
+      access a TOAST table (John Hsu, Michael Paquier, Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      The error should say that permission is denied, but this case got
+      broken during code refactoring.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Provide a relevant error context line when an error occurs while
+      setting GUC parameters during parallel worker startup (Thomas Munro)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      In serializable mode, ensure that row-level predicate locks are
+      acquired on the correct version of the row (Thomas Munro, Heikki
+      Linnakangas)
+     
+
+     
+      If the visible version of the row is HOT-updated, the lock might be
+      taken on its now-dead predecessor, resulting in subtle failures to
+      guarantee serialization.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Ensure that fsync() is applied only to files
+      that are opened read/write (Andres Freund, Michael Paquier)
+     
+
+     
+      Some code paths tried to do this after opening a file read-only,
+      but on some platforms that causes bad file descriptor
+      or similar errors.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Allow encoding conversion to succeed on longer strings than before
+      (Álvaro Herrera, Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      Previously, there was a hard limit of 0.25GB on the input string,
+      but now it will work as long as the converted output is not over 1GB.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid an unnecessary catalog lookup during heap page pruning
+      (Thomas Munro)
+     
+
+     
+      It's no longer necessary to check for unlogged indexes here, and the
+      check caused significant performance problems in some workloads.
+      There was also at least a theoretical possibility of deadlock.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid creating unnecessarily-bulky tuple stores for window functions
+      (Andrew Gierth)
+     
+
+     
+      In some cases the tuple storage would include all columns of the
+      source table(s), not just the ones that are needed by the query.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix failure to JIT-compile equality comparisons for grouping hash
+      tables, leading to performance loss (Andres Freund)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Allow repalloc() to give back space when a
+      large chunk is reduced in size (Tom Lane)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Ensure that temporary WAL and history files are removed at the end
+      of archive recovery (Sawada Masahiko)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid failure in archive recovery
+      if recovery_min_apply_delay is enabled
+      (Fujii Masao)
+     
+
+     
+      recovery_min_apply_delay is not typically used in
+      this configuration, but it should work.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix logical replication failure when publisher and subscriber have
+      different ideas about a table's replica identity columns
+      (Jehan-Guillaume de Rorthais, Peter Eisentraut)
+     
+
+     
+      Declaring a column as part of the replica identity on the
+      subscriber, when it does not exist at all on the publisher, led
+      to negative bitmapset member not allowed errors.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid unwanted delay during shutdown of a logical replication
+      walsender (Craig Ringer, Álvaro Herrera)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix timeout handling in logical replication walreceiver processes
+      (Julien Rouhaud)
+     
+
+     
+      Erroneous logic prevented wal_receiver_timeout
+      from working in logical replication deployments.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Correctly time-stamp replication messages for logical
+      decoding (Jeff Janes)
+     
+
+     
+      This oversight resulted, for example,
+      in pg_stat_subscription.last_msg_send_time
+      usually reading as NULL.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      In logical decoding, ensure that sub-transactions are correctly
+      accounted for when reconstructing a snapshot (Masahiko Sawada)
+     
+
+     
+      This error leads to assertion failures; it's unclear whether any
+      bad effects exist in production builds.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix race condition during backend exit, when the backend process has
+      previously waited for synchronous replication to occur (Dongming Liu)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix ALTER SYSTEM to cope with duplicate entries
+      in postgresql.auto.conf (Ian Barwick)
+     
+
+     
+      ALTER SYSTEM itself will not generate such a state,
+      but external tools that modify postgresql.auto.conf
+      could do so.  Duplicate entries for the target variable will now be
+      removed, and then the new setting (if any) will be appended at the end.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Reject include directives with empty file names in configuration
+      files, and report include-file recursion more clearly
+      (Ian Barwick, Tom Lane)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid logging complaints about abandoned connections when using PAM
+      authentication (Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      libpq-based clients will typically make two connection attempts when
+      a password is required, since they don't prompt their user for a
+      password until their first connection attempt fails.  Therefore the
+      server is coded not to generate useless log spam when a client
+      closes the connection upon being asked for a password.  However,
+      the PAM authentication code hadn't gotten that memo, and would
+      generate several messages about a phantom authentication failure.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix some cases where an incomplete date specification is not
+      detected in time with time zone input (Alexander Lakhin)
+     
+
+     
+      If a time zone with a time-varying UTC offset is specified, then a
+      date must be as well, so that the offset can be resolved.  Depending
+      on the syntax used, this check was not enforced in some cases,
+      allowing bogus output to be produced.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix misbehavior of bitshiftright() (Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      The bitstring right shift operator failed to zero out padding space
+      that exists in the last byte of the result when the bitstring length
+      is not a multiple of 8.  While invisible to most operations, any
+      nonzero bits there would result in unexpected comparison behavior,
+      since bitstring comparisons don't bother to ignore the extra bits,
+      expecting them to always be zero.
+     
+
+     
+      If you have inconsistent data as a result of saving the output
+      of bitshiftright() in a table, it's possible to
+      fix it with something like
+
+UPDATE mytab SET bitcol = ~(~bitcol) WHERE bitcol != ~(~bitcol);
+
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Restore the ability to take type information from
+      an AS clause
+      in json[b]_populate_record()
+      and json[b]_populate_recordset()
+      (Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      If the record argument is NULL and has no declared composite type,
+      try to use the AS clause instead.  This isn't
+      recommended usage, but it used to work, and now does again.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid crash when selecting a namespace node
+      in XMLTABLE (Chapman Flack)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix detection of edge-case integer overflow in interval
+      multiplication (Yuya Watari)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix memory leaks
+      in lower(), upper(),
+      and initcap() functions when using ICU
+      collations (Konstantin Knizhnik)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid crashes if ispell text search dictionaries
+      contain wrong affix data (Arthur Zakirov)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix incorrect compression logic for GIN posting lists
+      (Heikki Linnakangas)
+     
+
+     
+      A GIN posting list item can require 7 bytes if the distance between
+      adjacent indexed TIDs exceeds 16TB.  One step in the logic was out
+      of sync with that, and might try to write the value into a 6-byte
+      buffer.  In principle this could cause a stack overrun, but on most
+      architectures it's likely that the next byte would be unused
+      alignment padding, making the bug harmless.  In any case the bug
+      would be very difficult to hit.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix handling of infinity, NaN, and NULL values in KNN-GiST
+      (Alexander Korotkov)
+     
+
+     
+      The query's output order could be wrong (different from a plain
+      sort's result) if some distances computed for non-null column values
+      are infinity or NaN.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix handling of searches for NULL in KNN-SP-GiST (Nikita Glukhov)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      On Windows, recognize additional spellings of the Norwegian
+      (Bokmål) locale name (Tom Lane)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid compile failure if an ECPG client
+      includes ecpglib.h while
+      having ENABLE_NLS defined (Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      This risk was created by a misplaced
+      declaration: ecpg_gettext() should not be
+      visible to client code.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      In psql, resynchronize internal state
+      about the server after an unexpected connection loss and successful
+      reconnection (Peter Billen, Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      Ordinarily this is unnecessary since the state would be the same
+      anyway.  But it can matter in corner cases, such as where the
+      connection might lead to one of several servers.  This change
+      causes psql to re-issue any interactive
+      messages that it would have issued at startup, for example about
+      whether SSL is in use.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Avoid platform-specific null pointer dereference
+      in psql (Quentin Rameau)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      In pg_dump, ensure stable output order
+      for similarly-named triggers and row-level-security policy objects
+      (Benjie Gillam)
+     
+
+     
+      Previously, if two triggers on different tables had the same names,
+      they would be sorted in OID-based order, which is less desirable
+      than sorting them by table name.  Likewise for RLS policies.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix pg_dump to work again with pre-8.3
+      source servers (Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      A previous fix caused pg_dump to always
+      try to query pg_opfamily, but that catalog
+      doesn't exist before version 8.3.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      In pg_restore, treat
+       as meaning output to stdout
+      (Álvaro Herrera)
+     
+
+     
+      This synchronizes pg_restore's behavior
+      with some other applications, and in particular makes pre-v12 branches
+      act similarly to version 12's pg_restore,
+      simplifying creation of dump/restore scripts that work across
+      multiple PostgreSQL versions.  Before this
+      change, pg_restore interpreted such a
+      switch as meaning output to a file
+      named -, but few people would want that.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Improve pg_upgrade's checks for the use
+      of a data type that has changed representation, such
+      as line (Tomas Vondra)
+     
+
+     
+      The previous coding could be fooled by cases where the data type of
+      interest underlies a stored column of a domain or composite type.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Detect file read errors
+      during pg_basebackup (Jeevan Chalke)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      In pg_basebackup, don't fsync output files
+      until the end of backup (Michael Paquier)
+     
+
+     
+      The previous coding could result in timeout failures if fsync was slow.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      In pg_rewind with an online source
+      cluster, disable timeouts, much
+      as pg_dump does (Alexander Kukushkin)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix failure in pg_waldump with
+      the  option, when a continuation WAL record ends
+      exactly at a page boundary (Andrey Lepikhov)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      In pg_waldump,
+      include the newitemoff field in btree page split
+      records (Peter Geoghegan)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      In pg_waldump with
+      the  option, avoid emitting extra
+      newlines for WAL records involving full-page writes (Andres Freund)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix small memory leak in pg_waldump
+      (Andres Freund)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix vacuumdb with a
+      high  option to handle running out of file
+      descriptors better (Michael Paquier)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix PL/pgSQL to handle replacements of composite types better
+      (Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      Cover the case where a composite type is dropped entirely, and
+      then a new type of the same name is created, between executions
+      of a PL/pgSQL function.  Variables of the composite type will now
+      update to match the new definition.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix contrib/amcheck to skip unlogged indexes
+      during hot standby (Andrey Borodin, Peter Geoghegan)
+     
+
+     
+      An unlogged index won't necessarily contain valid data in this
+      context, so don't try to check it.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix contrib/intarray's GiST opclasses to not
+      fail for empty arrays with <@ (Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      A clause like array_column
+      <@ constant_array is
+      considered indexable, but the index search may not find empty array
+      values; of course, such entries should trivially match the search.
+     
+
+     
+      The only practical back-patchable fix for this requires
+      making <@ index searches scan the whole index,
+      which is what this patch does.  This is unfortunate: it means that
+      the query performance is likely worse than a plain sequential scan
+      would be.
+     
+
+     
+      Applications whose performance is adversely impacted by this change
+      have a couple of options.  They could switch to a GIN index, which
+      doesn't have this bug, or they could replace
+      array_column
+      <@ constant_array
+      with array_column
+      <@ constant_array
+      AND array_column
+      && constant_array.
+      That will provide about the same performance as before, and it will
+      find all non-empty subsets of the given constant array, which is all
+      that could reliably be expected of the query before.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix configure's test for presence of
+      libperl so that it works on recent Red Hat releases (Tom Lane)
+     
+
+     
+      Previously, it could fail if the user sets CFLAGS
+      to -O0.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Ensure correct code generation for spinlocks on PowerPC (Noah Misch)
+     
+
+     
+      The previous spinlock coding allowed the compiler to select register
+      zero for use with an assembly instruction that does not accept that
+      register, causing a build failure.  We have seen only one long-ago
+      report that matches this bug, but it could cause problems for people
+      trying to build modified PostgreSQL code
+      or use atypical compiler options.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      On PowerPC, avoid depending on the xlc
+      compiler's __fetch_and_add() function
+      (Noah Misch)
+     
+
+     
+      xlc 13 and newer interpret this function in a way incompatible with
+      our usage, resulting in an unusable build
+      of PostgreSQL.  Fix by using custom
+      assembly code instead.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      On AIX, don't use the compiler option 
+      (Noah Misch)
+     
+
+     
+      This avoids an internal compiler error with xlc v16.1.0, with little
+      consequence other than changing the format of compiler error messages.
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Fix MSVC build process to cope with spaces in the file path of
+      OpenSSL (Andrew Dunstan)
+     
+    
+
+    
+
+     
+      Update time zone data files to tzdata
+      release 2019c for DST law changes in Fiji and Norfolk Island, plus
+      historical corrections for Alberta, Austria, Belgium, British
+      Columbia, Cambodia, Hong Kong, Indiana (Perry County), Kaliningrad,
+      Kentucky, Michigan, Norfolk Island, South Korea, and Turkey.
+     
+    
+
+   
+
+  
+ 
+
  
   Release 11.5
 
@@ -7688,24 +9148,6 @@
        
       
 
-      
-
-
-       
-        Allow creation of indexes that can be used by LIKE
-        comparisons
-        on citext columns
-        (Alexey Chernyshov)
-       
-
-       
-        To do this, the index must be created using the
-        citext_pattern_ops operator class.
-       
-      
-